Home

WEAP User Guide

1. 8 1 5 Run the Models and View Results WEAP and MODFLOW are now dynamically coupled WEAP will pause during calculations after each time step to load information groundwater pumping and recharge and river stage disaggregated to cells into newly created temporary MODFLOW input files ran MODFLOW for one stress period timestep and then retrieve results cell heads and flows between surface and groundwater RIV and DRN packages aggregating cells to river reaches and groundwater nodes from the MODFLOW output files Cell head and other MODFLOW results can be overlaid on the map or displayed as a 3 dimensional surface In the Results View choose the variable Supply and Resources Groundwater MODFLOW Cell Head On the chart tab this will display by default as a 3 D surface showing head elevations for one layer timestep and scenario with cells color coded by elevation Using the mouse click and drag on the surface to rotate it or move the sliders below to manipulate it Click the Rotate button to start it spinning As the mouse moves over each cell the status line at the bottom of the WEAP window will display the row column and head value for that cell 282 Advanced Topics w WEAP Zabadani Area Edit View Favorites Help Chart Table Map Messages MODFLOW Cell Head freer 2000 to 2033 1967 to 2000 i 1933 to 1967 1 1900 to 1933 j 1867 to 1900
2. FOR EACH s IN WEAP Scenarios PRINT WEAP ResultValue Demand Sites South City Reliability s Name NEXT WEAP Setting Custom hydrology model SWAT WEAP Setting Model directory SWAT C Program Files SWAT F WEAP Setting Custom hydrology model SWAT THEN END IF PRINT WEAP version WEAP SoftwareVersion F WEAP Status FALSE THEN EXIT FOR PRINT W EAP TimeStepName 12 Note This is equivalent to WEAP Timesteps 12 Name WI W WEAP View I F WEAP EFAP UserID JGS RINT WEAP UserName EAP Verbose 0 EAP Verbose 2 EAP Versions Finished Referenc Scenario Revert EAP View Data Results View lt gt Results THEN do something 319 WEAP User Guide Visible Show or hide WEAP WorkingDirectory Gets the full path of the WEAP working directory Read only YearTimeStepName Year TimeStepNumber Get the name of a year and time step e g May 2010 or Oct 15 2011 Read only ZoomSchematic Zoom out on the Schematic so that it shows the full area boundaries md TRUE ri EAP Visible EAP Visible FALSE R NT W EAP WorkingDirectory W NT WEAP YearTimeStepName 2010 12 WEAP ZoomSchematic 8 4 3 WEAPArea and WEAP Areas API Classes The WEAP
3. Evaporative and leakage losses as a of flow passing through link For monthly variation use Monthly Time Series Wizard to South City 1999 2008 from Central Reservoir Percent 15 3 Expression Builder 2 Monthly Time Series Wizard The wizard is divided into three pages which you step through using the Next gt and Previous buttons 9 8 1 Page 1 Projection Method Use this page to select the type of function you want to create The functions are summarized in graph form on screen as shown below and are grouped into two main 347 WEAP User Guide 348 types Interpolate Step Function Smooth Curve Linear Forecast Exponential Forecast Logistic Forecast The three functions on the top row allow you to specify data points for various future years and the function then calculates the values for intervening years The interpolation function calculates values based on a linear straight line interpolation between the values you specify The step function assumes that values change discretely at the specified data years In other words values stay constant after a specified data year until the next specified data year The smooth curve function calculates a best fit smooth curve based on a polynomial least squares fit of the specified data points To achieve a good fit the smooth curve function requires at least 3 data points The interpolation and smooth curve functions are mos
4. EAP DeleteSetting PEST directory DictionaryVersion Get the WEAP data PRINT WEAP data dictionary version dictionary version number Read only WEAP DictionaryVersion Directory Get the directory where the WEAP PRINT WEAP is located in program is located Read only WEAP Directory DiscountRate Get or set the area wide discount WEAP DiscountRate 3 Sets rate percent Can also be set in WEAP from discount rate to 3 the Main Menu General Units Monetary Read or write EndYear Set or get the last year of the study WEAP EndYear 2020 period Read or write PRINT WEAP EndYear If the filename has the xls extension the table VEAP ExportResults C Groundwater csv will be exported to an Excel file Otherwise it will be exported to a CSV file VEAP ExportResults C Groundwater csv ExportResults CS VFilename IncludeTitle FALSE IncludeColumnTitles Transpose VEAP ExportResults C Groundwater csv ReadFromFileFormat Save active results table TRUE FALSE to a comma separated value CSV file Will f switch to Results View if necessary calculating WEAP ExportResults C Groundwater csv TRUE FALSE TRUE results as needed If IncludeTitle FALSE do not include a title in the file If 313 WEAP User Guide IncludeColumnTitles FALSE do not have a row with column titles If Transpose is TRUE
5. These are the functions that can be called by WEAP or other programs exports Sum Cos Sin begin nothing in the body end CAY Syntax CurrentAccounts Year or CAY or Base Year Description The Current Accounts year as a numeric value as specified in the General Years and Time Steps screen Example Interp CAY 100 LastYear 200 Will do a linear interpolation between 100 and 200 over the entire study period See Also Days DaysBefore JulianDaysBefore TotalDaysBefore Seconds Month TS Year Timesteps PrevYear Base Year CurrentAccounts Year EndYear CropLibrary Syntax CropLibrary Crop1 Planting Datel Crop2 Planting Date2 144 Expressions Description This function is used in conjunction with the MABIA Method for catchment hydrology and crop water requirements The CropLibrary function is used to specify one or more crops from the Crop Library and planting dates for catchment branches in the Data View under Land Use Use the Crop Scheduling Wizard to build an expression containing CropLibrary available in the drop down menu in the data grid Examples CropLibrary Tomato Arid Region Jan 13 Crop Tomato Arid Region is planted on January 13 CropLibrary Maize grain Arid Climate Jan 10 Onion green Arid Region Sep 25 Crop Maize grain Arid Climate is planted on January 10 and later in the year on the same land crop Onion green A
6. 9 16 Edit Particle Generation and MODPATH Options It is on this screen that you will set the main options for your MODPATH analysis including the starting position for particles that will be tracked over time As a convenience you may store many different sets of options so that you can quickly switch from one to another For example you could have different Option Sets for different capture zone analyses backward tracking from each of several wells or drains and other Options Sets to look at the plume resulting from particle releases in different locations or release times forward tracking from particle release points When you exit this screen whichever Options Set is listed in the MODPATH Options Set drop down list at the top will be active You will also be able to change the active Options Set from the Results View You may use the buttons to the right to Add Delete Copy or Rename the current Options Set 360 Supporting Screens i Particle Generation and MODPATH Options MODPATH Options Set 3 Plumes y Direction of Particle Tracking Computation Criteria For Stopping Particles Particle Name Format Forward multiple release times allowed Stop particles if they enter zone 2 IV Include Particle A Include Release Time Backward single release time When particles enter cells with internal sinks Include Initial Postion Stop at weak sink cells X mena Particle Starting Locations and Relea
7. If VolumeToElevation Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir PrevT SValue Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir Storage Volume Million m 3 lt 20 15 0 Note for this example it would actually be easier to get the result value for elevation directly no need to convert volume to elevation using PrevI S Value Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir Storage Elevation 178 Expressions Year Syntax Year or Y Description The year being evaluated as a numeric value Example Evaluated in 2000 2000 0 Evaluated in 2020 2020 0 See Also Days DaysBefore JulianDaysBefore TotalDaysBefore Seconds Month TS Timesteps PrevYear Base Year CAY CurrentAccounts Year EndYear 6 8 3 Mathematical Functions Abs Syntax Abs Expression Description The absolute value of the expression Example Abs 2 8 2 8 Abs 2 8 2 8 Arccos Syntax Arccos x Description Arccos x returns the inverse cosine of x that is the angle expressed in degrees not radians whose cosine is x Example Arccos 0 7071 45 Arccos 1 180 Arcsin Syntax Arcsin x 179 WEAP User Guide Description Arcsin x returns the inverse sine of x that is the angle expressed in degrees not radians whose sine is xX Example Arcsin 1 90 Arcsin O 180 Arctan Syntax Arctan x Description
8. Setting Key Section Set or get a text value associated with a key text Value is stored in file weap ini in the WEAP main directory If Section is not specified will look in section User The weap ini file can be a convenient place for the user to store settings that apply to all of WEAP Area specific settings can also be saved see AreaSetting and DeleteAreaSetting SoftwareVersion Get the WEAP version number Read only Status Determine whether the previous property or method call was successful returning a logical value of TRUE or FALSE Read only TimeStepName TimeStepNumber Get the name of a time step e g May or Oct 15 Read only UserID Set or get the 3 letter User ID the user s initials UserName Get the current user s full name Verbose Set or get level of information and interaction from 0 4 0 display no messages 1 display errors only 2 ask questions 3 show warnings 4 show all messages The default level is 1 Versions Get the collection of versions for the active area See WEAPVersions for details Read only View Set or get the active view one of Schematic Data Results ResultsNoCalculation Scenario Explorer or Notes When switching to the Results or Scenario Explorer views WEAP will automatically run calculations if necessary If set view to ResultsNoCalculation WEAP will go to the Results View without running calculations Advanced Topics
9. TestExpression is any value or expression that can be evaluated to TRUE or FALSE Test expressions are generally made up of two or more terms which are compared according to standard logical operators If there are more than one TestExpression they are evaluated in order from left to right until the first TRUE one is found ResultIfTrue1 is an expression that is evaluated if TestExpression1 is TRUE lt gt 0 ResultIfFalse is an expression that is evaluated if all TestExpressions are FALSE 0 Examples If Income gt 1000 10 20 If the branch named Income has a value greater than 1000 then the function evaluates to 10 Otherwise is it 20 If year gt 2005 30 0 30 in years 2005 and after 0 before 2005 If year lt 2005 0 year lt 2010 10 year lt 2020 15 20 0 in years before 2005 10 in years 2005 2009 15 in 2010 2019 and 20 in years 2020 and after IsBlank Syntax 189 WEAP User Guide IsBlank Branch V ariableName Description The IsBlank function returns True if there is no expression entered for the named Branch VariableName Note if there is an expression entered for a parent scenario or Current Accounts IsBlank will be false Examples If IsBlank Central Reservoir Top of Conservation Central Reservoir StorageCapacity Central Reservoir Top of Conservation If there is no expression for Top of Conservation get the value of Storage Capacity otherwise use value of Top of Conservati
10. If you choose to specify the amount of groundwater inflow from or outflow to a river or reach option 1 the values can input under the Groundwater Inflow and Groundwater Outflow tabs in the Inflows and Ouflows section for that river or reach 83 WEAP User Guide WEAP can also model groundwater surface water interactions using a stylized representation of the system option 2 Groundwater can be represented as a wedge that is symmetrical about the surface water body such as a river recharge and extraction from one side of the wedge will therefore represent half the total rate The recharge or extraction volumes are dependent on the elevation between the groundwater table the surface representing full saturation of aquifer pore spaces relative to the wetted depth of the river see definition below The additional parameters required to use this method are Hydraulic Conductivity a measure of the ability of the aquifer to transmit water through its pores represented in units of length time Specific Yield the porosity of the aquifer represented as a fractional volume a number greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1 of the aquifer Horizontal Distance a representative distance for the groundwater river geometry taken as the length from the farthest edge of the aquifer to the river Wetted Depth the depth of the river This value is used as the reference for comparison to the simulated groundwater elevation Storage
11. NT W KAP Branch City Variabl This is true Demand Sites les Consumption Demand Sites es Reliability Name Get the name of the variable Read only PRINT WEAP Branch Demand Sites City Variables 1 Name ScaleUnitText Gets a string containing the scale and units of the PRINT WEAP Branch Demand Sites variable works with both data and results variables Read only City Variables Annual Acti Level ScaleUnitText This PRINT WEAP Branch Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoir Storage Volume Se is m 3 Value Year TimeStepNumber Scenario Year2 TimeStep2 PRINT WEAP Branch Demand Sites FunctionType PercentileValue Get a single result value or an City Variables Reliability aggregate result value e g sum or average over time Reliability is for the entir TimeStepNumber is the index of the timestep e g for June the doesn t have a year or time s TimeStepNumber is 6 assuming the water year begins in January y _ wrap Branch Supply and The Year and TimeStepNumber parameters are omitted for variables that have a single value for the entire study period e g Demand Site Reliability Omit Year2 and TimeStepNumber2 to get a single Resources River Weaping River 333 Reservoir Variables Storag don t have to specify branch WEAP User Guide value Av
12. Salinity Salt is conservative so it will not decay Therefore the concentration at the end of the reach will 265 WEAP User Guide be the same as at the beginning 2 mg l TSS Using Eqn 3 with co 19 036 mg l k 0 25 day L 20 4 km and U 180 km day then c 18 504 mg l DO Using Eqn 4 with T 15 OS 10 94 Then using Eqn 5 with ka 0 4 day ka 0 95 day k 0 4 day L 20 4 km U 180 km day BODnr 4 72 mg l DOn 8 157 mg l then DO 8 243 mg l BOD Using Eqn 7 with Ys 0 25 H 3 6 m i e kan 0 3 T 15C then kso 0 288 Demand Site Concentrations of pollution in demand site return flows does not depend on concentrations of inflows to the demand site Therefore the concentration of the river water supply is irrelevant In this example demand site pollution generation is specified as the concentration in the return flow The demand site withdraws 100 units consumes 50 and returns 50 50 units to the wastewater treatment plant with the following concentrations BOD 20 mg 1 DO 3 mg 1 Salt 10 mg l and TSS 5 mg l The mass of each pollutant is calculated as MonthlyPollutionGeneratedps pm DemandSiteReturnFlowps m x ReturnFlowConcentrationps mp Salinity Mass 50 10 500 TSS Mass 50 5 250 DO Mass 50 3 150 BOD Mass 50 20 1000 Wastewater Treatment Plant The wastewater treatment plant removes 90 of the BOD 0 of salt and TSS and the
13. Select one of the four irrigation amount methods as described in the IrrigationSchedule function of Depletion of RAW of TAW Fixed Depth This will determine how much irrigation water to apply Irrigation Amount Value Enter the value that goes with the IrrigationAmountMethod Depletion of RAW or of TAW mm fixed depth Note If there are gaps in the irrigation dates between schedules there will be no irrigation during those periods There is no irrigation in the fallow periods before or after the crop season See also MABIA Calculation Algorithms Entered on Data View Branch Catchments Category Climate Tab Precipitation ETreference Potential Yield and Market Price Wizards 75 WEAP User Guide This screen is used in conjunction with the MABIA Method for catchment hydrology and crop water requirements If you have any branches for which you have chosen multiple crops see Crop Scheduling Wizard you will need to use the MultiCropValues function to specify Potential Yield and Market Price Use the Potential Yield and Market Price Wizards to enter this data These two wizards are available on the drop down menu in the data grid for the Potential Yield and Market Price variables but only for those branches for which multiple crops have already been chosen See also MABIA Calculation Algorithms Entered on Data View Branch Catchments Category Climate Tab Precipitation ETrefe
14. Supporting Screens 9 6 6 MODFLOW Pumping for Catchments In addition you can choose whether all land use branches within a catchment will pump from the same MODFLOW layer or set of layers see the Pump Layer variable under Soil Moisture Method Irrigation or Simplified Coefficient Method Irrigation or whether each land use branch can pump from a different layer or set of layers Menu Option General Basic Parameters 9 7 Set WEAP Node and Label Size You may change the size of the WEAP symbols and labels These options are available either from the General menu or by right clicking on the WEAP Legend The dialog has a slider bar to make the nodes or labels either larger or smaller Menu Option Schematic Set WEAP Node Size or Set WEAP Node Label Size 9 8 Yearly Time Series Wizard The Yearly Time Series Wizard is a tool that helps you construct the various time series expressions supported by WEAP s Data View These expressions include functions for interpolation step functions smooth curves and linear exponential and logistic projections You may also import many data expressions at once from Excel See Export to Excel Import from Excel for details To access the wizard either right click on the data table or click on the down arrow on the right side of the expression box and choose Yearly Time Series Wizard from the menu Data for Reference 1999 2008 Manage Scenarios Linking Rules Losses i Cost
15. The MABIA Method uses the dual K method as described in FAO Irrigation and Drainage Paper No 56 Spanish version of FAO 56 whereby the K value is divided into a basal crop coefficient Ko and a separate component Ke representing evaporation from the soil surface The basal crop coefficient represents actual ET conditions when the soil surface is dry but sufficient root zone moisture is present to support full transpiration In this way MABIA is an improvement over CROPWAT which use a single K method and hence does not separate evaporation and transpiration This method can be used to model both agricultural crops as wells as non agricultural land classes such as forests and grasslands Although the timestep for MABIA is daily the timestep for the rest of your WEAP analysis does not need to be daily although it can be daily For each WEAP timestep e g monthly MABIA would run for every day in that timestep and aggregate its results evaporation transpiration irrigation requirements runoff and infiltration to that timestep For example in January MABIA would run from January 1 to 31 and sum up its results as January totals including most importantly the supply requirement for irrigation WEAP would then solve its supply allocations using this monthly irrigation requirement from the MABIA catchments In the case where the supply delivered to the catchments was less than the requirement MABIA would rer
16. The area for each of the land classes designated in the catchment Temperature The air temperature in the catchment Albedo Fraction of solar radiation striking a land class that is reflected albedo increases as snow depth increases Solar Radiation Maximum theoretical daily incident solar insolation per unit area a function of latitude and day of year 112 Results Net Solar Radiation The daily net energy per unit area from sunlight falling on each catchment including effects of albedo air temperature and relative humidity Reference PET The value of the Penman Monteith reference crop potential evapotranspiration ETPotential The amount of water that would be consumed by evapotranspiration in the catchment if no water limitations exist ETActual including irrigation The actual amount of water consumed by evapotranspiration in the catchment including water supplied by irrigation Relative Soil Moisture 1 The amount of water in the top soil layer as a percent of its maximum water holding capacity Relative Soil Moisture 2 The amount of water in the lower soil layer as a percent of its maximum water holding capacity Irrigation Return Flow Fraction to Surface Water The average fraction of irrigation water supplied that flows to surface water Irrigation Return Flow Fraction to Groundwater The average fraction of irrigation water supplied that flows to groundwater The following results are
17. Variables Annual Activity Level Expression Growth FormatNumber GrowthRate 0 S CALL WEAP LoadFavorite Groundwater Storage This will calculate first F WEAP Status FALSE THEN If the user cancels the calculations exit the FOR loop EXIT FOR END IF CALL WEAP ExportResults c GW FormatNumber GrowthRate 0 csv FALSE TRUE NEXT WEAP will close automatically when the script is done and the changes will NOT be saved to the area 8 5 PEST Calibration WEAP includes a linkage to a parameter estimation tool PEST that allows the user to automate the process of comparing WEAP outputs to historical observations and modifying model parameters to improve its accuracy You can use PEST to help calibrate one or more variables in your WEAP model which can be particularly useful when using the Soil Moisture method of catchment hydrology PEST Parameter ESTimation is a free software package for Model Independent Parameter Estimation and Uncertainty Analysis The basic PEST tool pest exe is 337 WEAP User Guide included in the WEAP installation For more information about PEST and to download documentation or other PEST modules see http www pesthomepage org 8 5 1 Calibration Sets WEAP can keep track of multiple sets of PEST Calibration settings For example you might want t
18. WEAP PrintToFile C AreaCount txt BAP Areas Count FALSE PRINT WEAP ProgramDirectory WEAP CreateObject WEAP WEAPApplication WHILE NOT WEAP ProgramStarted do nothing ND WI ira 315 WEAP User Guide Registered Returns true if WEAP is registered licensed WEAP must be registered in order to save changes to data or to use the API Read only Result Value BranchName VariableName Scale Unit Dimension Item Year TimeStepNumber Scenario Year2 TimeStep2 FunctionType PercentileValue Get a single result value or an aggregate result value e g sum or average over time TimeStepNumber is the index of the timestep where 1 is the first timestep of the water year e g for June the TimeStepNumber is 6 assuming the water year begins in January The Year and TimeStepNumber parameters are omitted for variables that have a single value for the entire study period e g Demand Site Reliability Omit Year2 and TimeStepNumber2 to get a single value Available functions for FunctionType are Total Average Median Minimum Maximum Percentile and CV coefficient of variation If FunctionType is omitted the Total will be calculated PercentileValue is only used if FunctionType is Percentile If the Scenario parameter is omitted the active scenario will be used Will switch to Results View if necessary calculating results as needed Read
19. pref flow dir z1 1 pref flow dir z1 Soil water capacity mm Base flow Deep conductivity z2 Deep walter capacity mm Runoff Flows from Irrigation Irrigation runoff can be included in total runoff emanating from a catchment WEAP calculates this irrigation runoff by first assuming no irrigation exists and calculating flows accordingly WEAP then performs the calculations incorporating irrigation assuming all requested irrigation is supplied Knowing how much more runoff would flow due solely to irrigation WEAP calculates an average irrigation runoff fraction that goes to a river and or groundwater This fraction is then applied to the quantity of irrigation that was actually supplied and essentially becomes the runoff fraction Note this irrigation runoff fraction is specified as data by the user when simulating a catchment with the Simplified Coefficient method Flooding Standing water on the land surface also known as flooding or ponding can occur due to rice cultivation managed or unmanaged wetlands or river flooding onto a floodplain In the case of rice cultivation irrigation is applied if the level falls below the minimum depth to bring it to the target depth and can be released and replenished in order to maintain the desired water temperature for the rice The water can be held in place either by artificial structures e g a dike for rice cultivation or by the natural topography of the land
20. Lists all FO 4 is a reservoir EACH River in W FAP Resources River Children FOR FOR EXT Lists all Branch Supply and EACH RiverType in River Children EACH Child in Rive rType Childrer EF D 4 Child TypeI Child NodeAbove TypeI D TH 16 and EN E Print Child FullName END IF groundwater R EACH ToBranch N WEAP transmission links whose source is Branch Supply and Resources Transmission Links Children FOR F From 1 Bra Typel D nch NodeAbove Typel 3 is a groundwater node NT From END IE List all inflow node TypeID 16 EACH FromBranch in ToBranch Childre D Branch FullName nN 3 THEN river reaches upstream of a tributary is a reach D EACH River in WEAP Reso FOR FOR River CHi Typel 13 is a tributary inflow node Branch Supply and urces River Children EACH RiverType in dren IF Print Child END IF NEXT EXT EXT D and 16 D 13 EACH Child in RiverType Chil Child Typel Child NodeBelow Typel ldren THEN FullName R EACH ToBranch transmission links source and destination N
21. MODFLOW linkage file Not Specified MODFLOW 124 rows 74 columns 3 layers 27 528 total cells 10 515 active cells 17 013 inactive cells 0 constant head cells Row width 199 0825605591 4 Meter Column width 199 97127950653 Meter Cell area 39 811 Meter 2 Area of all active cells 139 536 834 Meter 2 WARNING Active cells linked to WEAP groundwater node None are linked Active cells linked to WEAP Demand Sites 0 Active cells linked to WEAP Land Use Branches None are linked Confining beds 0 Aquifers 2 The 3 layers are grouped into 2 aquifers Time unit Day Length unit Meter Stress periods 15 NOTE Only one stress period will be used Stress period length 31 Days Time steps per stress period 31 Well cells defined in Well file Zabadani_22tm wel 0 Recharge file name Zabadani_22tm rch V Save every MODFLOW input and output file created for each time step required to view cell results Make sure to check the box at the bottom Save every MODFLOW input and output file created so that the results will be available to view in WEAP Because a complete set of new input files are created and kept for each timestep and scenario you will be able to run them yourself in MODFLOW outside of WEAP if you want to examine the results in more detail or to make slight changes to the inputs Note that any changes you make directly to these temporary input files will be lost the next time WEAP does its calculations so you ar
22. Note that those branches marked as having No data unit N A are treated as having an activity level of 1 7 2 2 Monthly Demand The demand for a month m equals that month s fraction specified as data under Demand Monthly Variation of the adjusted annual demand MonthlyDemandpsm MonthlyVariationFractionps m x AdjustedAnnualDemandps 7 2 3 Monthly Supply Requirement The monthly demand represents the amount of water needed each month by the demand site for its use while the supply requirement is the actual amount needed from the supply sources The supply requirement takes the demand and adjusts it to account for internal reuse demand side management strategies for reducing demand and internal losses These three adjustment fractions are entered as data see Demand Loss and Reuse and Demand Demand Side Management MonthlySupplyRequirementpsm MonthlyDemandps m x 1 ReuseRateps x 1 DSMSavingsps 1 LossRateps 194 Calculation Algorithms 7 3 Evapotranspiration Runoff Infiltration and Irrigation 7 3 1 Overview of Catchment Simulation Methods There is a choice among five methods to simulate catchment processes such as evapotranspiration runoff infiltration and irrigation demands These methods include 1 the Rainfall Runoff and 2 Irrigation Demands Only versions of the Simplified Coefficient Approach 3 the Soil Moisture Method 4 the MABIA Method and 5 the Plant Growth Model or PGM
23. Reference PET 115 WEAP User Guide The value of the Penman Monteith reference crop potential evapotranspiration Effective Precipitation The daily precipitation that is available for evaporation and transpiration the remainder is direct runoff Solar Radiation Maximum daily incident solar insolation per unit area Ke Potential Potential crop coefficient including Keo and Ke transpiration and evaporation Ke Actual Actual crop coefficient including Ke and K transpiration and evaporation ET Potential The amount of water that would be consumed by evapotranspiration in the catchment if no water limitations exist ETActual including irrigation The actual amount of water consumed by evapotranspiration in the catchment including water supplied by irrigation Evaporation The portion of ET that is evaporation Transpiration The portion of ET that is transpiration Irrigation Amount of effective Irrigation available for ET consumption i e actual irrigation irrigation efficiency Soil Moisture Depletion The depletion of soil moisture ranging from 0 no depletion to Total Available Water total depletion wilt point Readily Available Water Readily available water represents the threshold beyond which the crop will suffer water stress reducing its yield Total Available Water Total available water represents the threshold beyond which the crop will reach permanent wilt point 116 Result
24. To see a list of all unhidden data variables along with their definitions the information listed above from the main menu choose Edit Data Variable Report Variables for non existent objects e g reservoir variables if the area has no reservoirs are not shown The report can be exported to a CSV ASCII Excel Word HTML or XML file or to the Windows clipboard This report will not include any data expressions for those you will need to see the Data Expressions Report or Export Expressions to Excel To delete a user defined variable right click on its tab and choose Delete You can reorder the variables tabs right click on a tab and choose Move Left or Move Right Note If you want to perform an action on a variable Edit Delete Move Left Move Right or Hide you must first make sure that the variable is the current highlighted variable If it is not left click on the variable tab to select it then right click on it and choose the desired action Note Customizing data variables only applies to the current WEAP dataset If you want to add or customize variables in other datasets you will need to do it separately for each one If you have added many user defined variables to an area and you want to have the same variables in a new area create the new area as a copy of the existing area with the user defined variables See also Customizing Result Variables Menu Option Edit Data Variable 4 7 Startup Year Most WEAP
25. Toggles whether symbols are displayed on line and step charts for each data point Toggles whether patterns are displayed instead of solid colors Useful when printing in black and white y 0 Toggles whether the Y Axis value of 0 is displayed Turning this off helps magnify variations between values graphed 3D Toggles whether charts are shown with a 3 dimensional effect Note that due to software limitations any charts with negative values cannot currently be shown with 3D effects Log Toggles the use of a logarithmic scale on the chart Note that log scales do not work well if the chart contains negative values Grp Group If there are more than 12 items in the results legend you can click the Grp button to group the smallest items together into All Others For pie charts this will group all items less than 3 into one pie slice called All Others Gridlines toggles the display of gridlines on a chart Show or hide marks values names or percentages for points in the chart Rotate X Axis labels horizontal vertical or diagonal Export the table to Excel csv Export the table to a comma separated value file which can be read by Excel or WEAP s ReadFromFile function There are options to include the table and column titles to transpose rows and columns and to format the file according to the ReadFromFile format Print lets you preview a chart and set basic printer options before printing Copy charts and maps are copied
26. Water Evaluation And Planning System USER GUIDE w WEAP Botswana Limpopo Area Edit View Schematic General Help IM River 6 gt Diversion M A Reservoir 5 ME Groundwater 2 M Other Supply Demand Site 9 M Catchment YI Runoft Infitration Transmission Link 11 1 Wastewater Treatment Plant M gt Return Flow 3 Run of River Hydro M Flow Requirement Streamflow Gauge MO County Botswana Rivers M Botswana Major Water Bodies Electricity Production Mawes CIE Major Manufacturing 4 Major Mines 1 Admisitrative Boundaries Notes Overviews loladte di Dam South Africa Marcio Limpopo River Te Wa Area Botswana Limpopo Schematic View Licensed to Stackholm Environment Institute STOCKHOLM ENVIRONMENT INSTITUTE WEAP Water Evaluation And Planning System USER GUIDE for WEAP 2015 Jack Sieber M S Water Systems Modeler David Purkey Ph D Director SEI US Water Program Stockholm Environment Institute U S Center 11 Curtis Avenue Somerville MA 02144 USA Telephone 617 627 3786 Fax 206 202 4532 Email info weap21 org Web http www weap21 org http www sei us org Copyright 1990 2015 Stockholm Environment Institute All rights reserved No part of this publication or associated software may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written permission August 2015 Table of C
27. feet or meters selected at the top X is the distance from the left face of column 1 Y is the distance from the front face of the last row and Z is the elevation These are based on column and row widths and cell elevations from the MODFLOW Discretization file If Show X Y is not checked the coordinates are Column Row Elevation where Column and Row are fractional positions within a cell e g Row 5 5 is the middle of row 5 and Elevation is in length units selected at the top Go to the Table tab to see the 3 D coordinates for each particle and time step The coordinates are shown either as Row Column Z or X Y Z You can turn off the Y 0 button to the right of this chart to magnify the changes in elevation over time Each particle is listed in the legend using the format chosen for the current MODPATH Options Set For example it might include the Layer Row Column coordinates where it was released Particle 1 1 10 22 Note If there are multiple particles per cell or multiple releases times there will be particles with the same starting coordinates in their names The 3 D pathlines are made up of connected 3 D line segments each of which connects the position of a particle on two successive time steps Each point shown corresponds to the position of the particle at the end of that timestep You may select to see all months and years and all particles or select subsets of them Tip You can speed up the display by s
28. when there is no maximum hydraulic outflow constraint WEAP will never allow reservoir storage to exceed the top of conservation However if there is a maximum hydraulic outflow constraint it is possible for the reservoir storage to exceed the top of conservation in timesteps where releases from the reservoir equal the maximum hydraulic outflow See River Reservoir Flows for calculation algorithms Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Local or River Reservoir Category Physical Tab Maximum Hydraulic Outflow Reservoir Maximum Hydraulic Outflow Maximum reservoir outflow during the timestep due to hydraulic constraints Typically this will 91 WEAP User Guide be a function of reservoir elevation at beginning of timestep PrevTSValue Storage Elevation Optional no constraint if blank 1 e no limit on outflow Also no constraint in timesteps when reservoir is completely full water will overtop the reservoir at an unlimited rate Normally when there is no maximum hydraulic outflow constraint WEAP will never allow reservoir storage to exceed the top of conservation However if there is a maximum hydraulic outflow constraint it is possible for the reservoir storage to exceed the top of conservation in timesteps where releases from the reservoir equal the maximum hydraulic outflow See River Reservoir Flows for calculation algorithms Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Local or River
29. 6 For applications where no return flow link is created from a catchment to a groundwater node baseflow emanating from the second bucket will be computed as ee SEDLU k3 H d maio o T Eq 7 where the inflow to this storage Smax is the deep percolation from the upper storage given in Eq 1 and Ks is the saturated conductivity of the lower storage mm time which is given as a single value for the catchment and therefore does not include a subscript j Equations 1 and 7 are solved using a predictor corrector algorithm F When an alluvial aquifer is introduced into the model and a runoff infiltration link is established between the watershed unit and the groundwater node the second storage term in Eq 7 is ignored and recharge R volume time to the aquifer is N R gt A 1 k Zij j l Eq 8 where A is the watershed unit s contributing area The stylized aquifer characterizes the height of the water table relative to the stream where individual river segments can either gain or lose water to the aquifer see Groundwater Surface water Interactions Figure 1 Conceptual diagram and equations incorporated in the Soil Moisture model 199 WEAP User Guide Precipitation including snowmelt Irrigation ET PET 5 z1 2 z1 3 gt Surface runoff precip irrig z1Runoff sttnoe factor _ Direct runoff only if z1 gt 100 Percolation Root zone cond Interflow Root zone cond
30. Add2 C3 E3 gt FC C4 E4 gt FC Obj fn FC 0 2 El 0 2 E2 0 2 E3 0 2 E4 Upper and lower bounds Ql 10 Q2 gt 0 C3 gt 0 04 80 Q5 gt 0 Q6 50 Q7 gt 0 Addl gt 50 Add2 gt 100 0 lt SI lt 200 0 lt S2 lt 200 Cl 1 C2 1 0 lt C3 lt 1 0 lt C4 lt 1 0 lt El lt 0 0001 0 lt E2 lt 0 0001 0 lt E3 lt 0 0001 0 lt E4 lt 0 0001 0 lt FC lt 1 Here is the solution QI 10 Q2 45 Q3 130 04 80 Q5 50 Q6 50 07 0 248 Calculation Algorithms Addl 35 Add2 85 S 15 S2 15 Cl C2 1 C3 C4 0 075 FC 0 0751 El E2 0 E3 E4 0 0001 Example 2 Supply 5 Storage 100 D1 Demand 80 D2 Demand 50 The second example is identical to the first except that the two reservoirs are on different rivers The river headflow is insufficient to meet the two demands Therefore the reservoirs will need to release water to satisfy the demands Both reservoirs have a top of conservation pool TOC of 200 although their initial storages are different 50 and 100 as shown Both reservoirs have the same demand priority 99 Therefore after allocating water the goal will be to have both reservoirs finish with the same fraction of the top of conservation pool filled Since the demand is 130 and the available water is 160 there will be 30 remaining after allocating to the demand sites This 30 is split
31. Copy Delete Rename Current Accounts 1998 Integrated Measures is based on Reference 1999 2008 Reference Supply Measures 1999 2008 Demand Measures 1999 2008 Scenario Description combination of changes in Demand Measures and Supply Measures scenarios MV Show results for this scenario Uncheck to reduce calculation time Show Al Show None Hep Menu Option Area Manage Scenarios also on Data View toolbar See also Scenarios Data View 9 3 Set Area Boundaries On the Set Area Boundaries window you can change the geographical extent area boundaries of your study area The current boundaries are shown as a green rectangle click and drag on the large map to specify new boundaries If your area is small in relation to the world map you may need to zoom in so that you can choose your area accurately Hold down the control key while clicking and dragging on either the large map or the inset map to select the rough area to zoom into hold down the shift key while clicking and dragging to pan the map Rotating the mouse wheel will also zoom in or out Menu Option Schematic Set Area Boundaries 9 4 Water Quality Constituents WEAP tracks water quality including pollution generation at demand sites waste removal at wastewater treatment plants effluent flows to surface and groundwater sources and water quality modeling in rivers On the water quality constituents setup screen turn on wa
32. Demand Sites and Catchments Children 329 WEAP User Guide Next X2 If the schematic object associated with See example for IsLine above the branch is a line river diversion river reach transmission link return flow link or runoff infiltration link get the GIS X coordinate of the endpoint of the line If the Schematic GIS layers are unprojected WGS84 then X is longitude Read only Y Get the GIS Y coordinate of the schematic See example for X above object associated with the branch If the schematic object is a line this will be the Y coordinate of the starting point of the line If the Schematic GIS layers are unprojected WGS84 then Y is latitude Read only Y2 If the schematic object associated with See example for IsLine above the branch is a line river diversion river reach transmission link return flow link or runoff infiltration link get the GIS Y coordinate of the endpoint of the line If the Schematic GIS layers are unprojected WGS84 then Y is latitude Read only 8 4 6 WEAPTimestep and WEAPTimesteps API Classes The WEAPTimestep class represents a single WEAP Timestep whereas WEAPTimesteps is the collection of all Timesteps in the active area The WEAPTimesteps collection is a _ property of the WEAPApplication class e g WEAP Timesteps You can get access to a WEAPTimestep in two different ways 1 WEAPApplication Timesteps TimestepName or Index sp
33. Each line segment has a color corresponding to the velocity of the particle during its travel from the beginning of the line segment to the end of the line segment e g 108 meters year The length unit can be changed in the unit dropdown box to the right of the chart title e Color by Elevation Each line segment has a color corresponding to the elevation of the particle when the particle had reached the position of the end of the line segment e g 200 meters The length unit can be changed in the unit dropdown box to the right of the chart title e Color by Layer Each line segment has a color corresponding to the MODFLOW model layer of the particle when the particle had reached the position of the end of the line segment e Color by Layer fractional Each line segment has a color corresponding to the MODFLOW model layer of the particle when the particle had reached the position of the end of the line segment The layer is given as a decimal number indicating the distance between the layer s top and bottom e g layer 1 5 means that the particle is halfway between the top and bottom of layer 1 For Color by Particle you can change the color scheme and whether or not to use patterns for the lines the other choices all use the rainbow palette without patterns For choices other than Color by Particle you can set how many different colors to use click the rainbow button on the toolbar on the right see above Here is an exampl
34. MABIA Method Calculation Algorithms Plant Growth Model Calculation Algorithms 7 3 2 Simplified Coefficient Methods Rainfall Runoff amp Irrigation Demands Only Crop requirements are calculated assuming a demand site with simplified hydrological and agro hydrological processes such as precipitation evapotranspiration and crop growth emphasizing irrigated and rainfall agriculture Non agricultural land classes can be included as well The following equations were used to implement this approach where subscripts ic is land cover nu is hydro unit rs is timestep e g month is irrigated and ni is non irrigated PrecipAvailableForET c Precipyu Arearc 10 PrecipEffectiverc ETpotentialc ETreferenceyu Kcuc Areare 10 PrecipShortfallic Max 0 ETpotentialic PrecipAvailableForET c SupplyRequirement c 1 IrrFracic PrecipShortfallic SupplyRequirementyu 2 ico SupplyRequirementic The above four equations are used to determine the additional amount of water above the available precipitation needed to supply the evapotranspiration demand of the land cover and total hydro unit while taking into account irrigation efficiencies 196 Calculation Algorithms Based on the system of priorities the following quantities can be calculated Supplyau Calculated by WEAP allocation algorithm Supplytca Supplynu SupplyRequirementyc SupplyRequirementyu ETActual c ni Min ETpotentia
35. MODFLOW model is not a trivial task and the linkage to WEAP requires creating a GIS shape file to connect the WEAP elements to the MODFLOW cells The version of MODFLOW that can be linked to WEAP is MODFLOW 2000 See http water usgs gov nrp gwsoftware modflow2000 modflow2000 html or http en wikipedia org wiki MODFLOW for more information MODFLOW 2000 simulates steady and nonsteady flow in an irregularly shaped flow system in which aquifer layers can be confined unconfined or a combination of confined and unconfined Flow from external stresses such as flow to wells areal recharge evapotranspiration flow to drains and flow through river beds can be simulated Hydraulic conductivities or transmissivities for any layer may differ spatially and be anisotropic restricted to having the principal directions aligned with the grid axes and the storage coefficient may be heterogeneous Specified head and specified flux boundaries can be simulated as can a head dependent flux across the model s outer boundary that allows water to be supplied to a boundary block in the modeled area at a rate proportional to the current head difference between a source of water outside the modeled area and the boundary block MODFLOW is currently the most used numerical model in the U S Geological Survey for groundwater flow problems In addition to simulating ground water flow the scope of MODFLOW 2000 has been expanded to incorporate related capabilities such a
36. Releasen VolumeThroughTurbiney VolumeNotThroughTurbiney 238 Calculation Algorithms And a constraint is set for the maximum turbine flow VolumeThroughTurbiney lt MaxTurbineFlowy Objective Function and Iterations WEAP strives to maximize supply to demands sites subject to all constraints and priorities Demand sites are allocated water depending on demand priorities and supply preferences WEAP iterates for each priority and preference so that demands with priority 1 are allocated water before those with priority 2 Thus the LP is solved at least once for each priority for each time step When solving for priority 1 WEAP will temporarily turn off in the LP allocations to demands with priority 2 and lower Then after priority 1 allocations have been made priority 2 demands are turned on but 3 and lower are still turned off Because the goal is to maximize the coverage rate for all demand sites the objective function maximizes Coveragerinal In cases where there is not enough water to satisfy all demands with the same priority WEAP tries to satisfy all demands to the same percentage of their demand The coverage constraints as described above ensure this Supply 60 t A Demand 100 e B Demand 50 For example if Demand Site A has a supply requirement of 100 and Demand Site B has a supply requirement of 50 assume both are the same priority and there is only 60 units of river water avai
37. See Water Year Type Nutrients Element or compound essential for animal and plant growth Common nutrients include nitrogen phosphorus and potassium O Other Local Supply Sources with predetermined water quantities available on a monthly basis but with no storage capability between months e g streams or other unconnected rivers inter basin transfers or other imports and desalination plants Overview Side by side display of multiple result charts constructed from user defined Favorites See Favorite P PGM The Plant Growth Model PGM Method is a daily simulation of plant growth transpiration evaporation irrigation requirements and scheduling and yields Point source A pollution source at a discrete location such as a discharge pipe drainage ditch tunnel well or concentrated livestock operation Pool Synonym for Reservoir Zone See Zone Priority See Demand Priority R Raster GIS Layer Display of geographic features from grid cells in a matrix A raster display builds an image from pixels pels or elements of coarse or fine resolution from centimeters to kilometers Many satellites like Landsat transmit raster images of the earth s surface Read from File A detailed means for projecting inflows in the future Inflow values for every month for one or more supply sources are read in from an ASCII file Typically this file contains either historical data or outputs from another model e g a climate
38. StorageAvailableForRelease res FloodControlAndConservationZone Storage res BufferCoefficientzes x BufferZoneStorage res 229 WEAP User Guide Total Storage Flood Control Zone Conservation Zone Top of Conservation Top of Buffer Buffer Zone Top of Inactive Inactive Zone All of the water in the flood control and conservation zones is available for release and equals the amount above Top Of Buffer TOB and other reservoir zones levels are entered as data see Supply and Resources River Reservoir Operation FloodControlAndConservationZoneStorageres StorageForOperationres TopOfBuffer res or zero if the level is below Top Of Buffer FloodControlAndConservationZoneStorage res 0 Buffer zone storage equals the total volume of the buffer zone if the level is above Top Of Buffer BufferZoneStorageres TopOfBufferZone res TopOfInactiveZone res or the amount above Top Of Inactive if the level is below Top of Buffer BufferZoneStorageres StorageForOperationres TopOflnactiveZone res or zero if the level is below Top Of Inactive BufferZoneStorageres 0 WEAP will release only as much of the storage available for release as is needed to satisfy demand instream flow and hydropower requirements in the context of releases from other reservoirs and withdrawals from rivers and other sources As much as possible the releases from multiple reservoirs with the same reservoir filling priorit
39. Transpose 122 Treatment Plants 21 100 Tree 10 33 35 38 39 44 343 Tributary Inflow Node Flows 232 Triple Bottom Line 105 True 192 TS 178 Turbine Flow 87 93 95 U Unconfined layer 275 351 Units 27 120 345 Unmetered 49 Updates to WEAP 370 User defined variables 40 41 119 USGS 30 273 371 V VB Script 308 337 Vector GIS Layers 16 Version 341 Very Dry Water Year Type 78 Very Wet Water Year Type 78 Views 7 9 10 13 33 105 391 WEAP User Guide Volume Elevation Curve 85 91 VolumeToElevation 178 W Wastewater 21 98 100 225 226 Wastewater Treatment 21 100 117 226 Water Quality19 21 27 50 76 83 88 89 94 96 97 100 117 241 256 257 258 259 260 264 265 344 Water Use Rate 27 44 47 194 345 Water Year Method 78 79 Water Year Sequence 78 79 Water Year Type 78 WEAP Approach 2 Weaping River Basin 367 392 Wet Water Year Type 78 Wetland 58 Wilt point 71 174 210 Y Year 26 144 145 147 179 Yearly Time Series Wizard137 148 151 155 156 173 176 347 Yield Crop 196 222 Reservoir 339 Z Zip Area 341 Zone 86 92
40. Using the above two alternatives syntaxes year value pairs can either be entered explicitly or linked to a range in an Excel spreadsheet Use the Yearly Time series Wizard to input these values or to specify the Excel data In either case years do not need to be in any particular order but duplicate years are not allowed and must be in the range 1990 2200 173 WEAP User Guide When linking to a range in Excel you specify the full pathname of a valid Excel worksheet or spreadsheet an XLS or XLW file followed by a valid Excel range A range can be either a valid named range e g Import or a range address e g Sheet1 A1 B5 The Excel range must contain pairs of years and values in its cells arranged into 2 columns Use the WEAP Yearly Time series Wizard to select a worksheet to choose among the valid named ranges in the worksheet and to preview the data that will be imported NB The Current Accounts value is always implicit in the function and will override any value explicitly entered for that year by the user So for example if the Current Accounts year is 1997 and the Current Accounts value entered in Current Accounts is 200 0 then the above function will results in the value 200 0 for both 1998 and 1999 Tip Use the Yearly Time Series Wizard to enter the data for this function See Also ExpForecast Growth GrowthAs GrowthFrom Interp LinForecast LogisticForecast Step SoilLibrary Syntax SoilLibrary Te
41. WEAP includes linking rules to specify the mix of supply from multiple sources These rules enable the analyst to match observed allocation patterns in the Current Accounts and model future changes in the scenarios Supply Preference Each demand site and catchments with irrigation with multiple sources can specify its preference for a source due to economic environmental historical legal or political reasons In the above example the agricultural site would have a preference of 1 for the river source and 2 for the groundwater source With no other constraints the site would pull everything it could from the river falling back on the aquifer only if there was a shortage of river water See Demand Priority Supply Preferences and Allocation Order for more information If there is no preference for sources or a demand site has only one source set the preference to 1 Maximum Flow Volume You can restrict the supply from a source to model contractual or physical capacity limitations or merely to match observations For example an agricultural site has a fixed allotment of river water beyond which it must pump from groundwater In this case the demand site supply preference would be 1 for the river and 2 for the aquifer and the allotment would be entered for the river source under Maximum Flow Volume The rate of restriction can be entered for any time scale For example physical capacities would be entered as cubic meter
42. be multiple entries for the same crop but with different planting dates The format for the CSV file to import must be the same format as is created when exporting the same columns of data in the same order Each WEAP area dataset has its own copy of the Crop Library Therefore changes made to the library in one area will not affect the library of another area You can use import and export to move values from one area s library to another By default the Crop Library screen will at first show you only the crops that are currently in use in your area those that have been assigned to catchment branches in the Data View under Land Use To see all crops in the library change the selection in the upper left from Show Only Crops in Use to Show Entire Crop Library You can also search for a crop by entering all or part of its name or the name of its category in the search box on the upper right of the toolbar For example type Fruit into the search box You can view multiple crops at once List View or one at a time Single View The following columns of information exist for each crop Crop or Land Use The name of the crop or land use including a specific climate or region to which the data are relevant Note that you can use the MABIA Method to model both agricultural crops as wells as non agricultural land classes such as forests and grasslands The first crop in the list is a special one named Fallow which will automatically b
43. button to see and edit the note The area note and the object notes can include HTML formatting codes which Google Earth will display as if in a web browser For example to include an image with a hyperlink in this example the WEAP logo linked to the WEAP web site you would add the following text to the note in WEAP lt a href http www weap21 org gt lt img src http www weap21 org img logo8 gif gt lt a gt In the Results and Scenario Explorer Views you can include results with the schematic Click the icon in the Chart Toolbar to open the Save As window When saving from the Chart tab of the Results View WEAP will export the currently displayed chart customized for each relevant object For example if the current chart is Unmet Demand then WEAP will create a separate chart of Unmet Demand for each Demand Site and attach each chart to the associated Demand Site Click on the Demand Site in Google Earth to see the chart Because each object must be clickable in Google Earth only the vector format is allowed When saving from the Map tab of the Results View WEAP will take whatever result variables that are currently displayed on the WEAP map and create an animated movie of results in Google Earth Each timestep is a single frame in the movie Results are shown on the map both as numeric labels and by varying the thickness of lines or size of nodes just as in WEAP Increasing the Level of Detail will yield sharper images but wil
44. click to specify the endpoint of the river as modeled in this particular system Objects cannot be created if the schematic is Locked When you create a node or river you will be prompted to enter the object s Name a Schematic Label used only for display on the schematic and whether or not it is Active in the Current Accounts The label can be displayed as multi line text use semicolons to indicate line breaks The label will be displayed below the object However you can move the label anywhere you want to enhance the legibility of the Schematic Right click on the object and choose the Move Label option When you create a demand site or flow requirement you will be prompted to enter its Demand Priority A river consists of a headflow point an endpoint and zero or more points in between You may add as many bends in the river as you wish to more closely approximate the actual shape of the river To add a new bend in the river just click on any straight section of the river and drag to create a bend To add a new transmission i e withdrawal or return link click on the symbol a line segment in the legend for the desired type of link and drag onto the main schematic releasing the mouse button on the node or river where the link originates Next single click once for each intermediate point on the link then double click on the destination node You will be prompted to enter the demand site s supply preference for the supply conne
45. from your expressions using the Call function The script editor lets you edit the default VBScript file functions txt which is stored in the current area folder Thus you can have different functions specified in different areas See Scripting for more information 192 7 Calculation Algorithms 7 1 Calculation Algorithms WEAP calculates a water and pollution mass balance for every node and link in the system on a monthly time step Water is dispatched to meet instream consumptive and hydropower requirements subject to demand priorities supply preferences mass balance and other constraints Point loads of pollution into receiving bodies of water are computed and instream water quality concentrations are calculated WEAP operates on a monthly time step from the first month of the Current Accounts year through the last month of the last scenario year Each month is independent of the previous month except for reservoir and aquifer storage and catchment soil moisture levels soil moisture method only Thus all of the water entering the system in a month e g headflow groundwater recharge or runoff into reaches is either stored in an aquifer reservoir or catchment or leaves the system by the end of the month e g outflow from end of river demand site consumption reservoir or river reach evaporation transmission and return flow link losses Because the time scale is relatively long monthly all flows are assumed to occur
46. into the inactive pool To define the zones you enter the volumes corresponding to the top of each zone Top of Conservation Top of Buffer and Top of Inactive WEAP uses the Buffer Coefficient to slow releases when the storage level falls into the buffer zone When this occurs the monthly release cannot exceed the volume of water in the buffer zone multiplied by this coefficient In other words the buffer coefficient is the fraction of the water in the buffer zone available each month for release Thus a coefficient close to 1 0 will cause demands to be met more fully while rapidly emptying the buffer zone while a coefficient close to O will leave demands unmet while preserving the storage in the buffer zone Essentially the top of buffer should represent the volume at which releases are to be cut back and the buffer coefficient determines the amount of the cut back Note The buffer coefficient determines how much of the water that is in the buffer zone at the beginning of a timestep is available for release during that timestep However this doesn t restrict WEAP from releasing some or all of water that flows into the reservoir during the timestep Even if the buffer coefficient is 0 WEAP can still release any water that flows into the reservoir that timestep if needed to meet downstream or hydropower demands in this case the storage level will not decrease but it may not increase either See River Reservoir Flows for calculation algorith
47. it can use daily weekly monthly or annual time steps to characterize the system s water supplies and demands This flexibility means that it can be applied across a range of spatial and temporal scales Indeed WEAP has been used throughout the world to analyze a diverse set of water management issues for small communities and large managed watersheds alike Historically WEAP has been used primarily to assess the reliability of water deliveries and the sustainability of surface water and groundwater supplies under future development scenarios This type of application of WEAP has focused on the water supply implications of proposed management and or infrastructural changes but has overlooked the impacts of these changes on the management of storm water and wastewater Recent advancement of the model however has allowed for the holistic comprehensive consideration of each of these facets of managing local water resources The updated model can now be used to address questions surrounding the integration of storm water waste water and water supply These include e How will water supply and wastewater treatment facilities be affected by the retention and or diversion of storm waters e How will improvements in water collection systems affect water supply and wastewater treatment e How will modifications of combined sewer overflow systems affect wastewater treatment e How can reclaimed wastewater be used to augment water supply The
48. navigation other conservation purposes and any downstream obligations 77 WEAP User Guide e Transmission link capacities and losses e Wastewater and effluent routing e Costs of delivered water 4 10 3 Specifying Hydrologic Inflows Specifying Hydrologic Inflows An important aspect of modeling a water system is understanding how it operates under a variety of hydrologic conditions Natural variations in hydrology month to month and year to year can have major effects on the results of your scenarios WEAP has four methods for projecting the surface water hydrology over the study period Water Year Method Expressions Catchments Runoff and Infiltration and Read From File Method These methods may be used to project the inflow to every surface and groundwater inflow point in the system for every month in the study period This includes river and tributary headflows surface water inflows to river reaches groundwater local reservoir and other supply inflow Water Year Method Water Year Method Overview The Water Year Method allows you to use historical data in a simplified form and to easily explore the effects of future changes in hydrological patterns The Water Year Method projects future inflows by varying the inflow data from the Current Accounts according to the Water Year Sequence and Definitions specified in the Hydrology section If you want to test a hypothetical event or set of events or wish to approximate his
49. to perform a sequence of actions e g create and run 100 WEAP scenarios by varying the value of several parameters sensitivity analysis and export the results to Excel for further analysis WEAP has its own built in script editor that can be used to edit interactively debug and run scripts You may also use any text editor to create or edit your scripts When used internally scripts can either be called from the Call function in an expression or associated with events that will run at various times before during and after WEAP s calculations You may also run a script from the main menu Advanced Scripting Run A trivial example function is shown here written in VBScript Function Add x y Add x y 305 WEAP User Guide End Function Function Multiply x y Multiply x y End Function Notice that each function starts with the keyword Function and ends with the keywords End Function Function results are set by assigning values to the function name in this case Add or Multiply WEAP functions should always return numeric values integer or floating point and should always use numeric parameters Functions can have any number of parameters but it is the user s responsibility to pass the correct number of parameters in a comma separated list in the Call statement Some other internet based resources you may find useful Windows Script Information VBScript tutorial VBScript reference guide JScri
50. transpose the rows and columns If ReadFromFileFormat is TRUE save in the format expected by the ReadFromFile function one line per timestep IncludeTitle IncludeColumnTitles Transpose and ReadFromFileFormat are optional parameters IncludeTitle and IncludeColumnTitles default to TRUE if omitted whereas Transpose and ReadFromFileFormat default to FALSE if omitted ExportResults ExcelFilename Save active results table to an Excel XLS file Will switch to Results View if necessary calculating results as needed If there are more than 256 columns e g 30 years of monthly results would be 30 12 360 columns the table will be transposed Note ExportResults works in both the Results View and the Scenario Explorer View FirstTimeStep Get the calendar index forthe PR first timestep of the water year Read only Note EAP ExportResults C Groundwater csv TRUE FALSE TRUE TRUE EAP LoadOverview Default WEAP ExportResults C Overview xl1s NT WEAP FirstTimeStep if the water year begins in October this would be 10 FirstTimeStep is equivalent to Timesteps 1 CalendarIndex IncludeLeapDays True if the timestep which F includes February 29 will have an extra day in leap years Read only WEAP IncludeLeapDays Then IsCalculating True if WEAP is calculating E WEAP IsCalculating Then False if not Read O
51. will assume that the Total Soil Thickness stops at the top of that horizon After all the data is entered you can click the Export button to save to a CSV file or the Copy to Excel button to save it to an Excel file See also Soil Water Capacity Calculation Entered on Data View Branch Catchments Category Land Use Tab Soil Water Capacity Irrigation Scheduling Wizard This screen is used in conjunction with the MABIA Method for catchment hydrology and crop water requirements It is accessible via the drop down menu on the data grid for the Irrigation Schedule variable under Irrigation A description of the irrigation methods can be found in the description of the IrrigationSchedule function Once you have entered the appropriate data into the Irrigation Scheduling Wizard click the Save button and WEAP will create the corresponding IrrigationSchedule expression that embodies this data The following will describe how to enter this data into the wizard At the top of the wizard select the number of irrigation schedules per year for all crops combined For example if you had corn followed by winter wheat and each had 1 irrigation schedule you would enter 2 If the irrigation schedule expression was initially blank when the Irrigation Scheduling Wizard starts WEAP will automatically add all crops defined for this branch and set the default irrigation schedule for each triggered at 100 of RAW with an application of
52. 05 Komax max where uz wind speed measured at 2 m height m s RHmin minimum relative humidity h plant height during the current day m This Equation ensures that Ke max is always greater than or equal to the sum Ko 0 05 suggesting 216 Calculation Algorithms that wet soil increases the K value above Ke by 0 05 following complete wetting of the soil surface even during periods of full ground cover Soil evaporation reduction coefficient Kr Soil evaporation from the exposed soil can be assumed to take place in two stages an energy limiting stage and a falling rate stage When the soil surface is wet K is 1 When the water content in the upper soil becomes limiting K decreases K becomes zero when the total amount of water that can be evaporated TEW from the topsoil is depleted Readily evaporable water REW is the water content that can be evaporated in the first stage energy limiting The amount of water that can be removed by evaporation during a complete drying cycle is estimated as TEW 10 rc 0 5 Owe Ze where TEW total evaporable water the maximum depth of water that can be evaporated from the surface soil layer assuming that the soil was completely wetted mm Orc field capacity vol Owr wilt point vol Ze the effective depth of the surface soil subject to drying to 0 5 Owe by way of evaporation m Ze is an empirical value based on observation Some evaporation or
53. 1 is the first crop in the rotation 2 is the second crop if any and so forth The same crop can have multiple schedules IrrigationStartDate_i The date on which schedule i begins in Month Day format e g Jan 1 for January Ist IrrigationEndDate_i The date on which schedule i ends IrrigationTriggerMethod_i The method for determining when irrigation will occur There are four trigger methods e Fixed Interval Irrigate every N days where N is specified in the IrrigationTriggerValue e of RAW Irrigate when soil moisture depletion is greater than or equal to a specified of Readily Available Water RAW To prevent crop water stress depletion should never exceed RAW 152 Expressions e of TAW Irrigate when soil moisture depletion is greater than or equal to a specified of Total Available Water TAW To prevent crop death permanent wilt point depletion should never equal or exceed TAW e Fixed Depletion Irrigate when soil moisture depletion is equal to or exceeds a specified depth in mm IrrigationTriggerValue_i The value that goes with the IrrigationTriggerMethod days fixed interval of RAW or of TAW mm fixed depletion IrrigationAmountMethod_i The method for determining how much water to apply on days when irrigation occurs There are four methods e Depletion Apply a specified of the current soil water depletion e of RAW Apply a specified of the Readily Available Water R
54. 100 of Depletion This will ensure that soil moisture depletion never goes below RAW so that no crop water stress will occur Of course you can make changes to these defaults 74 Data Each row of the table defines one irrigation schedule with the following columns of information Crop Choose the crop for the irrigation schedule Only the crops already chosen for this branch are available here for selection Crop Season Length The season length from the Crop Library for this crop the sum of all four crop stages will be displayed for information Irrigation Start Date Enter the number of the day on which this irrigation schedule takes effect counting from the first day of the crop season To start on the first day enter 1 Irrigation End Date Enter the number of the day on which this irrigation schedule ends counting from the first day of the crop season To end on the last day enter the crop season length Irrigation Period The dates corresponding to the start and end days will be shown for information Irrigation Trigger Method Select one of the four irrigation trigger methods as described in the IrrigationSchedule function Fixed Interval of RAW of TAW Fixed Depletion This will determine on which days irrigation will occur Irrigation Trigger Value Enter the value that goes with the IrrigationTriggerMethod days fixed interval of RAW or of TAW mm fixed depletion Irrigation Amount Method
55. 89 11 11 lt 3 Eqn 14 38 89 1 11 11 10 38 89 11 11 lt 3 Eqn 15 149 99 50 lt 3 Eqn 16 We see that the maximum water quality constraint is satisfied The water quality constraint will be added as a new constraint to the LP WEAP will solve first for the allocations to the demand site and second to fill up the reservoir Here is the LP formulation for the first QI Addl Q2 Q2 04 Q5 Q3 Q04 50 C1 S1 200 C2 S1 50 Addl C1 El gt FC 1 1 3 Q3 1 10 3 Q4 gt 0 Water quality constraint Obj fn FC 0 33 El 0 33 E2 Upper and lower bounds Ql 10 Q2 gt 0 C3 gt 0 242 Calculation Algorithms 04 gt 0 Q5 gt 0 Addl gt 50 0 lt S lt 200 0 lt Cl lt 1 0 lt C2 lt 1 0 lt El lt 0 0001 0 lt E2 lt 0 0001 0 lt FC lt 1 Where Addl addition to reservoir I storage negative additions represent releases which cannot exceed the initial storage SI final storage in reservoir 1 C1 DI coverage C2 Coverage for demand to fill reservoir I to top of conservation TOC pool El D1 epsilon E2 Res 1 TOC epsilon FC Final Coverage Here is the solution QI 10 Q2 10 Q3 30 04 8 57 Q5 1 43 Addl 0 S1 50 C1 0 77 C2 0 El F2 0 0001 FC 0 7701 Note that Reservoir 1 has plenty of storage to satisfy the demand but because of the water quality constraint for D1 and the low water quality o
56. A detailed breakdown of inflows to and outflows from catchments and their sub land classes including precipitation irrigation surface runoff evaporation transpiration flow to groundwater increase or decrease in soil moisture Infiltration Runoff Flow Volume of flows from catchments to surface and groundwater Area The area for each of the land classes designated in the catchment Depletion and Available Water View soil moisture depletion against the Readily Available Water RAW and Total Available Water TAW thresholds Choose All Variables on the legend to see them all graphed at once ET Actual and Potential Actual and potential evapotranspiration Choose All Variables on the legend to see them both graphed at once Effective Precipitation and Irrigation Does not include precipitation which is not effective or losses due to Irrigation Efficiency lt 1 or amounts of precipitation or irrigation which exceed the Maximum Infiltration Rate Choose All Variables on the legend to see both precipitation and irrigation graphed at once ET Effective Precip and Irrigation Depletion Choose All Variables on the legend to see them all graphed at once Crop Yield The total yield from crops cultivated in the catchment Choose All Crops on the legend to see the breakdown by crop Market Value The total yield multiplied by the market price for the crops Choose All Crops on the legend to see the breakdown by crop
57. Advanced Topics with WEAP groundwater nodes by name The polygon shape file has one rectangular feature for each MODFLOW cell row column and must be loaded as a background layer on the Schematic For example fora MODFLOW model with 20 rows 40 columns and 3 layers there would be 800 features in the shape file The attribute table for the shape file must have fields for row number column number and WEAP groundwater node name Other optional fields are described below This shape file will also be used to display MODFLOW results in WEAP In its most simple mode you can have all withdrawals from and returns to a groundwater node be distributed evenly from to all linked cells For example the water pumped by a demand site from a groundwater node could come evenly from all cells linked to the groundwater node Similarly all return flow to the groundwater node could be spread evenly to all linked cells If cells areas are not uniform then water will be spread proportionally to area Inactive cells would not be linked to a WEAP groundwater node Optionally you may link WEAP demand sites or catchments to subsets of MODFLOW cells In this case the demand site pumping will be spread evenly over only the cells linked to that demand site and the return flow will only go to those linked cells This linkage is made in the same shape file with each demand site or catchment name listed for each cell it is linked to Because demand sites may overlap cat
58. Agriculture West Rose County Corn Flood Irrigation not Agriculture West Rose County Corn Pumping to satisfy demand sites or catchment land classes irrigation can either be handled as pumping in the well file or as negative recharge in the recharge file The pump layer is specified in the Data View see Demand Site Pump Layer and Land Use Pump Layer variables Specify layer 255 for a cell to have pumping come equally from all layers in that cell To have withdrawals handled instead as negative recharge specify layer 0 For all cells with pumping layer gt 0 WEAP will add cells to the well file if they are not already there Use the PumpLayer function to specify fractions pumped from different layers and to describe how these fractions vary by scenario and over time This GIS shape file can either be created by WEAP see Create MODFLOW Linkage Shape File or outside of WEAP using GIS software such as ArcGIS If you create it using GIS software copy it to the WEAP area subdirectory and then load it as a vector layer on the Schematic Now that you have added this shape file as a background layer and specified the MODFLOW name file you are ready to link MODFLOW and WEAP On the Link to MODFLOW Groundwater Model screen click the Choose shape file that has MODFLOW 277 WEAP User Guide linkage information button WEAP will try to guess which shape file layer contains the linkage information by looking for a polygon layer with t
59. Arctan x returns the inverse tangent of x that is the angle expressed in radians not degrees whose tangent is x The range is pi 2 to pi 2 Example Arctan 1 0 78540 pi 4 Arctan 0 0 Between Syntax Between x LowerBound UpperBound Description Test if a value is between two other values Between x LowerBound UpperBound is equivalent to And x gt LowerBound x lt UpperBound Examples Between 1 0 2 True Between 0 0 2 True Between 1 0 2 False Between 1 2 0 True LowerBound and UpperBound can be reversed Between Year 2005 2010 True if the year is in the range 2005 2010 Ceiling Syntax Ceiling Expression Description The expression rounded up toward positive infinity Use Ceiling to obtain the lowest integer greater than or equal to X Example Ceiling 2 8 2 Ceiling 2 8 3 180 Expressions Ceiling 1 5 2 Ceiling 1 5 1 Cos Syntax Cos Angle Description The cosine of Angle where Angle is expressed in degrees not radians Example Cos 45 0 7071 Cos 180 1 Cosh Syntax Cosh X Description The hyperbolic cosine of X Exp Syntax Exp Expression Description The constant e raised to the power of Expression The constant e equals 2 71828182845904 the base of the natural logarithm EXP is the inverse of LN the natural logarithm of number Examples Exp 1 2 718282 the approximate value of e Exp 2 7 3
60. Category Physical Tab Loss to Groundwater Reservoir Observed Volume The Observed Volume represents data on reservoir storage capacity which you can compare to computed reservoir storage in the Results View to assist in calibration Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Local or River Reservoir Category Physical Tab Observed Volume Reservoir Zones and Operation Reservoir storage is divided into four zones or pools These include from top to bottom the flood control zone conservation zone buffer zone and inactive zone The conservation and buffer pools together constitute the reservoir s active storage WEAP will ensure that the flood control zone is always kept vacant i e the volume of water in the reservoir cannot exceed the top of the conservation pool 92 Data Total Storage Flood Control Zone Conservation Zone Top of Conservation Top of Buffer Buffer Zone Top of Inactive Inactive Zone WEAP allows the reservoir to freely release water from the conservation pool to fully meet withdrawal and other downstream requirements and demand for energy from hydropower Once the storage level drops into the buffer pool the release will be restricted according to the buffer coefficient to conserve the reservoir s dwindling supplies Water in the inactive pool is not available for allocation although under extreme conditions evaporation may draw the reservoir
61. Conductivity Conductivity rate length time of the deep layer bottom bucket at full saturation when relative storage z2 1 0 which controls transmission of baseflow This is given as a single value for the catchment and does not vary by land class type Baseflow will increase as this parameter increases This is ignored if the demand site has a return flow link to a groundwater node Runoff Resistance Factor Used to control surface runoff response Related to factors such as leaf area index and land slope Runoff will tend to decrease with higher values range 0 1 to 10 This parameter can vary among the land class types Root Zone Conductivity Root zone top bucket conductivity rate at full saturation when relative storage z1 1 0 which will be partitioned according to Preferred Flow Direction between interflow and flow to the lower soil layer This rate can vary among the land class types Preferred Flow Direction Preferred Flow Direction 1 0 100 horizontal 0 100 vertical flow Used to partition the flow out of the root zone layer top bucket between interflow and flow to the lower soil layer bottom bucket or groundwater This value can vary among the land class types Initial Z1 Initial value of Z1 at the beginning of a simulation Z1 is the relative storage given as a percentage of the total effective storage of the root zone water capacity Initial Z2 Initial value of Z2 at the beginning of a simul
62. DO 3 mg l Salt 10 mg l and TSS 5 mg l The wastewater treatment plant removes 90 of the BOD 0 of salt and TSS and the outflow concentration of DO is 4 mg l 10 of the water evaporates in processing so 90 of the inflow 45 units returns to the river Reach Below Headflow The initial concentrations of non conservative pollutants will decay along the reach below the headflow If the reach is 38 8 km long and the water velocity is 15 61 m s it will take 25 seconds to traverse the reach Salinity Salt is conservative so it will not decay Therefore the concentration at the end of the first reach will be the same as at the beginning 2 mg l TSS TSS is simulated with first order decay In Eqn 3 if co 20 mg l k 0 25 day L 38 8 km and U 196 36 km day then c 19 036 mg l DO In Eqn 4 if T 15 then OS 10 94 It follows from Eqn 5 that if ka 0 4 day ka 0 95 day k 0 4 day L 38 8 km U 196 36 km day BODn 5 mg l and DOn 8 mg l then DO 8 157 mg l BOD Using Eqn 7 with Ys 0 25 H 4m i e kan 0 3 and T 15C kso 0 288 Then using Eqn 6 with kxzop 0 288 L 38 8 km U 196 36 km day and BODm 5 mg l then BOD 4 72 mg l Withdrawal Node Removing water from the river does not change the concentration of the water it just reduces the volume Therefore the concentrations immediately below this node will be the same as flowed into the node from the reach above
63. ET by the crop The optimal irrigation schedule and amount would use of RAW 100 of RAW as the trigger method and of Depletion 100 of Depletion as the irrigation amount method which would apply irrigation at the last moment before crop stress would occur and irrigate just enough to get back up to field capacity However in reality it will be difficult for a farmer to know exactly when depletion reaches the RAW threshold If there are gaps in the irrigation dates between schedules there will be no irrigation during those periods Also there is no irrigation in the fallow periods before or after the crop season Irrigation Efficiency and Losses to Groundwater Runoff and Evaporation The irrigation amount is the amount available for evapotranspiration If the irrigation efficiency is less than 100 then the supply requirement for irrigation will be increased Irrigation Supply Requirement Irrigation Crop Requirement Irrigation Efficiency For example if the irrigation efficiency is 75 which means that 25 is lost to evaporation runoff or deep percolation and the irrigation amount is 100 of depletion and the depletion is 40mm then the amount applied will be 40 0 75 53 3 mm of which 40 mm will effectively reach the crop and be available for ET and 13 3 will evaporate runoff or percolate as specified by Loss to Groundwater and Loss to Runoff fractions entered as data Note The amount of irrigation available for ET
64. Environmental Flow Components Thresholds The thresholds that separate the five major components of flow For single period analyses the EFC thresholds are computed based on the entire period for two period or multiple scenario analyses the EFC thresholds are computed based on the pre impact period or reference scenario and then applied to the post impact period or alternative scenarios Range of Variability Approach RVA Boundaries The boundaries that divide each IHA parameter into the three RVA categories Low Middle and High The Range of Variability Approach RVA compares the natural variation in the IHA parameters from the pre impact period to the variation in the post impact or reference vs alternative scenarios to determine the extent of the changes Each IHA parameter is analyzed to determine the frequency with which it falls into one of three RVA categories Low Middle High as defined by the RVA Category Boundaries The change in frequency from pre impact to post impact of each IHA parameter is reported as the Hydrologic Alteration HA for that parameter EFC RVA and HA results are only available for models with a daily timestep Hydrologic Alteration HA The factor that describes the change in frequency from pre impact to post impact or reference to alternative scenario of an IHA parameter for each of the three RVA categories EFC RVA and HA results are only available for models with a daily timestep Flow from Surf
65. Expression and the sum of the values of neighboring sibling branches Example Consider two neighboring branches in a demand tree in which you are specifying the split between urban and rural households in percent 172 Expressions Branch Expression Urban Interpolate 2000 50 2020 30 Rural Remainder 100 Remainder 100 is evaluated as follows 2000 50 0 2010 60 0 2020 70 0 Seconds Syntax Seconds Description The number of seconds in the current month as specified in the General Years and Time Steps screen Example Seconds Evaluated in January 2000 31 24 60 60 2 678 400 Evaluated in February 2000 28 24 60 60 2 419 200 if leap days are turned off Evaluated in February 2000 29 24 60 60 2 505 600 if leap days are turned on See Also Days DaysBefore JulianDaysBefore TotalDaysBefore Month TS Year PrevYear Base Year CAY CurrentAccounts Year End Year Smooth Syntax Smooth Yearl Valuel Year2 Value2 YearN ValueN or Smooth ExcelFilename ExcelRangeName Description Estimates a value in any given intermediate year based on the year value pairs specified in the function and a smooth curve polynomial function of the form Y a b X c X2 d X3 e X4 When more points are available a higher degree polynomial is used to give a more accurate fit NB A minimum of 4 year value pairs are required in order for the curve to be estimated
66. Flow Requirement The prescribed minimum flow requirement given in units of a volumetric flux for social or environmental purposes Instream Flow Requirement Delivered The amount of water supplied to flow requirements listed by destination Unmet Instream Flow Requirement The difference between the instream flow requirement and the amount actually delivered Instream Flow Requirement Coverage The ratio of the amount delivered divided by the flow requirement Flow Requirement Reliability The percent of the timesteps in which a flow requirement s demand was fully satisfied For example if a flow requirement has unmet demands in 12 months out of a 10 year scenario the reliability would be 10 12 12 10 12 90 See also Charts and Tables Chart Toolbar Favorites Scenario Explorer 5 2 3 Supply and Resources Results Inflows to Area Water entering the system river headflows surface water inflows to reaches groundwater recharge local reservoir inflows other local supply inflows catchment precipitation Outflows from Area Water leaving the system consumption at demand sites catchment evapotranspiration ET Actual evaporation on river reaches and reservoirs losses in transmission and return flow links groundwater and local reservoir overflow losses in wastewater treatment and outflows from the end of rivers and diversions that do not flow into other rivers or groundwater nodes Note Inflows to
67. Flows 21 98 99 100 Reuse 49 Revenue 101 102 118 140 269 Revert 341 Rice 58 111 River Nodes 19 River Withdrawal Nodes 231 Rivers 19 Round 186 Runoff51 53 54 55 57 60 76 79 110 111 195 196 198 Runoff Resistance Factor 55 Run of river Hydropower 95 231 S Safe Yield 339 Sample Data Set 367 Scenario Analysis 2 9 13 126 365 Scenarios 1 4 10 33 35 36 343 Schematic9 10 15 16 17 18 22 25 26 344 347 Scenario Explorer Schematic Label 24 Screen Layout 10 33 Scripting 305 306 307 308 Seconds 173 Sensitivity 1 Set Area Boundaries 16 25 344 Set WEAP Node Label Size 25 347 Set WEAP Node Size 25 347 Settling Pond 85 92 SHELL32 DLL 369 Show All WEAP Objects 25 Sin 186 Sinh 186 Smooth 173 347 Snow Accumulation and Melt 111 198 Social Costs 105 Software Requirements 369 Soil Moisture51 53 54 55 57 60 76 79 110 111 195 196 198 Sqr 186 Sqrt 187 Stage 89 97 107 259 Startup Year 43 Step 176 347 Stockholm Environment Institute 369 Storage Capacity 82 84 91 Stormwater 51 195 257 Subsector 44 Supply and Resources 77 107 Supply Preference 25 80 Surface Runoff 371 Index T Tables 120 Tailwater Elevation 87 93 Tan 187 Tanh 187 Technical Support 369 Temperature 260 Texture Class Soil 73 210 Tiered pricing 140 Time Horizon 26 29 346 Time Step 26 TotalChildren 177 TotalDaysBefore 177 Transmission Link 21 80 82 225 Transpiration 198 203
68. In the Scenario Explorer View you can group together favorite charts to create overviews of different results Use the Save Chart as Favorite option to bookmark the current highlighted chart You will be asked to give the favorite a name Use the Delete Favorite option to delete a saved favorite To switch to a favorite chart select its name from the favorites menu 2 1 8 Explorer Menu The Explorer menu covers all aspects of displaying and formatting the data inputs and results outputs in the Scenario Explorer View 2 1 9 Help Menu The Help menu gives access to the contents index and search pages of WEAP s help system You can also press the F1 key at any time to access context sensitive help appropriate to the screen you are working in The Help menu also gives access to the WEAP web site this requires an Internet connection and lets you send an email to SEI requesting technical assistance This feature requires that you have a MAPI compliant email system installed on your PC such as Microsoft Outlook or Netscape Navigator An About screen gives you contact information should you wish to contact SEI by mail phone or fax This screen also gives you system information which can be useful in identifying problems you may encounter while running WEAP An option labeled Check on Internet for Updates automatically checks for newer versions of WEAP over the Internet and installs them onto your PC This is the preferred meth
69. Industry North South City VV VVYTP 3 3 3 Elements of a WEAP Schematic Overview A node represents a physical component such as a demand site wastewater treatment plant groundwater aquifer reservoir or special location along a river Nodes are linked by lines that represent the natural or man made water conduits such as river channels canals and pipelines These lines include rivers diversions transmission links and return flow links A river reach is defined as the section of a river or diversion between two river nodes or following the last river node WEAP refers to a reach by the node above it Each node except demand sites and tributary nodes may have a startup year before which it is not active With this feature you can include nodes in the analysis that may be built after the Current Accounts Year or selectively exclude nodes from some scenarios To exclude a node from a scenario entirely set it to be not active in the Current Accounts and then enter 0 for the startup year WEAP will ignore any nodes not active in the Current Accounts with startup year equal to 0 To capture the features of most water systems different types of components or nodes are incorporated in WEAP Below we present detailed descriptions of each type of component In Calculation Algorithms we present the set of rules defining system water allocation and storage in successive time periods Demand Sites A demand site is best defined as a se
70. L 40 8 km U 187 92 km day and BODm 4 33 mg l then BOD 4 066 mg l Here is a summary of surface water quality Hea nar At Endof 196 36 15 ma 2 Reach below headflow wide ee pee wide aad a a aid a A flow node eas ba os Faia ea bl haa 268 Calculation Algorithms 7 7 Cost Calculations 7 7 1 Costs For each individual item such as demand nodes transmission links treatment plants and reservoirs costs can be entered as capital fixed operating and variable operating costs Capital and fixed operating costs are entered as an annual cost stream capital costs typically use the LoanPayment function whereas fixed operating costs are entered as a cost per unit of water e g delivered pumped released or treated CoStitem CapitalCostitem FixedOperatingCoStiem VariableOperatingCosStiem VariableOperatingCoStittem VariableCostRate tem Flowtem where CapitalCost and FixedOperatingCost are data Annual capital and fixed operating costs are spread evenly over the time steps of the year to get a cost per time step 7 7 2 Benefits Benefits can also be entered for each individual item both as fixed annual and variable per unit flow Benefititem FixedBenefitiem VariableBenefititem VariableBenefittem VariableBenefitRate nem Flowitem where FixedBenefit is data Annual Benefits are spread evenly over the time steps of the year to get a Benefit per time step 7 7 3 System Cost
71. Maximum daily air temperature C Wind speed For the calculation of evapotranspiration wind speed measured at 2 m above the surface is required To adjust wind speed data obtained from instruments placed at elevations other than the standard height of 2 m a logarithmic wind speed profile may be used for measurements above a short grassed surface 4 87 U2 Uz 67 82 5 42 where uz wind speed at 2 m above ground surface m s uz measured wind speed at z m above ground surface m s z height of measurement above ground surface m Mean saturation vapor pressure The mean saturation vapor pressure is the mean of the saturation vapor pressures at maximum and minimum air temperatures for the day e e Tuas e ai g 2 where e saturation vapor pressure kPa e Tmax saturation vapor pressure at the mean daily maximum air temperature kPa e Tmin saturation vapor pressure at the mean daily minimum air temperature kPa Saturation vapor pressure The saturation vapor pressure e is a function of air temperature e T 0 6108 exp 17 27 T T 237 3 where e T saturation vapor pressure at the air temperature T kPa 208 Calculation Algorithms T air temperature C Actual vapor pressure The actual vapor pressure ea can also be calculated from the relative humidity Depending on the availability of the humidity data different equations are used 1 Using RH
72. Note that any changes you make directly to 297 WEAP User Guide these temporary input files will be lost the next time WEAP does its calculations so you are advised to save them in another directory if you want to preserve them The temporary filenames all start with MP to distinguish them from other files MODPATH can only calculate particles in active cells If a cell goes dry any particles in that cell will not exist Check the MODFLOW report on dry cells to determine if this is happening In the Results View choose Supply and Resources Groundwater MODFLOW Particle Pathline On the Chart tab WEAP displays particle pathlines as 3 dimensional vectors Each particle will display as a line showing its path over time in three dimensions Using the mouse click and drag on the chart to rotate it or move the sliders below to manipulate it Shift click and drag to pan the chart or use the mouse wheel to zoom in or out Click the Rotate button to start it spinning Position the mouse on or near a point on a 3 D pathline to see a description of it in the status bar at the bottom of the WEAP window Click the Top Front or Left buttons to switch to a 2 D view showing a cross section as seen from the chosen face top front or left The lines are plotted in one of two coordinate spaces depending on the setting of the Show X Y checkbox at the top If Show X Y is checked the coordinates are X Y Z all in length units e g
73. OPTIONS Set water flow unit and first year HEADFLOW River headflows REACH Surface water runoff to reaches RESERVOIR Local Reservoir inflows GROUNDWATER Groundwater inflows OTHER Other Supply inflows In the options section you specify the first year of data to use and the units 371 WEAP User Guide 12 2 First Year When using historical datasets you need to specify which historical year to use If your analysis is longer than the entered dataset WEAP will loop through the historical sequence up to the number of years specified in the model time horizon For example if the historical dataset spanned 1950 1959 and your WEAP time horizon was 1998 2017 you would specify 1950 as the first year In this case the ten years of data from the file would be used twice for 1998 2007 and for 2008 2017 You can choose different time intervals to simulate the system over various historical time periods For instance if your study period is twenty years and you have sixty years of historical data WEAP allows you to easily select any of the forty one different twenty year periods from the historical data to explore the effects of various sequences of hydrologic conditions The first year is specified in the OPTIONS section in the following format FIRST YEAR lt year gt If you do not specify the first year WEAP will assume the Current Accounts year is the first year to use You may use any unit for your data and WEAP will
74. Once the water depth reaches the level of the confinement it will overflow and runoff to the river along the runoff link Ponding can exist only when the root zone is saturated z 1 The Soil Moisture Method calculates fluxes out of the root zone due to evapotranspiration interflow and deep percolation which will occur at their maximum rates when z 1 As water leaves the top bucket ponded 200 Calculation Algorithms water will enter the soil to take its place causing the depth of water above ground to decrease In addition any water released because of the release requirement will also decrease the depth above ground If the root zone is saturated water can pond on the surface if there is a confinement in place to hold it Maximum Depth and or hydraulic restrictions on the outflow Flood Return Fraction A mass balance equation of inflows and outflows tracks the amount of water stored on the surface from one timestep to the next SurfaceStorage SurfaceStorage 1 PET InfiltrationToTopBucket ReleaseRequirement Overflow Precipitation Irrigation RiverFloodInflow 1 where InfiltrationToTopBucket amount of water needed to saturate top bucket ReleaseRequirement Flow through requirement if any to bring in fresh cooler water for rice Overflow Max 0 SurfaceStorage MaximumDepth FloodReturnFraction Irrigation amount of water needed to get to TargetDepth if SurfaceStorage lt Minim
75. Overviews in the Results Section each of which can display up to 25 different charts and table The first time you go to the Scenario Explorer View WEAP will display a standard set of charts grouped into an overview named All You can add remove or reorder the charts You can add a chart either by first defining a Favorite in the Results View which gives you the opportunity to filter the results and format the chart and then adding that Favorite to the Overview or by simply choosing a result from the all inclusive list of result charts Right click on any existing chart and select Add Chart or from the Main Menu Explorer Chart Add Chart The menu that appears will list on top all Favorites you have defined not including those already shown in the Overview and on bottom the all inclusive list of result charts categorized and ordered as in the Results View The selected chart will appear as the last chart in the Overview to reorder the charts right click on a chart and choose Move Left or Move Right To remove a chart from an Overview right click it and choose Remove Chart Note If you added a chart by choosing from the list of all results not from an already defined Favorite WEAP will automatically create a new Favorite named with the chart s title and add it to the Overview You may want to create several Overviews to highlight different aspects of your analysis For example one Overview could contain charts with financ
76. Soil Profiles Wizard This screen is used in conjunction with the MABIA Method for catchment hydrology and crop water requirements Because direct measurement of a soil s water holding capacity including saturation field capacity and wilt point can be costly and time consuming pedotransfer functions were developed to translate more easily obtainable data into these water holding capacity values The SoilProfiles function estimates average soil water capacity saturation field capacity and wilt point using one of seven available pedotransfer functions PTF in order to determine the Soil Water Capacity for catchment land use branches in the Data View under Land Use This function can average over several soil profiles sampling sites and soil horizons layers Use the Soil Profiles Wizard available on the drop down menu in the data grid to build this function As an alternative to using SoilProfiles you can enter soil properties directly or choose a texture class from the Soil Library These two options are also available on the drop down menu in the data grid A description of the seven pedotransfer functions and their parameters can be found in the description of the SoilProfiles function Once you have entered the appropriate data into the Soil Profiles Wizard click the Save button and WEAP will create the corresponding SoilProfiles expression that embodies this data The following will describe how to enter this data into the wiza
77. Use Name Field LAND_CLASS X Groundwater Name Field GW_NODE v Demand Sites Name Fields DEMANDSITE v River Reach Name Field RIVERREACH X Guess Groundwater Linkages Guess Demand Site Linkages Guess River Point Linkages Guess Drain Cell Linkages groundwater catchment Forest groundwater catchment Forest groundwater catchment Forest groundwater catchment Forest groundwater catchment groundwater catchment groundwater catchment groundwater Artificial Recharge catchment groundwater catchment groundwater catchment on on f amp WN ies T Uv Automatically Linking Groundwater Nodes Demand Sites River and Drain Cells As a convenience WEAP can try to guess which MODFLOW cells the WEAP groundwater nodes demand sites and river reaches are linked to based on proximity on the Schematic Click the Guess Groundwater Linkages button for WEAP to assign the closest WEAP groundwater node to each active MODFLOW cell which it will write into the shape file field specified by Groundwater Name Field Every active cell will be linked Click the Guess Demand Site Linkages button for WEAP to assign the closest active MODFLOW cell to each WEAP Demand 278 Advanced Topics Site which it will write into the shape file field specified by Demand Site Names Field Each Demand Site will be linked to only one cell Click the Guess River Point Linkages button for WEAP to make its guesses for the
78. You can click on the Advanced button at the top of the Data Entry window for a particular catchment to select among these options Your choice of method should depend on the level of complexity desired for representing the catchment processes and data availability Irrigation Demands Only Method Simplified Coefficient Method Of these four methods the Irrigation Demands Only method is the simplest It uses crop coefficients to calculate the potential evapotranspiration in the catchment then determines any irrigation demand that may be required to fulfill that portion of the evapotranspiration requirement that rainfall cannot meet It does not simulate runoff or infiltration processes or track changes in soil moisture Rainfall Runoff Method Simplified Coefficient Method The Rainfall Runoff method also determines evapotranspiration for irrigated and rainfed crops using crop coefficients the same as in the Irrigation Demands Only method The remainder of rainfall not consumed by evapotranspiration is simulated as runoff to a river or can be proportioned among runoff to a river and flow to groundwater via runoff infiltration links Rainfall Runoff Method Soil Moisture Method The Soil Moisture method is more complex representing the catchment with two soil layers as well as the potential for snow accumulation In the upper soil layer it simulates evapotranspiration considering rainfall and irrigation on agricultural and non agricultura
79. a dimension for the chart s X axis or legend or the table s columns you will also be able to specify whether you want to show all items in the dimension or only selected items If you choose selected you will be shown a dialog box in which you can check off the items to be displayed Also you can select the level of aggregation or disaggregation of demands for the Water Demand and Supply Requirement reports by using the Levels button located underneath the report title For example on Weaping River Basin results choose All Branches for the legend Level 1 shows demand for each demand site Level 2 disaggregates demand by agricultural county and crop type Agriculture West industrial water use Industry East irrigation technology Agriculture North and single and multifamily South City When Levels is greater than 1 a Match Names checkbox appears selecting this checkbox will group together branches with the same name Set Levels 3 and check Match Names to see that Flood Irrigation consumes nearly a third of the total Weaping River Basin demand in the Current Accounts 3 Next you can use the various additional on screen controls to further customize your 120 Results chart or table Use the Units selection box to pick the unit for the chart or table data The class of the unit volume flow energy monetary etc is determined by the category of result you are examining WEAP handles scaling and units conversion a
80. a shared network drive Although there is no Apple Macintosh or Linux version of WEAP WEAP can be run on these systems inside a Windows Virtual Machine such as VMWare Fusion or Parallels 369 WEAP User Guide 11 3 WEAP Updates When WEAP starts up it will automatically check the WEAP ftp site for software updates if your computer has an active internet connection If any updates are found you will be asked if you want to download and install them If you do the download and install process is automatic In addition to its automatic check on startup you can have WEAP check by choosing the menu option Help Check for New Version 370 12 ASCII Data File Format for Monthly Inflows Obsolete Note The file format described here used in conjunction with the Read from File method is primarily of use for datasets created in older versions of WEAP If you are creating a new text file for import into WEAP use the ReadFromFile function instead If you have monthly data on inflows to some or all of your rivers and other supplies the Read From File method allows you to model the system using this sequence of inflows You can export gauged inflow data from many conventional hydrologic databases USGS has extensive streamflow data for the United States available for download from the Web at http water usgs gov into ASCII files and then edit these files into the required format described below The following discussion is pr
81. along the return flow link these are specified below in Return Flow Losses If wastewater is routed to a Wastewater Treatment Plant that is not yet active none of the wastewater will be treated and will all flow according to the return flow routing for the Wastewater Treatment Plant Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Return Flows lt Demand Site Name gt Tab Return Flow Routing 98 Data Losses and Gains in Return Links Loss from System and Loss to Groundwater refer to the evaporative and leakage losses as wastewater is carried by canals and or conduits from demand sites and wastewater treatment plants These loss rates are specified as a percentage of the flow passing through the link Loss from System indicates water that disappears from WEAP s accounts whereas Loss to Groundwater does not disappear but will flow into the groundwater node specified You may include fractions for both if for example there are both evaporative losses Loss from System as well as leakage losses that go to a groundwater node Loss to Groundwater Losses to groundwater in which there is no groundwater node defined in WEAP should be entered as Loss from System Gain from Groundwater deals with infiltration from groundwater into the return flow link Infiltration typically via cracked pipes can lead to sewer overflows and increased wastewater treatment costs To model infiltration specify the groundwater node and the amount of
82. also decrease the depth above ground Entered on Data View Branch Catchments Category Flooding Tabs Maximum Depth Minimum Depth Target Depth Release Requirement Initial Surface Depth Irrigation These parameters apply to the Soil Moisture method For the Simplified Coefficient Method see Simplified Coefficient Method Irrigation for the MABIA Method see MABIA Irrigation for the Plant Growth Model Method see Plant Growth Model Method Irrigation If you indicate that irrigation is to occur in a Catchment at the time you create the Catchment in the Schematic the Irrigation tab will appear under the particular Catchment in the Data View The following irrigation related variables will require input if the Soil Moisture method is chosen for the Catchment Irrigated Area The percent of area that is irrigated Lower Threshold Irrigate when soil moisture falls below this percent level Upper Threshold Cease irrigation when soil moisture reaches this percent level Pump Layer Groundwater layer or layers as defined in linked MODFLOW model from which to pump for irrigation Specify layer 255 for a cell to have pumping come equally from all layers in that cell To have withdrawals handled instead as negative recharge specify layer 0 If pump layer gt 0 WEAP will add cells to the well file if they are not already there Use the PumpLayer function to specify fractions to pump from several layers If blank will
83. and Monthly Supply Requirement Calculations 7 2 1 Annual Demand A demand site s DS demand for water is calculated as the sum of the Demand Sites demands for all the demand site s bottom level branches Br A bottom South City level branch is one that has no branches below it For example in the Single family structure shown at the right Showers Toilets Washing and Other and four Showers others underneath Multifamily that are not shown are the bottom level Toilets branches for South City Washing Other Multi family AnnualDemandps 8r TotalActivityLevelp x WaterUseRates The total activity level for a bottom level branch is the product of the activity levels in all branches from the bottom branch back up to the demand site branch where Br is the bottom level branch Br is the parent of Br Br is the grandparent of Br etc TotalActivityLevelp ActivityLevelp x ActivityLevelp x ActivityLevelg x For the example above this becomes TotalActivityLevel showers ActivityLevel showers X ActivityLevel singteFamily X Activity Level soutncity percent of people in single family homes who have showers x percent of people who live in single family homes x number of people in South City The activity level for a branch and the water use rate for a bottom level branch are entered as data See Demand Annual Water Use Activity Level and Demand Annual Water Use Water Use Rate
84. apply to all the land use branches within that catchment or can be entered separately for each branch within each catchment Note Pump Layer is only used when linked to MODFLOW See also Simplified Coefficient Method Calculation Algorithm Entered on Data View Branch Catchments Category Irrigation Tabs Irrigated Irrigation Fraction Pump Layer 54 Data Yield These parameters apply to the Simplified Coefficient Method and the Soil Moisture Method For the MABIA Method see MABIA Yield Potential Yield The maximum potential yield assuming an optimal supply of water ETActual ETPotential Yield Response Factor Defines how the yield changes when ETActual is less than ETPotential ActualYield Potential Yield 1 YieldResponseFactor 1 ETActual ETPotential ETActual and ETPotential are the totals for the season from Planting Date to Harvest Date Larger values result in larger reductions in yield due to water stress Market Price The market price of the crops Planting Date Month of planting Yield is reduced if total ET Actual is less than total ETPotential for the season from Planting Date to Harvest Date Planting Date and Harvest Date are used ONLY to calculate yield reduction due to water stress NOT for irrigation or other calculations If Planting Date is blank will default to beginning of water year timestep 1 Harvest Date Month of harvest Yield is reduced if t
85. are considered variable operating costs and entered as a cost per volume of water e g cubic meter treated Benefits Benefit variables can be accessed in a similar manner as the cost variables You can right click on an item in the Schematic View or by navigating the Data View Three types of benefits can be modeled in WEAP e Fixed Benefit this value represents the total annual benefit produced by an item that is not a function of the volume of water produced transmitted or consumed by an item e Variable Benefit benefit expected per unit of water produced transmitted or consumed by a model item Use the BlockRate function to model a tiered pricing structure where the unit cost of water supplied to each consumer can increase with increasing consumption e Electricity Revenue this variable is available for the case of reservoirs and run of river hydropower plants where revenue produced by electricity generation can be calculated as a separate variable Electricity revenues are entered per unit of electricity generated Entered on Data View Branch Demand Sites and Catchments Category Cost Tabs Capital Costs Fixed Operating Costs Variable Operating Costs Fixed Benefit Variable Benefit Or Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Groundwater Category Cost Tabs Capital Costs Fixed Operating Costs Variable Operating Costs Fixed Benefit Variable Benefit Or Entered on Data View Branch Supply an
86. area may not equal total outflows from area due to changes in storage in reservoirs and groundwater River Streamflow The streamflow at selected nodes and reaches along a river You can plot a line for each point on the river over time choose Year for the X Axis or a line for each month plotted along the river choose River Nodes and Reaches for the X Axis 107 WEAP User Guide 108 Streamflow Relative to Gauge Absolute The absolute difference between streamflow gauge data observed streamflow and the simulated streamflow at the node immediately above the gauge simulated minus observed Streamflow Relative to Gauge The relative difference between streamflow gauge data observed streamflow and the simulated streamflow at the node immediately above the gauge simulated divided by observed where 100 means the simulated value is the same as the observation Stage The depth of water at selected nodes and reaches along a river Velocity The velocity of water flow at selected nodes and reaches along a river IHA Parameters View Indicators of Hydrologic Alteration IHA Parameters for streamflow Most indicators are only available for daily timestep models Environmental Flow Components EFC Streamflow categorized into five major ecologically important components extreme low flows low flows high flow pulses small floods and large floods EFC RVA and HA are only available for models with a daily timestep
87. as Not Active In Current Accounts This setting can be BrNorthRes StartupYear 0 THEN changed with the ActiveInCurrentAccounts BrNorthRes StartupYear WEAP BaseYear 5 property see above Note Some objects e g rivers are always active and cannot be set to start up after the Base Year SET BrNorthRes WEAP Branch Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs North Reservoir Hy TypeID Get the numeric code indicating the FOR EACH Branch IN WEAP Branch Demand type of branch See list in TypeName below Sites Children Read only F Branch TypeID 1 THEN Demand site TypeID 1 or catchment TypeID 21 NEXT TypeName Get the name of the type of FOR EACH Branch IN WEAP Branch Demand branch Read only Sites Children i F Branch TypeName Demand Site THEN Valid branch type IDs and their associated REM Ama eae or EEE names NEXT Type Name TypeID River 6 Diversion 15 Reservoir Groundwater Other Supply Demand Site 1 Mm Ja J Runoff Infiltration Link 328 Advanced Topics Transmission Link 7 Wastewater Treatment Plant Return Flow Link s Run of River Hydro Flow Requirement 9 Streamflow Gauge 20 River Reach 16 Withdrawal Node 10 Return Flow Node 17 Catchment Inflow Node 23 Tributary Inflow
88. assumptions about future developments The scenarios can address a broad range of what if questions such as What if population growth and economic development patterns change What if reservoir operating rules are altered What if groundwater is more fully exploited What if water conservation is introduced What if ecosystem requirements are tightened What if new sources of water pollution are added What if a water recycling program is implemented What if a more efficient irrigation technique is implemented What if the mix of agricultural crops changes What if climate change alters the hydrology These scenarios may be viewed simultaneously in the results for easy comparison of their effects on the water system 1 3 3 Demand Management Capability WEAP is unique in its capability of representing the effects of demand management on water systems Water requirements may be derived from a detailed set of final uses or water services in different economic sectors For example the agricultural sector could be broken down by crop types irrigation districts and irrigation techniques An urban sector could be organized by county city and water district Industrial demand can be broken down by industrial subsector and further into process water and cooling water This approach places development objectives providing end use goods and services at the foundation of water analysis and allows an evaluation of effects of improved technologies
89. at River Level the groundwater storage volume at which the top of groundwater is level with the river Maximum Head Difference Setting the Maximum Head Difference will limit flow from river to groundwater in cases where the groundwater level is far below the river level Leave blank if no maximum In addition to these aquifer specific parameters you will need to enter the Reach Length the horizontal length of the interface between the reach and linked groundwater as data for each reach that is connected to the aquifer Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Groundwater Category Physical Tabs Method Hydraulic Conductivity Specific Yield Horizontal Distance Wetted Depth Storage at River Level 4 10 6 Local Reservoirs Physical Local Reservoir Inflow Local reservoirs by definition are modeled independently of river streamflow For this reason you must explicitly enter monthly inflows to local reservoir sources The monthly inflows you enter should not include return flows from demand sites and wastewater treatment plants WEAP will calculate the inflows from return flows separately You may specify the inflow using the Water Year Method the Read from File method or with an expression See Specifying Inflow for details Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Reservoir Tabs Inflow Reservoir Initial and Total Storage Capacity The Storage Capacity represents the total capacity of the r
90. automatically convert it To set the unit to be used in reading the file include the optional first section OPTIONS in your data file If you do not specify the unit WEAP will assume cubic meters per second However to avoid any potential confusion we recommend that you always include the specification of unit in the file The unit is specified in the OPTIONS section in the following format UNIT optional scale lt volume unit gt per lt time unit gt The scale is optional and can be either a word thousand million etc or a number For volume unit and time unit select from the tables below You may use either the word per or a slash to separate them You may also use the following flow unit abbreviations CFS CMS CFM and MGD If you use month as the time unit WEAP will take into account the variable number of seconds in each of the twelve months when converting into its per second flow rate You may use a mixture of upper or lower case The following are examples of valid units CUB METERS SECOND 1000 M43 min MGD CFS million acre inch per day Time Unit Abbreviation second sec minute min hour hr ASCII Inflow Data File Format day day month mon Volume Unit Abbreviation cubic meters m3 cubic feet ft 3 liter ltr gallon gal acre inch AI acre foot AF Flow Unit Abbreviation cubic feet per second CFS cubic feet per minute CFM cubic meters per second CMS million gallons per day MGD 12 4 Da
91. branch This is equivalent to GrowthAs GDP without the elasticity parameter GrowthAs GDP 0 9 In this example elasticity 0 9 the current branch grows more slowly than GDP GrowthAs GDP 1 2 In this example elasticity 1 2 the current branch grows more rapidly than GDP GrowthAs GDP 0 In this example elasticity 0 the current branch is constant i e independent of GDP Determining the value for Elasticity To derive the elasticity substitute your assumptions into the equation above Suppose you think that demand will decrease by 25 as the price of water doubles This is an inverse relationship as one increases the other decreases and will have an elasticity less than 0 The expression for demand the water intensity variable will be GrowthAs Key Assumptions Price of Water elasticity This assumes that you had created a Key Assumption variable called Price of Water and had specified the current and future values of the price WEAP will not do this for you To derive the elasticity let s use our assumptions NamedBranchValue doubles NamedBranchValue t 2 NamedBranchValue t 1 Current Value decreases by 25 Current Value t 0 75 Current Value t 1 Using the definition of GrowthAs with elasticity Current Value t Current Value t 1 NamedBranchValue t NamedBranchValue t 1 Elasticity substitute our assumptions 0 75 Current Value t 1 Current Value t 1 2 NamedB
92. change model See Inflow 382 Glossary Recharge The natural inflow to a groundwater source This does not include return flows and inflows from a river Reference Scenario A scenario that represents the changes that are likely to occur in the future in the absence of any new policy measure Sometimes called a business as usual scenario Return Flow Wastewater flows from demand sites and wastewater treatment plants to treatment plants and receiving bodies of water See Return Flow Node Return Flow Node Point at which a return flow enters a river You may actually have return flows enter the river at any type of river node Reservoir Run of River Hydropower Tributary Diversion Flow Requirement Withdrawal Node or Return Flow Node See Return Flow Revert WEAP automatically saves multiple versions of each area s data you may revert to any previous version River Node A point on a river of the following types Reservoir Run of River Hydropower Withdrawal Node Return Flow Node Tributary Node Diversion Node Flow Requirement River Reach The portion of a river between two river nodes See River Node Run of River Hydro Points on which run of river hydropower stations are located Run of river stations generate hydropower based on varying streamflows but a fixed water head in the river They have no storage Runoff Precipitation or other source of water such as excess irrigation water that travels overla
93. child of the parent scenario specified The new scenario will become the selected scenario in the Data View To delete a scenario use the WEAPScenario method Delete see below Count Get the number of WEAP FOR i 1 to WEAP Scenarios Count scenarios in the active area Read only PRINT WEAP Scenarios i Name NEXT 321 WEAP User Guide Item ScenarioName or Index Get the VEAP Scenarios Item Current scenario identified by name or index from Accounts Activate 1 to Scenarios Count VEAP Scenarios Current Accounts Activate VEAP Scenarios 1 Activate Note the Item property is the default property and therefore is usually omitted Thus the first two examples above are equivalent ResultsShown Set or get for all the WEAP Scenarios ResultsShown scenarios whether their results will be FALSE shown in the Results View calculating if necessary WEAPScenario Properties and Example using VB script Methods Activate Make this scenario the WEAP Scenarios Current active scenario Accounts Activate Note This is equivalent to WEAP ActiveScenario Current Accounts Delete DeleteChildren Delete WEAP Scenarios Integrated this scenario To delete a scenario Measures Delete that has children you must set the optional DeleteChildren parameter to True WEAP Scenarios Reference Delete True Name Get the name of the PRINT WEA
94. click and drag on the chart to animate the map over time or click and hold down the arrows to the left or right of the slider A toolbar to the right of the chart gives the standard options to customize the appearance of the chart Double click on the chart to zoom into it this will switch to the Chart tab with this chart loaded The splitter bar between the map and chart can be repositioned to enlarge one and shrink the other To choose which result to map check the appropriate box to the left of the map under the heading Results to Map Nearly every result available on the Chart and Table tabs is available to map If you do not see a result listed click the Add button below the checkboxes to choose a new result for the list Clicking the Delete button only removes the variable from this list you can always click Add later to add it back You can display more than one result at a time as long as they have the same units For example check off Supply Requirement Transmission Link Flow and Return Link Flow to see the flow of water to and from demand sites When mapping multiple results only one can be charted at once The chart title is a dropdown box from which you may select the variable of those that are mapped to chart The combination of the map and the chart is a powerful way to visualize your results The chart shows you the full expanse of time in which the maximum and minimums are revealed Click on an interesting point o
95. constituents setup screen turn on water quality modeling by checking the Enable water quality modeling checkbox You may then define up to 20 constituents to track in your application Set the scale and load unit as appropriate for entering the annual production of the pollutant by the demand site per unit of activity Set the concentration unit appropriate for entering data on concentrations of constituents in demand site outflows and in headflows reservoir outflows and groundwater outflows For each constituent specify which method WEAP should use to calculate surface water quality concentrations in the Calculate By column Conservative There is no decay of this constituent the instream concentration will be computed using simple mixing and weighted average of the concentration from all inflows First Order Decay This constituent decays following an exponential decay function Enter the daily decay rate here BOD WEAP will use its built in BOD model to simulate the changes in the biochemical oxygen demand BOD in the river In order to model BOD you will need to include temperature as one 27 WEAP User Guide of your water quality constituents with unit Celsius and either enter as data the temperature of water in the river for each reach or model it in WEAP DO WEAP will use its built in DO model to simulate the changes in dissolved oxygen DO in the river Because the DO model uses BOD as an input you will also need to
96. default to 0 negative recharge Depending on the setting in General Basic Parameters the pump layer can either be entered once for each catchment and will apply to all the land use branches within that catchment or can be entered separately for each branch within each catchment Note Pump Layer is only used when linked to MODFLOW See also Soil Moisture Method Calculation Algorithm Entered on Data View Branch Catchments Category Irrigation Tabs Irrigated Area Lower Threshold Upper Threshold Pump Layer 4 9 4 MABIA Method FAO 56 dual Kc daily Land Use These parameters apply to the MABIA Method For the Simplified Coefficient Method see Simplified Coefficient Method Land Use for the Soil Moisture Method see Soil Moisture Land Use for the Plant Growth Model Method see Plant Growth Model Method Land Use 60 Data Area The land area for a catchment or subcatchment or the share of land area from the branch above If you want to plant different crops on the same piece of land in different years crop rotation you can do this with two different branches under the catchment For example if you wanted to plant corn in even years and beans in odd years create two branches Corn and Beans underneath the Catchment branch Enter the actual area for the Area variable on the catchment branch and set the unit to percent share for the Corn and Beans branches Use the Step function to alternat
97. defined by the rooting zone and includes the surface layer the layer that is subject to drying by evaporation The bottom bucket if the two bucket method is used is the remainder of the soil below the rooting depth down to the Total Soil Thickness The size of each bucket changes with the rooting depth but the sum remains constant Total Soil Thickness Infiltration takes place at the top bucket only groundwater recharge from the bottom bucket only Flow from bucket one to bucket two or from bucket two to groundwater only occurs if the bucket s field capacity is exceeded 29 WEAP User Guide We strongly recommend using the two bucket method because it will give more realistic results The one bucket method is included for backward compatibility with datasets that were created in older versions of WEAP before the two bucket method was added MODFLOW Pumping for Demand Sites If you have linked your WEAP model to a MODFLOW model you can choose whether all demand site subbranches will pump from the same MODFLOW layer or set of layers see the Pump Layer variable under Soil Moisture Method Irrigation or Simplified Coefficient Method Irrigation or whether each subbranch can pump from a different layer or set of layers MODFLOW Pumping for Catchments In addition you can choose whether all land use branches within a catchment will pump from the same MODFLOW layer or set of layers see the Pump Layer variable under Soil Moistu
98. demand site has a monthly supply requirement for water as computed in Demand Calculations The inflow to the demand site equals this requirement unless there are water shortages due to hydrological physical contractual or other constraints DemandSiteInflowps S supplyRequirementps Some fraction of the water received by a demand site will be unavailable for use elsewhere in the system i e because the water is consumed lost to evaporation embodied in products or otherwise unaccounted for it disappears from the system This consumption fraction is entered as data Consumptionps DemandSiteInflowps x DemandSIteConsumptionps Of the inflow that is not consumed the remainder flows out of the demand site either to another 224 Calculation Algorithms demand site for reuse to a wastewater treatment plant for treatment or to surface or groundwater Any demand sites directly reusing this outflow will take what they need The remainder is sent to the various return flow destinations These return flow routing fractions are entered as data see Supply and Resources Return Flows Routing DemandSiteReuseOutflowps TransLinkOutflowps1 ps2 DemandSiteReturnFlowps DemandSiteInflowps Consumptionps DemandSiteReuse Outflowps 7 4 4 Transmission Link Flows In a transmission link from a supply source Src to a demand site DS the amount delivered to the demand site i e the outflow from the transmission link equals the
99. detailed preparation of an initial QUAL2K data file will entail significant effort The following description comes from the official QUAL2K page on the US EPA website http www epa gov ATHENS wwatsc html qual2k html QUAL2K or Q2K is a river and stream water quality model that is intended to represent a modernized version of the QUAL2E or Q2E model Brown and Barnwell 1987 Q2K is similar to Q2E in the following respects One dimensional The channel is well mixed vertically and laterally e Steady state hydraulics Non uniform steady flow is simulated e Diurnal heat budget The heat budget and temperature are simulated as a function of meteorology on a diurnal time scale 261 WEAP User Guide e Diurnal water quality kinetics All water quality variables are simulated on a diurnal time scale e Heat and mass inputs Point and non point loads and abstractions are simulated The QUAL2K framework includes the following new elements Software Environment and Interface Q2K is implemented within the Microsoft Windows environment It is programmed in the Windows macro language Visual Basic for Applications VBA Excel is used as the graphical user interface e Model segmentation Q2E segments the system into river reaches comprised of equally spaced elements In contrast Q2K uses unequally spaced reaches In addition multiple loadings and abstractions can be input to any reach e Carbonaceous BOD speciation Q2K uses two
100. different land uses within a catchment Alternatively the catchment could be divided into several different catchment nodes according to elevation so that the climate within each catchment did not vary by land use The calculation methods implemented in the MABIA Method are those of the FAO Penman Monteith equation as outlined in the FAO Irrigation and Drainage Paper 56 This equation can be written as follows 900 0 408A Rn G y p z773 Url ea ET mean g A y 1 0 34 uz where 204 Calculation Algorithms ET reference evapotranspiration mm day Ry net radiation at the crop surface MJ m 2 day G soil heat flux density MJ m 2 day which can be neglected G 0 Tmean Mean air temperature C uz wind speed measured at 2 m height m s es saturation vapor pressure kPa a actual vapor pressure kPa s a Saturation vapor pressure deficit kPa A slope vapor pressure curve kPa C Y psychrometric constant kPa C Net radiation The net radiation Ry is the difference between the incoming net shortwave radiation Rns_ and the outgoing net long wave radiation Rui Rn Ras Rai Net solar or net shortwave radiation The net shortwave radiation resulting from the balance between incoming and reflected solar radiation is given by Ris 1 4 Rs where Rans net shortwave radiation MJ m 2 day A albedo or canopy reflection coefficient for the referen
101. each active MODFLOW cell which it will write into the shape file field specified by Groundwater Name Field Every active cell will be linked Click the Guess Demand Site Linkages button for WEAP to assign the closest active MODFLOW cell to each WEAP Demand Site which it will write into the shape file field specified by Demand Site Names Field Each Demand Site will be linked to only one cell Click the Guess River Point Linkages button for WEAP to make its guesses for the cells in the River package and Guess Drain Cell Linkages to have it guess WEAP river reaches for cells in the Drain package if the River RIV and Drain DRN packages are included which it will write into the shape file field specified by River Reach Name Field You are strongly advised to check which nodes and cells WEAP has guessed to make sure that they are correct The easiest way to do this is to display the linkages on the Schematic Go back to the Schematic and right click the MODFLOW Linkage shapefile in the list of background layers on the left and choose Set Label to then select each of the fields corresponding to groundwater name demand site name or river reach name 356 Supporting Screens Name 070520_Linkage IV Preview Map File Appearance Label Field RIVERREACH l Font Abcd123 Size of Average X Cancel Q When you return to the Schematic you will now see the river cells labels with the WEAP reach Zo
102. edits you made in Data View Referencing a result variable before it has been calculated will return a zero value when displayed in Data View but the value will ultimately be resolved when WEAP is calculated Just as with referencing data variables WEAP will automatically add the variable s scale and unit in square brackets Similarly you can convert from the default unit to another by changing the unit name within the brackets Tip Using the Expression Builder tool is the easiest way to create expressions that reference other branches and variables See also Functions Data View Examples of Expressions Expression Builder 132 Expressions 6 2 Examples of Expressions Type of Description Example Syntax and Graph Expression Simple Calculates a constant value in all 3 1415 Number scenario years Simple Calculates a constant value in all 0 1 5970 Formula scenario years Growth Rate Calculates exponential growth over Growth 3 2 time from a Current Accounts value NB only valid in scenario expressions not in Current Account expressions 60 100 0 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020 2022 2024 2026 2028 2030 Interpolation Calculates straight line change Interp 2000 40 2010 65 2020 80 ee es ap cain mi Yeats Interp 2000 0 9 BaseYearValue 2030 and values AN optional fina 0 7 BaseYearValue parameter lets you specify an exponential growth rate after the las
103. elements Demand Sites Wastewater Treatment Plants Groundwater nodes Reservoirs Other Supply nodes Transmission Links Return Flow Links Run of River Hydropower nodes and Diversions can be specified as not being active in the Current Accounts To view or change this setting see Edit General Info For elements that are not active in the Current Account you can specify the Startup Year in which it becomes active in a scenario The startup year can vary by scenario Set the startup year to O in a scenario to have it never be active in that scenario Elements which are not active yet will have no effect on calculations For example Demand Sites that are not active will not have any demand reservoirs will not store any water transmission and return flow links will not have any water flowing through them wastewater treatment plants will not treat any water water routed to it will flow to its return flow links untreated 43 WEAP User Guide 4 8 Demand 4 8 1 Demand Overview Demand analysis in WEAP is a disaggregated end use based approach for modeling the requirements for water consumption in an Area Using WEAP you can apply economic demographic and water use information to construct alternative scenarios that examine how total and disaggregated consumption of water evolve over time in all sectors of the economy Demand analysis in WEAP is also the starting point for conducting integrated water planning analysis since all S
104. evenly between the two reservoirs each will have 15 WEAP will solve first for the allocations to the demand sites and second to fill up the reservoirs Here is the LP formulation for the first QI Addl Q8 02 Add2 Q9 03 08 09 03 04 05 Q5 Q6 07 Q6 50 C2 249 WEAP User Guide S1 200 C3 S2 200 C4 S1 50 Addl S2 100 Add2 C1 El gt FC C2 E2 gt FC Obj fn FC 0 2 El 0 2 E2 0 2 E3 0 2 E4 Upper and lower bounds Ql 5 Q2 5 C3 gt 0 04 gt 0 Q5 gt 0 06 gt 0 Q7 gt 0 Q8 gt 0 Q9 gt 0 Addl gt 50 Add2 gt 100 0 lt SI lt 200 0 lt S2 lt 200 0 lt Cl lt 1 0 lt C2 lt 1 0 lt C3 lt 1 0 lt C4 lt 1 0 lt El lt 0 0001 0 lt E2 lt 0 0001 0 lt E3 lt 0 0001 0 lt E4 lt 0 0001 0 lt FC lt Where Addl addition to reservoir I storage negative additions represent releases which cannot exceed the initial storage Add2 addition to reservoir 2 storage SI final storage in reservoir 1 250 Calculation Algorithms S2 final storage in reservoir 1 C1 DI coverage C2 D2 coverage C3 Coverage for demand to fill reservoir I to top of conservation TOC pool C4 Coverage for demand to fill reservoir 2 to top of conservation TOC pool El D1 epsilon E2 D2 epsilon E3 Res 1 TOC epsilon E4 Res 2 TOC epsilon FC Final Coverage Here is the solution Q1 5 Q2 5 Q3 13
105. financed over 30 years at 4 interest Payments were to begin in 2015 this is also the year the reservoir began operation A variable operations cost of 0 005 per cubic meter was also entered In the Demand Measures scenario a capital cost of 1 million dollars per year was entered for the Industry North demand node An operations cost of 0 005 per cubic meter was also entered The net present value of the capital and operations costs represent 1 The discounted annual payments on the loan for North Reservoir for the years 2015 to 2020 2 The discounted annual capital payments for the treatment technology at Industry North for years 2011 2020 3 The discounted annual operations costs for the North Reservoir for year 2015 to 2020 and 4 The discounted annual operation costs for treatment technology at Industry North for 2011 to 2020 Average Cost of Water Report This report provides a calculation of the average cost of water in a given scenario It is calculated by dividing the sum of the net cost associated with all model items and system costs by the total volume of water delivered to demand nodes It can be used as another comparison between scenarios to determine relative benefits and costs Similar to the net cost report a negative value implies that benefits are larger than costs Menus located around the screen can be used to select the months s and or year s for which data will be displayed 5 2 7 Input Data Results Most
106. forms of carbonaceous BOD to represent organic carbon These forms are a slowly oxidizing form slow CBOD and a rapidly oxidizing form fast CBOD In addition non living particulate organic matter detritus is simulated This detrital material is composed of particulate carbon nitrogen and phosphorus in a fixed stoichiometry e Anoxia Q2K accommodates anoxia by reducing oxidation reactions to zero at low oxygen levels In addition denitrification is modeled as a first order reaction that becomes pronounced at low oxygen concentrations e Sediment water interactions Sediment water fluxes of dissolved oxygen and nutrients are simulated internally rather than being prescribed That is oxygen SOD and nutrient fluxes are simulated as a function of settling particulate organic matter reactions within the sediments and the concentrations of soluble forms in the overlying waters e Bottom algae The model explicitly simulates attached bottom algae e Light extinction Light extinction is calculated as a function of algae detritus and inorganic solids e pH Both alkalinity and total inorganic carbon are simulated The river s pH is then simulated based on these two quantities e Pathogens A generic pathogen is simulated Pathogen removal is determined as a function of temperature light and settling For full details of QUAL2K please see the QUAL2K Users Manual located in the WEAP Program folder in Adobe Acrobat format Q2KDocv
107. group together favorite charts to create overviews of different results Use the Save Chart as Favorite menu option to bookmark the current highlighted chart You will be asked to give the favorite a name Use the Delete Favorite menu option to delete a saved favorite To switch to a favorite chart select its name from the favorites menu 5 4 Scenario Explorer The Scenario Explorer View is used to group together multiple Favorite charts and tables created earlier in the Results View into Overviews With Overviews you can simultaneously examine different important aspects of your system such as demands coverage flows storage levels environmental impacts and costs In addition to showing Results the Scenario Explorer View can display selected Data across many scenarios This serves to distinguish each scenario from the others and helps demonstrate the impact of various assumptions and policies on results These input values can be changed on the spot and WEAP will recalculate and update the results Scenarios can be created on the spot allowing the user to perform a very quick sensitivity analysis The Scenario Explorer is split between a Data Section and a Results Section with each section displaying information from their respective Views the Data View and the Results View Use the Show Data Variables checkbox to show or hide the Data Section 5 4 1 Results Section Adding and organizing charts You can create multiple
108. hide the View Bar which by default is shown on the left of the screen If the View Bar is hidden to make more room on screen use the View menu to switch views See the View Bar help topic for a description of each view 2 1 4 General Menu The general menu gives access to basic parameters such as the time horizon and units used for your analysis and the water quality constituents to be modeled The user also has the option to determine whether or not individual demand branches within a demand site have the same monthly variation 2 1 5 Schematic View Various formatting options are available for the Schematic View The user can set the area boundaries change the size of the demand nodes and labels hide all WEAP objects and choose among a variety of priority views e g demand site priorities supply preferences WEAP User Guide 2 1 6 Tree Menu The tree menu is used to edit and navigate through the Tree which appears in the Data View Options on this menu allow you to add rename delete move and organize branches See Editing the Tree for more information Many of these functions are also available by right clicking on the Tree 2 1 7 Favorites Menu The Favorites menu which is only displayed when in the Results View lets you save favorite charts including all settings for the axes type of chart and formatting This feature is similar to the bookmark favorites features found on popular Internet browsing software
109. if you are aggregating daily streamflow values to be monthly if even one of the daily values is missing the aggregated value for that month will be missing Remember the ReadFromFile function can fill in missing values using several different functions Interpolate Repeat Replace Example If ReadFromFile Climate csv Mark MissingValue Key Default Wind Speed ReadFromFile Climate csv Mark If the value for a timestep in Climate csv is missing use instead the value from the key assumption Key Default Wind Speed Month Syntax Month or M or TS Description The number of the current month where the first month in the Water Year is and the last month is 12 as specified in the General Years and Time Steps screen Synonymous with TS timestep Example Month Evaluated in January 1 assuming the water year starts in January Evaluated in January 4 assuming the water year starts in October See Also Days DaysBefore JulianDaysBefore TotalDaysBefore Seconds TS Year Timesteps PrevYear Base Year CAY CurrentAccounts Year EndYear MonthlyValues Syntax 158 Expressions Monthly Values Month1 Valuel Month2 Value2 MonthN ValueN Note The name of this function will correspond to the timestep For example if the timestep is a week then the name of this function will be WeeklyValues if timestep is a day then DailyValues Description Specify values for each
110. in cases where Ya 233 WEAP User Guide the aquifer is drawn down far below the river in order to prevent unrealistically large volumes of water from being lost from the river The more the water table rises relative to the stream channel the greater the seepage becomes to the stream The more the water table falls relative the stream channel the greater the loss of water from the stream channel to the aquifer Total seepage from both sides of the river mi time is defined by je x e a ya hy where K m time is an estimate of the saturated hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer and dy is an estimate of the wetted depth of the stream which is time invariant The wetted depth together with the wetted length approximate the area through which the seepage takes place The saturated hydraulic conductivity controls the rate at which water moves toward or away from this seepage area Once seepage is estimated the groundwater storage at the end of the current time step is estimated as GS Syy 0 5 R E S where E is the anthropogenic extraction from the aquifer that is associated with meeting water demand and R is recharge from precipitation 7 4 11 Local Supply Local Reservoir Flows Local reservoirs are identical to river reservoirs except that they are not located along a river tributary or diversion and therefore do not have inflow from these sources All other properties of the local reservoir calculations are the
111. instantaneously Thus a demand site can withdraw water from the river consume some return the rest to a wastewater treatment plant that treats it and returns it to the river This return flow is available for use in the same month by downstream demands Each month the calculations follow this order 1 Annual demand and monthly supply requirements for each demand site and flow requirement Catchment potential evapotranspiration snow accumulation and runoff and infiltration assuming no irrigation inflow yet 2 Inflows and outflows of water for every node and link in the system This includes calculating withdrawals from supply sources to meet demand and dispatching reservoirs This step is solved by a linear program LP which attempts to optimize coverage of demand site and instream flow requirements subject to demand priorities supply preferences mass balance and other constraints Hydropower generation 4 Capital and Operating Costs and Benefits 5 If a MODFLOW model is linked WEAP results groundwater pumping and recharge and river stage will be loaded into the MODFLOW input files MODFLOW will be run for one timestep and MODFLOW results cell heads and flows between surface and groundwater will be read into WEAP 6 Pollution generation by demand sites flows and treatment of pollutants and loadings on receiving bodies concentrations in rivers 193 WEAP User Guide 7 2 Annual Demand
112. interactions the following describes the option where WEAP models these interactions by using a groundwater wedge connected to the river To R simulate groundw ater interactio ns with surface waters a stylized represent ation of the system can be used Groundw ater can be represent ed as a wedge that is symmetrical about the surface water body such as a river recharge and extraction from one side of the wedge will therefore represent half the total rate Total groundwater storage is first estimated using the assumption that the groundwater table is in equilibrium with the river equilibrium storage for one side of the wedge GSe can be given as GS Fg Gy AAS where hg m represents the distance that extends in a direction horizontally and at a right angle to the stream lw m is the wetted length of the aquifer in contact with the stream Sy is the specific yield of the aquifer and Ag is the aquifer depth at equilibrium An estimate of the height above which the aquifer lies or is drawn below the equilibrium storage height is given by ya so the initial storage GS 0 in the aquifer at t 0 is given as GSO GS a addy G The vertical height of the aquifer above or below the equilibrium position is given as _ GS Gs HaGNS Vertical height below the equilibrium position can be limited to the Maximum Head Difference if it is set Limiting the head difference for losing streams might be necessary
113. is also constrained by the maximum infiltration rate over a 24 hour period The Loss to Groundwater and Loss to Runoff fractions determine how much of the irrigation that 221 WEAP User Guide is not available for evapotranspiration will infiltrate runoff or evaporate Irrigation Loss to Groundwater Irrigation Supply Requirement 1 Irrigation Efficiency Loss to Groundwater Irrigation Loss to Runoff Irrigation Supply Requirement 1 Irrigation Efficiency Loss to Runoff Irrigation Loss to Evaporation Irrigation Supply Requirement 1 Irrigation Efficiency 1 Loss to Groundwater Loss to Runoff See also MABIA Irrigation Irrigation Scheduling Wizard Yield Yield Response to Water Shortage Water is essential for crop production and best use of available water must be made for efficient crop production and high yields This requires a proper understanding of the effect of water rainfall and or irrigation on crop growth and yield under different growing conditions For application in planning design and operation of irrigation schemes it is possible to analyze the effect of water supply on crop yields Water deficits in crops and the resulting water stress on the plant have an effect on crop evapotranspiration and crop yield The relationship between crop yield and water supply can be determined when crop water requirements and actual crop water use on the one hand and maximum and actual cro
114. it appeared when it was saved as a Favorite including all filtering options in effect such as a subset of years to display The Annual Total checkbox above the charts will determine whether the charts display annual totals or monthly values For storage reports such as groundwater or reservoir storage it does not make sense to total the monthly storage values instead the storage at the end of each water year will be displayed You can apply a few formatting options across all charts shown in the Overview change the color palette show or hide all legends show or hide titles and axis labels Labels or set the 3D effect for all charts 3D To see the numbers behind the charts select the Table tab at the top of the Results Section You will see the results from each chart organized into one large table The toolbar on the right allows you to export the table to Excel or save it to the Windows clipboard To zoom in to one of the charts shown in an Overview right click and choose Zoom In or click it and select the zoom button on the toolbar to the right You will then switch to the Results View with this chart displayed If you change the formatting of the chart and want to save these customizations choose the Main Menu option Favorite Save Chart as Favorite After saving return to the Scenario Explorer View and you should see that the Overview chart will include your changes Note some formatting will only be shown when
115. it in the column labeled Overall Maximum Height The maximum height of the crop which will occur in the mid season stage Minimum Root Depth Initial depth of roots Maximum Root Depth Maximum depth of roots which will occur in the mid season stage The rooting depth determines the total available water for evapotranspiration See also MABIA Calculation Algorithms Menu Option General Crop Library only available if there is at least one catchment on the schematic whose method is MABIA Soil Library Texture Class This screen is used in conjunction with the MABIA Method for catchment hydrology and crop water requirements If you are using the Plant Growth Model Method see Plant Growth Model Soil Library WEAP comes with a built in library of soil data for the 12 standard texture classes defined by the US Department of Agriculture USDA Clay Clay loam Loam Loamy sand Sand Sandy clay Sandy clay loam Sandy loam Silt Silt loam Silty clay and Silty clay loam A thorough discussion of soil texture and these texture classes can be found at http edis ifas ufl edu SS169 A more general discussion of soil and water can be found at http www fao org docrep r4082e r4082e03 htm In addition a texture class named Consolidated rock represents a rocky surface that can hold no water You can edit this library or add to it Buttons on the toolbar at the top allow you to add delete or rename texture classes The Co
116. main river Note If linking to QUAL2K every river in the QUAL2K data file q2k must be linked to a WEAP river and those WEAP rivers must have Model Water Quality turned on and all WEAP rivers not linked to QUAL2K must have water quality modeling turned off lt Constituent gt Concentration For rivers that you have selected for WEAP to model water quality enter the concentrations of each constituent in the headflow This will serve as the initial condition for water quality in the river Alternatively for any tributaries that WEAP will not model the box for Model Water Quality is not checked but that flow into other rivers that WEAP will model enter the concentration of each constituent in the tributary s outflow Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources River lt River Name gt Category Water Quality Tabs Model Water Quality lt Constituent gt Concentration Streamflow Gauge Use the streamflow gauge object to facilitate comparing simulated and observed streamflows both in terms of quantity and quality On the schematic place a gauge on the river of interest Enter the data to specify the observed flow and water quality concentrations typically using the ReadFromFile function In Results look at the Supply and Resources River Streamflow Relative to Gauge report to compare simulated and observed flows and Water Quality Surface Water Quality to compare calculated and observed concentrations f
117. marked by red boxes in figure below 10 WEAP Structure WEAP Weaping River Basin Eel DER rea Edit General Tree Help Key Assumptions Data for Reference 1999 2008 Manage Scenarios C Data Report South City f Water Use _Loss and Reuse j Demand Management j Priority i Advanced Schematic West City Industry North ETETEN Annual Water Use Rate Monthly Variation Consumption Industry East Agriculture North Annual level of activity driving demand such as agricultural area Agriculture West population using water for domestic purposes or industrial output dei i Demand Site 1999 2008 ih ae it SESS Growth 3 Million person Sen Suay j Growth 2 5 Million person Other Assumptions Industry North Interp 2020 400 Million are Growth4s Key Drivers GDP 0 25 Agriculture North 3 Growth4s Key Drivers Built Environment Expan Thousand ha AK Chat Table Notes N Annual Activity Level AY Ft Me Scenario ss era Explorer 2 Cs i M Bi West City BB South city Million person nm gt D 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Area Weaping River Basin Data View Registered to Jack Sieber Tellus Institute 2 4 1 Tree On the top left a hierarchical tree is used to create and organize data structures under six major categories Key Assumptions Demand Sites Hydrology Supply and Resources Environment and Other Assumptions The tree is also used to s
118. mentioned hydraulic characteristics of the aquifer Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Groundwater Category Physical Tab Maximum Withdrawal 82 Data Natural Recharge The recharge represents inflow to the groundwater source inflows that are not explicitly modeled in WEAP e g return flows You may specify the inflow using the Water Year Method the Read from File Method or with an expression See Specifying Inflow for details Note do not use this variable if you are linking WEAP to MODFLOW Natural recharge is allowed to be less than zero for example to model lateral outflow from an aquifer to another aquifer outside the system To model flow from one groundwater node to another both of which are in the system you can use the Groundwater to Groundwater Flow variable If you do make sure not to double count those flows in the Natural Recharge Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Groundwater Category Physical Tab Natural Recharge Groundwater Water Quality lt Constituent gt Concentration If you are modeling water quality in a river that has inflow from a groundwater source enter the concentration of each constituent in that inflow from groundwater to surface water Note that the quality of water flowing into groundwater will not affect the quality of outflow specified here groundwater quality is not modeled in WEAP due to the inherent complexities of such a sy
119. of 1 if parameter 1 is greater than parameter 2 Otherwise returns a value of zero Note This function is included for backwards compatibility with earlier versions of WEAP In the latest versions of WEAP you can now use the standard greater than operator gt directly in your expressions This helps to simplify your expressions and make them easier to understand Example GreaterThan 1 3 0 GreaterThan 3 1 1 GreaterThan 1 1 0 188 Expressions GreaterThanOrEqual Syntax GreaterThanOrEqual Expression1 Expression2 Description Returns a value of 1 if parameter 1 is greater than or equal to parameter 2 Otherwise returns a value of zero Note This function is included for backwards compatibility with earlier versions of WEAP In the latest versions of WEAP you can now use the standard greater than or equal to operator gt directly in your expressions This helps to simplify your expressions and make them easier to understand Example GreaterThanOrEqual 1 3 0 GreaterThanOrEqual 3 1 1 GreaterThanOrEqual 1 1 1 If Syntax If TestExpression1 ResultIfTrue1 TestExpressionN ResultIfTrueN ResultIfAll False Description The If function evaluates each TestExpression in sequence and for the first one that is not FALSE lt gt 0 returns the value of its associated ResultIfTrue If all TestExpressions are FALSE then the value of ResultIfAllFalse is returned or 0 if ResultIfAllFalse is omitted
120. of WEAP to call DLL functions is very powerful as it allows the user to add new functions or even complete models to WEAP The DLL function should expect a parameter that is an array of double precision numbers and should return one double precision number as the result Examples Call C DLLTest dll Sum 1 2 3 4 5 will call a function called Sum in the DLL file c DLLTest dll passing it an array of 5 numbers See Delphi source below Call C DLLTest dll Cos month 30 a Cosine wave going from 30 degrees to 360 degrees over the year See Delphi source below The parameters can include WEAP variables and functions e g Call ReservoirOperations dll CalculateRelease Demand Sites Agriculture North Monthly Demand 142 Expressions PrevTSValue Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir Storage Volume m 3 Sample C source code listing for test c which can be compiled into test dll using a standard C compiler such as the following free compilers Tiny C Microsoft Visual Studio Express MinGW GNU GCC Icc win and Orange C include lt windows h gt define DLLEXPORT _ declspec dllexport DLLEXPORT double Sum double Parameters int LastKElementIndex When Delphi programs such as WEAP pass an array to a C program there is a parameter following the array which is the index of the last element in the O based array In other words this w
121. of the MODFLOW layer from which to pump Use layer 0 to handle pumping as negative recharge LayerFraction_i The fraction to pump from Layer_i from 0 to 1 You do not need to include a layer if there is no pumping from it The sum of all the LayerFractions for all layers must equal 1 Note you may not use Interp or other time series function to specify changes over time Instead use the If function in conjunction with the Year variable An example below illustrates this Examples Pump 50 as negative recharge 50 from layer 1 PumpLayer 0 0 5 1 0 5 Pump 25 from layer 3 and 75 from layer 4 PumpLayer 3 0 25 4 0 75 Start off pumping 25 from layer 3 and 75 from layer 4 but in 2005 go to 50 from each layer PumpLayer 3 If Year lt 2005 0 25 0 5 4 If Year lt 2005 0 75 0 5 Read in pump layer fractions from a file PumpLayer 1 ReadFromFile LayerFraction csv 1 2 ReadFromFile LayerFraction csv 2 See Demand Site Pumping ReadFromFile The ReadFromFile function allows WEAP to read annual monthly or whatever your timestep is 164 Expressions or daily data from a delimited text file typically comma separated value CSV but any separator including spaces can be used into any WEAP variable In cases where aggregate data needs to be disaggregated such as generating a daily time series from monthly climate data one of many disaggregation methods can be used Alternatively daily data ca
122. of the system and therefore is not available for use in the system Outflowos Inflowos 85TransLinkInflowos ps 7 4 12 Formulation for LP Formulation for LP A linear program LP is used to maximize satisfaction of requirements for demand sites user specified instream flows and hydropower subject to demand priorities supply preferences mass balance and other constraints The LP solves all the simultaneous equations listed above WEAP uses an open source linear program solver called LPSolve The program and its documentation can be found online http sourceforge net projects Ipsolve Mass Balance Constraints Mass balance equations are the foundation of WEAP s monthly water accounting total inflows equal total outflows net of any change in storage in reservoirs and aquifers Every node and link in WEAP has a mass balance equation and some have additional equations which constrain their flows e g inflow to a demand site cannot exceed its supply requirement outflows from an aquifer cannot exceed its maximum withdrawal link losses are a fraction of flow etc Each mass balance equation becomes a constraint in the LP 236 Calculation Algorithms 2 Inflow Outflow AdditionToStorage which can be rewritten as Inflow Outflow AdditionToStorage 0 AdditionToStorage only applies to reservoirs and aquifers AdditionToStorage is positive for an increase in storage and negative for a decrease in storage O
123. one branch are the same as those of another branch you can copy and paste the expression from one branch to another Surface Layer Thickness Depth of surface layer subject to drying by evaporation If blank will default to 100 mm Total Soil Thickness Combined depth of buckets one and two The depth of bucket one is the rooting depth of the crop the depth of bucket two is Total Soil Thickness Rooting Depth Only used if using two buckets for the MABIA water balance calculation Maximum Infiltration Rate Amount of water that can infiltrate into soil over 24 hour period and will vary according to soil type slope and rain intensity If daily precipitation or irrigation exceeds this rate the excess will run off Leave blank for no restriction unlimited flow rate Maximum Percolation Rate Amount of water that can percolate from soil to groundwater over 24 hour period This will limit Direct Recharge to GW from ineffective precipitation or inefficient irrigation Leave blank for no restriction unlimited flow rate Effective Precipitation 62 Data The percentage of precipitation available for evapotranspiration The remainder is direct runoff or direct recharge to groundwater unless constrained by Maximum Percolation Rate If 100 available leave blank Direct Recharge to Groundwater Of the precipitation NOT available for evapotranspiration 100 Effective Precipitation the percent that goes directly to groundwa
124. or as a 2 dimension array around one or more of the six faces of the cell on faces If you choose within cell specify the number of particles within each cell along the layer row and column dimensions The number of particles within the cell is the product of these three numbers If you choose on faces select which faces on which you would like to place particles For each 364 Supporting Screens selected face Face 1 left face Face 2 right face Face 3 front face Face 4 back face Face 5 bottom face and Face 6 top face specify the other two dimensions of particles For example for Face 1 a 2x3 array 2 layers 3 rows would place 6 particles on the left face of each cell in the subregion When backtracking from a cell to define a capture area it is generally best to place particles on the cell faces rather than distribute them internally within the cell For example 16 particles on each of the faces 1 4 The same distribution will apply to all cells added If you want to use different distributions for different cells first add the cells with the first distribution then come back and add the cells with the other distribution Total Particles Released The total number of particles released in each subregion is Number of Cells Number of Particles per Cell and is shown at the bottom of the window Note the more particles you have defined the longer it will take for MODPATH to run and for WEAP to disp
125. outflow concentration of DO is 4 mg l 10 of the water evaporates in processing so 90 of the inflow 45 units returns to the river Evaporation concentrates the pollutants somewhat causing the concentrations to be higher by 11 in this case than they would with no evaporation The removal rate e g 90 of BOD refers to the mass of pollutant not the concentration Salinity TreatmentPlantPollOutflowrp 1 RemovalRaterp x TreatmentPlantPollInflowrp p Mass outflow 1 0 500 500 TSS 266 Calculation Algorithms Mass outflow 1 0 250 250 BOD Mass outflow 1 0 9 1000 100 DO DO is specified as a concentration rather than a removal rate Therefore the inflow of DO is not used TreatmentPlantPollOutflowrp OutflowConcentrationrp x TreatmentPlantReturnFlow rp p Mass outflow 4 45 180 Reach below Withdrawal Node Salinity Salt is conservative so it will not decay Therefore the concentration at the end of the reach will be the same as at the beginning 2 mg l TSS Using Eqn 3 with co 19 036 mg l k 0 25 day L 20 4 km U 180 km day then c 18 504 mg l DO Using Eqn 4 with T 15 then OS 10 94 Using Eqn 5 with ka 0 4 day ka 0 95 day k 0 4 day L 20 4 km U 180 km day BODm 4 72 mg l and DOn 8 157 mg l then DO 8 243 mg l BOD Using Eqn 7 with Ys 0 25 H 3 6 m i e Ka 0 3 T 15C then kison 0 288 Using Eqn 6 with
126. particle release points When you exit this screen whichever Options Set is listed in the MODPATH Options Set drop down list at the top will be active You will also be able to change the active Options Set from the Results View You may use the buttons to the right to Add Delete Copy or Rename the current Options Set 292 Advanced Topics i Particle Generation and MODPATH Options MODPATH Options Set 3 Plumes z 3 Direction of Particle Tracking Computation Criteria For Stopping Particles Particle Name Format Forward multiple release times allowed Stop particles if they enter zone 2 M Include Particle c 5 eon Include Release Time Backward single release time When particles enter cells with internal sinks Include Initial Postion Dec 2027 Stop at weak sink cells z Particle 1 Particle Starting Locations and Release Times Add Subregion Delete Subregion Copy Distribution Add Subregions for Well River and Drain Cells Style on Map Solid Release Times Cell Range L R C Distribution 1 Jan 2008 Dec 2027 every 6 months 1 10 21 1 19 21 Within cell 1x1x1 2 Jan 2008 Dec 2012 every 2 months 1 2 21 1 4 21 Within cell 1x1x1 i 3 Jan 2008 Dec 2012 every 2 months 1 6 21 1 8 21 Within cell 1x1x1 Subregion 1 Click and drag to define the Cell Range Release Times Distribution for Each Cell Initial Time Jan 2008 Layers Rows Columns Total
127. particle to reach the well 300 Advanced Topics I WEAP Tutorial HER Area Edit View Favorites Advanced Help Chart Table MODPATH Particle Pathline y Feet vl Scenario Pumping at Row 7 Column 25 Particle Generation and Options Capture Zone Edit Results to Map Color by Travel Distance vi MODPATH Particle Pathline Feet Demand Site Coverage oO 0 150 MODFLOW Cell Head Net Cost E 150 300 Streamflow 300 450 Surface Water Quality _ 450 600 Transmission Link Flow Unmet Demand hurtin 750 900 Add Del j 900 1 050 l O i E 1 050 1 200 Scenario i 4 E 1 200 1 350 Explorer Diversion Geka V A Reservoir E 1 350 1 500 VE Groundwater 1 1 650 Other Supply i 1 950 1 800 Demand Site 1 Catchment v Runoff Infiltration V Transmission Link Wastewater Treatment PI WEAP 2 3161 Area Tutorial 2008 2027 monthly Results View Licensed to Stockholm Environment Institute From the Map tab the pathlines can be saved as a GIS Shapefile Click the button on the toolbar to the right and choose save as GIS Shapefile SHP You can choose to create a separate line in the shapefile for each particle pathline line segment there is a line segment for each timestep for each particle or group together all the line segments for each particle into one line When saving lines segme
128. particular branch where the first crop chosen is that for the first cutting and the second and third crop is for the crop specifying the subsequent cutting s parameters Soil Water capacity Specify the water holding properties of the soil including saturation field capacity and wilt point The available water capacity AWC will be field capacity minus wilt point You have four options for specifying these parameters all available on the drop down menu in the data grid 1 Enter soil properties directly a window will appear into which you enter the saturation field capacity and wilt point and fraction of coarse fragments if any 2 Choose from Soil Library this will add the SoilLibrary function to the expression with the chosen texture class Optionally you can specify the fraction of coarse fragments See the SoilLibrary function for more information 3 Use the Soil Profiles Wizard a window will appear for entering importing or pasting information about one or more soil profiles each containing one or more soil horizons layers Various pedotransfer functions are available for estimating soil water capacity See Soil Profiles Wizard for details 4 Paste an array of data e g copy several rows and columns of data from Excel onto the Windows clipboard and paste it into the data grid representing soil profile data A Paste Special wizard will appear to help you format the information If the soil properties of
129. plant TP return flows transmission losses and return flow losses to groundwater reservoir losses to groundwater Res river tailflow into groundwater and subsurface flow from river reaches Rch minus withdrawals by demand sites subsurface flow to river reaches and groundwater overflow net inflow In addition if linking to MODFLOW there will be subsurface inflows from and outflows to other groundwater nodes EndMonthStoragecw BeginMonthStoragegw NaturalRechargegw DSDSReturnFlowps gw TP TPReturnFlowre cw 25TransLinkLossToGroundwaterps cw OSDSReturnFlowLinkLossToGroundwaterps wt TP TPReturnFlowLinkLossToGroundwaterre cw amp sReservoirLossToGroundwater res cw river RiverTailflowIntoGroundwaterriver cw ehReachFlowToGroundwaterrcn cw Src OtherGroundwaterFlowToGroundwatersre cw 2S TransLinkInflowew ps Groundwater FlowToReachew ren amp 8t GroundwaterFlowToOtherGroundwaterGw Dest The EndMonthStorage cannot exceed the groundwater node s storage capacity Any excess will overflow and be lost from the system If no data is entered for storage capacity the capacity is unlimited and there cannot be any overflow IF EndMonthStoragecw gt StorageCapacitygw THEN Overflowgw EndMonthStoragecw StorageCapacitycw EndMonthStoragecw StorageCapacitycw ELSE Overflowaw 0 The amount withdrawn from the aquifer to satisfy demand requirements is determined in the 227 WEAP User Guide co
130. river basin The data is separated into Current Accounts and any number of alternative scenarios An area is sometimes referred to as a data set All the files for an area are kept together in a directory underneath the WEAP Data Directory A study area can be a set of demand sites defined by political or geographic boundaries It can also be defined as a specific water supply system such as a river basin or a groundwater aquifer In one case the point of focus will be the demand sites while in another it will be the water supplies in a region of interest In yet other cases it may be necessary to conceive of both a set of demand sites and the specific river system together as the study area Study area boundaries could be somewhat more flexible than the rigid definition of the hydrologic boundaries in order to include the adjacent demand areas served by water supplies from within the hydrologic supply system or possibilities of importing or exporting water from or to sites outside the study area Whichever you choose ultimately the study area in WEAP will contain a distinct set of information and assumptions about a system of linked demands and supplies Several different study areas as defined in WEAP could actually be used to represent the same geographic area or watershed each under alternative configurations or different sets of demand data or operating assumptions In this way study areas can be thought of as representing separate databa
131. s preloaded global layers use the WGS84 projection WGS84 files are sometimes referred to as unprojected because they are based directly on latitude and longitude If you want to add layers that use a projection different from WGS84 here is what you should do Note you must do this BEFORE you add any WEAP objects such as rivers or demand sites because when you add them they will use the projection in effect and will disappear when you change to using a different projection Add one of your layers Remove all layers such as the preloaded layers that are in a different projection Go to Set Area Boundaries and set the boundary using your new layer If your layer is visible in the Schematic then you have done it correctly Inset Schematic On the left side of the Schematic View below the list of background maps you will find the inset schematic This small schematic always shows your complete area and may be used to zoom in and out of the display on the main schematic The area currently shown in the main schematic is indicated by a red box on the inset schematic Click and drag on the inset schematic to change what is shown on the main schematic You can also move the zoom bar below the inset schematic or use the mouse wheel to zoom in or out ctrl mouse wheel will zoom in and out faster Main Schematic The large area on the right side of the Schematic View shows the Main Schematic It is here that you will create and edit the sc
132. same as river reservoirs In detail a local reservoir s Res storage in the first month m of the simulation is specified as data see Supply and Resources Local Reservoirs Storage BeginMonthStorageres m InitialStorageres for m 1 Thereafter it begins each month with the storage from the end of the previous month BeginMonthStorageresm EndMonthStorageres m for m gt 1 This beginning storage level is adjusted for evaporation Since the evaporation rate is specified as a change in elevation see Supply and Resources Local Reservoirs Physical Net Evaporation the storage level must be converted from a volume to an elevation This is done using the volume elevation curve specified as data see Supply and Resources Local Reservoirs Physical Volume Elevation Curve BeginMonthElevationres VolumeToElevation BeginMonthStorageres The elevation is reduced by the evaporation rate AdjustedBeginMonthElevationres BeginMonthElevationres EvaporationRate res Then the adjusted elevation is converted back to a volume AdjustedBeginMonthStorageres ElevationToVolume AdjustedBeginMonthElevationres A reservoir s operating rules determine how much water is available in a given month for release 234 Calculation Algorithms to satisfy demand and hydropower requirements and for flood control These rules operate on the available resource for the month This storage level for operation is the adjusted amount at the begi
133. sent to Treatment Plant B for treatment which returns the treated wastewater to the river The cost to transmit supply from the river through the transmission link to the demand site is 1000 per unit of water transmitted The treatment plant was built in 2005 at a cost of 50 000 000 financed through a 30 year loan with a fixed interest rate of 5 In addition to capital costs loan payments the treatment plant incurs ongoing operating and maintenance costs every year The fixed operating cost is 200 000 per year for labor and maintenance fees the variable operating cost is 5000 per unit of water treated Capital Cost AnnualTreatmentCapitalCost LoanPayment 50000000 2005 30 5 3 252 571 75 MonthlyTreatmentCapitalCost AnnualTreatmentCapitalCost 12 271 047 65 Operating Cost Transmission Link MonthlyTransmissionOperating Cost 60 1000 60 000 Wastewater Treatment MonthlyTreatmentOperatingCost AnnualFixedTreatmentOperatingCost 12 MonthlyVariableTreatmentOperating Cost 270 Calculation Algorithms AnnualFixedTreatmentOperating Cost 200 000 MonthlyVariableTreatmentOperatingCost 30 5000 150 000 MonthlyTreatmentOperating Cost 200 000 12 150 000 166 666 67 Total Operating Cost MonthlyTotalOperatingCost MonthlyTransmissionOperatingCost MonthlyTreatmentOperating Cost 60 000 166 666 67 226 666 67 Net Cost MonthlyNetCost MonthlyTreatmentCapitalCost MonthlyTotalO
134. silt o clay o and sand o bulk density g cm 3 and organic matter g kg This model is defined by three specific equations to estimate water content at saturation field capacity and wilting point Osar 0 8667 Cl 1 426 Sa 84 2817 BD 0 0151 Si 2 0 0012 Sa 2 7 9188 Ln Si 112 0333 Ln BD 0 0064 C1 Si 0 2835 C1 BD 0 0068 Si Sa 0 177 Si OM 266 768 212 Calculation Algorithms Orc 0 0023 Si 2 8 491 BD 2 3 2498 OM 2 153 59021 Cl 101 21431 Si 9 02181 Sa 8 52011 0M 20 9002 Ln OM 0 355 Cl BD 0 2388 Cl OM 10 1357 BD OM 16 4788 Owe 0 7409 Si 0 0126 Si 2 7 4396 BD 2 2 8807 OM 2 136 151 Cl 98 33231 Si 23 99671 Sa 9 03681 OM 20 7999 Ln OM 0 4598 Cl BD 0 2579 Cl OM 9 1905 BD OM 9 8444 Particle size Bulk density Organic matter Vereecken et al 1989 silt clay o and sand o bulk density g cm 3 and organic matter g kg The water content at saturation field capacity and wilting point are obtained by calculating the Van Genuchten model for h 0 100 and 1500 respectively Osar 0 0 O 1 a O 4n m 6 Orc 6 0 O 1 a 100 n m Owe 0 O 6 1 a 1500 n m where 0 0 81 0 283 BD 0 001 Cl 8 0 015 0 005 Cl 0 014 OM a Exp 2 486 0 025 S 0 351 OM 2 617 BD 0 023 Cl n Exp 0 053 0 009 S 0 0135 Cl 0 00015 S m 1 Particle size Bulk density Organic
135. simulate BOD For temperature values required by WEAP to implement the BOD and DO modeling one can choose from either of two methods Temperature Modeled in WEAP WEAP will calculate water temperature for each river reach based on climate data air temperature humidity wind and latitude input in the Data view under the Climate tab for the reach Temperature Data the user specifies the water temperature for each reach If this option is selected and temperature for a particular reach is left blank WEAP will assign to that reach the temperature of the immediate upstream reach Water temperature is needed by the BOD model Modeled in QUAL2K Link to the US EPA water quality model QUAL2K and let it model water quality for some or all water quality constituents See below for details Menu Option General Water Quality Constituents Linking to QUAL2K QUAL2K is a 1 dimensional steady state instream water quality model for well mixed channels laterally and vertically Constituents modeled include ammonia nitrate organic and inorganic phosphorous algae sediment pH and pathogens QUAL2K was developed by Dr Steve Chapra and his grad students at Tufts University To model a WEAP constituent using QUAL2K choose Modeled in QUAL2K in the Calculate By column If you want to model any constituents in QUAL2K you must also model water temperature in QUAL2K QUAL2K will calculate water temperature for each river reach based on W
136. the down arrow on the right side of the expression box and choose Expression Builder from the menu The screen of the Expression Builder is divided into two resizable panes At the top are a set of tabs that are used to access the names of the mathematical logical and modeling functions built in to WEAP as well as to access the names of all branches in WEAP At the bottom of the screen is an editing box into which you can directly type to edit an expression or into which you can add an item from the top pane either by dragging and dropping or by double clicking on an item At the right of the editing box is a set of buttons that give quick access to the most common mathematical operators etc A toolbar at the top of the expression builder gives quick access to the most common editing options such as Cut amp Copy E Paste etc When constructing an expression you can check whether the expression is valid by clicking on the Verify button Finally when you have finished with the expression click on Finish to put the expression back into the data entry table you came from or click on Cancel to abandon the edit There are two tabbed pages in the Expression Builder e Functions contain the list of functions built in to WEAP You can see a list of ALL functions or filter the list to show the modeling mathematical and logical functions On the right of the tab each function is fully documented with notes describing syn
137. the few fraction of the surface soil layer The daily soil water balance equation is I Ei Dai Dei 1 P RO are Fou T DP Ww ew where D j 1 and De cumulative depletion depth at the ends of days i 1 and i mm P and RO precipitation and precipitation runoff from the soil surface on day i mm I the irrigation depth on day i that infiltrates the soil mm Ei evaporation on day i i e Ei Ke ETo mm Te i the depth of transpiration from the exposed and wetted fraction of the soil surface layer on day i mm DP the deep percolation from the fey fraction of the soil surface layer on day i if soil water content exceeds field capacity mm to the lower part of the top bucket 218 Calculation Algorithms Assuming that the surface layer is at field capacity following heavy rain or irrigation the minimum value for De is zero The limits imposed on De are consequently 0 lt Dei lt TEW It is recognized that water content of the soil surface layer can exceed TEW for short periods of time while drainage is occurring However because the length of time that this occurs varies with soil texture wetting depth and tillage De gt 0 is assumed The irrigation depth Ij is divided by fy to approximate the infiltration depth to the fw portion of the soil surface Similarly Ej is divided by few because it is assumed that all E other than residual evaporation implicit to the Kcb coefficient i
138. the last node or reach on a river or diversion is the reach below the tributary inflow node on the downstream river Returns an empty branch FOR EACH RiverType in River Children Branch ReachBelow ID 0 if branch is not FOR EACH Child in RiverType Childrer a river node or reach or is already the last reach on the river or diversion that does not FOR EACH River in WEAP Branch Supply and Resources River Children IF Child TypeID 4 THEN flow into another river or diversion Read Print only Child ReachBelow FullName END IF NEXT NEXT NEXT Split DoCopyData NewName1 NewName2 CALL WEAP Branch Demand Sites and 327 WEAP User Guide NewName3 NewName4 NewNameS5 Catchments Agriculture NewName6 NewName7 NewName 8 North Corn Split TRUE Rainfed NewName9 NewName10 Subdivide a Sprinkler Furrow Drip Irrigation branch into up to ten subbranches NewNamel is required all other names are optional If DoCopyData is true copy all data from the current branch to the new branches except Activity Level and Area Activity Unit for the new branches will be set to percent StartupYear Get or set the startup year for WEAP ActiveScenario Supply Measures the branch object in the currently active scenario If startup year is 0 the branch is not active in the scenario Can only be changed if the branch is already set
139. the list of background layers and choose Hide All Layers from the popup menu Choose Show All Layers to turn them all on To add a layer right click on the list of background layers to open the background layers menu and choose Add Vector Layer e g ESRI Shape files shp or Add Raster Layer e g ArcGIS GRID GeoTIFF spatially referenced JPG or GIF Band Interleaved by Line BIL or Band Interleaved by Pixel BIP or choose these options from the Schematic menu at the top For vector layers you have much flexibility in choosing map colors data styles and labels for display which can be very helpful in highlighting various features from the layers These options are available when you first add a vector layer or when you edit an existing vector layer double click the layer name to edit See Map Layer Window for more information The background 16 Setting Up Your Analysis layers menu also allows you to remove set labels or reorder the background maps A new blank WEAP area comes preloaded with several global background layers Major Rivers Cities States Countries and Oceans You can remove them if you want but your Schematic must have at least one background layer either a preloaded layer or one of your own All background layers must use the same geographic projection If you add a layer and it does not appear on the Schematic it may be because it does not use the same projection as the existing background layers WEAP
140. the tree to select the data you want to view and edit See Editing the Tree for details You cannot add or remove schematic nodes e g reservoirs wastewater treatment plants by editing the tree all schematic changes must be done through the Schematic View To find a branch in the tree by its name go to Edit Find Branch or hit Control F Partial words are fine and the search is not case sensitive If you give multiple words WEAP will search for branches that include all words e g butte creek unless you include OR e g butte OR creek To exclude terms precede with a minus e g butte creek Hit F3 or Edit Find Again to repeat the search using the same search text If the bottom of the tree is reached without finding a match WEAP will wrap around to look from the top of the tree Data in the tree are organized under six major categories which appear as the top level of branches in the tree Key Assumptions Sag Demand Sites e Key Assumptions under which you create and ae Hydrology organize independent variables used to drive the Water Year Method calculations in your analyses Driver variables are Read from File not directly calculated in WEAP but they are useful Supply and Resources as intermediate variables that can be referenced in amp Transmission Links your modeling calculations It is very useful to create River variables here for all you major modeling Weaping River assumptions espe
141. to match up the rows in the spreadsheet with the data stored in WEAP for a given branch variable and scenario It is important to understand that during the import WEAP does NOT make use of the names stored in the branch variable and scenario columns Instead it makes use of 3 hidden columns in the spreadsheet columns A C that contain unique the ID codes used for these items in WEAP Please bear these warnings in mind o Do not edit any of the hidden ID codes Editing these codes may cause unpredictable results and can even cause your WEAP data to become corrupted and unusable Bear in mind also that you cannot add rows to the sheet WEAP can only import data that corresponds to an existing branch variable scenario o You may delete any rows after row 4 in the spreadsheet WEAP simply imports any remaining contiguous rows that exist in the spreadsheet The first 3 rows must remain unchanged o Do not add delete or reorder any columns from A J columns 1 10 WEAP expects to find these 10 columns and in that particular order Otherwise it will not be able to import units and expressions and might possibly corrupt your dataset o Make sure you have a backup of your dataset before importing any data 6 7 Export Expressions to Excel Use this option to export to Excel some or all of the data expressions in WEAP This process will allow you to link your WEAP expressions to Excel values for later import back into WEAP See Import from Exc
142. to the Windows clipboard in metafile format Images can be pasted into any Windows program that supports image objects Tables are copied to the Windows clipboard in tabular format suitable for pasting into Excel or Word Save chart or map as a graphic file e g Acrobat BMP JPG GIF Google Earth PNG See Export to Google Earth for information about saving as Google Earth format Show a movie of the chart going from the first timestep of the first year to the last timestep of the last year This option is only available if the X axis is not years Select Background Image lets you insert a background image behind your chart You will be prompted to select a JPG GIF or BMP file and given the chance to preview the image before selecting it Several water related pictures come with WEAP located in the _Pictures subdirectory Background image settings are saved along with your other 123 WEAP User Guide settings when you save a Favorite chart and can then be displayed when you use WEAP s Overview feature Clear Background Image removes the background image from the current chart Advanced chart options Change any aspect of how the chart is displayed Note these changes cannot be saved in a Favorite Legend toggles whether a legend is displayed on the chart Legends are always displayed in the Results View Increase Decimals increases the number of decimal places displayed in a table Decrease Decimals decreases the number
143. user defined variable called Population Growth Rate in the Demand Sites section of the tree After entering the growth rate value for each demand site the expression for Annual Activity Level 40 Data would be Growth Population Growth Rate Because the values of Key Assumption variables can be displayed in the Results View these variables can also be used to create new result variables or alternative indicators For example you could perform a social cost benefit analysis by creating indicators such as the social cost of unmet demand shortages or the environmental cost of low river flows The shortage cost key assumption could refer to the unmet demand at one or more demand sites using the PrevT S Value function with an increasing cost associated with increasing unmet demands A complete triple bottom line analysis could be done involving financial social and environmental costs You could create a key assumption group for each of these types of costs with individual cost items under each The financial costs Key Assumption Variables would reference the Financial Results variables using PrevTS Value Entered on Data View Branches Key Assumptions Other Assumptions 4 6 Customizing Data Variables 4 6 1 User Defined Variables You can create user defined variables under the sections for Demand Sites Supply and Resources and Water Quality which you can reference in expressions elsewhere in WEAP This is a
144. variables from the Data View can be displayed in the Results View From the results selection box at the top select the category Input Data to choose from the available variables 5 2 8 Customizing Result Variables You may customize WEAP s result variables e g Unmet Demand or Inflows to Area to some extent You are allowed to edit the title of a variable or hide it entirely In the Result View right click on the result variable selection box at the top and choose Edit Name or Hide Or from the Main Menu Edit Result Variable If you have changed the name of a variable and want to reset 119 WEAP User Guide it to its original value right click and choose Reset Name to Default To unhide previously hidden variables right click and choose Unhide and then choose the variable to show or All Variables to unhide all previously hidden variables Hiding unused variables can be a useful way to simplify a model s appearance perhaps for display to stakeholders Note result variables can still be used in calculations even when hidden via the PrevT S Value function Note Customizing result variables only applies to the current WEAP dataset If you want to customize variables in other datasets you will need to do it separately for each one You may select one or more data variables for display among the built in result variables See Customizing Data Variables for more information Menu Option Edit Result Variable 5 3 Viewing Option
145. very powerful feature as it allows you to easily create your own models within WEAP For example SEI researchers created an experimental glacier module in WEAP tracking accretion depletions and runoff from glaciers using user defined variables for WEAP s catchment objects As opposed to Key Assumptions which are added as new branches to the tree User Defined Variables are added as new variable tabs to existing branches Key Assumptions are best if you are using the same expression in multiple places in your model or to highlight a major modeling assumption User defined variables are better if you want to create a variable whose values will vary by demand site or groundwater node or reservoir etc See the Key Assumptions section for more information about them To create a user defined variable go to the Data View right click on any of the existing variable tabs and choose Create Alternatively for Create and all other user defined variable actions you can use the main menu Edit Data Variable To edit an existing variable make sure it is the active variable then right click on the variable tab and choose Edit When you create a variable it will initially take on the properties described below of the highlighted variable Definition Each variable needs a Name and Category Unit and Comment are optional Some data variables may actually represent calculated results especially if you provide a default expression belo
146. when the soil surface is dry but sufficient root zone moisture is present to support full transpiration Basal Crop Coefficient Curve The crop coefficient curve represents the changes in Ke over the course of the growing season depending on changes in vegetation cover and physiology During the initial period shortly after planting of annuals or prior to the initiation of new leaves for perennials the value of Ke is often small Definitions for three Ke values Keb ini Keb mia and Keb ena required to construct the curve and associated definitions for growth stage periods and relative ground cover are illustrated below Keb mid one Basal crop coefficient Kop k Initial stage Crop satin h Mid season l haseena J The linear Ka approximation curve is constructed by the following steps 214 1 Divide the growing period into four general growth stages describing crop canopy development and phrenology for a regional specific developmental crop calendar The four stages are 1 Initial period planting or green up until about 10 ground cover 2 Crop Development period from 10 ground cover until about 70 ground cover and higher 3 Mid Season period from 70 ground cover to the beginning of the late season period the onset of senescence and 4 Late Season period beginning of senescence or mid grain or fruit fill until harvest crop death frost kill or full senescence Specify the three Ka values correspondin
147. whereas cells that are not linked will have the flow rate as specified in the original Well file The Well package is also modified so that cell by cell flow terms will be written to the new CCF file It is OK if the Well package does not exist in the original MODFLOW model WEAP will create a new one A demand site cannot pump from a cell that is dry If all of a demand site s linked cells are dry then it will not be able to pump any water If some of the cells are dry and some are not dry it will automatically pump from the non dry cells In the timestep that a cell becomes dry WEAP will be inconsistent with MODFLOW WEAP assumes that it is able to pump water from that cell in that timestep whereas MODFLOW assumes no pumping Both are probably incorrect there will be some pumping from the cell in that timestep but likely less than the full demand If you have linked a demand site s sub branches to different cells only those sub branches linked to dry cells will have their pumping affected When linking sub branches the abstraction rates for each sub branch will be proportional to the demand for the sub branch and the area of cells linked For example there are 2 branches A and B A is linked to 10 cells and B to 4 cells each cell has equal area The demand for A is 20 B is 2 A will pump 20 from its 10 cells while B will only pump 2 from its 4 cells Therefore the abstraction rate for A s cells 2 per cell will be four times as hig
148. will go back to WEAP which will write new MODFLOW input files and then run MODFLOW for the next stress period When WEAP writes the new DIS package the length of the stress period will be changed to match the length of the WEAP timestep being calculated The number of MODFLOW timesteps is not changed Tip If the original MODFLOW stress period length is much longer than the WEAP timestep e g annual vs monthly you probably want to reduce the number of MODFLOW timesteps per stress period it will calculate faster and create smaller files For example if the MODFLOW stress period is 365 days and the number of timesteps per stress period is 12 one per month because WEAP will change the stress period length to monthly you probably want to reduce the number of timesteps per stress period to 1 so that it is still monthly Which layers have Quasi 3D confining beds below This information is only used to initially establish individual aquifers in a multi aquifer system However it is up to the user to decide how many aquifers exist and which layers are in which aquifers A MODFLOW model can be either transient or steady state A steady state model is not a good fit to link to WEAP because it cannot fully capture the changes from the WEAP model Basis BAS6 WEAP reads from the Basic package the locations of active inactive and specified head cells and the initial heads in all cells In addition BAS specifies if FREE or FIXED formats are
149. with weak sinks e particles are stopped when they enter cells with weak sinks e particles are stopped when they enter cells where discharge to sinks is larger than a specified fraction of the total inflow to the cell For this last option enter a fraction between 0 and 1 Particle Name Format These options determine the name shown in the chart legend in the Results View for each particle pathline As you change the options an example of how the name will appear is shown below the checkboxes e g Particle 1 Particle starting locations and release times Starting locations for particles can be generated in one or more rectangular blocks of cells Each subregion represents one rectangular block of cells you must have at least one subregion although it can contain as few as one cell Use the Add Subregion and Delete Subregion buttons to add and delete subregions Release Times In the case of forward tracking analyses particles also can be assigned a release time which allows particles to be released into the flow system over a range of times rather than simply as a single instantaneous release Using Initial Time Final Time and Interval choose the times in which particles for this subregion will be released These options are not available for backward tracking Cell Range Specify the extent of the subregion by specifying the Minimum and Maximum Layer Row and Column Each release time specified above will release p
150. xla Workbooks Add xls xlw sheets add EACH B in WEAP Branches EACH V in B Variables S not V Is tVariable THEN Resu eS pT xls Cell B FullName xls Cell lue V Name BranchExists BranchName Check if a branch exists Read only BranchVariable BranchName VariableName Get the WEAPVariable object for the specified branch and variable VariableName can be omitted if BranchName only has one variable e g Key Assumptions branches have one variable Note This is equivalent to Branch BranchName Variables V ariableName Read only Calculate LastYear LastTimestep AlwaysCalculate Force WEAP to calculate all scenarios marked for calculation even if WEAP thinks the calculations are up to date unless optional parameter AlwaysCalculate is set to false This is useful if you have changed values in an input file that WEAP is reading via ReadFromFile If optional parameters Last Year and LastTime are given only calculate up to that year and timestep Note AlwaysCalculate false is the same as calling WEAP View Results because that also only calculates scenarios needing calculation CalculationErrors Get the number of WEAP calculation errors from the just run WEAP calculation Read only CalculationTime Get the calculation time from the just run WEAP calculation in seconds Read only CalcTS Get the timestep being calculated
151. 0 04 80 Q5 50 06 50 Q7 0 Q8 25 Q9 105 Addl 20 Add2 100 S1 30 S2 0 Cl C2 FC 1 C3 C4 0 El E2 E3 E4 0 Note that Reservoir 1 has storage of 30 while reservoir 2 has 0 This inequity will be rectified next For the second LP iteration to solve for equalizing the reservoir releases here is the LP formulation QI Addl Q8 Q2 Add2 Q9 03 08 09 03 04 05 04 80 251 WEAP User Guide Q5 Q6 Q7 Q6 50 S1 200 C3 S2 200 C4 S1 50 Addl S2 100 Add2 C3 E3 gt FC C4 E4 gt FC Obj fn FC 0 2 El 0 2 E2 0 2 E3 0 2 E4 Upper and lower bounds Ql 5 Q2 5 C3 gt 0 04 80 Q5 gt 0 Q6 50 Q7 gt 0 Q8 gt 0 Q9 gt 0 Addl gt 50 Add2 gt 100 0 lt SI lt 200 0 lt S2 lt 200 Cl 1 C2 1 0 lt C3 lt 1 0 lt C4 lt 1 0 lt El lt 0 0001 0 lt E2 lt 0 0001 0 lt E3 lt 0 0001 0 lt E4 lt 0 0001 0 lt FC lt 1 Here is the solution Ql 5 Q2 5 252 Calculation Algorithms Q3 130 04 80 Q5 50 Q6 50 Q7 0 Q8 40 Q9 90 Addl 35 Add2 85 S1 15 S2 15 Cl 2 1 C3 C4 0 075 FC 0 0751 El E2 0 E3 E4 0 0001 Note that now both Reservoir 1 and Reservoir 2 have the same storage 15 Maximum Hydraulic Outflow If the optional maximum hydraulic outflow MHO data value is set WEAP will create extra constraints to handle it When there is no max
152. 0 288 L 20 4 km U 180 km day BODmw 4 72 mg l then BOD 4 57 mg l Return Flow Node Treated effluent from the wastewater treatment plant mixes with the river water using the following weighted average c BE FE _ M 0 c Py 2 Py 2 Eqn g c is the new concentration mg l Qw is the inflow of wastewater 45 Q is the flow from upstream 400 Cw is the concentration of pollutant in the wastewater C is the concentration of pollutant in the flow from upstream Mw Qw Cw the mass of pollutant in wastewater Salinity 267 WEAP User Guide With My 500 and C 2 mg l then c 2 92 mg l in Eqn 8 TSS With My 250 and C 18 5 mg l then c 17 2 mg l DO With My 180 and C 8 24 mg l then c 7 81 mg l BOD With My 100 and C 4 57 mg l then c 4 33 mg l Reach below Return Flow Node Salinity Salt is conservative so it will not decay Therefore the concentration at the end of the reach will be the same as at the beginning 2 92 mg l TSS TSS uses first order decay Using Eqn 3 with co 17 2 mg l k 0 25 day L 40 8 km and U 187 92 km day then c 16 29 mg l DO Using Eqn 4 with T 15 then OS 10 94 Using Eqn 5 with ka 0 4 day ka 0 95 day k 0 4 day L 40 8 km U 187 92 km day BODnr 4 33 mg l and DOn 7 81 mg l then DO 8 07 mg l BOD Using Eqn 7 with Ys 0 25 H 3 78m ie kan 0 3 and T 15C then kso 0 291 Using Eqn 6 with k sov 0 288
153. 0 O30 O30 O30 O30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 030 030 030 030 030 030 O30 030 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 030 030 030 030 O30 O30 O30 O30 40 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 030 030 030 030 030 030 030 O30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 030 030 030 030 O30 O30 O30 O30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 030 030 O30 O30 O30 O30 O30 O30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 030 030 030 030 O30 O30 O30 030 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 030 030 030 030 O30 O30 O30 O30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 030 030 030 030 O30 030 O30 O30 40 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 030 030 030 030 O30 O30 O30 O30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 x Cancel 8 2 6 Run the Models and View Results After WEAP does it calculations for each scenario including running MODFLOW at each timestep WEAP combines all the individual MODFLOW input files for a scenario one set for each WEAP time step each set represents one MODFLOW stress period into one set of files that covers all WEAP time steps the set has as many MODFLOW stress periods as there are WEAP time steps in the entire simulation WEAP runs this large MODFLOW model and then runs MODPATH using the currently loaded MODPATH Options Set Just as it does when running MODFLOW WEAP creates temporary MODPATH files for each scenario it calculates Because a complete set of new input files are created and kept for each scenario you will be able to run them yourself in MODPATH outside of WEAP if you want to examine the results in more detail or to make slight changes to the inputs
154. 0039 Cl Sa 92 3851 Particle size Bulk density Jabloun and Sahli 2006 silt o clay o and sand and bulk density g em 3 This model is defined by three specific equations to estimate water content at saturation field capacity and wilting point Osar 0 4602 Cl 1 1343 Si 86 8963 BD 0 01 1 Si 2 9 4193 Ln Si 110 5222 Ln BD 0 256 CI BD 0 002 Si Sa 0 0405 Sa BD 135 5837 Orc 148 39031 Cl 43 85161 Si 5 17411 Sa 16 6718 Ln Cl 0 0011 Cl Si 0 0999 CI BD 0 0025 Si Sa 24 1522 Owe 1 2152 Si 0 4877 Sa 0 0057 CI 2 0 0087 Si 2 85 84361 Cl 88 0331 Si 0 0012 CI Si 0 2129 CI BD 59 6137 Particle size Organic matter Jabloun and Sahli 2006 silt clay o and sand and organic matter g kg This model is defined by three specific equations to estimate water content at saturation field capacity and wilting point bsar 0 7264 Si 0 2026 Sa 0 0083 Si 2 13 75491 Sa 7 7387 Ln Sa 2 2103 Ln OM 0 0043 C1 Si 0 0051 Cl Sa 0 0047 Si Sa 53 4646 Orc 0 2239 Cl 57 9544 1 Si 11 69741 Sa 6 90031 0M 3 5324 Ln Sa 24 0966 Ln OM 0 0031 Cl Sa 0 1886 Cl OM 36 7918 Owe 181 7238 Cl 183 5092 Si 182 4525 Sa 0 0048 CIN2 0 0114 Si 2 0 0031 Sa 2 128 78961 Cl 83 0451 Si 6 52931 Sa 9 18951 OM 27 4919 Ln OM 0 0043 CI Si 0 2411 Particle size Bulk density Organic matter Jabloun and Sahli 2006
155. 1 Manage Scenarios 35 343 Max 183 Maximum Diversion 89 Maximum Groundwater Withdrawal 82 Microsoft Excel 347 Min 184 Minimum Flow Requirement 95 231 Missing Value 157 Mod 184 MODFLOW30 164 273 275 276 282 286 351 354 MODPATH290 292 295 297 302 359 360 389 WEAP User Guide 364 Monetary Unit 29 346 Month 158 Monthly Supply Requirement 194 Monthly Time Series Wizard 349 Monthly Variation 47 Monthly Values 158 Moving WEAP Nodes 23 N Natural Recharge 83 Net Present Value 118 Node Name 24 Normal Water Year Type 78 79 Not 191 NotEqual 191 Notes 9 13 O Operation 86 92 Or191 Other Assumptions 40 Other Supply 20 88 236 Outflows 223 224 Outline Level 39 P Paddy 58 Parent 39 44 160 Pedotransfer Function 174 PEST 337 Pi 184 Plant Factor 87 93 95 Pollution 27 100 117 344 Ponding 58 Preference 21 PrevTS Value 160 Prev Year 163 Prev YearValue 163 Printing Schematic Image 26 390 Priority 21 51 88 94 Priority Views 25 Pumping 48 164 PumpLayer 164 Q QUAL2K27 88 89 94 96 97 258 261 262 263 264 344 R RAM 369 Random numbers 184 185 Raster GIS Layer 16 Reaches 83 95 228 Read From File 78 80 164 Reference Evapotranspiration 64 203 Remainder 172 Repair Area 341 Reserved Words 135 Reservoir84 85 86 87 88 90 91 92 93 94 229 234 245 Restore Area 341 Results 9 13 119 120 121 122 125 282 Retention Basin 85 92 Return Flow Node 232 Return
156. 147 346 D Data Report 103 387 WEAP User Guide Data Variables Data View Days DaysBefore Delete WEAP Node Delphi Demand Demand Management Demand Priority Demand Results Demand Site 40 41 9 10 33 146 146 24 141 38 44 45 46 194 48 49 140 21 25 106 18 21 47 48 49 50 51 224 Demand Site Return Link Flows 225 Disaggregate 38 44 164 Disconnect Rivers 24 Discount Rate 27 118 345 Diversion 19 89 98 232 DLL 141 Double cropping 53 Drain 273 Driver Variables 40 Dry Water Year Type 78 DSM 48 49 E Edit Menu 7 Elaboration 10 33 ElevationTo Volume 147 Email 341 369 Environment Results 117 Environmental Analysis 99 Environmental Costs 105 Equal 188 ESRI 16 ETReference 53 57 64 111 115 203 Evaporation 49 82 85 92 99 Evapotranspiration 196 198 203 Excel 137 138 347 Exp 181 388 ExpForecast 148 Exporting Data 138 Expression Elaboration 10 33 Expressions10 33 41 131 133 134 135 137 138 139 157 192 351 F fallow 53 False 188 FAO Crop Requirements 53 54 55 76 79 111 Favorites 13 105 125 Field Capacity 71 174 210 Financial 101 102 118 156 Fixed Head 95 Flooding 58 Floor 181 Flow Stage Width 97 Frac 182 Functions 139 192 Funding 377 G Gauge 90 337 General Info 24 General Menu 7 Generating Efficiency 95 Getting Started 4 GIS 16 Glacier 111 198 Google Earth 124 GreaterThan 188 GreaterThanOrEqual 189 Gridlines 122 G
157. 17 correspond to the WEAP groundwater node so you would enter Groundwater in table column GW for those cells As mentioned above WEAP can guess which river reaches go with which cells automatically filling values for the RiverReach column There are several different ways to edit this table To edit inside WEAP go to the Map Layer window double click on the layer name in the Schematic s Background Layer list click the Edit button and type the values directly in the table You can also edit the table in Microsoft Excel the attribute table has the extension dbf e g MODFLOW Linkage dbf or in any GIS program such as ArcGIS If you do have access to GIS software this will be the easiest way to edit the table but it can be done in WEAP In order to edit the dbf table in Excel or GIS you must first close WEAP so that the file is not locked After you have chosen the shape file specified which fields within it contain the linkage information and manually linked MODFLOW Cells to WEAP Elements WEAP will be able to link the MODFLOW cells to the WEAP items Verify on the MODFLOW linkage screen that all cells are linked 358 Supporting Screens 9 14 Linking to MODPATH Note linking WEAP to MODPATH is an advanced feature MODPATH is a groundwater particle tracking post processing package that was developed to compute three dimensional flow paths using output from steady state or transient groundwater flow simulations by MODFLOW th
158. 2 IceDepth IceDepth 1 SnowIntolce IceMelt where 201 WEAP User Guide IceDepth average depth of ice mm for the branch or catchment in timestep t IceMelt depth of ice that melts mm SnowDepth average depth of snow mm for the branch or catchment T air temperature C Ticemeit temperature C at which ice begins to melt RNet Net Radiation MJ m 2 day GlacierRadiationCoeff fraction of net radiation that contributes to melting ice NumDays number of days in timestep t LambdaFusion latent heat of fusion energy required to melt a kg of ice 0 334 MJ kg Pw density of water 1000 kg m 3 divided by 1 1 to account for ice s lower density than water SnowlIntolce 12 month old snow that has not melted that transforms into ice mm For the purposes of the mass balance and melt and accumulation equations the glacier depth is considered uniform so that GlacierVolume IceDepth SubCatchmentArea where GlacierVolume glacier volume km 3 SubCatchmentArea total area of the subcatchment branch km 2 Even though the depth is considered uniform WEAP can use the relationship between Volume and Area to estimate the actual areal extent of the glacier which could be less than the SubCatchmentArea in order to report the area of the glacier This area will NOT be used for calculating melt or accumulation GlacierVolume c GlacierArea or GlacierArea GlacierVolume c w
159. 2008 combination of changes in Demand Measures and Supply Measures scenarios MV Show results for this scenario Uncheck to reduce calculation time Hep Show All Show None Menu Option Area Manage Scenarios also on Data View toolbar See also Scenarios Data View 4 3 3 Scenario Inheritance An important concept in using scenarios is the idea of scenario inheritance In WEAP s Data View you create mathematical expressions that define the data values of each branch variable combination in your analysis Scenario inheritance allows you to create hierarchies of scenarios that inherit default expressions from their parent scenario Initially you create expressions for the Current Accounts These can either be constant expressions or expressions that generate a time 36 Data series of values Then you can create additional scenarios with expressions that either simply inherit the Current Accounts expressions or override these for particular branches and variables So for example you might create a scenario that examines an irrigation efficiency program that inherits most of its expression from a baseline business as usual scenario Because the efficiency scenario inherits from the baseline scenario when initially created it will contain exactly the same expressions as the baseline scenario and hence will yield exactly the same results To fully define the scenario you only need to type in express
160. 2_11b8 pdf Distance Markers Distance markers are used to match WEAP and QUAL2K reaches as well as point and diffuse inflows and outflows You must be careful that the locations in the q2k file entered on the Reach worksheet in QUAL2K match the distance markers entered in WEAP especially for tributary inflow points However the reach boundaries in QUAL2K do not need to match the reach boundaries in WEAP because point and diffuse source data are entered according to locations not reaches Each QUAL2K reach is subdivided into 1 or more equal length computational elements Results are calculated for each element When WEAP is reading the QUAL2K results it must find the closest matching QUAL2K computational element for each WEAP node and reach For nodes WEAP chooses the closest computational element at or downstream of the node For reaches WEAP chooses the closest element to the middle of the WEAP reach as long as it isn t upstream 262 Calculation Algorithms of the reaches upstream boundary Point Sources Point sources correspond to inflows to and outflows from river nodes including inflows from demand sites wastewater treatment plants tributaries only if that tributary is not also modeled in QUAL2K and net decreases in reservoir storage and outflows to demand site withdrawals diversions reservoir evaporation and net increases in reservoir storage The location of the QUAL2K point source is the distance marker for
161. 3 2010 7 Supply delivered to Agriculture West from all sources NT WEAP ResultValue Demand Sites South City Net Benefit S Cost Benefit Type Operating Cost 2010 7 Operating cost at South City EAP SaveArea SaveSchematic C Weaping River Basin jpg SaveSchematic C Weaping River Basin jpg 1200 75 SaveSchematic C Weaping River Basin png 2000 317 WEAP User Guide IncludeObjectNotes OpenInGoogleEarth Save schematic to a Google Earth kmz file See Export to Google Earth for more information Note The schematic will be saved as it currently appears in the Schematic View If you have zoomed in so that the full area is not visible or have hidden some WEAP objects by unchecking them in the upper left legend in the Schematic View this is what will be saved to the file Call WEAP ZoomSchematic first if you want to zoom out to show the full area boundaries in the saved file Filename The file extension jpg png or kmz determines the type of file saved All parameters after Filename are optional If omitted the default value is used Width Width in pixels of jpg png or raster Google Earth images Range 50 to 5000 Default 800 ImageQuality Range from 5 low quality to 100 high quality The higher the quality the larger the file Default 50 IsVector If True will create a Google Earth file with a clickable object for each WEAP o
162. 3 DropElevationy x PlantFactory x PlantEfficiencyy 9 806 1 000 000 000 J GJ For reservoirs the height that the water falls in the turbines is equal to the elevation at the beginning of the month minus the tailwater elevation entered as data see Supply and Resources Reservoir Hydropower DropElevationy BeginMonthElevationy TailwaterElevationy For run of river hydropower nodes the drop in elevation is entered as data see Supply and Resources River Run of River Hydropower 255 WEAP User Guide DropElevationy FixedHeady If a demand priority for hydropower energy has been set for an individual reservoir WEAP will calculate the supply requirement volume of water through the turbines necessary to generate the energy demand SupplyRequirementy EnergyDemandFullMonthGJy HydroGenerationFactory 7 6 Water Quality 7 6 1 Overview WEAP includes descriptive models of point source pollutant loadings that can simulate the impact of wastewater on receiving waters from demand sites and wastewater treatment plants Water quality parameters that can be considered in WEAP include conservative substances constituents that decay according to an exponential decay function dissolved oxygen DO and biological oxygen demand BOD from point sources and instream water temperature These parameters are not modeled in reservoirs though all reservoir outflow concentrations must be entered as data In the first order D
163. 3 Z1 0 Z2 1 Here are the LP constraints to implement the MHO constraint Q lt MHO ZI 0 999 MHO 1 Z1 TS Z2 Q gt MHO ZI S lt 0 999 TS ZI TOC 1 Z1 TS TOC Z2 S gt TS Z2 Z1 Z2 lt 1 Where Q reservoir outflow MHO maximum hydraulic outflow TOC top of conservation TS total storage maximum possible storage in reservoir Here are how the constraints look for the three cases substituting the appropriate values for Z1 and Z2 Case 1 Z1 0 Z2 0 The outflow is less than MHO Q lt 0 999 MHO Q gt 0 S lt TOC S gt 0 0 0 lt 1 Case 2 Z1 1 Z2 0 The outflow is equal to MHO but the reservoir is not completely full Q lt MHO Q gt MHO S lt 0 999 TS S gt 0 1 0 lt 1 Case 3 Z1 0 Z2 1 The reservoir is completely full storage total storage so there is maximum flow constraint but the outflow is not necessary greater than MHO 254 Calculation Algorithms Q lt 0 999 MHO TS Q gt 0 S lt TOC TS TOC which simplifies to S lt TS S gt TS 0 1 lt 1 7 5 Hydropower Calculations Hydropower generation is computed from the flow passing through the turbine based on the reservoir release or run of river streamflow and constrained by the turbine s maximum flow capacity Note that the amount of water that flows through the turbine is calculated differently for local reservoirs river reservoirs and run of river hydropower Fo
164. 3 1990 are both fine Years must have 4 digits Examples ReadFromFile GroundwaterRecharge txt will read in data from the first data column of file GroundwaterRecharge txt in the directory for the current WEAP area e g if the area was Weaping River Basin the file would be C Program Files WEAP21 Weaping River Basin GroundwaterRecharge txt ReadFromFile DemandActivity txt 2 will read in data from the second data column of file DemandActivity txt ReadFromFile DemandActivity txt 1 50 will read in data from the first data column of file DemandActivity txt shifting the years by 50 year 1950 data in the file will be interpreted as 2000 data Aggregating Daily Data to Monthly or other timestep ReadFromFile DailyTemperature csv 1 0 Average will read in daily air temperature data from the first data column of file DailyTemperature csv not shifting the years at all offset 0 and deriving monthly values by averaging the daily temperature values Because the parameter values in this example are actually the same as the defaults you could omit them and get the same result monthly average of daily values ReadFromFile DailyTemperature csv ReadFromFile DailyPrecipitation csv Sum will read in daily precipitation data from DailyPrecipitation csv and derive monthly values by totaling the daily precip values Because Column and YearOffset parameters were not specified their defaults are used Column 1 YearOffset 0 R
165. 3 29928 1955 1 365024 3 234144 1 416 1956 1 050672 1 084656 1 6992 1957 3 404064 2 741376 3 474864 1958 1 951248 2 118336 982704 1959 1 07616 1 333872 1 710528 RESERVOIR No local reservoirs exist OTHER No other supplies exist EF 4 004448 wy 24832 7 836144 oT or p 4 505712 2 560128 cr cr ASCII Inflow Data File Format 8 546976 22848 125616 22 04995 33 88488 LILJOR 9 031248 8 051376 12 37584 620208 oT 1 229088 3 664608 6 493776 L571 76 sr 1 67088 2 248608 674016 or er 75048 2 509152 375 13 History and Credits 13 1 History WEAP was created in 1988 with the aim to be a flexible integrated and transparent planning tool for evaluating the sustainability of current water demand and supply patterns and exploring alternative long range scenarios The first major application of WEAP was in the Aral Sea region 1989 with the sponsorship of the newly formed Stockholm Environment Institute SEI SEI continued to support the development of WEAP through its Boston center SEI Boston which was established in 1989 and hosted by the Tellus Institute Over the years WEAP has been applied in scores of countries and river basins The software has been transferred to water planners throughout the world The development and distribution of the WEAP software is managed by Jack Si
166. 4 Step Syntax Step Yearl Valuel Year2 Value2 YearN ValueN or Step ExcelFilename ExcelRangeName Description Calculates a value in any given year using a step function between a time series of year value pairs Using the above two alternatives syntaxes year value pairs can either be entered explicitly or linked to a range in an Excel spreadsheet Use the Yearly Time series Wizard to input these values or to specify the Excel data In either case years do not need to be in any particular order but duplicate years are not allowed and must be in the range 1990 2200 When linking to a range in Excel you specify the full path name of a valid Excel worksheet or spreadsheet an XLS or XLW file followed by a valid Excel range A range can be either a valid named range e g Import or a range address e g Sheetl A1 B5 The Excel range must contain pairs of years and values in its cells arranged into 2 columns Use the WEAP Yearly Time series Wizard to select a worksheet to choose among the valid named ranges in the worksheet and to preview the data that will be imported NB The Current Accounts value is always implicit in the function and will override any value explicitly entered for that year by the user So for example if the Current Accounts year is 1997 and the Current Accounts value entered in Current Accounts is 200 0 then the above function will results in the value 200 0 for both 1998 and 1999 Exampl
167. 7 Monthly Time Series Wizard saserdosio iE AEE AE REA AAE 349 Expression Bulld tspeie iiien eea AEA AS E AA AN E O E aA 351 Toad MODFLEOW Modelirvtepeeioi n ieit a Nea E A A AEN E TEO 351 Create MODFLOW Linkage Shape Piles sisssscsissaisssssossasstosssssassssvsssavasoasssenvasansssstsssecsssatsssatsssensavansssaes 353 Link MODFLOW Cells to WEAP Elements cccccsseesseseeessessssesessesessesessesesseseseseeeseseseessseeneaens 354 Teinking tos MO DP ATE sch cciovelccclavsyecctusesctesnensosetetuensslovstesesavevedeenteletedusrsausteteanssletvensnisignedvdnsnnesodvensessvetee 359 Edit MODPATH Potosi siveccsvsessnzsersesensdeeeseredearaetececkeesns othestus eth aira ias sa EEA a EE ENEE EE 359 Edit Particle Generation and MODPATH Options sss ssssssssssssrsessreessrresssreesnreesnreesnreesnreesnrensnreennreess 360 Add Subregions for Well River and Drain Cells ss ssssssssssssssesssresssresssreessriessreessreesnrrensreennrressrressreessee 364 Table Of Contents DLS Overview MANADE To orei ri a are a ETTE ANE AET TEA AEE PEO AEE O EAEE EAEE EEEE 365 TUE Ree EICO eE EEE EE S EE SEE EEE REE a 367 10 2 Demand Measures vecccesecacssnszenstsnssvasecaxsxnstacesstorsauecesaeweasa E EEEE E A ISEE EE E TE EE aS 367 10 3 Supply Measures ssssisssssssssssssiessseasssvassssapaasessssetissatusvananiasvavanipsabessansatessivatassadasvapaniasvananapvabsssagapiasaigenapsiaazany 367 10 4 Integrated Measures inniinn iiiaae ai inii 367 11 1 Technical Supp
168. 89 pp 389 403 175 WEAP User Guide Wosten J H M Lilly A Nemes A Le Bas C 1999 Development and use of a database of hydraulic properties of European soils Geoderma 90 July 1999 pp 169 185 Examples SoilProfiles Texture class 1 2 0 5 5 Loam 0 5 10 Clay loam This example specifies one soil profile with two horizons each 0 5m thick The top horizon is Loam with 5 coarse fragments the lower horizon is Clay loam with 10 coarse fragments The average soil properties are Saturation 38 17 Field Capacity 27 01 Wilt Point 12 64 Available Water Capacity 14 37 SoilProfiles Particle size Organic matter Jabloun and Sahli 2006 2 2 0 3 10 20 40 5 0 7 20 35 35 3 1 1 15 15 70 2 This example specifies two soil profiles the first with two horizons and the second with one horizon The method used to compute soil water capacity is from Jabloun and Sahli 2006 and requires particle size and organic matter content in addition to thickness and coarse fragments Profile 1 top horizon 0 3m thick 10 coarse fragments 20 clay 40 silt 5 g kg Organic Matter Profile 1 lower horizon 0 7m thick 20 coarse fragments 35 clay 35 silt 3 g kg Organic Matter Profile 2 1 0m thick 15 coarse fragments 15 clay 70 silt 2 g kg Organic Matter The average soil properties are Saturation 35 03 Field Capacity 37 54 Wilt Point 13 20 Available Water Capacity 24 3
169. 89056 Exp Ln 3 3 Tip To calculate the powers of other bases use the exponentiation operator Floor Syntax Floor Expression Description The expression rounded toward negative infinity Use Floor to obtain the highest integer less than 181 WEAP User Guide or equal to X Note Floor is not the same as the Int function Example Floor 2 8 3 Floor 2 8 2 Floor 1 5 1 Floor 1 5 2 Frac Syntax Frac Expression Description The fractional part of Expression Frac Expression Expression Int Expression Examples Frac 2 3 0 3 Frac 2 5 0 5 Int Syntax Int Expression Description The integer part of the expression the expression rounded toward zero Note Int is not the same as the Floor function Example Int 2 8 2 Int 2 8 2 Int 1 5 1 Int 1 5 1 Ln Syntax Ln Expression Description The natural logarithm of the expression Example Ln 2 7182 1 Ln 10 2 3026 182 Expressions Log Syntax Log Expression Description The base 10 logarithm of the expression This is the same as the Log10 function Example Log 10 1 Log 100 2 LogN Syntax LogN Base Expression Description The logarithm of the expression with a specified base Example LogN 10 100 2 LogN 2 7182 100 4 605 Log10 Syntax Log10 Expression Description The base 10 logarithm of the expression This is the same as the Log fun
170. AP s normal interface but may be useful when automating WEAP Read only Name Get the name of the Timestep Read only Index Get the index of this timestep from 1 to Timesteps Count where FirstTimestep is 1 For example if FirstTimestep is PR PR PRI PRI PR R NT W NT W If FirstTimestep 10 NT W False NT W if WEAP True EFAP Timesteps January Abbrev EFAP Timesteps October CalendarIndex is October then this EAP Timesteps October ContainsLeapDay EAP Timesteps February ContainsLeapDay ncludeLeap Days is true NT W If FirstTimestep is EAP Timesteps January DaysBefore October then this 92 October November FirstTimestep is January Each Timestep in WI PRINT Timestep Name EXT NT W BAP Timesteps October Index FirstTimestep is October December IE then this g EAP Timesteps 1 then this 331 WEAP User Guide October then Timesteps October Index 1 Read only NumDays Get the number PRINT WEAP Timesteps 2 NumDays If of days in the timestep FirstTimestep is October then this 30 which could be a fractional Timestep 2 is November number Read only ResultsShown Set or get WEAP ActiveTimestep ResultsShown TRUE whether the Timestep s results will be sho
171. AW level regardless of the current soil water depletion e of TAW Apply a specified of the Total Available Water TAW level regardless of the current soil water depletion e Fixed Depth Apply a specified depth of water Note the value entered should be the average depth of water applied to the entire area If the fraction wetted Fw lt 1 then the amount actually delivered to the crop will be higher I F For example for a drip irrigation system with F 0 3 a fixed depth application of 10 mm of water would be mean that 10 0 3 33 3 mm of water was applied to that 30 of the land area and would be available for ET by the crop IrrigationAmountValue_i The value that goes with the IrrigationAmountMethod Depletion of RAW or of TAW mm fixed depth The optimal irrigation schedule and amount would use of RAW 100 of RAW as the trigger method and of Depletion 100 of Depletion as the irrigation amount method which would apply irrigation at the last moment before crop stress would occur and irrigate just enough to get back up to field capacity However in reality it will be difficult for a farmer to know exactly when depletion reaches the RAW threshold For the first three irrigation amount methods of Depletion RAW or TAW the amount calculated will be the actual amount delivered to the crop If the fraction wetted Fw lt 1 then the average amount over the entire area will be less I Fw For examp
172. Accounts Year through the last month of the Last Year The Current Accounts Year is usually the most recent year for which reasonably reliable and complete data are available and from which future demand projections can be made The Current Accounts year data comprise the Current Accounts which all scenarios use as the basis for their projections Time Steps per Year The time step can be set anywhere from one day to 365 days Each year and scenario in an area must have the same time step Checking Add Leap Days will add an extra day in leap years e g 2000 2004 2008 to the timestep that includes February 28 e g the February timestep in a monthly analysis For daily models there will be 366 time steps in leap years 365 time steps in all other years This would be useful if you have datasets such as river streamflow gauges that include data for leap days Time Step Boundary The user has the option to have time steps be based on a the calendar year b all time steps are equal or c the time step lengths are entered manually Water Year Start Any particular time step for example a particular month can be designated as the starting point for the Water Year WARNING You should not change Water Year Start after you have 26 Setting Up Your Analysis begun entering data and expressions because it might change some of your expressions Some functions such as MonthlyValues store their parameters by number instead of na
173. Area class represents a single WEAP area dataset whereas WEAPAreas is the collection of all WEAP areas The WEAPAreas collection is a property of the WEAPApplication class e g WEAP Areas You can get access to a WEAPArea in three different ways e g WEAP Areas Weaping River Basin or 1 WEAPApplication Areas AreaName or Index specifying either the name of the area or a number from 1 to WEAP Areas Count WEAP Areas 1 2 WEAPApplication ActiveArea e g WEAP ActiveArea 3 Iterate through the collection of areas e g For Each Area in WEAP Areas WEAPAreas Properties and Methods Example using VB script Count Get the number of WEAP areas PRINT There are Read only WEAP Areas Count areas FOR i 1 to WEAP Areas Count PRINT WEAP Areas i Name NEXT Exists Returns true if the area exists F WEAP Areas Exists Weaping River Basin THEN VEAP ActiveArea Weaping River Basin END IF Item AreaName or Index Get the area VEAP Areas Item Weaping River identified by name or index from 1 to Basin Open Areas Count and EAP Areas Weaping River Basin Open Note the Item property is the default property therefore is usually omitted Thus the two examples above are equivalent 320 Advanced Topics WEAPArea Properties and Methods Example using VB script Directory Get the folde
174. CAY CurrentAccounts Year EndYear JulianDaysBefore Syntax JulianDaysBefore Description The number of days in the calendar year preceding the current month regardless of the Water Year Start Example JulianDaysBefore Evaluated in January 2001 0 Evaluated in February 2001 31 154 Expressions See Also Days DaysBefore TotalDaysBefore Seconds Month TS Year PrevYear BaseYear CAY CurrentAccounts Year EndYear LastYear Syntax LastYear Description The last year of the analysis as a numeric value as specified in the General Years and Time Steps screen Synonymous with EndYear Examples LastYear Year Evaluated for an last year of 2020 2000 20 0 2018 2 0 Interp BaseYear 100 LastYear 200 Will do a linear interpolation between 100 and 200 over the entire study period See Also Days DaysBefore JulianDaysBefore TotalDaysBefore Seconds Month TS Year Timesteps PrevYear Base Year CAY CurrentAccounts Year EndYear LinForecast Syntax LinForecast Yearl Valuel Year2 Value2 YearN ValueN or LinForecast XLRange Filename Rangename Description Linear forecasting is used to estimate future values based on a time series of historical data The new values are predicted using linear regression assuming a linear trend y mx c where the Y term corresponds to the variable to be forecast and the X term is years Linear forecasting is most suitable in
175. DFLOW model consists of many different packages most of which are optional However not all packages are used or allowed by WEAP Used by WEAP BAS6 Basic BCF6 Block Centered Flow CHD Constant Head DIS Discretization DRN Drain HUF2 Hydrogeologic Unit Flow LPF Layer Property Flow NAM Name OC Output Control RCH Recharge RIV River WEL Well WEAP reads information from each of these and will write new versions of the following NAM DIS OC RCH RIV WEL as explained in MODFLOW Link Technical Details The original files will not be changed WEAP only requires NAM DIS BAS6 and one of BCF6 HUF2 LPF all other packages are optional Allowed but not used by WEAP ADV2 Advective Transport Observation DE4 Direct Solution ETS Evapotranspiration Segments GAGE GHB Ground Water Flow Process General Head Boundary HFB6 Ground Water Flow Process Horizontal Flow Barrier HYD HYDMOD IBS Interbed Storage KDEP Hydraulic Conductivity Depth Dependence Capability of the HUF2 LMG Link AMG LVDA Model Layer Variable Direction Horizontal Anisotropy capability of the HUF2 MNWI1 Multi Node Drawdown Limited Well MULT multiplier PCG Preconditioned Conjugate Gradient RES Reservoir SIP Strongly Implicit Procedure SOR Slice Successive Over Relaxation SUB Subsidence and Aquifer System Compaction ZONE Commented out in new name file Observation files might refere
176. DPATH Input Files New MODPATH Name File Demo t mpn New MODPATH Main File Demo t mp Porosity 0 30 Where is recharge applied Top face of each recharge cell Distributed within each recharge cell A Create X Cancel Information about the WEAP and MODFLOW models is displayed along with the current MODPATH options and particle generation You may edit the particle generation and MODPATH options by clicking the Particle Generation and MODPATH Options button Note you must have at least one particle generated in order to run MODPATH Click the Porosity Data button to edit the porosity data for each cell Use the View Edit Packages button to view or edit the Name and Main files Other files may be listed in the Name file but they are either output files or binary input files in either case they cannot be viewed here 8 2 3 Edit Particle Generation and MODPATH Options It is on this screen that you will set the main options for your MODPATH analysis including the starting position for particles that will be tracked over time As a convenience you may store many different sets of options so that you can quickly switch from one to another For example you could have different Option Sets for different capture zone analyses backward tracking from each of several wells or drains and other Options Sets to look at the plume resulting from particle releases in different locations or release times forward tracking from
177. Delete You will be prompted for confirmation before the object is deleted except for river points Transmission and return flow links to the deleted object will also be deleted If you delete a river all its river nodes will also be deleted Objects cannot be deleted if the schematic is Locked Deleting Multiple Elements at Once For convenience there is a way to delete several objects at a time To select multiple objects hold down the Alt key as you click and drag on the main schematic to draw a grouping box around the intended objects After a moment a red box will appear Right click inside this red box and choose Delete All Objects in Selected Group from the popup menu to delete them all Note If the red box encompasses any nodes that are temporarily hidden they will NOT be deleted Edit General Info To edit information associated with a node link or river name schematic label active in Current Accounts demand priority supply preference right click on the object and choose the General Info option A dialog will pop up with the relevant information Connecting and Disconnecting Rivers and Diversions To have one river flow into another a tributary move the endpoint from the first river onto a previously unused place along the second river A tributary node will appear connecting the two rivers To disconnect a tributary right click on it and choose Disconnect Endpoint To have one river flow out of another a diversio
178. EAP EndYear WI EAP NumTimeSte average unmet d mand for enti NT V Value W EAP BaseYear 1 WEAP 90 EndYear WI the 90th percentile vali FAP NumTimeSte for entire study period 8 4 8 WEAPVersion and WEAPVersions API Classes The WEAPVersion class represents a single WEAP version whereas WEAPVersions is the collection of all versions in the active area To see the list of versions in WEAP on the menu choose Area Revert to Version The versions will be listed in the following format AreaName VersionDateTime VersionName The WEAPVersions collection is a property of the WEAPApplication class 1 WEAPApplication Versions e g WEAP Versions You can get access to a WEAPVersion in two different ways 1 334 WEAPVersions VersionComment or Index specifying either the comment associated with a version or a number from 1 to WEAPApplication Versions Count e g WEAP Versions Finished with Current Accounts or WEAP Versions 1 Iterate through the collection of versions e g For Each Version in WEAP Versions gt Advanced Topics WEAP Versions Properties and Methods Example using VB script Count Get the number of WEAP versions FOR i 1 to WEAP Versions Count in the active area Read only PRINT WEAP Versions i Name NEXT Item VersionComment or Index Get the PRINT WEAP Versions Item 1 Date
179. EAP Structure 2 1 Main Menu The main menu in WEAP provides access to the most important functions of the program There are seven sub menus 2 1 1 Area Menu The area menu provides options for creating opening saving and managing areas typically river basins as well giving access to Area wide operations such as managing scenarios setting print options and exiting WEAP Click on Manage Areas to see all recent WEAP areas associated planning periods date and time of last changes initials of person who made changes directory size of the area and zip status An accompanying image of each WEAP area is shown in the inset in the lower left A notes field is also provided In Manage Areas a new WEAP area can be created areas can be opened renamed deleted backed up e mailed and zipped To open a previously backed up WEAP area not listed click on Restore The Repair button will check and repair the database files of the highlighted area 2 1 2 Edit Menu The edit menu gives access to standard Windows editing operations cut Ctrl X copy Ctrl C paste Ctrl V and undo Ctrl Z Note that the Undo feature is limited to a single undo operation and only within a given text editing box WEAP does not currently support undoing of operations that affect data structures nor does it support multi level undo 2 1 3 View Menu The View menu allows you to switch between the five basic views in the WEAP system It also lets you show or
180. EAP climate data air temperature dew point wind speed and cloud cover and shade fractions input in the Data view under the Climate tab for the reach For each constituent that will be modeled in QUAL2K choose the corresponding QUAL2K constituent in the Link to QUAL2K Constituent column Note you can choose to model just a subset of your constituents in QUAL2K with the others modeled in WEAP QUAL2K has many parameters and options too many to include in WEAP Therefore you will need to first create a QUAL2K data file q2k with the appropriate parameters Use the Excel file QUAL2K xls in the WEAP directory to create and edit QUAL2K data files Put that q2k input file into the WEAP area s subdirectory and select it using the q2k data file drop down in the lower left of the Water Quality Constituents window Alternatively choose lt Copy file from another directory gt from the drop down to copy the q2k file from another directory If the QUAL2K data file q2k includes more than one river you will need to match the rivers in the QUAL2K data file with those in WEAP Click the Link WEAP Rivers to QUAL2K Rivers button below the q2k data file drop down the button will only appear if the q2k file has multiple rivers Note you do not need to model all WEAP rivers in QUAL2K you may choose to model some and not others However every river in the QUAL2K file q2k must be linked to a river in WEAP and those WEAP rivers must have Mode
181. ET is less than ET The reduction in ET can be estimated using a daily soil water balance as follows When field specific estimates of ET are needed they can be estimated by ETa Kaci ET ref where Kac actual K value Ks Ko Ke The stress coefficient K is estimated as f 1 D RAW Ks _TAW D _ TAW Dr TAW RAW 1 p TAW D gt RAW where 219 WEAP User Guide D root zone depletion defined as the water shortage relative to field capacity mm RAW readily available water mm TAW total available soil water in the root zone mm p depletion factor the fraction of TAW that a crop can extract from the root zone without suffering water stress 0 1 When D lt RAW K 1 At field capacity D 0 The degree of stress is presumed to progressively increase as D increases past RAW the depth of readily available water in the root zone The value for p varies by crop and crop growth stage and typically ranges from about 0 4 for shallow rooted crops to 0 6 for deep rooted crops The Crop Library includes values for p depletion factor TAW is estimated as the difference between the water content at field capacity and wilting point vol TAW 10 8Fc ea Owp Zr where Z effective rooting depth m For crop stage 1 Z Zr min For crop stages 3 and 4 Zr Zr max For crop stage 2 Z is estimated as Ky m Kebini Zy Kona Ka p frma Zrmin Zemin where Zr min Mini
182. Eg x 1 1833 to 1867 1800 to 1833 1767 to 1800 1733 to 1767 1700 to 1733 1667 to 1700 Scenario J 1633 to 1667 Explorer 1600 to 1633 1567 to 1600 1533 to 1567 1500 to 1533 1467 to 1500 1433 to 1467 1400 to 1433 1367 to 1400 i p Ke Ie rc oO OOAREHE Zoom E 126 Rotate __ 138 Tilt __ 67 Perspective CE 50 All Columns w Area Zabadani Results View Licensed to Jack Sieber Stockholm Environment Institute To advance through time click the blue arrows in the toolbar to the right of the legend to go forward or backward by a timestep or click the animation icon just above the blue arrows to have it step through every timestep Click the Map tab to see cell head results displayed on the Schematic again for one layer timestep and scenario Below the map a chart shows how head results for a single cell vary over time one line for each scenario Turn off the Y 0 button to the right of this chart to magnify the changes in elevation over time Click any cell on the map to see it charted below Click and drag on the map and the chart will update as you move the mouse Click on any point in the chart to see all the cell heads for that timestep displayed on the map above Click and drag on the chart and the map will update as you move the mouse Click the blue arrows below the chart to step forward or back one timestep 283 WEAP User Guide w WEAP Zabadant Area Edit View Fav
183. Final Time Dec 2027 Within cell 1 1 ih Interval 6 month Onfaces Releases tc Cell Range Layer Row Column Cells per Release Particles per Cell Subregion 1 1 10 21 1 19 21 Help 580 Particles in 3 Subregions A Save X Cancel Direction of particle tracking computation MODPATH provides the option of tracking particles forward in the direction of groundwater flow or backward toward points of recharge Backward tracking is accomplished by multiplying all velocity components by 1 Once the sign of the velocity components has been changed computations are carried out in exactly the same way as for forward tracking For backward tracking particles terminate at points of recharge rather than points of discharge The backward tracking option often provides an efficient means of delineating the source of recharge to localized points of discharge such as well fields or drains For a forward tracking analysis you may release particles at different times whereas for a backward tracking analysis particles are traced backwards in time from a single release time typically the last time step of the WEAP model Criteria for stopping particles A particle terminates when it e reaches a cell face that is a boundary of the active grid e enters a cell with a strong sink from which there is no outflow to other cells
184. From Favorite is the selection Click the Same Scale button on the right to use the same scale for the Y axes on each chart so that values on different charts can be easily compared 5 4 2 Data Section The Data Section displays values for selected scenarios and selected variables from the Data View It is a good idea to choose for display major assumptions that vary from one scenario to another such as climate infrastructure building a reservoir and demographic scenarios These data variables are organized in a grid with variables across the columns and scenarios down the rows You choose which variables and which scenarios to display you can even create a new scenario here For each cell in the grid corresponding to a single variable in a single scenario the value is displayed either by a horizontal slider or by a drop down selection This represents the value of that variable for all years and timesteps in that scenario For example if the WEAP model you built included an assumption for the annual average population growth rate this single value would be a good choice for a slider in the Data Section However you could not create a 127 WEAP User Guide slider for the changing population in a scenario as this would be more than one value and not representable on a slider bar However you could create a slider for the value of the population in the last year of your scenario in which case the model could interpolate between th
185. H may not be able to compute particle paths and will crash In such cases you may wish to adjust the hydraulic conductivity specification to reduce the contrast between adjacent cells Such problems may occur if the contrast exceeds three orders of magnitude The Horizontal Flow Barrier package has the potential to cause similar problems MODPATH does not continue to track particles once they have entered surface water bodies such as streams or lakes If you are using MODPATH to delineate the well head protection area and a stream or lake is part of the recharge area you may need to consider the sources of water for the stream or lake when delineating the well head protection area 304 Advanced Topics MODPATH expects the MODFLOW CCF file to have results for all MODFLOW time steps in each stress period If there are several MODFLOW time steps this file could become quite large Reducing the number of timesteps per stress period will reduce the file size If the original MODFLOW stress period length is much longer than the WEAP timestep e g annual vs monthly you probably want to reduce the number of MODFLOW timesteps per stress period it will calculate faster and create smaller files For example if the MODFLOW stress period is 365 days and the number of timesteps per stress period is 12 one per month because WEAP will change the stress period length to monthly you probably want to reduce the number of timesteps per stress period to 1 s
186. I e Global Change Research Program GCRP of the United States Environmental Protection Agency US EPA e California Department of Water Resources DWR 377 WEAP User Guide e CGIAR Challenge Program on Water and Food CPWF e Dutch Ministry of Foreign Affairs DGIS e Korea Institute of Construction Technology KICT e Water Research Foundation formerly known as American Water Works Association Research Foundation AwwaRF e World Bank e GLOWA Program of the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research BMBF e EU Global Water Initiative e Arab Center for the Studies of Arid Zones and Dry Lands ACSAD a center of expertise and training in the Arab region e German Federal Institute for Geosciences and Natural Resources BGR via the BGR ACSAD cooperation project e Riverways Program of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts 13 4 Translation Language translations have been contributed by e Arabic Rafik Al Sakkaf Wael Seif Khalid Hassan Ali Siddig Rani Fouad Mahmoud Ghajiah e Bengali Pradip Sengupta e Chinese Yang Yang Guoyi Han Ying Li Changbin Li e Farsi Mahmood Sadat Noori Mehdi Mirzaee Behzad Sharif Mina Gholizadeh Behzadd Jamali Alireza Rezaei Seyed Siavash Bassam Mehdi Mirzaee Behzad Sharif e French Issam Nouiri Keita Mamady Kob l Sylvain Hermon rania djounidi e German Markus Huber e Greek Paraskevi Karka Spyros Michas e Indon
187. IrrigationSchedule Syntax IrrigationSchedule CropNumber1 IrrigationStartDatel IrrigationEndDate 1 IrrigationTriggerMethod1 IrrigationTriggerValuel IrrigationAmountMethod1 IrrigationAmountValuel CropNumber2 IrrigationStartDate2 IrrigationEndDate2 IrrigationTriggerMethod2 Description This function is used in conjunction with the MABIA Method for catchment hydrology and crop water requirements Irrigation is required when rainfall is insufficient to compensate for the water lost by evapotranspiration The primary objective of irrigation is to apply water at the right period and in the right amount By calculating the soil water balance of the root zone on a daily basis the timing and the depth of future irrigation can be planned To avoid crop water stress irrigation should be applied before or at the moment when the readily available soil water RAW is depleted Depletion gt RAW The IrrigationSchedule function specifies the timing and amount of irrigation Each crop can have many different schedules for non overlapping periods of the crop season For example you may want to irrigate more frequently during the sensitive flowering and yield formation stages If a branch has more than one crop in rotation you can specify the irrigation schedules for all crops Use the Irrigation Scheduling Wizard to help you fill in the parameters for the IrrigationSchedule function CropNumber_i To which crop does schedule i apply
188. Method No Cycle Each parameter is described in detail below You can leave parameters empty e g ReadFromFile DailyPrecipitation csv Sum WEAP can export its results in a format compatible with ReadFromFile click the CSV button on the table toolbar when viewing tabular results in the Data or Results View and choose 165 WEAP User Guide the ReadFromFile Format option Year Offset The optional YearOffset parameter can be used to use data from different years and is specified either as an offset from the Base Year or as the data year from the file to use for Base Year data For example to use historical stream flow data starting in 1950 for future values 2005 2025 you would use either 1950 or 55 for the YearOffset Most people find it easier to give the YearOffset as a year rather than an offset When specified as an offset the YearOffset should equal the first year of data in the CSV file minus the Current Account Year In the previous example YearOffset 1950 2005 55 When WEAP is looking for 2005 data it will offset 55 years so will read in data 55 years previous to 2005 1950 When looking for 2006 data it will read in data from 1951 etc If YearOffset is blank it will default to an offset of 0 meaning that the Base Year data in the file will be used for Base Year data Aggregating daily data to monthly or other timestep In cases where you have daily data but your WEAP model is not daily you may specify
189. Node 13 Variable VariableName Get the named WEAP Branch Demand Sites South variable for this branch See WEAPVariable City Variable Consumption Expression for details Read only 40 VariableExists VariableName Returns true Set the wind speed for every catchment to be if the specified variable exists for this branch 3 3 m s Read only FOR EACH Branch IN WEAP Branch Demand Sites and Catchments Children F Branch VariableExists Wind THEN This variable only exists for catchment branches Br Variable Wind Expression 3 3 END IF NEXT Variables Get the collection of all variables FOR 1 1 to WEAP Branch Demand Sites South associated with this branch See City Variables Count WEAPVariables for details Read only PRINT WEAP Branch Demand Sites South City Variables i Name NEXT WEAP Branch Demand Sites South City Variables Consumption Expression 30 X Get the GIS X coordinate of the schematic Print each demand site s name and X Y GIS object associated with the branch If the coordinates schematic object is a line this will be the X coordinate of the starting point of the line If the Schematic GIS layers are unprojected WGS84 then X is longitude Read only Print Br FullName amp amp Br X amp amp Br Y or Each Br in WEAP Branch
190. O model water quality is simulated in select rivers chosen via the WEAP user interface Mass balance equations are written for each stream segment of the selected rivers with hydrologic inflows from rivers and groundwater sources automatically input to simulate the water balance and mixing of DO BOD and other constituents along each reach The river network is the same for the water resources and water quality simulations and assumes complete mixing First all pollution loads into a river are calculated from demand site return flows wastewater treatment plant return flows groundwater inflows headflows upstream inflows and other surface water inflows WEAP assumes complete mixing of all inflows As each constituent other than conservative constituents moves downstream its decay is calculated 7 6 2 Routing Pollution Generation The pollution generated by a demand site is carried in the wastewater return flows to wastewater treatment plants and receiving bodies of water Wastewater flows distributed from a given demand site to multiple destinations are assumed to have approximately the same concentrations Therefore the pollution streams flowing from a single source are proportional to the volume of flow Thus the amount of pollution that flows out of a demand site into a return flow link is a fraction of the pollution generated DSReturnLinkPollInflowps pestp DSOutflowRouting Fractionps pest x Monthly PollGeneratedps p For example i
191. Optionally you may link WEAP demand sites or catchments to subsets of MODFLOW cells In this case the demand site pumping will be spread evenly over only the cells linked to that demand site and the return flow will only go to those linked cells This linkage is made in the same shape file with each demand site or catchment name listed for each cell it is linked to 354 Supporting Screens Because demand sites may overlap catchment areas there will be two additional fields in the shape file s attribute table one for WEAP demand site names and one for WEAP catchment names In this way a cell could be linked to both a demand site and a catchment If two or more demand sites or catchments are linked to the same groundwater node and each demand is linked to a different group of cells then the pumping from one demand site will be evenly distributed to its linked cells while the pumping from the other demand site will come from its cells For even more precision you may link WEAP catchment land classes or demand site sub branches to smaller subsets of MODFLOW cells In this case flows to and from these branches will go to only the cells linked to those branches These linkages are made in the same shape file For linking land use branches the linkage is made in an additional attribute field for the land use branch name Land use branch names are listed for linked cells For this option the catchment must also be listed in its attribute fiel
192. Outflows of Water This step computes water inflows to and outflows from every node and link in the system for a given month This includes calculating withdrawals from supply sources to meet demand A linear program LP is used to maximize satisfaction of requirements for demand sites user specified instream flows and hydropower generation subject to demand priorities supply preferences mass balance and other constraints The LP solves the set of simultaneous equations explained below For details of how demand priorities and supply preferences affect calculations see Priorities for Water Allocation Mass balance equations are the foundation of WEAP s monthly water accounting total inflows equal total outflows net of any change in storage in reservoirs aquifers and catchment soil moisture Every node and link in WEAP has a mass balance equation and some have additional equations which constrain their flows e g inflow to a demand site cannot exceed its supply requirement outflows from an aquifer cannot exceed its maximum withdrawal link losses are a fraction of flow etc 7 4 3 Demand Site Flows The amount supplied to a demand site DS is the sum of the inflows from its transmission links The inflow to the demand site from a supply source Src is defined as the outflow from the transmission link connecting them i e net of any leakage along the transmission link DemandSiteInflowps Sre TransLinkOutflowsre ps Every
193. Output Control RCH Recharge RIV River WEL Well WEAP reads information from each of these and will write new versions of the following NAM DIS OC RCH RIV WEL as explained in MODFLOW Link Technical Details The original files will not be changed WEAP only requires NAM DIS BAS6 and one of BCF6 HUF2 LPF all other packages are optional e Allowed but not used by WEAP ADV2 Advective Transport Observation DE4 Direct Solution ETS Evapotranspiration Segments GAGE GHB Ground Water Flow Process General Head Boundary HFB6 Ground Water Flow Process Horizontal Flow Barrier HYD HYDMOD IBS Interbed Storage KDEP Hydraulic Conductivity Depth Dependence Capability of the HUF2 LMG Link AMG LVDA Model Layer Variable Direction Horizontal Anisotropy capability of the HUF2 MNWI1 Multi Node Drawdown Limited Well MULT multiplier PCG Preconditioned Conjugate Gradient RES Reservoir SIP Strongly Implicit Procedure SOR Slice Successive Over Relaxation SUB Subsidence and Aquifer System Compaction ZONE e Commented out in new name file Observation files might reference stress periods after the first which no longer exist CHOB Constant Head Flow Observation DROB Drain Observation DTOB Drain Return Observation GBOB General Head Boundary Observation HOB Head Observation OBS Observation Process RVOB River Observation STOB Streamflow Routing Observation LMT6 Link MT3DM
194. P Branch Demand Sites Children 2 Name FOR EACH Branch IN WEAP Branch Demand Sites Children PRINT Branch Name NEXT List all nodes or reaches that have connections to groundwater FOR EACH Br IN WEAP Branches SET GWNode Br ConnectedGroundwater IF GWNode ID gt 0 THEN PRINT Br FullName amp IS CONNECTED TO amp GWNode Fullname END IF NEXT Create Demand Sites South City Suburban copying structure and data from Demand Sites South City Single Family SET SuburbanBranch WEAP Branch Demand Sites South City AddChild Suburban FOR EACH SingleFamilyBranch IN WEAP Branch Demand Sites South City Single Family Children SET NewBranch SuburbanBranch AddChild SingleFamilyBranch Name NewBranch CopyData SingleFamilyBranch NEXT Advanced Topics FullName Get the full path of the current FOR EACH Branch IN WEAP Branches branch Each level is separated by the PRINT Branch FullName character e g Demand Sites South City NEXT Read only ID Get the internal unique numeric ID of the FOR EACH Branch IN WEAP Branches branch Each branch in the tree has a unique PRINT Branch ID ID It is not displayed in WEAP s normal NEXT int
195. P Scenarios 1 Name scenario Read only NeedsCalculation Is TRUE if the NumScenariosToCalculate 0 scenario needs to be recalculated FOR i 1 to WEAP Scenarios Count IF EAP Scenarios i NeedsCalculation THEN NumScenariosToCalculate NumScenariosToCalculate 1 ID Get WEAP s internal ID code PRINT ID code for of the scenario Most users will not WEAP ActiveScenario Name is ever need this information Read WEAP ActiveScenario ID only IsCurrentAccounts Is TRUE if F WEAP ActiveScenario IsCurrentAccounts the scenario is the Current FALSE THEN 322 Advanced Topics Accounts FALSE otherwise Read WEAP ActiveScenario ResultsShown only TRUE ResultsShown Set or get whether WEAP ActiveScenario ResultsShown TRUE the scenario s results will be shown in the Results View calculating if necessary 8 4 5 WEAPBranch and WEAPBranches API Classes The WEAPBranch class represents a specific Branch on the data tree e g Demand Sites South City whereas WEAPBranches is a collection of all child Branches for a specified Branch e g all child branches of Demand Sites You can get access to a WEAPBranches collection in two different ways 1 The Branches property of the WEAPApplication class giving all branches WEAP Branches 2 From the Children property of a WEAPBranch e g WEAP Branch Demand Sites Childr
196. PATH Note linking WEAP to MODPATH is an advanced feature MODPATH is a groundwater particle tracking post processing package that was developed to compute three dimensional flow paths using output from steady state or transient groundwater flow simulations by MODFLOW the U S Geological Survey USGS finite difference groundwater flow model Its purpose is to evaluate advective transport through a model MODPATH uses a semi analytical particle tracking scheme that allows an analytical expression of the particle s flow path from the flow field results from MODFLOW to be obtained within each finite difference grid cell Particle paths are computed by tracking particles from one cell to the next until the particle reaches a boundary an internal sink source or satisfies some other termination criterion The version of MODPATH that WEAP is designed to link to is MODPATH 5 0 See http water usgs gov nrp gwsoftware modpath5 modpath5 html or the MODPATH User Guide for more information MODPATH tracks the trajectory of a set of particles from user defined starting locations using the MODFLOW solution as the flow field The particles can be tracked either forward or backward in time Particle tracking solutions have a variety of applications including the determination of zones of influence for injection and extraction wells In order to link a WEAP model to MODPATH you must have already linked your WEAP model to a MODFLOW model With an existin
197. Read only Advanced Topics xls Cells r 3 Value V Expression END IE NEXT F WEAP BranchExists Demand Sites South City THEN WEAP Branch Demand Sites South City Variables Consumption Expres Sion 30 END IF VEAP BranchVariable Demand Sites South City Consumption Expression W320 Note This is equivalent to Branch BranchName Variable VariableName FAP Calculate EAP Calculate 2000 6 WEAP Calculate 0 0 false l calculate scenarios that need calculation Only F WEAP CalculationErrors gt 0 THEN PRINT WEAP CalculationErrors calculation errors PR seconds NT WEAP CalculationTime to calculate WEAP BaseYear and WEAP NumTimeSteps WEAP CalcYear WEAP CalcTS T 1 HEN Do something in the last timestep of the Current Accounts 311 WEAP User Guide END IE CalcYear Get the year being calculated Read F WEAP CalcYear WEAP BaseYear THEN only Initialize END IF CalledByBranch If the script containing this PRINT WEAP CalledByBranch Ful1lName statement was called from an expression using the Call function this will get the WEAPBranch object for the branch that made the call Read only CalledByScenario If the scr
198. Reservoir Category Physical Tab Maximum Hydraulic Outflow Reservoir Evaporation The monthly evaporation rate can be positive or negative to account for the difference between evaporation and precipitation on the reservoir surface A positive negative net evaporation represents a net loss from gain to the reservoir Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Local or River Reservoir Category Physical Tab Net Evaporation Reservoir Losses to Groundwater Seepage losses from reservoirs can be significant particularly in lakes and unlined reservoirs To model these losses specify the groundwater node and flow to it for each timestep Net gains from groundwater to the reservoir should be entered as negative numbers Reservoir losses to groundwater can also be used to model infiltration ponds and retention basins This type of structure one of several Best Management Practices BMPs is useful for holding stormwater runoff to allow it to recharge the aquifer and as a means for reducing non point source pollution runoff into surface water Typically this would be represented in WEAP by a catchment to model the stormwater runoff that runs off into a reservoir with no operations set the top of inactive equal to the total storage which has losses to groundwater and overflows to a river which flows into the received surface water body Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Local or River Reservoir
199. Reservoir Top of Conservation 1 4 Average This example returns the average of the Top of Conservation variable for the North Reservoir over the four previous months 162 Expressions The function can also be used to look ahead at a data variable In this case specify the time steps to look ahead as negative numbers for TimeStepsPrevious and EndOfPreviousTS Interval because a negative number of timesteps previous means a positive number of timesteps ahead PrevTSValue Supply and Resources River Weaping River Headflow 1 4 Average This example returns the average headflow over the future four months Tip To find out which result variables are available to use with PrevTSValue go to the Branches tab of the Expression Builder and drag a branch such as a reservoir or groundwater node to the expression area at the bottom A menu will appear that lists all the available variables data variables first followed by the result variables The result variables will include the notation calculated result from previous timestep PrevYear Syntax Prev Year Description The year previous to the one being evaluated as a numeric value This function is not available when entering Current Accounts Examples Evaluated in 2000 1999 0 Evaluated in 2020 2019 0 See Also Days DaysBefore JulianDaysBefore TotalDaysBefore Seconds Month TS Timesteps Year BaseYear CAY CurrentAccounts Year EndYear Pre
200. S e Not allowed ASP DAF DAFLOW surface water DAFG DAFLOW ground water DRT Drain Return LAK Lake EVT Evapotranspiration FHB Flow and Head Boundary PES Parameter Estimation SEN Sensitivity Process STR Streamflow Routing Because DRT EVT LAK and STR duplicate calculations done by WEAP allowing them would cause errors The following describes how WEAP interacts with the MODFLOW packages from the Used by WEAP group 286 Advanced Topics Name NAM The Name File specifies the names of the input and output files associates each file name with a unit number and identifies the packages that will be used in the model WEAP reads the name file first to know which packages are used and which file each one is in WEAP will write a new NAM file for each timestep it calculates and include in it new entries for an initial head file output head file and a cell to cell flow CCF file Discretization DIS WEAP reads the following information from the Discretization file e Number of rows columns and layers e Row and column widths e Time and length units e Number and length of stress periods Models with more than one stress period are allowed but only data from the first stress period will be used by WEAP Time varying parameters and multiple stress periods are fundamentally opposed to the WEAP MODFLOW linkage approach which is that MODFLOW will be run for one stress period then the results
201. S However the MODFLOW model does not contain information about the X Y position latitude and longitude or the rotation angle of the cells Therefore you will need to enter this information yourself If you know the values for latitude longitude and rotation you can enter the numbers directly If you do not know the values you can click on the map to set the origin lower left corner You will see a purple box on the map that indicates the area of all the cells As long as you hold down the left mouse key the purple box will move with the mouse release when the box is correctly positioned You can zoom in on the map using the zoom slider below the inset map on the left the mouse wheel or control click and drag on the map to help achieve greater precision in placement of the area The File Name box contains the filename for the new shape file Either use the default filename MODFLOW Linkage shp or enter another name Shape files always have a shp extension Click the Create button to create it After the shape file has been created WEAP will display it and allow you to customize its appearance on the schematic You will also need to fill in values in the shape file s attribute table for each linked cell see Filling in Attribute Table to Link MODFLOW Cells to WEAP Elements above for information After customizing its appearance and possibly editing the attribute table click the OK button WEAP will add this layer to your Schema
202. Started The Water Quality section tracks point and non point source pollution from generation to treatment to its accumulation in surface and underground bodies of water and transport and decay in rivers Instream water quality can be modeled within WEAP or by linking to QUAL2K On the Water Quality Constituents screen you can turn on or off water quality modeling and specify the list of constituents and how they are modeled The Water Quality section of the Data View includes data on Pollutant Decrease in Return Flows 99 WEAP User Guide and Wastewater Treatment both described below Other water quality data are describe above in the Demand and Supply sections Pollution generation by demand sites and catchments River Water Quality Reach Water Quality Parameters Reservoir Water Quality and Groundwater Water Quality The following types of data are often useful e Pollution discharges their locations and quantities e Non point source pollution concentrations e Minimum water quality standards e Wastewater treatment plant ratings for pollutant removal e River water temperature in river reaches e Climate data e River flow stage width relationships e River length e Concentrations of water quality constituents in headflows reservoir outflows groundwater and surface water inflows 4 12 2 Pollutant Decrease in Return Flows Some pollutants decay or are otherwise lost en route from demand sites catchments o
203. The Results View is a general purpose reporting tool for reviewing the results of your scenario calculations in either chart or table form or displayed on your schematic Monthly or yearly results can be displayed for any time period within the study horizon The reports are available either as graphs tables or maps and can be saved as text graphic or spreadsheet files You may customize each report by changing the list of nodes displayed e g demand sites scenarios time period graph type unit gridlines color or background image See Charts Tables and Maps for more details Once you have customized a report you can save it as a favorite for later retrieval Up to 25 favorites can be displayed side by side by grouping them into an overview Using favorites and overviews you can easily assemble a customized set of reports that highlight the key results of your analysis In addition to its role as WEAP s main reporting tool the Results View is also important as the main place where you analyze your intermediate results to ensure that your data assumptions and models are valid and consistent The reports are grouped into three main categories Demand Supply and Resources and Environment 5 2 Available Reports 5 2 1 Key Assumption Results Because the values of Key Assumption variables can be displayed in the Results View these variables can also be used to create new result variables or alternative indicators For
204. The land area for a catchment or subcatchment or the share of land area from the branch above Ke The crop coefficient relative to the reference crop is given here for each land class type There is a special case involving Kc and double cropping In cases where there are two different crops planted on the same land at different times of the year double cropping you can choose to model this with two separate branches on the demand tree one for each crop In this case set the Kc 0 for branch 2 when branch 1 is active and Kc 0 for branch 1 when branch 2 is active For example if winter wheat was planted November through March and corn was planted May through September the Kc s may look something like this Wheat Kc MonthlyValues Jan 1 15 Feb 1 15 Mar 0 4 Apr 0 05 May 0 Jun 0 Jul 0 Aug 0 Sep 0 Oct 0 Nov 0 4 Dec 0 7 Corn Kc MonthlyValues Jan 0 Feb 0 Mar 0 Apr 0 May 1 Jun 1 15 Jul 1 15 Aug 1 05 Sep 1 05 Oct 0 05 Nov 0 Dec 0 Double cropping could also be modeled with one branch where the various crop and land use parameters would change over the year to reflect the two different crops The important point to remember is that Kc should not be set to O unless you are double cropping When Kc 0 WEAP will ignore that land entirely including no precipitation evaporation or runoff For fallow land set Kc to a small but non zero value such as 0 05 Effective Precipitation The perce
205. WEAP including the Branch Supply and Advanced Topics Resources Transmission Links Children FOR EACH FromBranch in ToBranch Children PRINT FromBranch FullName amp GOES FROM amp FromBranch NodeAbove FullName amp TO amp FromBranch NodeBelow FullName NEXT Order Get the order of the branch among its PRINT WEAP Branch Demand Sites South siblings where the order of the first sibling is City Order one Read only Parent Get the WEAPBranch object forthe PRINT WEAP Branch Demand Sites South parent of the current branch Read only City Parent Name This will be Demand Sites Frj ParentID Get the numeric ID of the Parent Branch ParentID WEAP Branch Demand of the current branch Equivalent to Sites ID THEN Branch Parent ID Read only ReachAbove Gets the WEAPBranch for the river reach above this node or reach The ReachAbove the first node or reach on a connected diversion is the reach above the diversion node on the main river Returns an empty branch Branch ReachAbove ID 0 if branch is not a river node or reach or is the first reach on the river or unconnected diversion Read only ReachBelow Gets the WEAPBranch for the List all river reaches downstream of a river reach below this node or reach The reservoir TypeID 4 is a reservoir ReachBelow
206. WEAP calculates the cost for each month but because the bill covers 6 months WEAP will divide the size of each block by 6 Also the flat rate would be divided evenly over each of the 6 months If for example the average customer use in January was 4000 gallons this would fall in the second block 20 000 30 000 gallons for 6 months is equivalent to 3333 5000 gallons for 1 month 4000 gallons would be charged a flat rate of 4 87 for the first 3333 gallons and 0 0014 gallon for the next 667 gallons The cost per customer 29 20 6 4000 3333 0 0014 5 80 or a total cost for all customers of 580 047 Call Syntax Call ScriptFunctionName parameter1 parameter2 or Call ScriptFileName ScriptFunctionName parameter1 parameter2 or Call DLLFileName DLLFunctionName parameter1 parameter2 Description Call a function in an external script e g Visual Basic Script of JavaScript or DLL with any number of parameters Calling Scripts A script is a text file containing user defined functions written in a scripting language such as 141 WEAP User Guide Visual Basic Script vbs JScript js Perl pl Python py PHP php or Ruby rb VBScript and JScript come with Windows and are always available whereas other scripting languages must be installed by you on your computer before you can use them in WEAP WEAP will look in ScriptFileName for the function ScriptFunctionName As a conven
207. Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir Storage Volume Million m 3 3 This example calculates Central Reservoir s storage from three months ago in million cubic meters PrevTS Value Demand Sites South City Pollution Generation kg WQ Constituent BOD This example calculates the amount of BOD generated by South City PrevTSValue Supply and Resources River Weaping River Returns Return Flow from South 161 WEAP User Guide City Pollution Loads kg Source South City WQ Constituent BOD This example calculates the amount of BOD that flows into the Weaping River return flow node from South City There is also inflow from South City WWTP but it won t be included PrevTSValue Demand Sites Agriculture West Supply Delivered m 3 Source West Aquifer This example calculates the amount of supply delivered to Agriculture West from West Aquifer PrevTSValue Demand Sites Agriculture West Supply Delivered m 3 This example calculates the amount of supply delivered to Agriculture West from all sources PrevTS Value Demand Sites South City Net Benefit Cost Benefit Type Operating Cost This example calculates the amount of operating cost at South City PrevTS Value Demand Sites South City Unmet Demand 1 4 This example calculates the sum of all unmet demands at South City for the previous 4 months PrevTSValue Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir Storage Volume 1 4 Average This example calculat
208. Yield Market Price Supporting Screens Crop Library This screen is used in conjunction with the MABIA Method for catchment hydrology and crop water requirements For the Plant Growth Model Method see Plant Growth Model Method Crop Library WEAP comes with a built in library of crop data for over 100 crops and land use types some with multiple entries for different climates or regions of the world Many of these data and the descriptions of them come from FAO Irrigation and Drainage Paper No 56 This document is an excellent resource for computing crop water requirements Full text is available online at http www kimberly uidaho edu water fao56 fao56 pdf PDF and http www fao org docrep X0490E X0490E00 htm HTML These data are used to estimate evapotranspiration irrigation requirements and yields You can edit this library or add to it Buttons on the toolbar at the top allow you to add delete or rename crops The Copy button will create a new crop as a copy of the highlighted crop You can export one or more crops to a 67 WEAP User Guide comma separated value CSV file which can be edited in Excel or a text editor All the crops currently shown on screen will be exported You can import crops from a CSV file new crops can be added in this way or data for existing crops can be updated When reading in from the file WEAP will match both the crop name and typical planting month This is because there can
209. a subdirectory e g My Documents WEAP Areas Weaping River Basin PEST Choose the setting for the Run PEST after building PEST input files checkbox accordingly 8 5 5 Running PEST When you click the Build Files and Run PEST button WEAP will run PEST once for each scenario selected In a single PEST run PEST will repeatedly cycle through modifying WEAP data variables running WEAP calculations then examining the results After PEST has run for each selected scenario WEAP will go to the Scenario Explorer View displaying each parameter to calibrate in the Data Section and each Observation to calibrate to in the Results Section for the selected scenarios Menu option Advanced PEST Calibration 8 6 Safe Yield Wizard The Safe Yield Wizard can help optimize and evaluate tradeoffs among human and environmental water supply needs by finding the maximum safe yield for a given WEAP model For example you could explore different policies for reservoir release instream flow requirements and demand management to see what impact they had on the maximum safe yield from the reservoir and on instream flow The Wizard will attempt to maximize the goal variable in each selected scenario such that all selected demand sites and flow requirements have 100 reliability no unmet demand for all years in the study period and all selected reservoirs refill completely at least once after their lowest point The first step in the Safe Yield Wizard i
210. a years must be in chronological order although gaps are allowed a zero will be added for missing values 171 WEAP User Guide Monthly or other timestep Data For monthly or other timestep data each line of the file contains data for one month in the format Year Month DataColumn1 DataColumn2 DataColumnN e g 2000 1 44 29 64 77 2000 2 59 12 74 55 2000 12 61 11 78 74 2001 1 24 29 44 77 Data months must be in chronological order although gaps are allowed a zero will be added for missing values Daily Data For daily data which can be used if the WEAP s timestep is daily or when aggregating daily data to monthly or other timestep or when using the MABIA method for catchment runoff each line of the file contains data for one day in the format Date DataColumn1 DataColumn2 DataColumnN e g 1 1 2000 44 29 64 77 1 2 2000 59 12 74 55 12 30 2000 23 1 88 22 12 31 2000 61 11 78 74 1 1 2001 24 29 44 77 Note See the Date Format section above for information about the format of the date e g mm dd yyyy or dd mm yyyy Data for leap days e g 2 29 2000 will be ignored unless the Add Leap Days option is selected on the Years and Timesteps screen If data for leap days are missing and the Add Leap Days option is selected a zero will be used for those days Remainder Syntax Remainder Expression Description Calculates the remainder between an
211. ab Observed Volume Reservoir Zones and Operation Reservoir storage is divided into four zones or pools These include from top to bottom the flood control zone conservation zone buffer zone and inactive zone The conservation and buffer pools together constitute the reservoir s active storage WEAP will ensure that the flood control zone is always kept vacant i e the volume of water in the reservoir cannot exceed the top of the conservation pool Flood Control Zone Conservation Zone Total Storage Top of Conservation Top of Buffer Buffer Zone Top of Inactive gt Inactive Zone WEAP allows the reservoir to freely release water from the conservation pool to fully meet withdrawal and other downstream requirements and demand for energy from hydropower Once the storage level drops into the buffer pool the release will be restricted according to the buffer coefficient to conserve the reservoir s dwindling supplies Water in the inactive pool is not available for allocation although under extreme conditions evaporation may draw the reservoir into the inactive pool To define the zones you enter the volumes corresponding to the top of each zone Top of Conservation Top of Buffer and Top of Inactive WEAP uses the Buffer Coefficient to slow releases when the storage level falls into the buffer zone When this occurs the monthly release cannot exceed the volume of water in the buffer zo
212. ableName layer row column TimeStepsPrevious Description 160 Expressions The PrevTSValue function can be used in two ways One is to return results calculated in previous timesteps The other is to return past or future values from Data variables The parameters are Branch VariableName Scale Unit Dimension Item Name of branch and variable from which to read previous results If omitted then the result will be the value from the previous timestep of the current Branch Variable Scale and Unit are optional and can be used to convert to any unit of the same unit class e g volume area flow A few result variables have extra dimensions e g source water quality constituent or cost benefit type For these you can specify the dimension inside the square brackets after the unit If omitted WEAP will sum up the values across all items e g for costs it will add Capital Costs Operating Costs and Benefits TimeStepsPrevious Number of previous time steps to look back For example a value of 1 returns the result from the previous time step 2 returns the value from 2 time steps previous to the current time step etc If omitted the function will default to 1 time step previous EndOfPreviousTSInterval The other end of the interval of time steps previous to use For example if TimeStepsPrevious is 1 and EndOfPreviousTSInterval is 4 then results are returned from the previous 4 time steps If TimeStepsPrevi
213. ace Water to Groundwater Constrained Simulated flow from surface water to groundwater If you are using the Model GW SW Flows method in some cases it can estimate flows from surface water to groundwater that exceed available flow in the river When this happens the estimated flow to groundwater must be reduced This report shows the flows AFTER any required reductions were made and is only available if groundwater nodes use the Model GW SW Flows method You can also see these flows on the Groundwater Inflows and Outflows report Flow from Surface Water to Groundwater Unconstrained If you are using the Model GW SW Flows method in some cases it can estimate flows from surface water to groundwater that exceed available flow in the river When this happens the estimated flow to groundwater must be reduced This report shows the original unconstrained estimated flow and is only available if groundwater nodes use the Model GW SW Results Flows method The Groundwater Inflows and Outflows report shows the groundwater surface water flows AFTER any required reductions were made Groundwater Storage The aquifer storage levels at the end of each month Inflows and Outflows A mass balance of all water entering and leaving a specified aquifer Inflows from recharge inflow from river reaches and return flows from demand sites and wastewater treatment plants are represented as positive amounts outflows withdrawals by deman
214. adFromFile Climate txt 3 0 Repeat will read in monthly mean wind speed data from the third data column of file Climate txt not shifting the years at all offset 0 and deriving daily values by repeating the monthly value for every day in that month Handling Missing Data ReadFromFile Climate txt 1 0 Interpolate will fill in any gaps in the data by a linear interpolation of the previous and next values ReadFromFile Climate txt 1 0 Repeat will fill in any gaps in the data by repeating the previous value ReadFromFile Climate txt 1 0 Replace 2 will fill in any gaps in the data with a 2 If the number is omitted the default will be 0 ReadFromFile Climate txt 1 0 Mark will fill in any gaps in the data with the MissingValue 9999 These will not show up on graphs but will cause an error if the value is needed for a calculation ReadFromFile Climate txt 1 0 Error will display an error if any gaps are found Limiting Which Years to Use and Cycling ReadFromFile Climate txt 1930 1920 1960 Cycle will use data from the range 1920 1960 starting with 1930 If there more than 31 years 1930 1960 is 31 years of data in the WEAP time horizon WEAP will wraparound to 1920 Annual Data For annual data each line of the file contains data for one year in the format Year DataColumn1 DataColumn2 DataColumnN e g 2000 15 123 43 01 2001 10 321 35 835 2002 12 423 38 922 Dat
215. ailable functions for FunctionType are Total Average Median Minimum Maximum Percentile and CV coefficient of variation If FunctionType is omitted the Total will be calculated PercentileValue is only used if FunctionType is Percentile If the Scenario parameter is omitted the active scenario will be used Will switch to Results View if necessary calculating results as needed Read only Note WEAP Branch BranchName Variables VariableName Value Year is equivalent to WEAP ResultValue BranchName VariableName Year although WEAP ResultValue lets you choose the scale and unit to report The result will be written in the default unit for that unit class Default Unit Square Meter m2 Gram Liter g 1 Energy Gigajoule GJ Flow Cubic Meters per Second CMS Length Meter m Mass Kilogram kg Power Kilowatt kW Velocity Meters Second m s Volume Cubic Meter m 3 time lt ou tv N WE AP Branch East Variable fy have to specif PRI PRI INT V PRINT V Value 2015 WEAP NumTimeSteps INT V Value 2010 7 INT V Value 2015 7 Referenc Demand Sites I s Unmet Demani branch and va 1 Referenc total un Value W EAP BaseYear 1 WEAP demand for enti EndYear WI EFAP NumTimeSte j re study perio NT V Value W EAP BaseYear 1 W
216. aize at high elevations in latitudes gt 40 N or for agricultural crops that are harvested fresh for example table beets and small vegetables High temperatures may accelerate the ripening and senescence of crops Long duration of high air temperature gt 35 C can cause some crops such as turf grass to go into dormancy If severely high air temperatures are coupled with moisture stress the dormancy of grass can be permanent for the remainder of the growing season Moisture stress or other environmental stresses will usually accelerate the rate of crop maturation and can shorten the mid and late season growing periods These values are useful only as a general guide and for comparison purposes The listed lengths of growth stages are average lengths for the regions and periods specified and are intended to serve only as examples Local observations of the specific plant stage development should be used wherever possible to incorporate effects of plant variety climate and cultural practices Ko The MABIA Method uses the dual K method whereby the K value is divided into a basal crop coefficient K and a separate component Ke representing evaporation from the soil surface The basal crop coefficient represents actual ET conditions when the soil surface is dry but sufficient root zone moisture is present to support full transpiration The crop coefficient curve represents the changes in Ke over the course of the growing sea
217. alance Method If your model includes any catchments that use the MABIA catchment method you can choose whether to use one or two vertically stratified buckets compartments to compute the water balance The top bucket is defined by the rooting zone and includes the surface layer the layer that is subject to drying by evaporation The bottom bucket if the two bucket method is used is the remainder of the soil below the rooting depth down to the Total Soil Thickness The size of each bucket changes with the rooting depth but the sum remains constant Total Soil Thickness Infiltration takes place at the top bucket only groundwater recharge from the bottom bucket only Flow from bucket one to bucket two or from bucket two to groundwater only occurs if the bucket s field capacity is exceeded We strongly recommend using the two bucket method because it will give more realistic results The one bucket method is included for backward compatibility with datasets that were created in older versions of WEAP before the two bucket method was added 9 6 5 MODFLOW Pumping for Demand Sites If you have linked your WEAP model to a MODFLOW model you can choose whether all demand site subbranches will pump from the same MODFLOW layer or set of layers see the Pump Layer variable under Soil Moisture Method Irrigation or Simplified Coefficient Method Irrigation or whether each subbranch can pump from a different layer or set of layers 346
218. all included in the Land Class Inflows and Outflows report but are also available individually Irrigation Water applied for irrigation only for catchments and branches marked as irrigated Surface Runoff Direct runoff of water both precipitation and irrigation from the surface of the land before it has entered the top bucket through the runoff link to the surface water destination Interflow Subsurface flow from the top bucket through the runoff link to the surface water destination Flow to Groundwater Flow from the top bucket to the connected groundwater node through the infiltration link Only if the catchment is connected to a groundwater node no bottom bucket Base Flow 113 WEAP User Guide Flow from the bottom bucket through the runoff link to the surface water destination Only if the catchment is not connected to a groundwater node Increase in Soil Moisture Net increase in soil water stored top and bottom buckets combined from previous timestep Decrease in Soil Moisture Net decrease in soil water stored top and bottom buckets combined from previous timestep Increase in Surface Storage Net decrease in water ponded on the soil surface from previous timestep Only for branches using the Ponding method Decrease in Surface Storage Net decrease in water ponded on the soil surface from previous timestep Only for branches using the Ponding method Increase in Snow Net increase in vol
219. amount withdrawn from the source i e the inflow to the transmission link minus any losses along the link TransLinkOutflowsrc ps TransLinkInflowsrc ps TransLinkLosSsrc ps The losses in the transmission link are a fraction of its inflow where the loss rates are entered as data see Supply and Resources Transmission Links Transmission Losses TransLinkLosSsrc ps TransLinkLossFromSystemsrc ps TransLinkLossToGroundwatersrc ps x TransLinkInflowsre ps You may set constraints to model the physical contractual or other limits on the flow from a source to a demand site using one of two types of constraints One type of constraint is a fixed upper bound MaximumFlowVolume on the amount of water flowing into the link For example this might represent a pipeline capacity or a contractually limited allotment TransLinkInflowsre ps SMaximumF lowVolumesrc ps The other type of constraint allow you to set the maximum fraction MaximumFlowPercent of the demand site s supply requirement that can be satisfied from a particular source Both of these constraints are entered as data see Supply and Resources Transmission Links Linking Rules TransLinkOutflowsre ps SMaximumF lowPercentsre ps x SupplyRequirementps 7 4 5 Demand Site Return Link Flows Demand site return flow links transmit wastewater from demand sites DS to destinations Dest which may be either wastewater treatment plants or receiving bodies of water The amount t
220. ams e g Excel via VBA programming languages e g Visual Basic C or scripts e g Visual Basic Script VB script JavaScript Perl Python can control WEAP directly changing data values calculating results and exporting them to text files or Excel spreadsheets Area The water system being studied often a river basin Attribute table A dbf file associated with a GIS shape file shp that contains one row for each geographic feature point line or polygon and one or more columns of information about that feature B Base flow Streamflow coming from ground water seepage into a stream BMP Best Management Practice for managing stormwater BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand a measurement of the oxygen consumption capacity in water brought about by the degradation of organic matter typically from a wastewater source by bacteria It is expressed as a concentration Branch An item on the tree e g Supply and Resources or Key Assumptions Bucket A reference to a soil layer in the Soil Moisture Method which contains two layers or buckets C Catchment A land area with defined geographic boundaries that captures precipitation and partitions it into evapotranspiration runoff to surface water and infiltration to groundwater Current Accounts The Current Accounts represent the basic definition of the water system as it currently exists Establishing Current Accounts requires the user to calibrate the system d
221. an Aggregation Method Available methods are Sum Average Median Minimum and Maximum e Sum Total the daily values for each month e Average Divide the monthly total of the daily values by the number of values to get the average e Median The 50 percentile value e Minimum The minimum daily value from each month You can abbreviate this as Min e Maximum The maximum daily value from each month You can abbreviate this as Max Disaggregating monthly or other timestep data to daily In cases where you have annual data but need a monthly time series for your WEAP model or have monthly data but need a daily time series e g for a daily model or for the MABIA catchment method which requires daily data you may specify a Disaggregation Method Available methods are Interpolate Repeat Divide and Divide with Gaps e Interpolate Assume the monthly values are the values for mid month interpolate between them to derive daily values Typical use would be to derive daily temperature or humidity values from monthly averages For example if the January value was 3 and the February value was 10 the Interpolate method would come up with the following daily values January 16 3 January 17 3 1 29 10 3 3 24 29 days between Jan 16 and Feb 14 so Jan 17 would be 1 29th of the way from the Jan 16 value to the Feb 14 value January 18 3 2 29 10 3 3 48 February 13 3 28 29 10 3 9 76 Fe
222. and 0 50 An alternative to entering the actual duration of sunshine n is to enter the cloudiness fraction which is used in place of n N When neither n nor cloudiness fraction is available Rs can be estimated using the Hargreaves formula Rs Kprsy Tmax Tmin Ra where Ra extraterrestrial radiation MJ m 2 day Tmax maximum air temperature C Tmin minimum air temperature C krs adjustment coefficient between 0 16 and 0 19 C 0 5 Clear sky solar radiation The calculation of the clear sky radiation Rso when n N is required for computing net long wave radiation R o 0 75 2 10 5z R where Rso clear sky solar radiation MJ m 2 day z station elevation above sea level m Ra extraterrestrial radiation MJ m 2 day Extraterrestrial radiation The extraterrestrial radiation Ra for each day of the year and for different latitudes is estimated from the solar constant the solar declination and the time of the year by R 2460 G scd lwssinlg sin 8 cos g cos sin ws where Ra extraterrestrial radiation MJ m 2 day Gs solar constant 0 0820 MJ m 2 min d inverse relative distance Earth Sun 206 Calculation Algorithms sunset hour angle rad latitude rad 6 solar declination rad The latitude expressed in radians is positive for the northern hemisphere and negative for the southern hemisphere The conversion from decimal degrees
223. and 1 mg l in the groundwater The demand is 50 the river supply is 10 the groundwater supply considering pumping capacity is 30 and the reservoir has 50 units available for release The reservoir s top of conservation pool TOC is 200 River Supply 10 BOD 10 mg h G1 Supply 30 a1 BOD 1 mg l Res1 Storage 50 Q2 D1 WD D1 Demand 50 max BOD 3 mg l 1 os WEAP will need to choose a mix from the two sources such that the average BOD concentration does not exceed 3 mg l Substituting into the above equations where Q is the supply from groundwater Qe Ci is the groundwater BOD concentration 1 mg l Q2 is the supply from the river Qr C2 is the river BOD concentration 10 mg l and Cmax is the demand site s maximum BOD concentration 3 mg l 241 WEAP User Guide 103 10Q4 Q3 Q4 lt 3 from Eqn 1 Eqn 3 Q 1 1 3 Q4 1 10 3 gt 0 from Eqn 2 Eqn 4 2 3 Q3 7 3 Qr gt 0 Eqn 5 2 3 Q3 gt 7 3 Q4 Eqn 6 Q gt 7 2 Q4 Eqn 7 This equation gives the minimum ratio of river water to groundwater that will satisfy the demand site s water quality constraint The demand 50 will come from the two sources Q3 Q4 50 Eqn 8 Q3 50 Q4 Eqn 9 Substituting into Eqn 7 50 Q4 gt 7 2 Qa Eqn 10 50 gt 9 2 Q4 Eqn 11 Q4 lt 11 11 Eqn 12 therefore Q3 50 11 11 38 89 Eqn 13 Substituting into Eqn 3 38 89 1 11 11 10 38
224. and Resources Local or River Reservoir Category Physical Tab Net Evaporation Reservoir Losses to Groundwater Seepage losses from reservoirs can be significant particularly in lakes and unlined reservoirs To model these losses specify the groundwater node and flow to it for each timestep Net gains from groundwater to the reservoir should be entered as negative numbers Reservoir losses to groundwater can also be used to model infiltration ponds and retention basins 85 WEAP User Guide This type of structure one of several Best Management Practices BMPs is useful for holding stormwater runoff to allow it to recharge the aquifer and as a means for reducing non point source pollution runoff into surface water Typically this would be represented in WEAP by a catchment to model the stormwater runoff that runs off into a reservoir with no operations set the top of inactive equal to the total storage which has losses to groundwater and overflows to a river which flows into the received surface water body Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Local or River Reservoir Category Physical Tab Loss to Groundwater Reservoir Observed Volume The Observed Volume represents data on reservoir storage capacity which you can compare to computed reservoir storage in the Results View to assist in calibration Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Local or River Reservoir Category Physical T
225. and Sahli 2006 silt clay and sand and bulk density g cm 3 3 Particle size Organic matter Jabloun and Sahli 2006 silt clay and sand and organic matter g kg 4 Particle size Bulk density Organic matter Jabloun and Sahli 2006 silt clay and sand bulk density g cm 3 and organic matter g kg 5 Particle size Bulk density Organic matter Vereecken et al 1989 silt clay and sand bulk density g cm 3 and organic matter g kg 6 Particle size Bulk density Organic matter W6sten et al 1999 silt clay and sand bulk density g cm 3 and organic matter g kg In the following equations 211 WEAP User Guide Cl Clay Si Silt Sa Sand 100 Cl Si BD Bulk density g cm 3 OM Organic matter g kg Particle size Jabloun and Sahli 2006 silt o clay and sand o fraction This model is defined by three specific equations to estimate water content at saturation field capacity and wilting point bsar 0 6658 Si 0 1567 Sa 0 0079 Si 2 12 31121 Sa 6 4756 Ln Sa 0 0038 CI Si 0 0038 Cl Sa 0 0042 Si Sa 52 7526 Orc 118 932 Cl 119 0866 Si 119 1104 Sa 162 31731 Cl 46 21921 Si 5 12991 Sa 18 1733 Ln Cl 0 0013 Cl Si 0 0022 Si Sa 11939 3493 Owe 1 5722 Si 0 5423 Sa 0 0072 CI 2 0 0072 Si 2 0 0059 Sa 2 160 14591 Cl 6 6001 1 Sa 0 0022 C1 Si 0
226. and site or catchment enter the maximum allowed concentration for each constituent This maximum will be a constraint during allocation such that the inflow from all supplies to a demand site will not exceed the maximum concentration entered If a demand site is connected to more than one source then the concentration of the mixed inflows weighted average must not exceed the maximum Note when computing the concentration of the inflow the concentrations from the previous time step of the supplies will be used Entered on Data View Branch Demand Sites and Catchments Category Water Quality Tabs lt Constituent Name gt Inflow Outflow Pollution Generation Demand Sites may generate pollution which is carried in their wastewater return flows to treatment plants and local and river sources catchments may generate non point source pollution which runs off to surface water and infiltrates to groundwater There are two different methods to use to enter pollution generation data The first method to enter pollution data is similar to that of water demands The data is broken down into activity level and pollution intensity amount of production per activity The activity level used is that which was entered for Water Use WEAP computes the annual wastewater or non point source pollution generated over time by multiplying activity levels with unit pollution intensities Projected unit pollution intensities can be based on several methods Ann
227. anh X Description The hyperbolic tangent of X 6 8 4 Logical Functions And Syntax And Expression1 Expression2 ExpressionN Description Performs a logical AND operation Returns a value of one true if all of the expressions are non zero true Otherwise returns a value of zero false You can have any number of expressions each of which can be a complex logical expression Examples And 5 gt 4 10 lt 20 1 And 5 gt 4 10 lt 20 15 lt 10 0 187 WEAP User Guide And Year lt 2005 Demand Sites South City Activity Level million cap gt 4 true for years before 2005 in which the South City population is greater than 4 million 0 false otherwise Equal Syntax Equal Expression1 Expression2 Description Returns a value of 1 if parameter 1 is equal to parameter 2 Otherwise returns a value of zero Note This function is included for backwards compatibility with earlier versions of WEAP In the latest versions of WEAP you can now use the standard equals operator directly in your expressions This helps to simplify your expressions and make them easier to understand Example Equal 1 3 0 Equal 3 3 1 False Syntax False Description Used in logical tests Has a value of zero Examples If PrevTS Value Demand Sites South City Unmet Demand gt 10000 True False GreaterThan Syntax GreaterThan Expression1 Expression2 Description Returns a value
228. ansmission links You may change the preferences over time or from one scenario to another For example a demand site might prefer to pump groundwater in the winter and withdraw water from the river in the summer In this case you would use the Monthly Time Series Wizard to separately specify the preferences for these two transmission links from groundwater and from the river in each month Using the demand priorities and supply preferences WEAP determines the allocation order to follow when allocating the water The allocation order represents the actual calculation order used by WEAP for allocating water All transmission links and instream flow requirements with the same allocation order are handled at the same time For example flows through transmission links with allocation order 1 are computed while temporarily holding the flows in other transmission links with higher allocation order numbers at zero flow Then after order 1 flows have been determined compute flows in links with allocation order 2 while temporarily setting to zero flows in links ordered 3 and higher In general if a source is connected to many demand sites with the same demand priority WEAP attempts to allocate these flows simultaneously regardless of the supply preferences on the links For example demand site DS1 is connected to both a river and a groundwater source with preference for the groundwater while demand site DS2 is only connected to the river Both d
229. articles into the same block of cells MODFLOW occasionally refers to these three dimensions by the letters I J K with row being the I axis column the J axis and layer the K axis and sometimes by the letters X Y Z with row being the Y axis column the X axis and layer the Z axis elevation When shown as three numbers together such as 1 13 24 the order is Layer Row Column The total number of 294 Advanced Topics cells will be the product of the number of layers rows and columns For example if particles will be released in 2 layers 4 rows and 12 columns the total number of cells will be 2 4 12 96 As a special case when Minimum and Maximum Layer 0 particles are placed in the first active layer for each areal cell location within the subregion Particles can be draped over the water table surface by placing them on face 6 of all the cells in the subregion The cell ranges for every subregion are shown on the map color coded by subregion Use the dropdown box labeled Style on Map to change whether the cells are displayed with a solid color or with a pattern on the map on this screen You can also select the cells by clicking and dragging with the mouse on the map this method is used to choose the rows and columns to choose the layers you must use the keyboard For a typical backwards analysis particles are released at sinks such as well river or drain cells Click the Add Subregions for Well River and D
230. asic Editor Excel 2007 or Developer Visual Basic Excel 2010 For Excel 2010 commands that you use to edit and run macros are found in the Code group of the Developer tab which is hidden by default To make the Developer tab visible do the following 1 Click the File tab and then click Options 2 Click the Customize Ribbon category 3 Under Customize the Ribbon in the Main Tabs list on the right click Developer and then click OK Once you are in the Excel Visual Basic Editor go to Tools References Scroll down to find 335 WEAP User Guide WEAP API and make sure the check box is checked You will only need to do this once for each workbook Go to View Immediate Window to open the Immediate window a place for you to type in commands and see their results instantly Try to following in the Immediate Window one at a time e Set W CreateObject WEAP WEAPApplication This will open WEAP and set the local variable W to reference it e W Areas Count how many areas do you have The question mark is VB shorthand for PRINT e W ActiveArea Weaping River Basin open it e W View Data e W ActiveScenario Name yV ActiveScenario Current Accounts V Branch Demand Sites South City Variables Consumption Expression 20 V LoadFavorite Groundwater Storage it will calculate at this point LoadFavorite Unmet Demand 7
231. at introduced to the snow pack by rainfall Albedo for the net solar radiation calculation is computed as a function of snow accumulation and ranges from a value of 0 15 to 0 25 with increasing snow pack depth In Eq 1 the calculation for the potential evapotranspiration PET is done using the reference crop calculation described in the Handbook of Hydrology 1993 in section 4 2 5 equation 198 Calculation Algorithms 4 2 31 This is the Penman Monteith equation modified for a standardized crop of grass 0 12 m in height and with a surface resistance of 69 s m In this implementation two modifications to the equation were made the albedo varies over a range of 0 15 to 0 25 as a function of snow cover and the soil heat flux term G has been ignored Continuing with Eq 1 the kc j is the crop plant coefficient for each fractional land cover The third term represents surface runoff where RRFj is the Runoff Resistance Factor of the land cover Higher values of RRFj lead to less surface runoff The fourth and fifth terms are the interflow and deep percolation terms respectively where the parameter ks j is an estimate of the root zone saturated conductivity mm time and fj is a partitioning coefficient related to soil land cover type and topography that fractionally partitions water both horizontally and vertically Thus total surface and interflow runoff RT from each sub catchment at time t is RT t 4 P 2 f k 22 jal Eq
232. ata In cases where there are gaps in the data either because of missing rows timesteps in the text file or from values marked as missing in the file 9999 you need to tell WEAP how to interpret the missing data You may specify a Missing Value Method Available methods are Interpolate Repeat Replace Mark and Error The method will default to Replace if none is specified which means that missing values will be replaced with 0 Interpolate Linear interpolation between the previous and next non missing values You can abbreviate this as Interp Repeat Repeat the previous non missing value Replace The number given as the 7th parameter Missing Value Method Parameter will be used in place of the missing value If the 7th parameter is not specified 0 will be used If no missing method is specified this will be the default Mark Will fill in any gaps in the data with the MissingValue 9999 These will not show up on charts or tables Note most WEAP calculations will not accept MissingValue and will cause an error For example if your climate data has gaps you must fill these gaps in order to use the data for catchment calculations The gaps can be filled by one of the methods above Interpolate Repeat Replace or you can edit the file yourself to fill the gaps One exception is the comparison of streamflow gauge data to 167 WEAP User Guide calculated streamflow No comparison will be made for any timestep for whi
233. ata and assumptions to a point that accurately reflects the observed operation of the 379 WEAP User Guide system The Current Accounts are also assumed to be the starting year for all scenarios Note that the Current Accounts Year is not meant to be an average year but the best available estimate of the current system in the present The Current Accounts include the specification of supply and demand data including definitions of reservoirs pipelines treatment plants pollution generation etc for the first year of the study on a monthly basis Current Accounts Year The first year of the analysis period and the year for which the system is calibrated D Deep Conductivity Conductivity rate length time of the deep layer bottom bucket at full saturation when relative storage z2 1 0 which controls transmission of baseflow This is given as a single value for the catchment and does not vary by land class type Baseflow will increase as this parameter increases Demand Side Management Demand Side Management or Demand Management refers to strategies for reducing demand for water such as a program to reduce leakage or unauthorized withdrawals from the system a program to encourage reuse or more efficient use of water or programs that use price as an incentive to reduce demands Demand Priority The area wide priority for allocating water to demand sites instream flow requirements and reservoirs ranging from 1 h
234. ata will depend on pump depths Leave Storage Capacity blank to model unlimited capacity WEAP maintains a mass balance of monthly inflows and outflows in order to track the monthly groundwater storage volume WEAP will not allow the storage volume to exceed the storage capacity any excess will overflow and be lost from the system WEAP will not allow the storage volume to fall below zero pumping will be restricted or stopped unless you are linking WEAP to MODFLOW in which case the storage volume can be negative Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Groundwater Category Physical Tab Initial and Total Storage Capacity Maximum Groundwater Withdrawal The Maximum Withdrawal defines the maximum total amount that may be withdrawn from this aquifer in any month by all connected demand sites In general the maximum will be equal to the monthly pumping capacity of the well although it may also depend on characteristics of the aquifer such as hydraulic conductivity aquifer specific yield and hydraulic head between the base and the rim of the pumping cone of depression If multiple demand sites are connected to a single aquifer each with their own wells and thus their own individual constraints on pumping capacity you could enter the individual pumping capacity limitations on the transmission links connecting the demand sites to the aquifer In this case the Maximum Withdrawal for the aquifer would be based on the above
235. atchment 3 gt Runoff Infiltration 18 Transmission Link 20 Wastewater Treatment Ple M gt Return Flow 4 M Run of River Hydro M Flow Requirement Results MO SubCatchments MO SC_LU_WeapRech Scenario Explorer Area Zabadani Schematic View Registered to Jack Sieber Stockholm Environment Institute Filling in Attribute Table to Link MODFLOW Cells to WEAP Elements The shape file s associated attribute table has fields for row column and for linking various WEAP elements to each cell GW Catchment Land_Use DemandSite and RiverReach You will need to fill in this table specifying which cells are linked to which WEAP elements For example the name of the WEAP groundwater node in the Tutorial the node is named Groundwater must be entered in the table in the column labeled GW for each cell that corresponds to the WEAP groundwater node For the tutorial dataset row 1 columns 6 through 17 correspond to the WEAP groundwater node so you would enter Groundwater in table column GW for those cells As mentioned above WEAP can guess which river reaches go with which cells automatically filling values for the RiverReach column There are several different ways to edit this table To edit inside WEAP go to the Map Layer window double click on the layer name in the Schematic s Background Layer list click the Edit button and type the values directly in the table You can also edit the table in Microso
236. ater inflows and outflows for WEAP groundwater nodes reported by layer on the Groundwater Inflows and Outflows by Layer report For models with confining layers and if you have grouped layers into aquifers you can see the groundwater inflows and outflows for WEAP groundwater nodes reported by aquifer on the Groundwater Inflows and Outflows by Aquifer report The groundwater flow field can be shown as 3 D vectors one per MODFLOW cell starting at the cell s centroid with the color and length of each vector reflecting the magnitude of the Darcy velocity The net velocity is the sum of the flow across all six faces of each cell The velocity unit is length year change the length unit at the top Adjust the relative vector length using the slider below the graph or choose to have all the vectors be the same length to the right of the slider If you prefer that all vectors use the same color click the rainbow icon on the toolbar on the right and set number of colors to one or to change the color palette Click the Map tab to see the flow field vectors displayed on the Schematic for one layer timestep and scenario You can access MODFLOW results for individual cells in WEAP expressions using the PrevTSValue function For example PrevTSValue Cell Head 1 57 30 See PrevT SValue for more information 285 WEAP User Guide 8 1 6 MODFLOW Link Technical Details When properly linked data and results flow back and forth be
237. athematically obscure and overly ambitious in attempting to optimize solutions to real life problems Experience shows that the best approach is to build a straightforward and flexible tool to assist but not substitute for the user of the model WEAP represents a new generation of water planning software that utilizes the powerful capability of today s personal computers to give water professionals everywhere access to appropriate tools The design of WEAP is guided by a number of methodological considerations an integrated and comprehensive planning framework use of scenario analyses in understanding the effects of different development choices Demand management capability Environmental assessment capability and Ease of use These are discussed in turn below 1 3 1 Integrated and Comprehensive Planning Framework WEAP places the evaluation of specific water problems in a comprehensive framework The integration is over several dimensions between demand and supply between water quantity and quality and between economic development objectives and environmental constraints 1 3 2 Scenario Analysis With WEAP you first create a Current Accounts of the water system under study Then based on a variety of economic demographic hydrological and technological trends a reference or business as usual scenario projection is established referred to as a Reference Scenario You can then develop one or more policy scenarios with alternative
238. ation Z2 is the relative storage given as a percentage of the total effective storage of the lower soil bucket deep water capacity This parameter is ignored if the demand site has a runoff infiltration link to a groundwater node This rate cannot vary among the land class types Conceptual diagram and equations incorporated in the Two bucket model 56 Data Precipitation including snowmelt Irrigation ET PET 5 z1 2 z1 3 gt Surface runoff precip irrig z1Runoff sttnoe factor _ Direct runoff only if z1 gt 100 Percolation Root zone cond Interflow Root zone cond pref flow dir z1 1 pref flow dir z1 Soil water capacity mm Base flow Deep conductivity z2 Deep walter capacity mm See also Soil Moisture Method Calculation Algorithm Entered on Data View Branch Catchments Category Land Use Tabs Area Initial Z1 Initial Z2 Runoff Resistance Factor Kc Root Zone Conductivity Preferred Flow Direction Soil Water Capacity Deep Water Capacity Deep Conductivity Climate These parameters apply to the Soil Moisture method For the Simplified Coefficient Method see Simplified Coefficient Method Climate for the MABIA Method see MABIA Climate for the Plant Growth Model Method see Plant Growth Model Method Climate Depending on the setting in General Basic Parameters the values for all of these variables except latitude can either be entered
239. ation of the annual payment on a loan This feature can be used in the expression builder and includes variables such as the principal value length of loan and year to initiate payments and interest rate For example for a wastewater treatment plant built in 2005 for 50 000 000 and financed with a 30 year loan at 5 interest the expression would be LoanPayment 50000000 2005 30 5 e Fixed Operating Costs costs from annual operations and management that are not a function of the volume of water produced transmitted or consumed by an item For example the labor cost of running the wastewater treatment plant does not vary according to how much wastewater is treated Therefore labor would be a fixed annual cost e Variable Operating Costs costs from operations and management that are represented as per unit of water produced transmitted or consumed by an item The quantities of water subject to these costs can include demand site supply inflows reservoir releases river headflow flows in river reach transmission links and return flow links groundwater pumping wastewater treatment plant inflows outflows may differ if in plant losses occur flows into tops of diversions from rivers and flow requirements total flow at that 102 Data point For example processing costs at a wastewater treatment plant including chemicals filters and energy costs will vary according to the volume of wastewater treated Therefore these costs
240. ave Schematic to File In the Schematic View a schematic can be saved to a file either in Google Earth format kmz or as a JPG graphic jpg In the Results View and the Scenario Explorer View results can be included with the schematics In the Schematic View go to the main menu and select Schematic Save Schematic to File For file type choose Google Earth or JPEG and specify a file 25 WEAP User Guide name When saving to JPG you can specify the level of detail and image compression and quality Increasing the level of detail and decreasing the compression level will both yield sharper images but at the expense of larger file sizes See Export to Google Earth for information about saving as Google Earth format Printing a Schematic A schematic can be saved or printed as a graphic You can copy the schematic to the Windows clipboard for pasting into Word or other applications In the Schematic View go to the main menu and select Schematic Copy Schematic to Clipboard You will be asked to choose the level of detail to include as you move the slider bar WEAP will tell you how large the graphic will be both in pixels width and height and megabytes More detail will yield a sharper image but files will be much larger 3 4 General Area Parameters 3 4 1 Years and Time Steps Time Horizon Enter the Current Accounts Year and Last Year of Scenarios WEAP performs a monthly analysis from the first month of the Current
241. be erased and replaced with the pasted data Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Local or River Reservoir Category Physical Tab Volume Elevation Curve Current Accounts only Reservoir Maximum Hydraulic Outflow Maximum reservoir outflow during the timestep due to hydraulic constraints Typically this will be a function of reservoir elevation at beginning of timestep PrevTSValue Storage Elevation Optional no constraint if blank i e no limit on outflow Also no constraint in timesteps when reservoir is completely full water will overtop the reservoir at an unlimited rate Normally when there is no maximum hydraulic outflow constraint WEAP will never allow reservoir storage to exceed the top of conservation However if there is a maximum hydraulic outflow constraint it is possible for the reservoir storage to exceed the top of conservation in timesteps where releases from the reservoir equal the maximum hydraulic outflow See River Reservoir Flows for calculation algorithms Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Local or River Reservoir Category Physical Tab Maximum Hydraulic Outflow Reservoir Evaporation The monthly evaporation rate can be positive or negative to account for the difference between evaporation and precipitation on the reservoir surface A positive negative net evaporation represents a net loss from gain to the reservoir Entered on Data View Branch Supply
242. bject e g Demand Site Reservoir River If False will create a Google Earth file with a single raster image jpg Width and ImageQuality are used only if IsVector False IncludeObjectNotes is used only if IsVector True Default True IncludeAreaNotes If True include the area note as edited in Manage Areas if any Default True IncludeObjectNotes If True include the note for each WEAP object as edited in Notes View In Google Earth the note will be displayed when the object is clicked Object notes can contain html formatting codes Default True OpenInGoogleEarth If True open Google Earth and load the file after it is created Google Earth is free and can be downloaded from http earth google com_ Default False Save Version Comment IncludeResults Create a new version of the active area with the given comment If optional IncludeResults is TRUE include the results in the version 318 CALL SaveSchematic C Weaping River Basin Vector kmz SaveSchematic C Weaping River Basin Vector kmz True False True True CALL SaveSchematic C Weaping River Basin Raster kmz 1200 85 False False True WEAP SaveVersion Scenario Reference is finished WEAP SaveVersion Scenario Reference is finished results included TRUE Scenarios Get the collection of all scenarios in the active area See WEAPScenarios for details Read only
243. broken down into single Showers and multifamily and further by end use while West City has no Toilets disaggregation WEAP is flexible in allowing you to enter aggregated Washing data initially and to refine the demand projections later as more detailed Other data becomes available or necessary West City Industry North Examples of disaggregation Industry East e Sector A sample sectoral partition could include agriculture Manufacturing industry urban domestic and rural domestic The sector Cooling Agriculture North categories can be used flexibly to correspond to the particular Sprinkler problem under analysis The example at the right has no sectoral bee ee Flood Irrigation breakdown within a demand site the demand sites themselves Agriculture West each represent one sector two each for municipal industry and B Rose County Corn agriculture Flood Irrigation e Subsector For example the industrial sector could be divided Sprinkler into industrial classifications e g steel and iron petroleum F Rose County Wheat chemistry textile pulp and paper and food processing The Flood Irrigation agriculture sector might be broken down by crop type livestock E Orange Coutny nee or another appropriate subsector Furrow Irrigation e End use For example a crop end use might be characterized by water requirements in different soil conditions or in different locations in the study area or different irriga
244. bruary 14 3 29 29 10 3 10 e Repeat Repeat the monthly value for each day e Divide Divide the monthly value evenly across each day of the month for example to divide the monthly precipitation evenly onto every day For example if the January rainfall was 62 mm each day in January would have 2 mm e Divide with Gaps Divide the monthly value into a sequence of evenly spaced events such as rainstorms each of which lasts one day The frequency of events is specified by 166 Expressions the Disaggregation Method Parameter For example if the January rainfall was 70 mm and the Disaggregation Method Parameter was 5 rainstorms every 5 days there would be rainfall on these days Jan 1 Jan 6 Jan 11 Jan 16 Jan 21 Jan 26 and Jan 31 The 70 mm of January rainfall would be evenly split across these seven events therefore each event would have 10 mm Note that the last event was January 31 which means that the next event would occur on February 5 5 days later The first event will always occur on the first day of the Current Accounts year In the unlikely case that the frequency is larger than the length of each timestep e g rainstorms every 10 days in a weekly model WEAP will have a single event in the middle of the timestep e g day 4 of the week for a weekly model Divide into Clusters Divide the monthly value into a sequence of evenly spaced events such as rainstorms each of which can last severa
245. cally when WEAP starts These help files contain comprehensive information on using the WEAP software To get started we suggest you familiarize yourself with some of the major concepts e Help Use the Help menu to get access to WEAP s online documentation Press the F1 key to get context sensitive help anywhere in WEAP e Views WEAP is structured as a set of five different views onto your Area Schematic Data Results Scenario Explorer and Notes These views are listed as graphical icons on the View Bar located on the left of the screen e Current Accounts The Current Accounts represent the basic definition of the water system as it currently exists and forms the foundation of all scenarios analysis e Scenario analysis is at the heart of using WEAP Scenarios are self consistent story lines of how a future system might evolve over time in a particular socio economic setting and under a particular set of policy and technology conditions The comparison of these alternative scenarios proves to be a useful guide to development policy for water systems from local to regional scales e User Interface This documentation assumes you are familiar with Windows based programs The main screen of the WEAP system consists of the View Bar on the left of the screen and a main menu at the top providing access to the most important functions of the program and a status bar at the bottom of the screen showing the current area name current view
246. can also right click and choose Copy to copy the full list to the Windows clipboard You may resize each of these four panels by dragging the dividing bars between them A record of all changes made to data in the order the changes were made are recorded in the text file Changes txt stored in the subdirectory for a WEAP area Users enter their initials upon logging in when WEAP starts so that any changes can be catalogued in this file and attributed to a specific user See also View Bar 12 WEAP Structure 2 5 Results View Once you have entered data for your area click on the Results View WEAP can run its monthly simulation and report projections of all aspects of your system including demand site requirements and coverage streamflow instream flow requirement satisfaction reservoir and groundwater storage hydropower generation and energy demands evaporation transmission and return flow losses wastewater treatment pollution loads and costs Calculations can be interrupted by pressing the Cancel button The Results View is a general purpose reporting tool for reviewing the results of your scenario calculations in either chart or table form or displayed on your schematic Monthly or yearly results can be displayed for any time period within the study horizon The reports are available either as graphs tables or maps and can be saved as text graphic or spreadsheet files You may customize each report by changing the list of
247. cannot be stored for next month s use However the supply from an Other Supply can be stored in a reservoir e g to model a desalination plant whose output is stored in a reservoir To do this use a transmission link to connect the Other Supply to the Reservoir Alternatively the Other Supply could be fed directly into a river or diversion via a transmission link for use downstream The flow in the Other Supply will not flow along the transmission link unless there is a downstream demand that requests it including a reservoir filling demand You may specify the monthly inflow using the Water Year Method the Read from File Method or with an expression See Specifying Inflow for details Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Other Supplies Tab Inflow 4 10 8 Rivers and Diversions River Headflow Headflow represents the average inflow to the first node on a river Headflow can be specified either 1 as originating from a Catchment with values calculated by the Simplified Coefficient 88 Data or Soil Moisture Methods see Overview of Catchment Calculation Methods or 2 with values directly input with the Water Year Method the Read from File Method or an Expression See Specifying Hydrologic Inflows for details Note that if you select a Catchment as a headflow source for a river then under the Headflow variable tab for that river it will be set locked to Inflow from Catchment You will not be able to
248. cases where exponential growth in values is not expected for example when forecasting how market shares or technology penetration rates might change over time Use this function with caution You may need to first use a spreadsheet or some other package to test the statistical validity of the forecast i e test how well the regression fits the historical data Moreover bear in mind that future trends may be markedly different from historical ones particularly if structural or policy shifts in the economy are likely to have an impact on future trends Using the above two alternatives syntaxes the time series data required by the function can either be entered explicitly in WEAP as year value pairs or it can be specified as a range in an Excel spreadsheet Use the yearly time series wizard to input these values or to link to the Excel data In either case years do not need to be in any particular order but duplicate years are not allowed 155 WEAP User Guide and must be in the range 1900 2200 When linking to a range in Excel you must specify the directory and filename of a valid Excel worksheet or spreadsheet an XLS or XLW file followed by a valid Excel range A range can be either a valid named range e g Import or a range address e g Sheet A1 B5 The Excel range must contain pairs of years and values in its cells arranged into 2 columns Use the WEAP Yearly Time series Wizard to select a worksheet to choose among the vali
249. ce crop dimensionless a fixed value of 0 23 is used Rs solar radiation MJ m 2 day Net long wave radiation The net long wave radiation Rui is given by Pour R Rau 0 ee 0 34 0 14 e 1 35 a 0 35 so where Rui net long wave radiation MJ m 2 day Stefan Boltzmann constant 4 903 104 9 MJ K 4 m 2 day Tmax K maximum absolute temperature during the 24 hour period K C 273 16 Tmin K minimum absolute temperature during the 24 hour period K C 273 16 a actual vapor pressure kPa R Rso relative shortwave radiation limited to lt 1 0 Rs solar radiation MJ m 2 day Rso clear sky radiation MJ m 2 day Solar radiation If the solar radiation Rs is not measured it can be calculated with the Angstrom formula which relates solar radiation to extraterrestrial radiation and relative sunshine duration 205 WEAP User Guide n R as b K Ra where Rs solar or shortwave radiation MJ m 2 day n actual duration of sunshine hour N maximum possible duration of sunshine or daylight hours hour n N relative sunshine duration fraction Ra extraterrestrial radiation MJ m 2 day as regression constant expressing the fraction of extraterrestrial radiation reaching the earth on overcast days n 0 as b fraction of extraterrestrial radiation reaching the earth on clear days n N The default values for a and b are 0 25
250. cells in the River package and Guess Drain Cell Linkages to have it guess WEAP river reaches for cells in the Drain package if the River RIV and Drain DRN packages are included which it will write into the shape file field specified by River Reach Name Field You are strongly advised to check which nodes and cells WEAP has guessed to make sure that they are correct The easiest way to do this is to display the linkages on the Schematic Go back to the Schematic and right click the MODFLOW Linkage shapefile in the list of background layers on the left and choose Set Label to then select each of the fields corresponding to groundwater name demand site name or river reach name Name 070520_Linkage lv Preview Map File Appearance Label Field RIVERREACH Font Abcd123 Size of Average 10 a X Cancel Q When you return to the Schematic you will now see the river cells labels with the WEAP reach Zoom in so that you can verify that the cells are correctly labeled If they are not correct you must edit the shape file s attribute table dbf either within WEAP Map Layer window or outside of WEAP ArcView or Excel to enter the correct reach names in the format River name Reach name 279 WEAP User Guide Et WEAP Zabadani Area Edit View Schematic General Help A A River 1 t MI gt Diversion 1 M amp Reservoir ME Groundwater 9 Other Supply Demand Site 6 C
251. cess of field capacity will quickly drain away deep percolation and is not available for crop evapotranspiration Wilt Point Minimum soil moisture at which a plant wilts sometimes referred to as the permanent wilting point Once the soil moisture depletion reaches this level the plant has died Available Water Capacity Available Water Capacity Field Capacity Wilt Point Available Water Capacity represents the available water that can be stored in soil and be available for growing crops Saturation Field Capacity Wilt Point and Available Water Capacity are all represented as the of the total volume that contains water See also Soil Water Capacity Calculation Menu Option General Soil Library Crop Scheduling Wizard This screen is used in conjunction with the MABIA Method for catchment hydrology and crop water requirements It is accessible via the drop down menu on the data grid for the Crops variable under Land Use Each catchment branch represents a piece of land on which one or more crops is planted each year For each branch use the Crop Scheduling Wizard to specify which crop or crops from the Crop Library are planted and the planting date You can also choose one of the crop planting dates already specified on another branch This option is also available on the drop down menu in the data grid Given the planting date and the crop stage duration WEAP can determine the end date Any days not under cultivati
252. ch as pumping for 288 Advanced Topics demand Drain DRN The Drain package is used to simulate head dependent flux boundaries In the Drain package if the head in the cell falls below a certain threshold the flux from the drain to the model cell drops to zero WEAP reads from the Drain package the number and location of drain cells The only change made to the Drain package is to specify the new CCF file that cell by cell flow terms will be written to River RIV The River package is used to simulate head dependent flux boundaries In the River package if the head in the cell falls below a certain threshold the flux from the river to the model cell is set to a specified lower bound The River package includes stage height and river bottom elevation which are used by MODFLOW to calculate fluxes In each timestep WEAP will calculate the stage in the river at each reach linked to a river cell and write a new River file with this new stage value WEAP s flow stage width curve can either specify the stage in relative where 0 is the river bottom or absolute terms If in relative terms WEAP will add the elevation of the river bottom RBOT from the original River file to the calculated stage to derive the absolute stage level River cells that are not linked to WEAP reaches are written back out unchanged The River package is also modified so that cell by cell flow terms will be written to the new CCF file Block Centered Flow BCF6 H
253. ch the gauge data is missing e Error Will display an error if there are any missing data Note If you are aggregating daily data into monthly values or monthly data into annual values WEAP will fill missing data using the Missing Value Method before aggregating For example if you have daily temperature data that you need to aggregate to monthly averages you might use the Interpolate Missing Value Method to fill in gaps in the daily data all of which will all be averaged to get the monthly average temperature If the Missing Value Method is Mark any missing daily values will cause the aggregated monthly value to be the Missing Value Limiting which Years to Use In some cases you may wish to choose a subset of years from the CSV file For example a file with streamflow gauge records has data for 1900 2010 but you want only the period 1920 1960 because the years before 1920 were poor quality many missing values and after 1960 the river was severely impaired you want a natural flow record Use the FirstYearToUse and LastYearToUse parameters to specify the first and last years to use If either are blank or 0 they will default to the first or last year of data for the selected column of data Cycle Data The optional 10th parameter to ReadFromFile is either Cycle or No Cycle without the quotes If Cycle is specified WEAP will wraparound from the end of the file back to the beginning or from the LastYearToUse to the FirstY
254. chines if there were two branches one for traditional washing machines and one for more efficient ones Another example would be a tiered pricing strategy that charged more per unit water for higher usage rates thus encouraging individuals to reduce their consumption The benefits generated by this pricing strategy could be modeled using the BlockRate function However you would need to separately estimate the reduction in activity level or water use rate due to increased prices 49 WEAP User Guide The disaggregated approach works well if your demand data is already disaggregated to the level of end uses or devices However most demand analyses will not be so disaggregated With the aggregated approach for DSM you estimate the fraction of total demand for a demand site that could be reduced by DSM programs and enter that fraction under DSM Savings For example if efficient washing machines and toilets consume 60 less water than traditional ones and those end uses account for 4 of overall water consumption for a demand site enter 2 4 for the DSM Savings If there are costs associated with these DSM programs enter the cost per unit of water saved on the DSM Cost tab Entered on Data View Branch Demand Sites Category Demand Management Tabs DSM Savings DSM Cost 4 8 9 Demand Site and Catchment Water Quality Inflow Maximum Allowed Inflow Concentration In order to set a minimum water quality standard for supply to a dem
255. chment areas there will be two additional fields in the shape file s attribute table one for WEAP demand site names and one for WEAP catchment names In this way a cell could be linked to both a demand site and a catchment If two or more demand sites or catchments are linked to the same groundwater node and each demand is linked to a different group of cells then the pumping from one demand site will be evenly distributed to its linked cells while the pumping from the other demand site will come from its cells For even more precision you may link WEAP catchment land classes or demand site sub branches to smaller subsets of MODFLOW cells In this case flows to and from these branches will go to only the cells linked to those branches These linkages are made in the same shape file For linking land use branches the linkage is made in an additional attribute field for the land use branch name Land use branch names are listed for linked cells For this option the catchment must also be listed in its attribute field For linking demand site sub branches append the name of the branch to the name of the demand site in the attribute field for linking demand sites using the following syntax Demand site name Sub branch name e g Agriculture West Rose County Corn Flood Irrigation If you link one sub branch you must link them all for that demand site Also you must link at the lowest level of disaggregation not an intermediate level e g
256. choosing that option from the menu or use the Explorer Scenario option on the Main Menu To hide a scenario right click on it and choose Hide Scenario To show hidden scenarios right click on any scenario and choose Show Scenario Together these options provide a powerful and convenient method for exploring new scenarios For example in the Weaping River Basin to understand the impact of a smaller North Reservoir in the Integrated Measures scenario right click on Integrated Measures and choose Create New Scenario name it Smaller Reservoir move the slider for North Reservoir Capacity on this new scenario from 1000 MCM to 500 MCM Click the Calculate Now button and look at the charts You should see a difference in the Reservoir Storage Volume result for this new scenario However it appears that there are no additional unmet demands in this scenario over the Integrated Measures scenario indicating that at least for the hydrology of this 10 year period the smaller reservoir was sufficient Note The functionality for creating renaming deleting showing or hiding scenarios available here is also available on the Manage Scenarios screen Each scenario is shown with a different color and the color for a scenario in the Data Section matches the color for that scenario s results in the Results Section You can change the color palette by clicking the button on the chart toolbar to the right of the charts The parent child relationships amo
257. cially those that will vary from Reservoirs scenario to scenario Less important intermediate Flow Requirements variables should go under Other Assumptions see Reaches below Blue River Grey River e Demand Sites Demand analysis in WEAP is a sy Groundwater disaggregated end use based approach for modeling amp Return Flows the requirements for water consumption in an area Water Quality Pollutant Decrease in Return Flows e Hydrology under which future inflows for each Wastewater Treatment supply source are projected using either the Water Other A Year Method or the Read From File Method You pec ASUM pong specify the details of these two methods under the Hydrology section e Supply and Resources given the monthly supply requirement from Demand and definitions of Hydrology the Supply and resources section determines the amounts availability and allocation of supplies simulates monthly river flows including surface groundwater interactions and instream flow requirements and tracks reservoir and groundwater storage e Environment the Environment section tracks pollution from generation to treatment to its outflow and accumulation in surface and underground bodies of water 38 Data e Other Assumptions user defined intermediate variables are created similar to Key Assumptions see above Note You can change the name of the Other Assumptions branch 4 4 2 Editing the Tree The branch s
258. cking on it and selecting General Info Priorities can range from 1 to 99 with 1 being the highest priority and 99 the lowest Reservoir filling priorities default to 99 meaning that they will fill only if water remains after satisfying all other higher priority demands Hydropower priorities for individual reservoirs are set in the Data View under 21 WEAP User Guide Reservoir Hydropower To set a system hydropower priority go to the Supply and Resources branch in the Data View Many demand sites can share the same priority These priorities are useful in representing a system of water rights and are also important during a water shortage in which case higher priorities are satisfied as fully as possible before lower priorities are considered If priorities are the same shortages will be equally shared Typically you would assign the highest priorities lowest priority number to critical demands that must be satisfied during a shortfall such as a municipal water supply You may change the priorities over time or from one scenario to another If a demand site or catchment is connected to more than one supply source you may rank its choices for supply with supply preferences The supply preferences are attached to transmission links and can be changed by right clicking on a link in the Schematic View and selecting General Info or Edit Data Supply Preference If a demand site has no preference set Supply Preference to 1 on all its tr
259. column must contain years arranged in chronological order with the earliest at the top and the second must contain data values Click on the Get Excel Data button to extract the data from Excel and preview the values in the adjoining graph Notice that the points on the chart will be the values in the Excel spreadsheet while the line drawn on the chart will reflect the projection method you chose on page one See also Data View Expressions Examples of Expressions Export to Excel Import from Excel ExpForecast Interp LinForecast LogisticForecast Smooth Step 9 9 Monthly Time Series Wizard The Monthly Time Series Wizard helps you enter values that vary monthly but not yearly e g monthly variation of demand Enter monthly values in the table on the left and they will be graphed on the right If you leave some months blank WEAP will interpolate using adjacent points The total of all months should be 100 If it is not click the Renormalize button to scale all values so that they sum to 100 349 WEAP User Guide w Monthly Data Agricultural Key Assumptions share ig lan 0 000 JV Allow dragging of values 0 000 20 5 970 18 10 000 16 15 300 14 17 800 12 20 000 10 17 100 10 000 3 830 0 000 0 000 100 00 a Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec X con After clicking the Finish button to close the wizard WEAP will construct a MonthlyValues function to represent the monthly values y
260. comes from the Crop Library Y Ym is the relative yield fraction Solving for Ya Ym 222 Calculation Algorithms Yo _ 1 K 1 Za Po y ET However if water stress cannot be considered as constant throughout the growing period but occurs with different magnitude at different periods of the growing season the expected total relative yield fraction should be calculated at a smaller timestep and aggregated for the season In the MABIA method relative yield fractions will be calculated on a daily timestep and the multiplicative product of the yield fractions from all days will be used as the relative yield fraction for the season For details and justification for this approach see Dirk Raes Sam Geerts Emmanuel Kipkorir Joost Wellens and Ali Sahli Simulation of yield decline as a result of water stress with a robust soil water balance model Agricultural Water Management 81 335 357 2006 N 1 L ET ET z 1 K 1 Z2 Jhi 1 2 y ET 1 ys ET where TI indicates the product of the N terms within the square brackets N length of the growing season days i day number within the growing season 1 N s crop stage corresponding to day i 1 4 Ky yield response factor for crop stage s from the Crop Library L length of crop stage s ET actual evapotranspiration at day i ET potential evapotranspiration at day i To obtain the actual yield multiply the seasonal relative yield fraction by the max
261. cted to this transmission link For instance to create a transmission link from a local reservoir to a demand site click on the transmission link symbol in the legend drag it to the local reservoir and release then double click on the demand site To later add new bends in the link just click on any straight section of the link and drag to create a bend River withdrawal nodes will automatically appear if you start a transmission link from a previously unused place along the river Similarly a return flow node will automatically appear if you end a return flow link on a previously unused place along the river and a catchment inflow node will automatically appear if you end a runoff nfiltration link on a previously unused place along the river Catchment Runoff Links are created in a similar way drag the Runoff Infiltration symbol from the legend first to the particular Catchment single click then double click on the river or groundwater node where the Catchment Runoff is to be directed If you position the Catchment Runoff anywhere above the first node of a river the dialog box that appears will ask if you wish this runoff to represent headflow to the river If you do select the Catchment Runoff as headflow to the river the Headflow variable for that river will be set locked to Inflow from Catchment in the Data view No other sources of headflow can be input for that river using the direct input methods for example the Read from File m
262. ction Example Log10 10 1 Log10 100 2 Max Syntax Max Expression1 Expression2 or Max Expression1 Expression2 Expression3 Description Returns the maximum value of the list of parameters Accepts up to 3 parameters Example Max 3 4 5 5 183 WEAP User Guide Min Syntax Min Expression1 Expression2 or Min Expression1 Expression2 Description Returns the minimum value of the list of parameters Accepts up to 3 parameters Example Min 3 4 5 3 Mod Syntax Min Number Divisor Description Returns the remainder after a number is divided by the divisor Examples Mod 8 3 Mod 9 3 0 Pi Syntax Pi Description The value of Pi 3 14159265 Example Pi Sqr R will give the area of a circle of radius R Random Syntax Random Random UpperBound Random LowerBound Random LowerBound UpperBound Seed Description UpperBound Returns a different random real number between LowerBound and UpperBound for each timestep If not specified the lower and upper bounds default to O and 1 The value is a real number to get random integers use the RandomInteger function The value returned is a random but repeatable value for any given branch scenario year and 184 Expressions month This means that the numbers will be the same each time a scenario is calculated for a given branch year and timestep but each scenario will have a different sequence If you wan
263. d For linking demand site sub branches append the name of the branch to the name of the demand site in the attribute field for linking demand sites using the following syntax Demand site name Sub branch name e g Agriculture West Rose County Corn Flood Irrigation If you link one sub branch you must link them all for that demand site Also you must link at the lowest level of disaggregation not an intermediate level e g Agriculture West Rose County Corn Flood Irrigation not Agriculture West Rose County Corn Pumping to satisfy demand sites or catchment land classes irrigation can either be handled as pumping in the well file or as negative recharge in the recharge file The pump layer is specified in the Data View see Demand Site Pump Layer and Land Use Pump Layer variables Specify layer 255 for a cell to have pumping come equally from all layers in that cell To have withdrawals handled instead as negative recharge specify layer 0 For all cells with pumping layer gt 0 WEAP will add cells to the well file if they are not already there Use the PumpLayer function to specify fractions pumped from different layers and to describe how these fractions vary by scenario and over time This GIS shape file can either be created by WEAP see Create MODFLOW Linkage Shape File or outside of WEAP using GIS software such as ArcGIS If you create it using GIS software copy it to the WEAP area subdirectory and then load it as a vector laye
264. d PowerPoint etc The editor has standard editing functions Undo Ctrl Z Redo Ctrl Y Find Ctrl F and Find Next F3 The script timeout is the maximum time a script can run before WEAP asks if you want to stop it The timeout is useful in cases either of an infinite loop in the script or where the script is taking much longer than expected The default timeout is 30 seconds and can be changed in the toolbar This timeout applies to all scripts in the current area Each area can have a different timeout value Some other web based resources you may find useful Windows Script Information VBScript tutorial VBScript reference guide JScript reference guide Free versions of Python Perl PHP and Ruby Menu option Advanced Scripting Edit Scripts See also Scripting Automating WEAP API 8 3 3 Event Scripts Use the Event Scripts screen to specify scripts VBScript or JScript or any other script languages that you have installed on your computer such as Python Perl or Ruby that will run at various times before during and after WEAP s calculations You can use these scripts to do additional calculations or perform other processing of data or results Use the browse buttons to select a script file for each event Optionally you can specify a specific function to run within each script file using the Call syntax e g Call ReservoirTemperature vbs Initialize If no function is specified WEAP will ru
265. d Resources River river name Reservoirs Category Cost Tabs Capital Costs Fixed Operating Costs Variable Operating Costs Fixed Benefit Variable Benefit Electricity Benefit Or Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources River river name Reaches Category Cost Tabs Capital Costs Fixed Operating Costs Variable Operating Costs Fixed Benefit Variable Benefit 4 14 Data Expressions Report In Data view click the Data Expressions Report button in the upper right corner of the screen or on the menu Edit Data Expressions Report to create a text report listing all data for all branches for the active scenario You may print the report or copy to the clipboard and then paste into a word processing program Tip because the lines are wide you will probably want to print the report in landscape orientation An alternative method for reviewing your data is by Exporting to Excel 103 5 Results 5 1 Results View Once you have entered data for your area click on the Results View WEAP can run its monthly simulation and report projections of all aspects of your system including demand site requirements and coverage streamflow instream flow requirement satisfaction reservoir and groundwater storage hydropower generation and energy demands evaporation transmission and return flow losses wastewater treatment pollution loads and costs Calculations can be interrupted by pressing the Cancel button
266. d and in the right amount By calculating the soil water balance of the root zone on a daily basis the timing and the depth of future irrigations can be planned To avoid crop water stress irrigations should be applied before or at the moment when the readily available soil water RAW is depleted Depletion lt RAW If you indicate that irrigation is to occur in a Catchment at the time you create the Catchment in the Schematic the Irrigation tab will appear under the particular Catchment in the Data View Irrigation Schedule Choose the irrigation methods and schedule using the Irrigation Scheduling Wizard or choosing a schedule already in use for the same crop These two options are available on the drop down menu in the data grid You may also edit the expression directly in the cell for example to change the value of one of the methods e g of Depletion from 100 to 90 Leave the expression blank if there is no irrigation for this crop or land cover The Irrigation Schedule can be set only once for a scenario Therefore to model a shift in irrigation methods over time e g from furrow irrigation in early years to drip irrigation in later 63 WEAP User Guide years you will need to create two branches one for each irrigation method Enter the actual area for the Area variable on the catchment branch and set the unit to percent share for the two branches Change the percent shares for the two branches over time to mod
267. d area are displayed in the bottom right pane along with the disk space they occupy The panel has its own toolbar containing five options e Revert This option lets you revert to the highlighted version of a data set Use this option with great care as it will overwrite the current version of your data set The Revert option is also available from the Main Menu Area Revert to Version Comment allows you to add or edit a comment for the highlighted version For example you may wish to mark versions made after important events such as project milestones Note any version with a comment will NOT be automatically removed by WEAP e Delete deletes the highlighted version X Delete All delete all versions for this area e Email to Use this option to send the highlighted version as an email attachment Note this feature requires that you have a MAPI compliant email system installed on your PC such as Microsoft Outlook or Mozilla Thunderbird Menu Option Area Manage Areas 9 2 Manage Scenarios Use the Manage Scenarios screen to create delete organize and set the properties of the scenarios in an Area The tool bar at the top of the Scenario Manager lets you add copy delete and rename scenarios Click on Add to add a new scenario immediately under the current scenario Click on Delete 7 to delete a scenario Bear in mind that deleting a scenario will also delete all data associated with that scenario Click o
268. d by river reaches Other rivers may flow in tributaries or out diversions of a river There are seven types of river nodes e Reservoir nodes which represent reservoir sites on a river A river reservoir node can release water directly to demand sites or for use downstream and can be used to simulate 19 WEAP User Guide hydropower generation e Run of river hydropower nodes which define points on which run of river hydropower stations are located Run of river stations generate hydropower based on varying streamflows but a fixed water head in the river e Flow requirement nodes which defines the minimum instream flow required at a point on a river or diversion to meet water quality fish amp wildlife navigation recreation downstream or other requirements e Withdrawal nodes which represent points where any number of demand sites receive water directly from a river e Diversion nodes which divert water from a river or other diversion into a canal or pipeline called a diversion This diversion is itself like a river composed of a series of reservoir run of river hydropower flow requirement withdrawal diversion tributary and return flow nodes e Tributary nodes define points where one river joins another The inflow from a tributary node is the outflow from the tributary river e Return flow nodes which represent return flows from demand sites and wastewater treatment plants You may actually have return flows en
269. d for clarity and impact The Schematic View provides you with one click access to your entire analysis right click on any element in the schematic to access its data or results The Data View is the place where you create your data structures models and assumptions in WEAP In the Data View the screen is divided into four panes On the top left a hierarchical tree is used to create and organize data structures under six major categories Key Assumptions Demand Sites Hydrology Supply and Resources Environment and Other Assumptions The tree is also used to select the data to be edited which is shown on the right of the screen For example clicking on the Demand Sites tree branch on the left of the screen will display the data for all demand sites on the right of the screen On the bottom left is a data inset schematic Clicking on an element in the schematic will result in a jump to its place on the tree On the top right of the screen a data entry table is used to edit data and create modeling relationships The information you enter here is displayed graphically in the bottom right pane The Results View displays a wide variety of charts and tables covering each aspect of the system demand supply costs and environmental loadings Customizable reports can be viewed for one or more scenarios You can also use the Favorites option to bookmark the most useful charts for your analysis iare Scenario Explorer View is used to group
270. d named ranges in the worksheet and to preview the data that will be imported NB The result of this function will be overridden by any value calculated for the Current Accounts In some cases this may lead to a marked jump from the Current Accounts value to the succeeding year s value This may reflect the fact that the Current Accounts year you have chosen is not a good match of the long term trends in your scenario or it may reflect a poor fit between the regression and the historical data Tip Use the Yearly Time Series Wizard to enter the data for this function See Also ExpForecast Growth GrowthAs GrowthFrom Interp LogisticForecast Smooth Step LoanPayment Syntax LoanPayment CapitalCost FirstYear LoanTerm or LoanPayment CapitalCost FirstYear LoanTerm InterestRate Description The LoanPayment function returns the value of the annual loan payment divided by the number of timesteps in a year The arguments are CapitalCost The principal of the loan in dollars FirstYear The first simulation year in which payments will be made LoanTerm The length of the loan in years InterestRate The interest rate expressed in decimal form or as a percent e g for six percent enter either 0 06 or 6 This item is not required If left blank the Discount Rate set under the menu option General Units Monetary will be used Example LoanPayment 10000000 2005 20 6 This example calculates the annual loan pa
271. d sites and outflows to river reaches as negative amounts Overflow Groundwater overflow occurs when the aquifer storage is at its maximum and there is net inflow Any overflow is lost from the system Height Above River The difference in elevation between the water table and the wetted depth of the river based on the reference groundwater elevation equal to the wetted depth that is specified when setting up the groundwater surface water interactions Outflow to River The volume of groundwater flowing to a river through the streambed A negative value represents inflow to groundwater from the river Results are only available here if you are using the Model GW SW Flows method MODFLOW and MODPATH See MODFLOW Results and MODPATH Results Reservoir Storage Volume and Zones Reservoir storage compared to the operating zones Top of Conservation Top of Buffer Top of Inactive for a single reservoir Storage Volume The reservoir storage volume at the end of each month Storage Elevation The elevation of the reservoir level at the end of each month Inflows and Outflows All water entering and leaving a specified reservoir Inflows either from upstream river reservoirs or monthly inflow local reservoirs or return flows from demand sites and wastewater treatment plants are represented as positive amounts outflows to downstream evaporation local reservoir overflow or withdrawals by demand sites as negative amounts F
272. d streamflow simulations reservoir operations hydropower generation and energy demands pollution tracking ecosystem requirements and project benefit cost analyses The analyst represents the system in terms of its various supply sources e g rivers creeks groundwater reservoirs withdrawal transmission and wastewater treatment facilities ecosystem requirements water demands and pollution generation The data structure and level of detail may be easily customized to meet the requirements of a particular analysis and to reflect the limits imposed by restricted data WEAP applications generally include several steps The study definition sets up the time frame spatial boundary system components and configuration of the problem The Current Accounts provide a snapshot of actual water demand pollution loads resources and supplies for the system Alternative sets of future assumptions are based on policies costs technological development and other factors that affect demand pollution supply and hydrology Scenarios are constructed consisting of alternative sets of assumptions or policies Finally the scenarios are evaluated with regard to water sufficiency costs and benefits compatibility with environmental targets and WEAP User Guide sensitivity to uncertainty in key variables 1 3 The WEAP Approach Computer modeling in the field of water resources has a long history Many sophisticated models have faltered by being m
273. d use Because direct measurement of a soil s water holding capacity including saturation field capacity and wilt point can be costly and time consuming pedotransfer functions were developed to translate more easily obtainable data into these water holding capacity values The SoilProfiles function estimates average soil water capacity saturation field capacity and wilt point using one of six available pedotransfer functions PTF in order to determine the Soil Water Capacity for catchment land use branches This function can average over several soil profiles sampling sites and soil horizons layers As an alternative to using SoilProfiles you can enter field capacity and wilt point directly or choose a texture class from the Soil Library Averaging over multiple profiles and horizons If using two buckets for the MABIA water balance calculation WEAP will calculate the average soil water capacity separately for the top and bottom bucket based on the horizons that fall within each bucket The size of the buckets changes as the rooting depth changes If not using two buckets the average soil water capacity will be calculated from all horizons If there are multiple profiles sampling sites the average field capacity and wilt point over all the profiles is the simple average over all the profiles NumPro files NumProfiles ie FC p Dain WP p p _ p p FC WP NumProfiles NumProf iles where FC field ca
274. demand sites for reuse flows through transmission links not return flow links The amount that flows into the link is a fraction of treatment plant return flow outflow minus the flow to demand sites for reuse TPReturnLinkInflowrpe pest TPReturnFlowRoutingFractionrp pest X TreatmentPlantReturnFlowrp The amount that reaches the destination i e the outflow from the link equals the outflow from 226 Calculation Algorithms the treatment plant i e the inflow to the link minus any losses along the link TPReturnLinkOutflowrp pest TPReturnLinkInflowrp pest TPReturnLinkLossvp Dest The losses along the link are a fraction of its inflow where the loss rates is entered as data see Supply and Resources Return Flows Losses TPReturnLinkLossrp pest TPReturnLinkLossFromSystemrp pest TPReturnLinkLossToGroundwaterrp pest x TPReturnLinkInflowre pest 7 4 8 Groundwater Flows A groundwater node s GW storage in the first month m of the simulation is specified as data see Supply and Resources Groundwater Initial Storage BeginMonthStoragecw m InitialStoragecw for m 1 Thereafter it begins each month with the storage from the end of the previous month BeginMonthStoragecwm EndMonthStoragegw m 1 for m gt 1 The storage at the end of the month equals the storage at the beginning plus inflows from natural recharge entered as data Supply and Resources Groundwater Natural Recharge demand site DS and treatment
275. der will move by e g 0 5 to allow minimum changes of 0 5 If increment is left blank WEAP will use a very small value to approximate the continuity of choices For a drop down list enter the list of values to display number or text and the corresponding expression for each Click Add Row or Insert Row to add new rows to the list You could even make each choice in the list represent a different model e g exponential growth using the Growth function as one choice and linear growth using the Interp function for the other choice Note If the variable you have chosen is Startup Year then WEAP will automatically create a drop down list with every year as an item in the list You can add an unlimited number of data variables here The list will scroll horizontally if there are too many to fit To change the order of display for the variables right click the variable in the grid and choose Move Left or Move Right If you have many different variables that you want to include here you may want to divide them into different categories e g climate variables and demographic variables The drop down list of data variable categories is in the upper left Right click it to add rename or delete categories or use the Main Menu Explorer Data Category To move an existing data variable to another category right click it in the grid and choose Move to Category Data variable values The Data Section displays the values of each data variab
276. ds which return to a unique wastewater treatment plant e water utilities Each demand site needs a transmission link from its source and where applicable a return link either directly to a river wastewater treatment plant or other location The demand site cannot be placed directly on the river The user defined priority system determines the order of allocations to demand sites Catchments A catchment is a user defined area within the schematic in which you can specify processes such as precipitation evapotranspiration snow and ice accumulation and melt runoff irrigation and yields on agricultural and non agricultural land When you create a catchment in the schematic a window pops up in which you can select a number of options which will apply for this catchment including whether irrigation will occur in the catchment and if so the demand priority If irrigation is selected for a catchment the user will be required to create transmission links from a supply to the catchment for the irrigation water and to input additional variables that parameterize the irrigation activity For a catchment the user can choose one of five different methods to compute water use both rainfed and irrigated runoff and infiltration from agricultural and other land cover See Overview of Catchment Calculation Methods for more information Rivers Diversions and River Nodes Both rivers and diversions in WEAP are made up of river nodes connecte
277. e Step 2000 300 0 2010 500 0 2020 900 0 2000 300 0 176 Expressions 2012 500 0 2022 900 0 Tip Use the Yearly Time Series Wizard to enter the data for this function See Also ExpForecast Growth GrowthAs GrowthFrom Interp LinForecast LogisticForecast Smooth TotalChildren Syntax TotalChildren TotalChildren BranchName TotalChildren VariableName TotalChildren BranchName VariableName Description The sum of the specified variable across all children of the named branch Both BranchName and VariableName are optional parameters so that when used without any parameters the function returns the sum of the current variable across the children of the current branch Tip Because the simple form of this function points not to a named branch but to a relative branch address all children it can be safely used in cases where you want to write a model for a particular set of subsectoral branches and then copy branches for use elsewhere in the tree See also the Parent function TotalDaysBefore Syntax TotalDaysBefore Description The total number of days starting from the first month of the Current Accounts year in the current month Example TotalDaysBefore Evaluated in January 2002 730 with a Current Accounts Year of 2000 and a Water Year Start of January Evaluated in January 2002 824 with a Current Accounts Year of 2000 and a Water Year Start of October See Also Days Da
278. e each demand site s sector branches unsorted this option would be selected when right clicking on the Demand Sites branch Cut Branches is used to mark a branch and all branches below it to be cut Later when you select Paste Branches the marked branches will be moved to the new position selected in the tree Notice that unlike a conventional cut operation in a standard Windows program the cut operation does not actually delete the branches nor does it copy the branches to the Windows clipboard Copy Branches is similar to the Cut operation except that on the Paste operation branches are subsequently copied not moved Auto Expand specifies whether the branches in the tree automatically expand and collapse as you click on them Expand All fully expands the tree Collapse All fully collapses the tree Outline Level expands or collapses the tree to show all branches up to the selected level of depth Font is used to change the typeface and size of displayed tree 39 WEAP User Guide Drag and Drop Editing of Branches You can also move branch and all branches below it by dragging and dropping it onto another branch To copy rather than move a branch hold down the Ctrl key and then click and drag the branches This approach allows you to rapidly create data sets especially those containing many similar groups of branches for example a household subsector with many similar disaggregated end uses See also Tree Overv
279. e Current Accounts population and this final population to get the population in each intermediate year Creating editing and organizing data variables To add a data variable right click on the grid and choose Add Data Variable or from the Main Menu Explorer Data Variable Add Data Variable To edit an existing variable right click on it in the grid and choose Edit Data Variable On the Add or Edit Data Variable screen choose the Data View Branch and Variable you want to display Remember this variable should be one you ve already defined in your model that will have a single value per scenario for all years and timesteps Some examples are annual growth rates annual efficiency improvements startup year for new infrastructure such as a new reservoir or the size of a new reservoir Give a Title for the grid and a Description which will be displayed when the mouse moves over the data variable in the grid The Control Type can either be a Slider or a Drop down list A slider is more appropriate for selecting a continuous value such as a growth rate whereas the drop down list works best for discrete choices such as the startup year or a qualitative measure such as high medium and low For a slider enter the Lower Bound and Upper Bound e g 0 and 5 and the corresponding Label to display on the grid e g 5 and 0 Make sure to choose the bounds so that all existing values are within bounds Specify the Increment that the sli
280. e Name box to browse for a WEAP file to restore e g ftp sei us org WEAP Data Bip Use this option to compress the highlighted area in order to save disk space it will automatically expand to normal size when next selected from the Main Menu Area Open Typically you would only use this for inactive areas BRunzip Use this option to uncompress the highlighted area Since a compressed area is automatically uncompressed when it is next selected Main Menu Area Open you do not normally need to unzip it here in Manage Areas Repair Use this option to check the highlighted area data set for errors including corrupted data files and orphaned data Where possible WEAP will attempt to fix these errors If it cannot it will report the problem to you If errors cannot be fixed contact the staff of SEI Boston for assistance This option will also pack the data files of your area removing unused space and compacting the data files this is different from the Zip option 9 1 2 Versions WEAP saves multiple previous versions of each area in case you decide you want to go back to an earlier version of your data Think of it as a large undo function Backup versions of Areas are automatically created every time the area is saved containing all files in the area directory except for result files You may also manually create a version from the Main Menu Area Save Version along with a comment describing that version If resul
281. e Time Dec 2027 Criteria for Stopping Particles Stop at weak sink cells Particle Starting Locations F 64 particles Cell 1 7 25 Distribution On faces Face 1 1x16 Face 4 1x16 Face 2 1x16 Face 3 1x16 z Help SA Close ig You can either link to an existing MODPATH model or create a new one from scratch To link to an existing model enter the MODPATH Name filename or click the Browse button to browse for it The Name file must be in the same directory as the linked MODFLOW model Typically the Name file has an extension of mpn To create a new model click Create New MODPATH Input Files which will use details from the linked MODFLOW model e g number of layers rows and columns IBOUND array to create a new MODPATH model A window will pop up asking for the filenames to use for creating the MODPATH Name and Main files the default porosity and whether recharge is distributed within a cell or applied to the top face The distributed source approximation for areal recharge is usually only appropriate for two dimensional areal flow models You can later edit the Porosity see instructions below to change where recharge is distributed you can later edit the Main file package click the View Edit Packages button and choose the Main file The MODPATH Name file created will only include the Main package all other packages will be added when WEAP runs MODPATH 291 WEAP User Guide E Create New MO
282. e U S Geological Survey USGS finite difference groundwater flow model Its purpose is to evaluate advective transport through a model MODPATH uses a semi analytical particle tracking scheme that allows an analytical expression of the particle s flow path from the flow field results from MODFLOW to be obtained within each finite difference grid cell Particle paths are computed by tracking particles from one cell to the next until the particle reaches a boundary an internal sink source or satisfies some other termination criterion The version of MODPATH that WEAP is designed to link to is MODPATH 5 0 See http water usgs gov nrp gwsoftware modpath5 modpath5 html or the MODPATH User Guide for more information MODPATH tracks the trajectory of a set of particles from user defined starting locations using the MODFLOW solution as the flow field The particles can be tracked either forward or backward in time Particle tracking solutions have a variety of applications including the determination of zones of influence for injection and extraction wells In order to link a WEAP model to MODPATH you must have already linked your WEAP model to a MODFLOW model With an existing MODFLOW model the only additional data that are required for MODPATH is porosity and where recharge should be applied The following topics describe the steps required to link WEAP to MODPATH Load MODPATH Model MODPATH Options and Particle Generation MODPATH Porosity a
283. e advised to save them in another directory if you want to preserve them The temporary filenames all start with MF to distinguish them from other files The name file lists the other files that contain data for the various aspects of the MODFLOW model such as recharge pumping or river interactions These files are called packages Use the View Edit Packages button to view or edit the text file packages Note that initially WEAP does not know how to link the MODFLOW model to the WEAP model as can be seen in the screen above e g WARNING Active cells linked to WEAP groundwater node None are linked If the MODFLOW model includes confined layers you can group one or more layers into distinct aquifers for reporting purposes For example suppose that layer 2 in a 3 layer model has a confining bed below it In this case you would define two aquifers in WEAP aquifer 1 containing layers 1 and 2 and aquifer 2 containing layer 3 Click the Define Aquifers button see above to specify how many aquifers exist and which layers correspond to which aquifers This option is not available if the model has only one layer 8 1 3 Link MODFLOW Cells to WEAP Elements Each active MODFLOW cell is linked to one and only one WEAP groundwater node For a given row and column every layer will be linked to the same groundwater node The linkage is established by a GIS shape file shp that relates MODFLOW cells by row and column number 276
284. e and elevation This function is defined by the points on the Volume Elevation Curve Values between the points are interpolated You must enter at least one point corresponding to the total storage capacity of the reservoir If you choose to model the reservoir as a box with straight sides you do not need to enter any other points Click on Add to add a new point After you have at least one point other than 0 0 you can create or move points by clicking on the graph Click on Excel to export the list of volume elevation data points to Excel Tip You can copy a two column or two row array of Volume Elevation points from Excel and paste into the Volume Elevation table in WEAP Optionally you can apply conversion factors to the volume or elevation data When you do this paste all existing data in the V E table in WEAP will be erased and replaced with the pasted data Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Local or River Reservoir Category Physical Tab Volume Elevation Curve Current Accounts only Reservoir Maximum Hydraulic Outflow Maximum reservoir outflow during the timestep due to hydraulic constraints Typically this will be a function of reservoir elevation at beginning of timestep PrevTSValue Storage Elevation Optional no constraint if blank i e no limit on outflow Also no constraint in timesteps when reservoir is completely full water will overtop the reservoir at an unlimited rate Normally
285. e between 0 and 100 for each branch W WEAP Tutorial Area Edit View General Iree Advanced Help Key Assumption Data for Reference 2001 2003 L amp Manage Scenarios CL Data Report Demand Sites ar Land Use Climate j Irrigation j _Loss and Reuse Yield Water Quality j Cost j Priority D E Com cap Beans f Advanced Hydrology Crops Soil Water Capacity Effective Precipitation Surface Layer Thickness E Supply and Rest E Water Quality Enter the land area for branch or branch s share of land area from branch above Help Other Assumptio Demand Sites and Catchment 2000 2001 2003 Scale Unit Farms 1000 1000 ha Com Step 20 Step 2000 100 2001 0 2002 100 2003 0 Percent share of hectares Beans Step 20 Step 2000 0 2001 100 2002 0 2003 100 Percent share of hectares Table Notes pja Area dn B 100 E 80 M Gl Beans 60 i Corn ili p 40 2 re it M 2000 2001 2002 2003 y Area Tutorial 2000 2003 Data View Licensed to Stockholm Environment Institute Crops Each catchment branch represents a piece of land on which one or more crops is planted each year For each branch you need to specify which crop or crops from the Crop Library are planted and the planting date Given the planting date and the crop stage duration WEAP can determine the end date All days before the planting date or a
286. e concentrations Therefore the pollution streams flowing from a single source are proportional to the volume of flow Thus the amount of pollution that flows out of a treatment plant into a return flow link is a fraction of the pollution remaining in the effluent TPReturnLinkPollInflowrp pest p TPOutflowRoutingFractionrp pest TPOutflowRoutingFractionrp pesi x TreatmentPlantPollOutflowrp Some of the pollutant might decay or otherwise be lost as it passes through the return flow link 257 WEAP User Guide The pollution that flows out of the return flow link is a fraction entered as data see Environment Pollutant Decrease in Return Flows of the inflow TPReturnLinkPollOutflow7p pesp 1 TPReturnLinkPollDecreaseRaterp pestp X TPReturnLinkPollInflow7p pest p 7 6 5 Groundwater Pollution Groundwater inflows to the river can bring pollution specified by the concentration of each constituent in the groundwater inflow GroundwaterPollutionFlowToReachew rch p m GroundwaterFlowToReachew rch x GroundwaterPollutionConcentrationew p m 7 6 6 Headflow Pollution River headflow can bring pollution specified by the concentration of each constituent in the headflow HeadflowPollutionRiverriver p m Headflowriver x HeadflowPollutionConcentrationriver mp 7 6 7 Other Surface Water Inflow Pollution Any other surface water inflow to a reach can bring pollution specified by the concentration of each constituent in the inflo
287. e full supply requirement is computed within the context of all demand and instream flow requirements available supplies demand priorities supply preferences and other constraints The downstream outflow from the withdrawal node equals the inflows from upstream plus demand site DS and treatment plant TP return flows that come in at that point minus the withdrawal to all connected demand sites 231 WEAP User Guide DownstreamOutflowwn UpstreamInflowwn 25DSReturnFlowps wn TP TPReturnFlowrp wy 28STransLinkInflowwn ps Diversion Node Flows Diversion nodes DN withdraw water from a river or another diversion and this diverted flow becomes the headflow for a diversion A diversion is modeled in WEAP as a separate river complete with river nodes demands and return flows WEAP will divert only as much water as needed to satisfy the demand sites connected to the diversion and its instream flow requirements unless Fraction Diverted is set The downstream outflow from the diversion node equals the inflows from upstream plus demand site DS and treatment plant TP return flows that come in at that point minus the amount diverted DownstreamOutflowpn UpstreamInflowpy 25DSReturnFlowps pn TP TPReturnFlowrp pn AmountDivertedpn If data has been entered for Fraction Diverted then AmountDivertedpy UpstreamInflowpn FractionDiverted Otherwise AmountDiverted will depend on demands connected to the diversion Retur
288. e limits precipitation or irrigation from infiltrating See also MABIA Calculation Algorithms Entered on Data View Branch Catchments Category Irrigation Tabs Irrigation Schedule Fraction Wetted Irrigation Efficiency Loss to Groundwater Loss to Runoff Climate These parameters apply to the MABIA Method For the Simplified Coefficient Method see Simplified Coefficient Method Climate for the Soil Moisture Method see Soil Moisture Climate for the Plant Growth Model Method see Plant Growth Model Method Climate The MABIA Method requires daily climate data for precipitation reference evapotranspiration known as ETo or ETref wind speed and minimum daily relative humidity For ETref you have two options 1 Enter ETref directly some climate stations provide derived ETref as data OR 2 Calculate it using the Penman Monteith equation This approach has its own data requirements with various options Penman Monteith requires a Minimum and maximum daily temperature b Relative humidity Depending on the availability of data different equations are used The following are the data requirements in decreasing order of preference 64 Data i Minimum and maximum daily relative humidity OR ii Maximum daily relative humidity OR iii Average daily relative humidity OR iv If humidity data is not available and estimate can be obtained by assuming that the dew point temperature is the same as t
289. e of error and the line and column at which it occurred will be reported and the edit cursor will be placed at the place in the script where the error occurred helping you to fix the problem Autocompletion for WEAP API classes is available For example type WEAP After you type the dot after WEAP a window will pop up listing all the properties and methods of the WEAPApplication class Type the first few letters of the item such as B for BaseYear and the cursor will move down to that item Hit Enter to add it to your script Autocomplete works with any WEAP API class For example type WEAP ActiveArea to see a list of properties and methods for the WEAPArea class e At the bottom of the window is a PRINT output pane Any PRINT messages in your script will appear here You can clear this pane using the Clear button on the right of the pane or by issuing a CLS or CLEAR command in your script e On the right of the window is a pane with two tabs These tabs give access to WEAP API 306 Advanced Topics objects and to WEAP Branch and variable names which you may want to include in your scripts Select an object in the tree and then click the Add button or double click it to add it to the edit pane on the left Bear in mind that in addition to referring to WEAP objects you can also create references to many other COM objects Many Windows based programs support COM allowing you to connect WEAP to other programs such as Excel Wor
290. e showing the plume that results from releasing particles at the same location over successive time steps using a forward tracking analysis In this scenario pumping rates increase over time which causes the particles released later shown in blue and purple to move more quickly towards the well at row 7 column 25 299 WEAP User Guide 2 WEAP Tutorial Area Edit Yiew Favorites Advanced Help Table Map MODPATH Particle Pathline cf gt Meter Schematic month December v Show Particle Generation and Options Plume v Edit S So Color by Release Time Bj van 2008 4pr 2008 By May 2008 Sep 2008 E oct 2008 Feb 2009 E Mar 2008 Jul 2009 E Aug 2009 Dec 2009 E Jan 2010 May 2010 E sun 2010 0ct 2010 Scenatio i EA i j E Nov 2010 Mar 2011 Explorer MS LLY I f hs E Apr 2011 Aug 2011 By Sep 2011 Jan 2012 By Fee 2012 Jun 2012 ROW fi ui2012 nov 2012 2611 AllYears v WEAP 2 316 Area Tutorial 2008 2027 monthly Results View Licensed to Stockholm Environment Institute On the Map tab WEAP overlays 2 dimensional particle pathlines on top of the Schematic Here is an example showing the capture zone for a well using a backward tracking analysis of particles arranged on faces 1 2 3 and 4 of the well cell at row 7 column 25 all released at the end of the simulation December 2027 and traced backwards in time By choosing Color by Travel Time the colors show how long it takes each
291. e used to model the days before and after other crops are active For example if spinach was planted April 15 July 23 Fallow would be used from January 1 April 14 and July 24 December 31 If you would prefer to differentiate the fallow period after different crops e g the period after a spinach crop vs after a wheat crop you could create other Fallow crops such as Fallow after spinach and Fallow after wheat assign the appropriate characteristics to these after harvest states and then choose those fallow crops after the main crops in the Crop Scheduling Wizard Category The crops are grouped into categories such as Small Vegetables Legumes and Oil Crops You can change the category of a crop using the selection box in the grid You can also edit the list of categories click the Category button on the toolbar at the top Typical Planting Month This text field is for information only You will need to specify the planting day and month for any crops you use in your analysis Note that in some cases there are multiple entries for the same crop e g Lettuce Mediterranean with different typical planting months For example look at Lettuce Mediterranean whose entries for April and Nov Jan have different stage lengths the Winter crop has a longer season Stage Length Stage length provides general lengths for the four distinct growth stages for various types of climates and locations Initial period plantin
292. e values from the immediate upstream reach if you leave this value If you are modeling BOD you must enter the water temperature of each reach To use the value from the upstream reach leave blank lt Constituent gt Concentration 97 WEAP User Guide For reaches on which you have specified Surface Water Inflow enter the concentration of each constituent Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources River lt River Name gt Category Water Quality Tabs Distance Marker Current Accounts only Flow Stage Width Current Accounts only lt Constituent gt Concentration Other River Nodes The following river nodes have no data associated with them they serve to mark the points of inflow and outflow from a river Withdrawal nodes which represent points where any number of demand sites receive water directly from a river Diversion nodes which divert water from a river or other diversion into a canal or pipeline called a diversion This diversion is itself like a river composed of a series of reservoir run of river hydropower flow requirement withdrawal diversion tributary catchment inflow and return flow nodes Tributary nodes define points where one river joins another The inflow from a tributary node is the outflow from the tributary river Return flow nodes which represent return flows from demand sites and wastewater treatment plants You may actually have return flows enter the river at any type of r
293. e watershed unit node and a groundwater node A watershed unit can be divided into N fractional areas representing different land uses soil types and a water balance is computed for each fractional area j of N Climate is assumed uniform over each sub catchment and the water balance is given as Eq 1 where 21 1 0 is the relative storage given as a fraction of the total effective storage of the root zone mm for land cover fraction j The effective precipitation Pe includes snowmelt from accumulated snowpack in the sub catchment where m is the melt coefficient given as dz Z j 2z RRF 2 2 i dt P t PET k t 3 ROZ Sik yzy A Fk 215 t J tJ J sd zd J ty 0 T lt T m c 1 if T gt T i is T lt 7 lt T hot Eq 2 where Tj is the observed temperature for month i and T and Ts are the melting and freezing temperature thresholds Snow accumulation Aci is a function of m and the observed monthly total precipitation Pi by the following relation Ac Ac t m Eq 3 with the melt rate m defined as Rte anes Fig A The effective precipitation P is then computed as f fin t Fg 5 If the timestep length is less than one month General Years and Time Steps then the snow accumulation and melt model is modified to restrict the snow melt rate by the total heat available to transform ice to water The total heat available is calculated as the sum of the net solar radiation and the he
294. ead on the river see Hydropower Calculations for details It does not have any storage nor does it remove water from the river The flow out of the facility equals the flow in from upstream plus demand site DS and treatment plant TP return flows that come in at that point See Hydropower Calculations for details of hydropower generation DownstreamOutflowror UpstreamInflowror 25DSReturnFlowps ror 7P TPReturnFlow7p ror Minimum Flow Requirement Node Flows A minimum instream flow requirement FR which is entered as data see Supply and Resources River Flow Requirement specifies a minimum flow required at a point on the river to meet water quality fish amp wildlife navigation recreation downstream or other requirements Depending on its priority a flow requirement will be satisfied either before after or at the same time as other requirements in the system The minimum flow is achieved either by restricting upstream withdrawals from the river or by releasing water from upstream reservoirs The flow out of the node equals the flow in from upstream plus demand site DS and treatment plant 7P return flows that come in at that point DownstreamOutflowrr UpstreamInflowrr 25DSReturnFlowps rr TP TPReturnFlowrp rr River Withdrawal Nodes Flows Water is withdrawn from withdrawal nodes WN and delivered via transmission links to satisfy supply requirements at demand sites The amount to withdraw from zero up to th
295. eadFromFile Streamflow csv Median will read in daily streamflow data from Streamflow csv and derive monthly values by finding the median value for each month ReadFromFile Streamflow csv Minimum will read in daily streamflow data from Streamflow csv and derive monthly values by finding the minimum value for each month ReadFromFile Streamflow csv Maximum will read in daily streamflow data from Streamflow csv and derive monthly values by finding the maximum value for each month Disaggregating Monthly or other timestep Data to Daily ReadFromFile Climate txt 1 0 Interpolate will read in monthly air temperature data from the first data column of file Climate txt not shifting the years at all offset 0 and deriving daily values by interpolating the monthly values ReadFromFile Climate txt 2 0 Divide with Gaps 5 will read in monthly precipitation data from the second data column of file Climate txt not 170 Expressions shifting the years at all offset 0 and deriving daily values by splitting the monthly precipitation data into storms every 5 days ReadFromFile Climate txt 2 0 Divide will read in monthly precipitation data from the second data column of file Climate txt not shifting the years at all offset 0 and deriving daily values by splitting the monthly precipitation data evenly across every day in that month e g if total January rainfall was 31 mm each day would have 1 mm Re
296. earToUse if those parameters are specified For example if the WEAP area time horizon is 2010 2040 and a CSV file has data from 1960 1969 WEAP would use data from 1960 1969 for years 2010 2019 then wraparound so that 1960 1969 would be used again for 2020 2029 and 2030 2039 2040 would wraparound to use 1960 data If the cycle parameter is not specified it will default to No Cycle Comments Comment lines any line that does not begin with a number are ignored Also any part of a line after a semicolon or number sign will be ignored so can be used to include comments on the same line with data It is good practice to have a few comment lines at the beginning of the file documenting when how and where the data came from units used and which data are in each data column Column Descriptions Use the optional Columns directive to describe the contents and unit for each data column The unit if included is in square brackets after the name This is a very good way to document your data Here is an example from a climate file with 5 data columns rainfall min and max temperature humidity and wind Columns Precipitation mm Min Temperature C Max Temperature C Relative Humidity Wind Speed m s Optionally you may list the time columns first Some examples e Annual Columns Year Population e Monthly Columns Year Month Burlington Brook USGS 1188000 CFS Weber River USGS 1932000 CFS 168 Expre
297. eber of the U S Center of the Stockholm Environment Institute SED WEAP was conceived by Paul Raskin President of Tellus Institute and developed under his supervision until 2001 Many have contributed to the development and application of WEAP since its inception We would like to acknowledge in particular Paul Raskin Eugene Stakhiv Ken Strzepek Zhongping Zhu Bill Johnson Evan Hansen Charlie Heaps Dmitry Stavisky Mimi Jenkins Jack Sieber Paul Kirshen Tom Votta David Purkey Jimmy Henson Alyssa Holt McClusky Eric Kemp Benedict Annette Huber Lee David Yates Peter Droogers Pete Loucks Jeff Rosenblum Winston Yu Chris Swartz Sylvain Hermon Kate Emans Dong Ryul Lee David Michaud Chuck Young Martha Fernandes Brian Joyce Chayanis Krittasudthacheewa Andre Savitsky Daene McKinney Marisa Escobar Vishal Mehta Johannes Wolfer Markus Huber Abdullah Droubi Mahmoud Al Sibai Issam Nouiri Ali Sahli Mohamed Jabloun Alex Bedig Jean Christophe Pouget Francisco Flores Laura Forni Stephanie Galaitsi Anne Hereford Nick Depsky and Bart Wickel Many organizations have generously contributed major funding for the development of WEAP We gratefully acknowledge e Stockholm Environment Institute SED e Tellus Institute e Hydrologic Engineering Center HEC of the U S Army Corps of Engineers e Swedish International Development Cooperation Agency SIDA e International Water Management Institute WM
298. ecifying either the name of the Timestep or a number from 1 to WEAPApplication Timesteps Count e g WEAP Timesteps January or WEAP Timesteps 1 2 Iterate through the collection of timesteps e g For Each TS in WEAP Timesteps WEAPTimesteps Properties and Example using VB script Methods Count Get the number of WEAP FOR i 1 to WEAP Timesteps Count Timesteps in the active area Read PRINT WEAP Timesteps i Name only NEXT Item TimestepName or Index Get PRINT the Timestep identified by name or WEAP Timesteps Item January NumDays index from 1 to Timesteps Count PRINT 330 WEAPTimestep PR Advanced Topics WEAP Timesteps January NumDays NT WEAP Timesteps 1 Abbrev Note the Item property is the default property and therefore is usually omitted Thus the first two examples above are equivalent Example using VB script Properties and Methods Abbrev The abbreviation for the timestep e g Jan for January CalendarIndex Get the index of this timestep from 1 to Timesteps Count where January is 1 ContainsLeapDay True if the timestep contains February 29 and WEAP IncludeLeapDays is true Read only DaysBefore Get the total number of days in the water year before this timestep For example if Read only ID Get the internal unique numeric ID of the timestep Each timestep has a unique ID It is not displayed in WE
299. ector Detailed breakdown of a sector e g urban and rural subsectors represent the municipal sector or crop types which represent subsectors for the agricultural sector See Sector Disaggregate Aggregate Supply Preference The preference a demand site has for a particular source Each transmission link has a preference number ranging from 1 highest preference to 99 lowest See also Demand Priority Allocation Order Surface Runoff Surface water inflow to river reaches represents either non point runoff into the river or the confluence of streams or rivers not otherwise modeled T Transmission Link Transmission links deliver water from local supplies reservoir nodes and withdrawal nodes to satisfy final demand at demand sites Tree A hierarchical structure for organizing data under six major categories Key Assumptions Demand Sites Hydrology Supply and Resources Environment and Other Assumptions Tributary Node Points where one river joins another Vv Variable Data that can change over time Vector GIS Layer Display geographic features from points using discrete X Y locations Lines are constructed from strings of points and polygons regions are built from lines which close Vector methods are sometimes contrasted with raster techniques which record geographic features within a matrix of grid cells Version WEAP automatically saves multiple versions of each area s data you may revert to any previous ver
300. ed in this file and attributed to a specific user See also View Bar 4 2 Current Accounts The Current Accounts represent the basic definition of the water system as it currently exists Establishing Current Accounts requires the user to calibrate the system data and assumptions to a point that accurately reflects the observed operation of the system The Current Accounts are also assumed to be the starting year for all scenarios Note that the Current Accounts Year is not meant to be an average year but the best available estimate of the current system in the present The Current Accounts include the specification of supply and demand data including definitions of reservoirs pipelines treatment plants pollution generation etc for the first year of the study on a monthly basis 4 3 Scenarios 4 3 1 Scenarios Overview At the heart of WEAP is the concept of scenario analysis Scenarios are self consistent story lines of how a future system might evolve over time in a particular socio economic setting and under a particular set of policy and technology conditions Using WEAP scenarios can be built and then compared to assess their water requirements costs and environmental impacts All scenarios start from a common year for which you establish your Current Accounts data The scenarios can address a broad range of what if questions such as What if population growth and economic development patterns change What if reservoi
301. el for details of importing In addition Excel with its filtering capabilities provides a convenient way to view your data There are various options that allow you to control exactly what is exported and to where Export to Export to Excel Choose to export to aj Export to new Excel workbook New workbook or a new worksheet in New worksheet in C Program Files WEAP21 Weaping River Basin Inflows xls the active workbook The second option is only available if workbook is open in Excel Scenarios Branches Variables Current and below Annual Activity Level C All All Export rows for blank expressions Branches Export inherited expressions V Autofilter in Excel Choose whether to X Cancel 138 Expressions export only the current branch and all branches below it e g all demand sites or all branches Variables Choose whether to export only the current variable e g Annual Activity Level or all variables Scenarios You can export just the active scenario or all scenarios Export rows for blank expressions When this option is unchecked WEAP will only create rows in Excel where the data expression is not blank If you are primarily interested in viewing the data you have entered in WEAP leave this unchecked However if you intend to link your expressions to Excel values in which case the expressions are currently blank for later import into WEAP you will want to turn this on This op
302. el the change in irrigation method The sum of the shares for the two branches should always equal 100 The easiest way to ensure this is by using the Remainder function on one branch Fraction Wetted Many types of irrigation systems wet only a fraction of the soil surface For example for a trickle irrigation system the fraction of the surface wetted Fw may be only 0 4 For furrow irrigation systems the fraction of the surface wetted may range from 0 3 to 0 8 Irrigation Efficiency Irrigation efficiency is the percentage of the supplied water available for evapotranspiration The remainder goes to groundwater runoff or evaporation If 100 is available leave blank Loss to Groundwater Of the supplied water NOT available for evapotranspiration 100 Irrigation Efficiency Loss to Groundwater is the percent that infiltrates to groundwater unless constrained by Maximum Percolation Rate That which does not infiltrate or run off is assumed to evaporate NOTE MABIA already calculates evaporation and infiltration so this is in addition to that Loss to Runoff Of the supplied water NOT available for evapotranspiration 100 Irrigation Efficiency Loss to Runoff is the percent that runs off to surface water That which does not percolate or run off is assumed to evaporate NOTE MABIA already calculates evaporation and infiltration so this is in addition to that Additional runoff can be generated if the maximum infiltration rat
303. el via VBA programming languages e g Visual Basic C or scripts e g VB script JavaScript Perl Python can control WEAP directly changing data values calculating results and exporting them to text files or Excel spreadsheets This can be enormously powerful For example you could write a 10 line script that would run WEAP calculations 100 times each time with a different value of an input assumption and output the results to Excel for later analysis WEAP can also call scripts directly from the Call function in an expression or from the Advanced Scripting menu item and these scripts can use the WEAP API The WEAP Application Programming Interface API consists of several classes each with their own properties and methods Properties are values that can be inspected or changed whereas methods are functions that do something The following classes are defined WEAPApplication top level properties and methods including access to all other classes WEAPArea a WEAP Area dataset WEAPAreas collection of all WEAP Areas WEAPScenario a WEAP Scenario in the active area WEAPScenarios collection of all Scenarios in the active area WEAPBranch a specific Branch on the data tree e g Demand Sites South City WEAPBranches collection of all child Branches for a specified Branch e g Branch Demand Sites Children WEAPVariable a Variable for a given Branch e g Consumption for Branch Demand Sites Sou
304. elect the data to be edited which is shown on the right of the screen For example clicking on the Demand Sites tree branch on the left of the screen will display the data for all demand sites on the right of the screen Note that when you click on a tree branch the associated object in the schematic will flash on the map See Tree Overview for more information 2 4 2 Inset Schematic A small schematic of your area is located on the bottom left When you click on an element it will be highlighted in the tree above and its data will be displayed in the data entry tables to the right Conversely when you click on a branch in the tree the associated element on the Schematic will flash briefly Move the zoom bar below the schematic to zoom in or out Alternatively hold down the Ctrl key and click and drag to define a region to zoom in to Hold down the Shift key and click and drag on the schematic to pan When the mouse cursor is positioned over the inset schematic rotating the mouse wheel will zoom in or out ctrl mouse wheel will zoom in and out faster If you have two or more monitors you can undock the inset map to another monitor This can be especially useful for very large models In the Data View go to the Edit menu and choose Undock Inset Map 11 WEAP User Guide 2 4 3 Data Entry Tables The data entry tables on the top right are used to enter expressions that define Current Accounts and Scenario values of variables Eac
305. electing just one month from each year to display For example select December only and each line segment will show the jump in the position from the end of December in one year to the end of December in the next year See chart below for an example of this Click the Arrowhead icon on the right tool bar to show or hide arrowheads on each line segment You can change the MODPATH options or starting particles positions without leaving the Results View click the Particle Generation and MODPATH Options dropdown button on the upper right to quickly switch from one options set to another When you change it MODPATH will automatically recalculate using the new particles and MODPATH options You can also edit or add Options Sets click the Edit button to the right of the dropdown box to go to the Edit Particle Generation and MODPATH Options screen When you exit that screen MODPATH will automatically recalculate if you had made any changes Because the normal WEAP or MODFLOW calculations do not need to be re run when the MODPATH options have changed this process is very quick The color of each line segment represents one of several different types of information selected by the Color by dropdown box just abONe the Ai Parices i legend in the example below it is set to Color by Particle In two cases the entire pathline Color by Travel Time sd iii Months w r egend Colors 298 O A 17 31 32 46 Number of Colors 2 i
306. emand Measures Supply Measures and Integrated Measures a combination of the Demand and Supply scenarios 10 1 Reference Demands increase steadily over time while the supply infrastructure remains static no improvements are made that might increase availability of supply As demands increase and groundwater sources are depleted there are increasing shortfalls in meeting demand and instream flow requirements Pollution generation and loads follow demand trend increasing over time Identification of problems guides creation of scenarios to alleviate them The following three scenarios implement measures designed to reduce demand or increase available supply 10 2 Demand Measures The Demand Measures Scenario slows the increasing rate of the demands by decreasing water use rates in the future Supply coverage is improved in all areas because the supply requirement is decreased although still less than 100 This scenario also slows but does not halt the depletion rate of the groundwater Costs increase due to demand efficiency measures 10 3 Supply Measures The Supply Measures Scenario consists of building the North Reservoir in 2015 This reservoir allows the storage of surplus surface water from winter and spring to be made available in the drier summer and fall Supply coverage is improved due to the increased supply available although still less than 100 This scenario slows the depletion of groundwater and allows all flow requireme
307. emand sites have the same demand priority The allocation orders would be 1 for DS1 s link to the groundwater and 2 for both demand sites links to the river In calculations first DS1 is allocated water from groundwater and then both DS1 and DS2 are allocated water from the river In this way both demand sites have an equal chance to receive water from the river in the case of a water shortage Note in some unusual configurations the supply preferences may be inconsistent with this rule In those cases a supply preference of 1 is used for all demand sites You may switch among viewing demand priorities supply preferences or allocation orders on the schematic from the Main Menu select Schematic Change Priority View Tip If WEAP is not allocating water as you would expect change the priority view on the Schematic to Allocation Order to make sure that it is allocating in the order you intend 3 3 4 Creating and Editing WEAP Elements Creating To create a new node demand site groundwater node river node wastewater treatment plant or flow requirement merely click on the node s symbol in the WEAP legend and drag it anywhere inside the main schematic To create a new river or diversion click on the symbol a line segment in the legend and drag onto the main schematic then release the mouse button to 22 Setting Up Your Analysis specify the headflow Next single click once for each intermediate point on the river then double
308. ement MCM Crop irrigation requirement Supply MCM Amount supplied to irrigation calculated by WEAP allocation EF Fraction of potential evapotranspiration satisfied averaged over the season Planting Date to Harvest Date YieldResponseFactor Seasonal factor that defines how the yield changes when ETActual is less than ETPotential water stress PotentialYield KG HA The maximum potential yield given optimal supplies of water ActualYield KG HA The actual yield given the available evapotranspiration Yield KG Actual yield for the land class MarketPrice kg Unit value of the crop MarketValue Total value of the crop for the land class Runoff ToGWFraction Fraction of runoff that goes to groundwater RunofffoGW MCM Runoff to groundwater supplies 197 WEAP User Guide RunoffToSurfaceWater MCM Runoff to surface water supplies 7 3 3 Soil Moisture Method This one dimensional 2 compartment or bucket soil moisture accounting scheme is based on empirical functions that describe evapotranspiration surface runoff sub surface runoff i e interflow and deep percolation for a watershed unit see Figure 1 This method allows for the characterization of land use and or soil type impacts to these processes The deep percolation within the watershed unit can be transmitted to a surface water body as baseflow or directly to groundwater storage if the appropriate link is made between th
309. emperatures in the inflows from upstream tributaries return flows and groundwater inflows As water flows downstream the water temperature can change due to gains of heat from net solar short wave radiation and atmospheric long wave radiation and losses of heat due to conduction convection and evaporation The volume for a reach is defined by its length and average cross sectional area and the assumption of steady state during the time step A heat balance equation is written for each reach on the river 260 Calculation Algorithms dT Q Rn aTa 273 aes Q aa ry pS E dt V CH C H y _ O F 273 JUa Ta ge D OCH PCE ACE where the first term on the right hand side is the upstream heat input to the stream segment with constant volume V m3 expressed as a relationship of flow Qi m3 time and temperature Ti at the upstream node The second term is the net radiation input Rn to the control volume with density rho and C the specific heat of water and H m the mean water depth of the stream segment The third term is the atmospheric long wave radiation into the control volume with the Stefan Boltzmann constant Tar the air temperature C a a coefficient to account for atmospheric attenuation and reflection and the air vapor pressure air The fourth term is the heat leaving the control volume while the fifth term is the long wave radiation of the water that leaves the control The sixth and seventh terms are the c
310. en You can get access to a WEAPBranch in three different ways 1 WEAPApplication Branch FullBranchPath e g WEAP Branch Demand Sites South City 2 WEAPBranches Index specifying a number from 1 to WEAPBranches Count e g WEAP Branch Demand Sites Children 1 3 Iterate through the collection of all branches e g For Each Branch in WEAP Branches WEAPBranches Properties and Methods Example using VB script Count Get the number of WEAP branches FOR i 1 to WEAP Branch Demand in the collection Read only Sites Children Count PRINT WEAP Branch Demand Sites Children i Name NEXT Item Index Get the branch identified by PRINT WEAP Branch Demand index from 1 to Count Sites Children Item 2 PRINT WEAP Branch Demand Sites Children 2 Name Note the Item property is the default property and therefore is usually omitted Thus the two examples above are equivalent WEAPBranch Properties and Methods Example using VB script ActiveInCurrentAccounts Get or set WEAP Branch Demand Sites South whether the branch is active in the Current City ActiveInCurrentAccounts FALSE 323 WEAP User Guide Accounts The following types can be set as not active in the Current Accounts all other types are always active in the Current Accounts Demand Site Wastewater Treatment Plant Groundwater Node Reservoir Ot
311. enhanced WEAP model includes updated features that allow the user to include the following e Infiltration and Inflow from groundwater to sewage collection systems These inflows can stress rivers and streams by removing clean water from watersheds and place WEAP User Guide additional burden on wastewater treatment by taking up valuable plant capacity and limiting future sewer connections e Infiltration Basins amp Retention Ponds as management practices These can be used to offset the impacts of urbanization where water demands increase and potentially threaten water supplies as more rainfall runs off of expanding impervious surfaces rather than recharging local aquifers They can also serve to attenuate non point source pollution e Display of User Defined Performance Measures as Results This will allow for the output of site specific performance measures and criteria which are commonly guided by the objectives of individual studies and systems configuration and local conditions e Tiered Water Pricing policies as a means of promoting demand management e Combined Sewer Overflows CSOs that pose potential risks to public health and aquatic life because they discharge chemicals and disease causing pathogens directly into waterways 1 4 Getting Started Each WEAP analysis is conducted in a single area An area is typically a watershed but could also be a larger or smaller geographic region The last viewed area will open automati
312. enter additional headflow values for that river with the other methods With the direct input methods such as the Read from File Method the monthly inflows you enter should not include return flows from demand sites and wastewater treatment plants WEAP will calculate the inflows from return flows separately If you have another WEAP model that represents the area upstream of your dataset you may want to set the headflow of your river to be the outflow from a river in the upstream model Whenever WEAP calculates an area it automatically creates additional CSV files containing the outflow from all unconnected rivers and diversions one for each river and scenario The files will be named Result_S lt ScenarioID gt _ lt ScenarioName gt _RiverOutflow_ lt RiverName gt _ lt YearRange gt _ lt Times tep gt csv e g Result_S02_Reference_RiverOutflow_Weaping River_2010 2020_Monthly csv In order to link the outflow from an upstream WEAP area A to an inflow point in downstream WEAP area B you would create a river object in area B to represent the lower most river from area A and give it the same name Go to the headflow data variable in area B for the new river and open the ReadFromFile wizard Browse the folder for area A and choose the CSV file with the river outflow results Because the names are descriptive it will be easy to choose which file is correct The ReadFromFile wizard will read and display the CSV data so it will be easy to verif
313. enu Option General Units 345 WEAP User Guide 9 6 Basic Parameters 9 6 1 Monthly Variation of Demand The user can choose whether all the branches within a demand site will have the same monthly variation in demand or whether each branch can have a different monthly variation 9 6 2 Climate Data Separately the user can choose whether all land use branches within a catchment will have the same climate data Soil Moisture Method Climate Simplified Coefficient Method Climate or MABIA Climate or whether each branch can have different climate data This second option might be necessary if there is a large variation in the elevation among different land uses within a catchment Alternatively the catchment could be divided into several different catchment nodes according to elevation so that the climate within each catchment did not vary by land use 9 6 3 Snow Melt in the Catchment Soil Moisture Method Before December 2010 WEAP incorrectly used the Latent Heat of Vaporization 2260 kJ kg at 100 C instead of the Latent Heat of Fusion 334 kJ kg for calculating snow melt in the soil moisture method Although we recommend that you use Latent Heat of Fusion if you have a previously calibrated model that used Latent Heat of Vaporization you might want to use that setting instead NOTE Only models with a timestep smaller than monthly use latent heat in the snow melt model Monthly models do not use it 9 6 4 MABIA Water B
314. ep as described in Simple Mixing Inflows include inflows from upstream and demand site and wastewater treatment plant return flows into the reservoir outflows include outflows to downstream evaporation and withdrawal by demand sites A net decrease in storage is considered to be an inflow a net increase in storage is an outflow For purposes of mixing the water quality concentration of the inflow from a decrease in storage is assumed to be the water quality flowing out of the reservoir from the previous time step 263 WEAP User Guide Inflow from Upstream Evaporation Return Flows Outflow to Demand Sites Decrease Increase in in Storage Storage Outflow to Downstream Here is the simple mass balance equation inflow outflow UpstreamInflowres DSReturnFlowps res TPReturnFlowrp res StorageDecredse res DownstreamOutflowres Evaporationres TransLinkInflowres ps Storagelncrease res Running QUAL2K Once you have selected QUAL 2K as the calculation method and linked WEAP s constituents to QUAL2K s and entered water quality data for river headflows surface water and groundwater inflows climate distance markers and wastewater generation and treatment WEAP will be able to send data to QUAL 2K run QUAL2K and retrieve results for each time step WEAP will send the following data to QUAL 2K listed by worksheet name QUAL2K River name Month Day and Year of simulation Headwater flow rate and wa
315. eport can be used to create a ledger showing costs and benefits associated with planning scenarios e Net present value With the use of a discount rate the results can also be presented in the form of net present value providing a method for comparing future infrastructure projects or demand management programs with different completion dates e Average cost of water The average cost of water report divides total costs by the total volume of water delivered to demands and provides a way to compare the per unit costs across various scenarios For each item in a WEAP schematic costs can be subdivided into capital and operations costs Operations costs can be further subdivided into fixed per year and variable per unit of water costs Benefits for each item can be subdivided into fixed and variable categories as well All financial data entered for capital costs fixed operations costs and fixed benefits must be annual values For instance if a user enters a capital cost that represents loan payments the total annual payments are entered Financial data can also be entered for the entire supply and resources system see Entering System Costs and Benefits 101 WEAP User Guide 4 13 2 Entering System Costs and Benefits Financial data can be entered for the entire supply and resources system as a whole in addition to individual items Capital Costs Operations Costs and Benefit can be entered either as a single value for applicati
316. er nodes and other supplies receptors Pollution Inflow to Treatment Plants Total pollution flowing in to wastewater treatment plants 117 WEAP User Guide Wastewater Treatment Plant Total Inflow Total volume of wastewater that flows into a wastewater treatment plant without regard to the plant s capacity Could be useful in calculating treatment costs or energy use on a per unit basis Wastewater Treatment Plant Inflows and Outflows Details of all inflows and outflows from wastewater treatment plants including water lost during treatment Wastewater Treatment Plant Capacity Utilization The percentage of a Wastewater Treatment Plant s capacity if any that is used Utilization greater than 100 indicates that the treatment plant cannot treat all the inflow in that timestep causing some to overflow untreated Wastewater Treatment Plant Overflow Flow if any that exceeds the wastewater treatment plant s capacity 5 2 6 Financial Results There are three financial reports in WEAP that users can access to view the results of a financial analysis To access reports after a simulation click on the Results View Use the dropdown menu at the top of the screen to select the financial reports There the user can choose between the Net Cost Net Present Value and Average Cost of Water reports Net Benefit Report This report can be used to generate graphs or tables showing the net benefit benefits minus costs of financing a
317. erface but may be useful when automating WEAP All valid branches have ID gt 0 so you use the test Branch ID 0 to determine if a Branch reference is valid Read only IsLine Returns true if the branch represents Print GIS X Y coordinates for all lines and a line object on the Schematic River nodes on the Schematic Diversion River Reach Transmission Link For Each Branch in WEAP Branches Return Flow Link or Runoff Infiltration Link Read only f Branch IsNode then Print Branch FullName amp amp Branch X amp Ta og Branch Y amp ElseIf Branch IsLine then GIS coordinates of start and end points of line Print Branch FullName amp amp Branch X amp amp Branch Y amp amp Branch X2 amp T amp Branch Y2 amp End If Next IsNode Returns true if the branch represents See example for IsLine above a node on the Schematic Demand Site Catchment Groundwater node Local Reservoir Other Local Supply Wastewater Treatment Plant or any river node Read only IsVisible Returns true if the branch is visible IF WEAP Branch Supply and Resources River Blue on the tree River category branches with no River Reservoirs IsVisible THEN children will not be visible For example in ner Weaping River Basin Blue River does not NEXT ha
318. ermine demand e g crop evapotranspiration calculations to determine irrigation requirements 4 8 2 Getting Started The following types of data are often useful e Basic water requirements data categorized by sector and or specific water users e Existing water use studies for the study area and data from national state county or municipal agencies e Population projections for cities and towns production activity level projections for industry and agriculture e Water consumption water consumed by a demand site that is lost to the system lost to evaporation embodied in products or otherwise unaccounted for Note Agricultural irrigation demands can either be calculated using activity levels and water use rates as described above or by simulating catchment processes such as evapotranspiration runoff infiltration and irrigation demands See Overview of Catchment Calculation Methods for more information 4 8 3 Demand Tree 44 Data WEAP uses a hierarchical structure to disaggregate water demand data F South City You can easily adapt this structure to the nature of your problem and data Single availability A hypothetical example of a multilevel demand structure is Showers shown on the right Toilets Washing The first level corresponds to the demand sites from the Schematic Other created on the Schematic View Below this you can create as many Multi family levels as you wish For example South City is
319. es the storage in Central Reservoir averaged over the previous four months a moving average PrevTSValue Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir Storage Volume Million Cubic Meter 1 4 Minimum This example calculates the minimum storage in Central Reservoir over the previous four months in million cubic meterst PrevTSValue Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir Storage Volume 1 6 Maximum This example calculates the maximum storage in Central Reservoir over the previous six months PrevTSValue Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir Storage Volume 1 12 Median This example calculates the median 50 percentile storage in Central Reservoir over the previous twelve months PrevTSValue Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir Storage Volume 1 12 Percentile 5 This example calculates the 5 percentile storage value in Central Reservoir over the previous twelve months PrevTSValue Cell Head 1 57 30 1 12 Minimum This example calculates the minimum groundwater head elevation of cell at layer 1 row 57 column 30 over the previous twelve months as calculated by a linked MODFLOW model This function can also be used to return values from data variables found in the Data view such as the Top of Conservation for reservoirs PrevTSValue Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs North
320. eservoir while the Initial Storage is the amount of water initially stored there at the beginning of the first month of the Current Accounts year WEAP maintains a mass balance of monthly inflows and outflows in order to track the monthly storage volume 84 Data Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Local or River Reservoir Category Physical Tabs Initial Storage Current Accounts only Storage Capacity Reservoir Volume Elevation Curve In order to calculate the amount of evaporation and or the amount of energy production from hydropower WEAP must have a function to convert between volume and elevation This function is defined by the points on the Volume Elevation Curve Values between the points are interpolated You must enter at least one point corresponding to the total storage capacity of the reservoir If you choose to model the reservoir as a box with straight sides you do not need to enter any other points Click on Add to add a new point After you have at least one point other than 0 0 you can create or move points by clicking on the graph Click on Excel to export the list of volume elevation data points to Excel Tip You can copy a two column or two row array of Volume Elevation points from Excel and paste into the Volume Elevation table in WEAP Optionally you can apply conversion factors to the volume or elevation data When you do this paste all existing data in the V E table in WEAP will
321. esian Anna Ida Sunaryo Yulianto Suteja e Italian Floriana Maria Renna Livia Peiser e Korean Dong Ryul Lee Si Jung Choi e Lithuanian Edvinas Stonevicius e Portuguese Vanda Lira Joy Ingrid Themen Lineu Rodrigues Luciano Fleischfresser Kamila Jessie Guilherme Marques Marcela Palhares e Russian Sobir Navruzov Andre Savitsky e Spanish Marisa Escobar Sebastian Vicuna Julio Sandoval Laura Forni Ramiro Vega Gladis Celmi e Thai Thumapong Naowvabutra Chayanis Krittasudthacheewa e Turkish Cem Polat Cetinkaya Baris Yilmaz Hasret SAHIN e Vietnamese Toan Pham Phuoc Phan Thi Thanh Hang Cam Linh Lai Minh Nguyen Duc 378 14 Glossary A Activity Level A measure of social or economic activity When used in WEAP s Demand analysis activity levels are multiplied by water use rates to yield overall levels of annual water demand See Water Use Rate Aggregate To summarize by grouping together See Disaggregate Albedo Fraction of solar radiation striking a land class that is reflected albedo increases as snow accumulates Allocation Order The actual calculation order assigned to transmission links and instream flow requirements used by WEAP for allocating water WEAP automatically determines the allocation order based on the demand priorities and supply preferences See Demand Priority Supply Preference API Application Programming Interface WEAP can act as an COM Automation Server meaning that other progr
322. esources System Hydropower Demand for more information about system level aggregate energy demands If you specify a non zero Hydropower Priority and Energy Demand WEAP will convert the energy demand into an equivalent volume of water that must be released from the reservoir that month to satisfy that demand Because hydropower generation is a function of the distance the water falls this required volume will vary as the reservoir elevation varies each month Depending on the hydropower priority this release requirement will be satisfied either before after or at the same time as other demands for water on the river If the hydropower priority is zero WEAP will not release water solely to generate hydropower You may change the priority over time or from one scenario to another Note Water drawn from river reservoirs directly via transmission links does not pass through the turbines nor generate electricity If you want to generate hydropower attach the transmission link to the river immediately below the reservoir It is the opposite for local reservoirs not on a river flows through transmission links from a local reservoir do pass through hydropower turbines and do generate hydropower See Hydropower Calculations for calculation algorithms Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Local or River Reservoir Category Hydropower Tabs Max Turbine Flow Tailwater Elevation Plant Factor Generating Efficiency Hydr
323. esses Note that the deeper percolation within the catchment can also be transmitted directly to a groundwater node by creating a Runoff Infiltration Link from the catchment to the groundwater node The method essentially becomes a 1 layer soil moisture scheme if this is link is made See Groundwater Surface Water Interactions for more information MABIA Method FAO 56 Dual Kc Daily The MABIA Method is a daily simulation of transpiration evaporation irrigation requirements and scheduling crop growth and yields and includes modules for estimating reference evapotranspiration and soil water capacity It was derived from the MABIA suite of software tools developed at the Institut National Agronomique de Tunisie by Dr Ali Sahli and Mohamed Jabloun For more information about MABIA and to download standalone versions of the software visit http mabia agrosoftware co The algorithms and descriptions contained here are for the combined MABIA WEAP calculation procedure The MABIA Method uses the dual Ke method as described in FAO Irrigation and Drainage Paper No 56 Spanish version of FAO 56 whereby the Kc value is divided into a basal crop coefficient Ko and a separate component Ke representing evaporation from the soil surface The basal crop coefficient represents actual ET conditions when the soil surface is dry but sufficient root zone moisture is present to support full transpiration In this way MABIA is an improveme
324. ethod This is in contrast to groundwater nodes where sources of inflow in addition to Catchment Runoff can be input from Read from File or Expressions To link one groundwater node to another to model subsurface flow between the two add a runoff infiltration link connecting the two nodes Moving To move an existing node in the schematic merely click and drag the object to its new location When you move a river node the river underneath the node will not move with the node For instructions on moving a river node along with the river underneath see Moving Multiple Elements at Once below Objects cannot be moved if the schematic is Locked 23 WEAP User Guide You may move a node from one river to another Because reservoirs can exist both on river reservoir or off local reservoir a river you may move a river reservoir off of a river or a local reservoir onto a river Moving Multiple Elements at Once For convenience there is a way to move more than one object at a time To select multiple objects hold down the Alt key as you click and drag on the main schematic to draw a grouping box around the intended objects After a moment a red box will appear Click inside this red box and drag to move all objects including river points Note If the red box encompasses any types that are temporarily hidden they will NOT be moved Deleting To delete any object node link river point simply right click on it and select
325. every N days where N is specified in the IrrigationTriggerValue e of RAW Irrigate when soil moisture depletion is greater than or equal to a specified of Readily Available Water RAW To prevent crop water stress depletion should never exceed RAW e of TAW Irrigate when soil moisture depletion is greater than or equal to a specified of Total Available Water TAW To prevent crop death permanent wilt point depletion should never equal or exceed TAW e Fixed Depletion Irrigate when soil moisture depletion is equal to or exceeds a specified depth in mm Irrigation Amount There are four methods for determining how much water to apply on days when irrigation occurs e Depletion Apply a specified of the current soil water depletion e of RAW Apply a specified of the Readily Available Water RAW level regardless of the current soil water depletion e of TAW Apply a specified of the Total Available Water TAW level regardless of the current soil water depletion e Fixed Depth Apply a specified depth of water Note the value entered should be the average depth of water applied to the entire area If the fraction wetted Fw lt 1 then the amount actually delivered to the crop will be higher I F For example for a drip irrigation system with F 0 3 a fixed depth application of 10 mm of water would be mean that 10 0 3 33 3 mm of water was applied to that 30 of the land area and would be available for
326. example you could perform a social cost benefit analysis by creating indicators such as the social cost of unmet demand shortages or the environmental cost of low river flows The shortage cost key assumption could refer to the unmet demand at one or more demand sites using the PrevT S Value function with an increasing cost associated with increasing unmet demands A complete triple bottom line analysis could be done involving financial social and environmental costs You could create a key assumption group for each of these types of costs with individual cost items under each The financial costs Key Assumption Variables would reference the Financial Results variables using PrevTS Value To view the value of Key Assumptions and Other Assumptions variables in the Results View choose Input Data Key Assumptions as the title of the report Select a branch using the Branch combo box For multilevel branch structures all branches underneath the chosen branch will be shown As with any other report Key Assumption reports can be saved as Favorites for display in the Scenario Explorer View 105 WEAP User Guide 5 2 2 Demand Results Demand results cover requirements by and allocations to demand sites The following reports are available Water Demand The requirement at each demand site before demand site losses reuse and demand side management savings are taken into account Supply Requirement The requirement at eac
327. f parameter 1 is not equal to parameter 2 Otherwise returns a value of zero Note This function is included for backwards compatibility with earlier versions of WEAP In the latest versions of WEAP you can now use the standard not equals operator lt gt directly in your expressions This helps to simplify your expressions and make them easier to understand Example NotEqual 1 3 1 NotEqual 3 3 0 Or Syntax Or Expression1 Expression2 ExpressionN Description Performs a logical OR operation Returns a value of one true if any one of the parameters is non zero Otherwise returns a value of zero false You can have any number of expressions each of which can be a complex logical expression Examples Or 5 gt 4 10 lt 20 1 Or 5 gt 4 10 lt 20 15 lt 10 1 Or 15 lt 10 20 gt 30 0 Or Year gt 2005 Demand Sites South City Single Family Annual Activity Level share gt 50 1 true if either the year is after 2005 or the Single Family share is greater than 50 percent 0 false otherwise 191 WEAP User Guide True Syntax True Description Used in logical tests Has a value of one Examples If PrevTS Value Demand Sites South City Unmet Demand gt 10000 True False 6 8 5 User Defined Functions In addition to WEAP s built in library of functions you can also write your own functions in standard scripting languages such as VBScript and JavaScript These functions can be accessed
328. f the river only 8 57 units of water can be supplied from the river For the second LP iteration to filling the reservoir here is the LP formulation QI Addl Q2 Q2 04 05 S1 200 C2 243 WEAP User Guide S1 50 Addl C2 E2 gt FC 1 1 3 Q3 1 10 3 Q4 gt 0 Obj fn FC 0 33 El 0 33 E2 Upper and lower bounds Ql 10 Q2 gt 0 Q3 30 set after first LP iteration Q4 8 57 set after first LP iteration Q5 gt 0 Addl gt 50 0 lt S lt 200 0 lt Cl lt 1 0 lt C2 lt 1 0 lt El lt 0 0001 0 lt E2 lt 0 0001 0 lt FC lt 1 Where Addl addition to reservoir I storage negative additions represent releases which cannot exceed the initial storage SI final storage in reservoir 1 C1 DI coverage C2 Coverage for demand to fill reservoir I to top of conservation TOC pool El D1 epsilon E2 Res 1 TOC epsilon FC Final Coverage Here is the solution QI 10 Q2 8 57 Q3 30 04 8 57 Q5 0 Addl 1 43 S1 51 43 C1 0 77 244 Calculation Algorithms C2 0 01 El E2 0 0001 FC 0 0101 The reservoir can add 1 43 to storage because the demand site can only use 8 57 of the poor quality river water Reservoirs Reservoirs with storage levels below the top of conservation pool are treated like demand sites so that WEAP will not drain them unless to meet downstream demands and to try to fill them up when there is surplus
329. f the routing fraction from Demand Site North Agriculture to North Aquifer was 35 and the routing fraction from Agriculture North to the Weaping River was 25 with 40 of water consumed by the demand site the fraction of Agriculture North s pollution that flow towards North Aquifer would be 0 35 0 35 0 25 0 58 Stormwater runoff from catchments can also be routed to wastewater treatment plants in order to model combined sewer overflow CSO In this case non point source pollution generated by the catchment is carried in the runoff to the treatment plant The Soil Moisture Model determines the split between surface runoff and infiltration with the non point source pollution generated assumed to follow the same split 256 Calculation Algorithms CatchmentRunoffLinkPollInflow catch Desp CatchmentSurfaceRunoffFractioncatch Dest X MonthlyNonPointSourcePollutioncatch p Some of the pollutant might decay or otherwise be lost as it passes through the return flow or runoff links The pollution that flows out of the return flow or runoff link is a fraction entered as data see Water Quality Pollutant Decrease in Return Flows of the inflow DSReturnLinkPollOutflowps pest 1 DSReturnLinkPollDecreaseRate ps Desp X DSReturnLinkPollInflowps destp CatchmentRunoffLinkPollOutflow catch Destp 1 CatchmentRunoffLinkPollDecreaseRate catch Dest p x CatchmentRunoffLinkPollInflow catch Dest p 7 6 3 Wastewater Treatment The pollutio
330. f variables in WEAP s Data View WEAP supports a comprehensive set of functions that you can include in your expressions to create your models For more information see Expressions for an introduction to expressions Functions are divided into three groups e Modeling functions the major functions used to help you model data e Mathematical functions standard mathematical functions similar in syntax to the ones used in Microsoft Excel e Logical functions which can be used to create complex conditional modeling 139 WEAP User Guide expressions In addition to WEAP s built in library of functions you can easily write your own functions in standard scripting languages such as VBScript JavaScript Perl Python Ruby and PHP These functions can be accessed from your expressions using the CALL function See Scripting for more information 6 8 2 Modeling Functions BaseYear Syntax CurrentAccounts Year or CAY or BaseYear Description The Current Accounts year as a numeric value as specified in the General Years and Time Steps screen Example Interp BaseYear 100 LastYear 200 Will do a linear interpolation between 100 and 200 over the entire study period See Also Days DaysBefore JulianDaysBefore TotalDaysBefore Seconds Month TS Year Timesteps PrevYear CAY CurrentAccounts Year EndYear BlockRate Syntax BlockRate Customers TimestepsPerBillingPeriod Rate_1 RateDenomUnit_1 UpperLimit_1 Up
331. face water inflow and losses to or gains from groundwater In many watersheds surface waters and groundwater are hydraulically connected A stream can 95 WEAP User Guide contribute to groundwater recharge a losing stream or can gain water from the aquifer a gaining stream depending on the level of groundwater in the aquifer These flows between surface water and groundwater can be handled in WEAP in one of two ways Either you can specify directly how much flows from surface to groundwater Groundwater Outflow and from groundwater to surface water Groundwater Inflow or WEAP can model these flows based on the level of the groundwater table and the Reach Length For more information see Groundwater Surface Water Interactions In addition to flows to and from groundwater flow on river reaches can be reduced by Evaporation and Flooding and increased by Surface Water Inflow Evaporation losses and groundwater outflow are specified as percentages of streamflow while surface water inflow and groundwater inflow are entered as volumes A river can overflow its banks and flood the surrounding land if the streamflow exceeds the River Flooding Threshold In this case a fraction of the streamflow above the threshold the River Flooding Fraction will flow from the river reach to the connected catchment See Catchments Soil Moisture Method Flooding for more information Surface water inflow represents either non poi
332. figuring the Data Variables and Results Charts in the Scenario Explorer see Scenario Explorer See also View Bar Scenario Explorer 2 Notes View The notes screen is a simple word processing tool with which you can enter documentation and references for each branch of the tree To edit the notes either type directly into the Window or right click and select Edit to display a larger window with additional word processing features Notes can include formatting bold underline fonts etc and can also include standard Windows objects such as spreadsheets Use the Print and Print All buttons to print one or all of the 13 WEAP User Guide notes or the Word buttons to export one or all of the notes to Microsoft Word 14 3 Setting Up Your Analysis 3 1 Setting Up Your Analysis To setup an area the problem under study is characterized by defining physical elements comprising the water demand supply system and their spatial relationships the study time period units hydrologic pattern and when needed water quality constituents and cost parameters A central feature is an easy to use drag and drop graphical interface used to lay out and visualize the physical features of the water supply and demand system This spatial layout represents the Schematic 3 2 Creating an Area 3 2 1 Create Area An area in WEAP is defined as a self contained set of data and assumptions Its geographical extent is typically a
333. for These amounts are lost from the system Consumption is entered as a fraction of the treatment plant inflow Treatment can be specified by two different methods removal rate or outflow concentration For each constituent specify either removal rate or outflow concentration but not both Removal Rate The removal rates will typically vary among wastewater treatment plants and among the different types of pollutants Enter the by weight of each pollutant that is removed by treatment Outflow Concentration Enter the concentration of the constituent in the outflow Entered on Data View Branch Water Quality Wastewater Treatment Tabs Daily Capacity Consumption lt Constituent Name gt Removal lt Constituent Name gt Concentration 4 13 Financial Analysis 4 13 1 Overview of Financial Elements The financial planning module within WEAP provides a method for calculating costs and benefits associated with scenarios Fixed and variable costs and fixed and variable benefits can be associated with each item in a WEAP schematic including reservoirs transmission links rivers diversions return links groundwater supplies other supplies hydroelectric plants wastewater treatment plants and demand nodes In addition capital cost fixed operating cost and benefits can be entered for the entire system Three report types are provided that present the output of the financial analysis e Net costs Data from the net costs r
334. for flows up to the Maximum Turbine Flow Note you must enter a non zero value for maximum turbine flow in order to generate hydropower Tailwater Elevation is used to calculate the working water head on the turbine The power generated in a given month depends on the head available which is computed as the drop from the reservoir elevation as computed by WEAP using the Volume Elevation Curve and the storage volume at the beginning of the month to the tailwater elevation The Plant Factor specifies the percentage of each month that the plant is running The plant Generating Efficiency defines the generator s overall operation effectiveness in converting the energy of the falling water into electricity Optionally to accommodate situations in which you want to prioritize reservoir releases to generate hydropower there are two methods for specifying hydropower energy demands in WEAP as individual energy demands for each reservoir or run of river hydropower or as an aggregate energy demand at the system level You can choose either method or even use both at the same time See Supply and Resources System Hydropower Demand for more information about system level aggregate energy demands If you specify a non zero Hydropower Priority and Energy Demand WEAP will convert the energy demand into an equivalent volume of water that must be released from the reservoir that month to satisfy that demand Because hydropower generation is a function of
335. for reuse from one demand site to another demand site the receiving demand site must have a lower priority than the supplying demand site Otherwise no water will be reused This is due to the fact that demand sites with higher priorities are processed first by the WEAP allocation algorithm Therefore a higher priority receiving demand site would not receive any wastewater from the supplying demand site because the supplying demand site has not yet received any water nor returned any wastewater by the time the receiving demand site is processed Entered on Data View Branch Demand Sites Category Priority Tab Demand Priority 4 9 Catchments 4 9 1 Overview of Catchment Simulation Methods There is a choice among five methods to simulate catchment processes such as evapotranspiration runoff infiltration and irrigation demands These methods include 1 the Rainfall Runoff and 2 Irrigation Demands Only versions of the Simplified Coefficient Approach 3 the Soil Moisture Method 4 the MABIA Method and 5 the Plant Growth Model or PGM You can click on the Advanced button at the top of the Data Entry window for a particular catchment to select among these options Your choice of method should depend on the level of complexity desired for representing the catchment processes and data availability Irrigation Demands Only Method Simplified Coefficient Method Of these four methods the Irrigation Demands Only method is the simplest I
336. for the timestep 96 Data e Dew Point Temperature temperature to which the air would have to cool in order to reach saturation The closer dew point is to the air temperature the higher the relative humidity Dew point cannot be higher than air temperature e Wind average wind speed e Cloud Cover average percent of daytime that the river is shaded by clouds e Shade percent of solar radiation that is blocked because of shade from topography and vegetation Whether modeled by WEAP or QUAL2K if any of the climate data for a reach are left blank the values from the immediate upstream reach will be used Therefore if the climate is the same for all reaches you only need to enter the data for the first reach Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources River lt River Name gt Reaches Category Climate Tabs Air Temperature Humidity Wind Latitude Dew Point Temperature Cloud Cover Shade River Reach Water Quality Parameters If you are modeling water quality in a river you must enter the following data Distance Marker In order to model decay within a reach WEAP must know how long that reach is Enter the distance marker for the top of each reach The distance markers should be increasing as you go downstream The first reach does not need to start with 0 Finally enter the distance marker for the bottom of the river the bottom of the last reach If you leave any reaches blank WEAP will use the re
337. ft Excel the attribute table has the extension dbf e g MODFLOW Linkage dbf or in any GIS program such as ArcGIS If you do have access to GIS software this will be the easiest way to edit the table but it can be done in WEAP In order to edit the dbf table in Excel or GIS you must first close WEAP so that the file is not locked After you have chosen the shape file specified which fields within it contain the linkage information and manually linked MODFLOW Cells to WEAP Elements WEAP will be able to link the MODFLOW cells to the WEAP items Verify on the MODFLOW linkage screen that all 280 Advanced Topics cells are linked 8 1 4 Create MODFLOW Linkage Shape File On the MODFLOW Link screen click the Choose shape file that has MODFLOW linkage information button On the next window for Background Shape File with MODFLOW Linkage Information choose lt Create New Shape File gt The following window will appear i Create Shape File for MODFLOW Linkage File Name MODFLOW Linkage shp Rws 2 Columns 2 RowHeiht 1 000 Column width 1 000 x Origin 285 957 17345853 Springs Y Origin 1 164 957 1734542 Eternal Rotation X Cancel Help WEAP automatically fills in the number of rows and columns and the row height and column width which it read from the MODFLOW discretization file DIS However the MODFLOW model does not contain information about the X Y position latitude and longit
338. fter the harvest date will use the characteristics of the crop named Fallow in the Crop Library Use the Crop Scheduling Wizard to choose crop and planting date or choose one of the crop planting dates already specified on another branch Both of these options are available on the drop down menu in the data grid There is also an option here to view or edit the Crop Library The expression created by the Crop Scheduling Wizard will use the CropLibrary function It is not possible to edit the expression directly in the data grid cell use the Crop Scheduling Wizard instead For perennial crops and land covers choose the first day of the water year as the planting date and make sure that the end date is the last day of the water year If not edit that crop in the Crop Library so that the stage lengths add up to 365 days Many crops grown for forage or hay receive multiple harvests during the growing season Each harvest essentially terminates a sub growing season and associated K curve and initiates a new sub growing season and associated K curve The resulting Ke curve for the entire 61 WEAP User Guide growing season is the aggregation of a series of K curves associated with each sub cycle To handle this situation the crop library has different entries for the first cutting and subsequent cuttings Search for alfalfa in the crop library to see an example Specify multiple crops in the Crop Scheduling Wizard for a
339. g consisting of letters numbers and the underline character e g Pref_Flo_Dir or PFD_Forest You cannot have two parameters with the same 12 character name To specify the allowable range of values for this variable enter the Lower Bound and Upper Bound and the Initial Value to test PEST solutions can be sensitive to the initial value of a parameter so you might want to experiment with different initial values Click the Save button to save your changes The table lists all the parameters defined so far You can edit the Lower Bound Upper Bound and Initial Value directly in the table or click the Edit Parameter button to edit on the Parameter to Calibrate screen 8 5 3 Observations to Calibrate to There are three different types of observations to which you can calibrate Streamflow Reservoir storage and Catchment snowpack You may select one or more types to calibrate to and one or more within each selected type For Streamflow PEST will compare the streamflow gauge data entered in the Data View with streamflow results for the node immediately upstream of the gauge For Reservoir storage PEST will compare the reservoir storage data entered in the Observed Volume variable for the reservoir in the Data View with the reservoir storage results For Catchment snowpack PEST will compare the snowpack data entered in the Snow Accumulation Gauge variable for the catchment in the Data View with the Snow Accumulation results for the ca
340. g MODFLOW model the only additional data that are required for MODPATH is porosity and where recharge should be applied The following topics describe the steps required to link WEAP to MODPATH Load MODPATH Model MODPATH Options and Particle Generation MODPATH Porosity and Run the Models and View Results See also MODPATH Link Technical Details 8 2 2 Load MODPATH Model On the menu choose Advanced MODPATH Link Check the Link to MODPATH check box 290 Advanced Topics wi Link to MODPATH Particle Tracking Model Link to MODPATH MODFLOW Name File Modflow Demo t nam MODPATH Name File Modflow Demo tl mpn fas Particle Generation and MODPATH Options Porosity Data View Edit Packages v WEAP Time steps per year 12 Time step lengths Days 31 28 31 30 31 30 31 31 30 31 30 31 MODFLOW 27 rows 27 columns 5 layers 3 645 total cells 3 645 active cells 0 inactive cells 0 constant head cells Row width varies from 40 to 400 Feet Column width varies from 40 to 400 Feet Confining beds 1 Aquifers 2 The 5 layers are grouped into 2 aquifers Time unit Day Lenath unit Feet Time steps per stress period 1 Stress period is transient MODPATH WARNING Size of composite budget file CBF created 22 MB MODPATH Options Set Loaded Capture Zone To edit click the Particle Generation and MODPATH Options button above Direction of Particle Tracking Computation Backward Single Releas
341. g or green ground cover Crop Development period from 10 ground cover until about 70 ground cover and higher Mid season period from 70 ground cover to the beginning of the late season period and the onset of senescence and Late Season period beginning of senescence or mid grain or frost kill or full senescence 68 Data Perennial crops should have a total growing period of 365 days The lengths of the initial and development periods may be relatively short for deciduous trees and shrubs that can develop new leaves in the spring at relatively fast rates The rate at which vegetation cover develops and the time at which it attains effective full cover are affected by weather conditions in general and by mean daily air temperature in particular Therefore the length of time between planting and effective full cover will vary with climate latitude elevation and planting date It will also vary with cultivar crop variety Generally once the effective full cover for a plant canopy has been reached the rate of further phenological development flowering seed development ripening and senescence is more dependent on plant genotype and less dependent on weather The end of the mid season and beginning of the late season is usually marked by senescence of leaves often beginning with the lower leaves of plants The length of the late season period may be relatively short less than 10 days for vegetation killed by frost for example m
342. g to Ke ini Ke mid and Ket ena where Ko ini represents the average K during the initial period Ke mia represents the average Ke during the mid season period and Keb ena represents the Ke at the end of the late season period 3 Connect straight line segments through each of the four growth stage periods with Calculation Algorithms horizontal lines drawn through Ke ini during the initial period and through Ke mia during the mid season period Diagonal lines are drawn from Ke ini to Keb mia Within the domain of the development period and from Ke mia to Keb ena Within the domain of the late season period Numerical determination of Keb The Koe coefficient for any period of the growing season can be derived by considering that during the initial and mid season stages Ko is constant and equal to the Ke value of the growth stage under consideration During the crop development and late season stage K varies linearly between the Ke at the end of the previous stage Keb prev and the Ke at the beginning of the next stage Keb next Which in the case of the late season stage is Keb ena i Lprev Key i Acbprev Kov next Eia Lstage Where i day number within the growing season 1 length of the growing season Koi crop coefficient on day i Lstage length of the stage under consideration days Lprev sum of the lengths of all previous stages days Values for Koi and Lstage come from the Crop Libra
343. g to a range in Excel you must specify the directory and filename of a valid Excel worksheet or spreadsheet an XLS or XLW file followed by a valid Excel range A range can be either a valid named range e g Import or a range address e g Sheet A1 B5 The Excel range must contain pairs of years and values in its cells arranged into 2 columns Use the WEAP Yearly Time series Wizard to select a worksheet to choose among the valid named ranges in the worksheet and to preview the data that will be imported NB The result of this function will be overridden by any value calculated for the Current Accounts In some cases this may lead to a marked jump from the Current Accounts value to the succeeding year s value This may reflect the fact that the Current Accounts year you have chosen is not a good match of the long term trends in your scenario or it may reflect a poor fit between the regression and the historical data Tip Use the Yearly Time Series Wizard to enter the data for this function See Also Growth GrowthAs GrowthFrom Interp LinForecast LogisticForecast Smooth Step 148 Expressions Growth Syntax Growth Expression Description Calculates a value in any given year using a growth rate from the previous year s value exponential growth Because it references a previous year s value this function is only available when editing scenarios Examples Growth 0 05 or Growth 5 Evaluated from a Current Accou
344. ggregation Method Parameter Missing Value Method Missing Value Method Parameter FirstYearToUse ReadFromFile FileName DataColumnNumber YearOffset Aggregation or Disaggregation Method Disaggregation Method Parameter Missing Value Method Missing Value Method Parameter FirstYearToUse LastYearToUse ReadFromFile FileName DataColumnNumber YearOffset Aggregation or Disaggregation Method Disaggregation Method Parameter Missing Value Method Missing Value Method Parameter FirstYearToUse LastYearToUse CycleMethod If using the Divide into Clusters disaggregation method there are two additional parameters before the optional Missing Value Method parameter ReadFromFile FileName DataColumnNumber YearOffset Divide into Clusters Disaggregation Method Disaggregation Method Parameter ClusterLength ClusterVariance Missing Value Method Missing Value Method Parameter FirstYearToUse LastYearToUse CycleMethod Only the FileName parameter is required all others are optional If you do not specify a data column number the first data column will be used The numbering of the data columns starts after the year and month columns If the other parameters are omitted the following defaults will be used YearOffset 0 Aggregation Method Average Disaggregation Method Repeat ClusterVariance 1 Missing Value Method Replace with 0 FirstYearToUse first year in file LastYearToUse last year in file Cycle
345. gory Climate Tab Precipitation ETreference Irrigation These parameters apply to the Simplified Coefficient Method For the Soil Moisture Method see Soil Moisture Irrigation for the MABIA Method see MABIA Irrigation for the Plant Growth Model Method see Plant Growth Model Method Irrigation If you indicate that irrigation is to occur in a Catchment at the time you create the Catchment in the Schematic the Irrigation tab will appear under the particular Catchment in the Data View The following irrigation related variables will require input if the Simplified Coefficient Method is chosen for the Catchment Irrigated Enter 1 if the land class is irrigated Enter 0 otherwise Irrigation Fraction Irrigation fraction is the percentage of the supplied water available for ET consumption i e irrigation efficiency Pump Layer Groundwater layer or layers as defined in linked MODFLOW model from which to pump for irrigation Specify layer 255 for a cell to have pumping come equally from all layers in that cell To have withdrawals handled instead as negative recharge specify layer 0 If pump layer gt 0 WEAP will add cells to the well file if they are not already there Use the PumpLayer function to specify fractions to pump from several layers If blank will default to 0 negative recharge Depending on the setting in General Basic Parameters the pump layer can either be entered once for each catchment and will
346. h as B s cells 0 5 per cell Recharge RCH The Recharge package is used to simulate a specified flux distributed over the top of the model and specified in units of length time Values greater than O represent flux into the cell recharge values less than 0 represent flux out of the cell pumping Within MODFLOW these rates are multiplied by the horizontal area of the cells to which they are applied to calculate the volumetric flux rates You may choose to model some or all pumping such as pumping for irrigation as negative recharge specify 0 as the Pump Layer in the Recharge package instead of as pumping in the Well package Conversely you may choose to model recharge as negative pumping in the Well package instead of as recharge in the Recharge package Initial values of recharge from the Recharge package are ignored to be replaced by recharge values calculated by WEAP The Recharge package is also modified so that cell by cell flow terms will be written to the new CCF file It is OK if the Recharge package does not exist in the original MODFLOW model WEAP will create a new one In this case the recharge will be applied to the highest active cell in each vertical column Demand Site return flows and Catchment infiltration become recharge in the Recharge package to the cells linked to the demand sites or their sub branches or land use branches in the same proportion among cells if more than one linked to a demand site or bran
347. h data variable appears on its own tab related variables are grouped into categories selected via buttons Above the data entry tables is a set of buttons giving access to the different variable categories associated with each branch The buttons and tabs you see will vary depending on what part of the data set you are working on For example when editing demand sites you will see buttons giving access to Water Use Loss and Reuse Demand Management Cost Priority and Advanced while for reservoirs you will see buttons for Physical Operation Hydropower Water Quality Cost and Priority Click on one of these buttons to see the variables in that category For example Water Use has three variables Annual Activity Level Annual Water Use Rate and Monthly Variation There are wizards to help you construct the expressions see Expression Builder Yearly Time Series Wizard and Monthly Time Series Wizard There is a Help button next to the description of each variable that can be clicked on to retrieve more information about that variable Immediately above the data entry tables is a toolbar containing a selection box and the Manage Scenarios button Use the selection box to choose which data to edit Current Accounts or one of the Scenarios Click on Manage Scenarios to create rename or delete scenarios or to change their inheritance relationships 2 4 4 Data Entry Results Notes and Expression Elabora
348. h demand site after demand site losses reuse and demand side management savings are taken into account Supply Delivered The amount of water supplied to demand sites listed either by source supplies or by destination demand sites When listed by destination the amounts reported are the actual amounts reaching the demand sites after subtracting any transmission losses Unmet Demand The amount of each demand site s requirement that is not met When some demand sites are not getting full coverage this report is useful in understanding the magnitude of the shortage Coverage The percent of each demand site s requirement adjusting for demand site losses reuse and demand side management savings that is met from 0 no water delivered to 100 delivery of full requirement The coverage report gives a quick assessment of how well demands are being met Reliability The percent of the timesteps in which a demand site s demand was fully satisfied For example if a demand site has unmet demands in 6 months out of a 10 year scenario the reliability would be 10 12 6 10 12 95 Demand Site Inflow and Outflow The mass balance of all water entering and leaving one or more demand sites Inflows from local and river supplies are represented as positive amounts outflows either consumed or routed to wastewater treatment plants rivers groundwater nodes and other supplies as negative amounts 106 Results Instream
349. hat flows into the link is a fraction of demand site return flow outflow minus the flow to demand sites for reuse DSReturnLinkInflowps pest DSReturnFlowRoutingFractionps pes x DemandSiteReturnFlowps The amount that reaches the destination i e the outflow from the link equals the outflow from the demand site i e the inflow to the link minus any losses along the link DSReturnLinkOutflowps pest DSReturnLinkInflowps dest DSReturnLinkLossps pest The losses along the link are a fraction of its inflow where the loss rates both from the system and to a named groundwater node are entered as data see Supply and Resources Return Flows Losses DSReturnLinkLossps pest DSReturnLinkLossFromSystemps Dest 225 WEAP User Guide DSReturnLinkLossToGroundwaterps pest x DSReturnLinkInflowps pest 7 4 6 Wastewater Treatment Plant Flows A wastewater treatment plant TP receives wastewater inflows from one or more demand sites DS and stormwater from one or more catchments Catch The inflow to the treatment plant from a demand site is defined as the outflow from the return flow link connecting them from a catchment as the outflow from the runoff link connecting them TreatmentPlantInflowre 25DSReturnLinkOutflowps re Cotch CatchmentRunoffLinkOutflow catch TP If the inflow exceeds the plant s capacity then the excess will overflow untreated FractionTreatedrp Minimum 1 TreatmentPlantCapacityrp Treat
350. he daily minimum temperature c Solar radiation Depending on the availability of data different equations are used The following are the data requirements in decreasing order of preference i Enter solar radiation data directly OR ii Hours of sunshine per day OR iii Cloudiness fraction OR iv If neither sunshine hours nor cloudiness fraction are available solar radiation can be estimated using the Hargreaves formula based on minimum and maximum daily temperature and an adjustment coefficient Krs d Wind speed An adjustment can be made if the wind speed measurement height is known e Latitude and altitude of the climate measurement station Depending on the setting in General Basic Parameters the values for precipitation and ETref can either be entered once for each catchment and will apply to all the land use branches within that catchment or they will be entered separately for each branch within each catchment This second option might be necessary if there is a large variation in the elevation among different land uses within a catchment Alternatively the catchment could be divided into several different catchment nodes according to elevation so that the climate within each catchment did not vary by land use Because the MABIA method calculates on a daily timestep you will need daily data for most climate parameters which will typically be read from a text file However if you only have monthly data it ca
351. he number of features equal to the number of MODFLOW rows times the number of MODFLOW columns Note that it should include every MODFLOW cell including inactive cells If it finds this layer it will further try to guess which fields based on their names contain information for MODFLOW rows and columns and WEAP groundwater river reach catchment land use branch demand sites and pumping layers based on the names of the fields in the shape files attribute table dbf If WEAP does not guess the correct shape file choose it yourself by clicking on Background Shape File with MODFLOW Linkage Information In addition to the option here to create a new GIS layer see next topic you can also choose Add existing shape file as new map layer Once you had chosen or created a shape file WEAP will display its contents in the grid below If WEAP does not correctly guess any or all of the fields choose them yourself For the choice of Demand Site fields you may choose more than one field This would be necessary in cases where multiple demand sites withdrew or returned water to the same cells As discussed above only the Cell Row Cell Column and Groundwater Name fields are required depending on your model E Choose shape file that has MODFLOW linkage information DER Background Shape File with MODFLOW Linkage Information linkage shp X MODFLOW Cell Row Field ROW v Catchment Name Field CATCHMENT v MODFLOW Cell Column Field COL X Land
352. he present value of the annual loan payment of 5 7 million dollars for year 2015 plus the present value of the payments for the remaining years in the simulation 2017 2020 The net present value of future operations costs 118 Results for North Reservoir is calculated using the same approach Operations costs for the years 2015 2020 are discounted back to 2010 dollars on a year by year basis using the system discount rate and the sum of the annual totals is presented in the report Note that loan payments scheduled after the end of the simulation for example the remaining 24 years on the 30 year loan for North Reservoir will not be included in the net present value calculation The menu at the bottom of the screen can be used to set the type of information to display on the x axis of the graph Options include cost and benefit types scenarios and model items The menus located at the top and right side of the screen can adjust the data presented on the graph further An example of the utility of the net present value report is illustrated through an analysis of the cost tradeoffs associated with effectively creating a new supply either through construction of a new reservoir or implementation of a new treatment technology at a demand node This example was created by modifying the Weaping River Basin area provided with the WEAP software In the Supply Measures scenario the North Reservoir was given a capital cost of 100 million dollars
353. he same expression in multiple places in your model or to highlight a major modeling assumption User defined variables are better if you want to create a variable whose values will vary by demand site or groundwater node or reservoir etc See the Customizing Data Variables section for more information about them To create a Key Assumption branch right click on the branch under which you want to add the new branch on or under the Key Assumptions and Other Assumptions top level branches and choose Add from the context menu A new branch will appear with the name New Branch highlighted for you to type a new name To create a multilevel structure first create the branch that will hold the other branches e g Drivers then create the other branches underneath it e g GDP Price of Water and Technical Innovation For example suppose you wanted to model the population of your demand sites by using a simple growth rate If the growth rate was the same for all municipal demand sites it would be best to create a single Key Assumption branch called Population Growth Rate and then reference this in the Annual Activity Level expression for the municipal demand sites e g Growth Key Population Growth Rate However if you wanted to use a different growth rate for each demand site to do this with Key Assumptions would require adding a different Key Assumption branch for each demand site It would be better to create a single
354. hematic Click and drag a symbol from the WEAP legend on the left and drop it on the main schematic on the right to create a new object You can also click and drag an object on the main schematic to move it Right click an object on the main schematic to edit general properties or data view results delete or to move the label These actions are described in more detail below The schematic has scroll bars for moving side to side You may also hold down the Shift key and click and drag on the schematic to pan To zoom in hold down the Ctrl key and click and drag to define a region to zoom in to When the mouse cursor is positioned over the schematic rotating the mouse wheel will zoom in or out ctrl mouse wheel will zoom in and out faster 17 WEAP User Guide The schematic also provides you with one click access to your entire VV est analysis Right City click on any element in the Main Schematic and choose the data variable to edit Vest Aquifer Central West Aquifer Reservoir General Info Edit Data gt Storage Capacity View Results gt Initial Storage Maximum Withdrawal under Edit Data or Move Label Natural Recharge the result table to Delete Method view under View BOD Concentration Results In the West I55 Concentration South example at the ANTP Nitrogen Concentration an City right the user is about to edit Water Phosphorous Concentration Use Rate data for the demand site
355. her Supply Transmission Link Return Flow Link Run of River Hydro Diversion AddChild NewName Create a new branch named NewName on the Data Tree under the current branch Only works for branches under Demand Sites and Catchments Key Assumptions or Other Assumptions Returns the new branch Children Get the collection of all branches underneath this branch See WEAPBranches for details Read only ConnectedGroundwater For river reaches transmission links return flow links and reservoirs get the groundwater node that it is connected to if any for losses to or gains from groundwater Return an empty branch Branch ConnectedGroundwater ID 0 if no connection Read only CopyData SourceBranch Copy all data from SourceBranch to the current branch SourceBranch is a WEAPBranch object not the name of a branch 324 FOR EACH Branch IN WEAP Branch Demand Sites Children F Branch ActiveInCurrentAccounts THEN END IE NEXT Copy structure and data from catchment Agriculture West to catchment Agriculture North SET AgNorthBranch WEAP Branch Demand Sites and Catchments Agriculture North FOR EACH AgWestCrop IN WEAP Branch Demand Sites and Catchments Agriculture West Childrer SET NewBranch AgNorthBranch AddChild AgWestCrop Name NewBranch CopyData AgWestCrop NEXT PRINT WEA
356. here GlacierVolume glacier volume km 3 SubCatchmentArea total area of the subcatchment branch km 2 GlacierArea estimated glacier area km 2 c and b are scaling factors related to the width slope side drag and mass balance of a glacier Analysis of 144 glaciers around the world suggests factor values of b 1 36 and c 0 048 Bahr et al 1997 Klein and Isacks 1998 Ice melt is split between runoff to surface water and infiltration to groundwater according to the Infiltration to Groundwater data variable RunofffoGW IceMelt InfiltrationToGW RunoffToSW IceMelt 1 InfiltrationToGW Note There is no evapotranspiration or infiltration of precipitation into the upper soil layer when IceDepth gt 0 although subsurface flows interflow percolation still take place 202 Calculation Algorithms 7 3 4 MABIA Method MABIA Method The MABIA Method is a daily simulation of transpiration evaporation irrigation requirements and scheduling crop growth and yields and includes modules for estimating reference evapotranspiration and soil water capacity It was derived from the MABIA suite of software tools developed at the Institut National Agronomique de Tunisie by Dr Ali Sahli and Mohamed Jabloun For more information about MABIA and to download standalone versions of the software visit http mabia agrosoftware co_The algorithms and descriptions contained here are for the combined MABIA WEAP calculation procedure
357. hment land use However in cases where the Pump Layer expression changes over time WEAP will just select all layers Therefore you should review the layers selected and decide which to include Even well or river cells from the original MODFLOW files that are not linked to WEAP groundwater nodes or river reaches will be listed and can be included for particle generation Click the Add button to create subregions for the selected cells If multiple cells are selected WEAP will try to group adjacent cells into rectangular subregions so that the total number of subregions created is minimized i e not one subregion for every cell Distribution for Each Cell You can release one or more particles per cell Locations of particles for each cell can be generated either as a 3 dimension array of particles inside the cell within cell or as a 2 dimension array around one or more of the six faces of the cell on faces If you choose within cell specify the number of particles within each cell along the layer row and column dimensions The number of particles within the cell is the product of these three numbers If you choose on faces select which faces on which you would like to place particles For each selected face Face 1 left face Face 2 right face Face 3 front face Face 4 back face Face 5 bottom face and Face 6 top face specify the other two dimensions of particles For example for Face 1 a 2x3 array 2 la
358. hments that have been indicated to have irrigation Transmission links only transfer water in response to a demand For example if a transmission link connects a desalination plant Other Supply to a Demand Site water will flow from the plant through the transmission link to the Demand Site only to satisfy demand and only if the Demand Site did not get is supply requirement satisfied from other supplies Primarily WEAP allocates water according to the demand priority associated with each demand site The sites with the highest priorities lowest numbers get water first followed by sites with lower priorities higher numbers as availability allows This system is useful in times of shortage to ensure that the highest priority water uses e g municipal or minimum instream flows are satisfied When there is plenty of water to satisfy everyone demand priorities are unnecessary 80 Data A secondary concern in cases where a demand site is connected to more than one supply source is determining the mix of supply from various sources Perhaps a city prefers groundwater to surface water because of its quality or a farmer prefers surface water to groundwater because of the pumping expense yet they are connected to both sources to ensure reliability of supply However in many cases you may not know the underlying reasons to explain a particular observed mix e g 20 from groundwater 80 from surface water but you want to reproduce 1t
359. humidity or average humidity or Hargreaves formula Max Humidity Maximum daily relative humidity Used if calculating ETref If blank will use average humidity or dew point temperature estimate Average Humidity Average daily relative humidity Used if calculating ETref Only needed if no data for maximum humidity If this and other humidity data are blank an estimate will be made by assuming that the dew point temperature is the same as the daily minimum temperature Wind Average daily wind speed If blank will default to 2 m s Wind speed measurement height An adjustment can be made if the wind speed measurement height is known For the calculation of evapotranspiration wind speed measured at 2 m above the surface is required However an adjustment can be made if the wind speed measurement height is known Solar Radiation Daily solar radiation If blank WEAP will calculate using Sunshine Hours Cloudiness Fraction or Hargreaves formula Sunshine Hours Actual number of daytime hours with no clouds If blank WEAP will use Cloudiness Fraction If both Sunshine Hours and Cloudiness Fraction are blank WEAP will use Hargreaves formula Cloudiness Fraction Fraction of daytime hours with no clouds 0 0 completely overcast 1 0 no clouds If blank WEAP will use Sunshine Hours If both Sunshine Hours and Cloudiness Fraction are blank WEAP will use Hargreaves formula 66 Data Krs Adjustment coefficient for Hargreave
360. i MI at ca M Advanced Topics for a particle will have a single color Color by Pathline Color by Release Time in the other cases each line segment of each particle pathline can have a different color representing information about the particle either during the time it moved from the beginning of the line segment to the end of the line segment Color by Velocity or at the moment when it was at the end of the line segment Color by Travel Time Color by Absolute Time Color by Travel Distance Color by Elevation Color by Layer Color by Layer fractional e Color by Particle Each particle pathline has a different color e Color by Travel Time Each line segment has a color corresponding to the number of timesteps the particle has traveled since its release to the position of the end of the line segment e g 6 months e Color by Absolute Time Each line segment has a color corresponding to the date when the particle had reached the position of the end of the line segment e g December 2015 e Color by Release Time Each particle pathline has a color corresponding to its release time e g January 2008 e Color by Travel Distance Each line segment has a color corresponding to the cumulative distance the particle has traveled from its release point to the position of the end of the line segment e g 10 meters The length unit can be changed in the unit dropdown box to the right of the chart title e Color by Velocity
361. ial results a second could display water supply results and a third could show water quality results You can select which overview to display from the drop down list of Overviews in the upper left corner of the Results Section of the Scenario Explorer View To create a new overview right click on the drop down list and select Create Overview From this menu you can also rename or delete the current overview select Rename Overview or Delete Overview 126 Results An alternate method for selecting and ordering charts and creating overviews is to use the Overview Manager although here you will be restricted to adding only Favorites already defined The Overview Manager can be accessed by right clicking on the Overview drop down list and selecting Manage or by clicking the Manage button next to the drop down list or from the Main Menu Explorer Overview Manage Formatting By default each chart will show values for each scenario for all years to make it easy to compare results across scenarios The scenarios are colored consistently in all charts and the legend is displayed below the charts You can also choose to display more in depth results for a single scenario Use the drop down list at the top of the Results Section between the Show Data Variables and Annual Total checkboxes to choose among All Scenarios or an individual scenario A final option in the drop down list From Favorite will display each chart exactly as
362. ience if ScriptFileName is omitted WEAP will look for a file called functions vbs in the current area folder You can put commonly used functions into functions vbs to make it easier to call them For example two trivial examples Function Add x y Add x y End Function ty unction Multiply x y Multiply x y end Function Notice that each function starts with the keyword Function and ends with the Keywords End Function Function results are set by assigning values to the function name WEAP functions should always return numeric values integer or floating point and should always use numeric parameters Functions can have any number of parameters but the burden is on the user to pass the correct number of parameters in a comma separated list in the Call statement The following example expressions in WEAP could be used to call these two functions CALL Add 5 4 would return a value of 9 CALL Multiply 5 4 would return a value of 20 An error will be reported if the number or type of parameters are incorrect or if you call a function that does not exist in the script file WEAP has its own built in script editor that can be used to edit interactively debug and run scripts Calling DLLs A DLL is a Microsoft Windows Dynamic Link Library file that contains one or more functions A DLL is a compiled executable program written in a standard programming language such as C Visual Basic or Delphi The ability
363. iew 4 5 Key Assumptions and Other Assumptions You can create Key Assumptions and Other Assumptions which you can reference in expressions elsewhere in WEAP It is very useful to create variables here for all your major modeling assumptions especially those that will vary from scenario to scenario as it will organize and highlight the most important parts of your model help ensure that consistent assumptions are used throughout your model and make it convenient to view and edit them Less important intermediate variables should go in the Other Assumptions section Note You can change the name of the Other Assumptions branch You may create a multilevel hierarchical structure for your Key Assumption and Other Assumption branches grouping together related concepts For example the categories of Key Assumptions in the Weaping River Basin dataset are Drivers Monthly Variation and Elasticity You can create any number of levels of grouping Although Key Assumptions can be thought of as variables they are actually added as new branches to the Data View Tree under the Key Assumptions and Other Assumptions sections Alternatively you can also add your own User Defined Variables under the sections for Demand Sites Supply and Resources and Water Quality As opposed to Key Assumptions which are added as new branches to the tree User Defined Variables are added as new variable tabs to existing branches Key Assumptions are best if you are using t
364. ighest priority to 99 lowest These priorities represent the user s priorities for delivery of water for each demand site instream flow requirement and reservoir See also Supply Preference and Allocation Order Demand Site A set of water users that share a physical distribution system that are all within a defined region or that share an important withdrawal supply point Disaggregate To break something down into sub categories e g breaking a municipal demand site into urban and rural sectors See Aggregate Sector Subsector Diversion A canal or pipeline that is supplied by water diverted from a river A diversion is represented as a river in WEAP composed of a series of reservoirs run of river hydropowers flow requirements withdrawals diversions tributaries and return flow nodes See Diversion Node Diversion Node A point at which water is diverted from a river or other diversion into a canal or pipeline called a diversion See Diversion DLL A DLL is a dynamic link library file that contains one or more functions A DLL is a compiled executable program written in a standard programming language such as C Visual Basic or Delphi The ability of WEAP to call DLL functions is very powerful as it allows the user to add new functions or even complete models to WEAP See WEAP s Call function DO Dissolved Oxygen the concentration of dissolved oxygen in water DSM See Demand Side Management E Endogenous Some
365. iior a jap i aip a aip p i iiaa ia raan ia aai a b ip iaria iiaia 38 4 5 Key Assumptions and Other AsSUMptionS s sssssssssessstesseessreessrressrtessrtensntesnrensntenneenrrennresnrreesreeesreet 40 4 6 Customizing Data Variables ersero taaa REA A E RAE EA 41 4 7 SAOD EA A O E AAE OOE 43 4 8 Demand i2dindtntidindunddnadianddaadianddandanaddnadn anata EE aE 44 4 9 Gatchiments AE EESE EEE 51 410 Supply And Resources viscscssnsessssssssaseensssasesasvensevasecnsssnsssasvenstvasannsasaseansvessnvnasensesnnaaatbssstnnaneasaansasatbeasenrantases 77 AVA System Elydropower Demand nensis iea ae A aE E A E RE 99 A12 Water Quality mseto era Neea Da as rare uE EE ogn ta AS true tver NAN e a EE e 99 4 13 Financial ANAlySiS sissscssssissessasssssssssasseiessssacasisssisasassaasssanastetaavanaovasassasassaassnanisdadassanapseassseaistaanspoaasszavasoaasszass 101 4 14 Data Expr s ions Report scscscssssssscssisssssessossisssssasiesssossiosaiussgsasintassasdpssisasscasiedssvesionadsasdessieaasseaiosaasssoaasieass 103 Table Of Contents 5 3 5 4 Viewing Options sissssssissseasesessossavasesasieassvossonsasatonasseassvanaotisvasieassensaseaiensavaneensieciasosiossanaseeasieasasaaaenaavapoeasivens 120 SCenario Explorer ssssssssssssesssserssssasssvasereesssoevssveiasegsaveaassenvepeasovaasanspasiaanssaas ovegnavegasienvaegaasiasasegsasiansaranassatoevags 126 Expressions OVE view vssssstssssessnscassssedsoessivesaevcandvesanseasinasanicanavseaticasivadanesdodva
366. il moisture depletion IrrigationSchedule 1 Mar 1 Mar 30 Fixed Interval 3 Fixed Depth 80 1 Mar 31 Sep 11 of RAW 100 Depletion 100 2 Sep 12 Jan 29 of RAW 100 Depletion 90 This example has 3 irrigation schedules 2 for the first crop and 1 for the second crop The first crop will be irrigated every 3 days to a depth of 80 mm from March 1 to March 30 and from March 31 to September 11 will irrigation when depletion reaches 100 of RAW and apply an amount to eliminate all the soil moisture depletion i e up to field capacity The second crop will be irrigated from September 12 to January 29 when depletion reaches 100 of RAW and apply an amount equal to 90 of the soil moisture depletion not quite enough to get back to field capacity See also MABIA Irrigation Irrigation Scheduling Wizard January or any other month name Syntax January or Jan or February or Feb or or December or Dec Description The number of the month in the water year from 1 12 as specified in the General Years and Time Steps screen Only available if the timestep is monthly Note the number of the month depends on when the water year starts For example if the water year starts in October then the value of October is 1 not 10 Example If Month April 10 2 10 in April and 2 in every other month See Also Days DaysBefore JulianDaysBefore TotalDaysBefore Seconds Month TS Year PrevYear BaseYear
367. ill equal the length of the array minus 1 For example if the array has 5 elements LastElementIndex 4 DLLEXPORT double Sum double Parameters int LastElementIndex int i double result result 0 for i 0 i lt LastElementIndex i result Parameters i return result Sample Delphi source code listing for test dpr which can be compiled using the free Lazarus delphi Compiler into test dll library DLLTest Simple Delphi program for testing calling dlls from WEAP Example calls from WEAP Call C DLLTest dll Sum 1 2 3 4 5 Call C DLLTest dll Cos 90 Call C DLLTest dll Sin month 30 SR res Sum up all the parameters function Sum Parameters array of double double stdcall var i integer begin result 0 for i 0 to Length Parameters 1 do 143 WEAP User Guide result result Parameters i end const DegreeToRadianConversion 2 Pi 360 Convert from degrees to radians Cosine of an angle expressed in degrees function Cos Parameters array of double double stdcall begin result System Cos Parameters 0 DegreeToRadianConversion end Sine of an angle expressed in degrees function Sin Parameters array of double double stdcall begin result System Sin Parameters 0 DegreeToRadianConversion end
368. imum theoretical yield ET Ya Ym 1 K 1 Market Value Market Value Y Area Price where Market Value Total market value for crop Ya actual yield kg ha Area cultivated area ha Price unit market price for crop kg 7 4 Inflows and Outflows of Water 7 4 1 Inflows and Outflows of Water This step computes water inflows to and outflows from every node and link in the system for a 223 WEAP User Guide given month This includes calculating withdrawals from supply sources to meet demand A linear program LP is used to maximize satisfaction of requirements for demand sites user specified instream flows and hydropower generation subject to demand priorities supply preferences mass balance and other constraints The LP solves the set of simultaneous equations explained below For details of how demand priorities and supply preferences affect calculations see Priorities for Water Allocation Mass balance equations are the foundation of WEAP s monthly water accounting total inflows equal total outflows net of any change in storage in reservoirs aquifers and catchment soil moisture Every node and link in WEAP has a mass balance equation and some have additional equations which constrain their flows e g inflow to a demand site cannot exceed its supply requirement outflows from an aquifer cannot exceed its maximum withdrawal link losses are a fraction of flow etc 7 4 2 Inflows and
369. imum hydraulic outflow constraint WEAP will never allow reservoir storage to exceed the top of conservation However if there is a maximum hydraulic outflow constraint it is possible for the reservoir storage to exceed the top of conservation in timesteps where releases from the reservoir equal the maximum hydraulic outflow There are three cases that must be handled 1 The outflow is less than MHO MHO constraint is in place but is not binding 2 The outflow is equal to MHO but the reservoir is not completely full MHO constraint is in place and is binding or 3 The reservoir is completely full storage total storage and could be overtopping with no maximum flow constraint MHO constraint is not in place but the outflow is not necessary greater than MHO To handle these non linear constraints requires the use of two binary integer LP variables Z1 and Z2 A binary integer variable must either be 0 or 1 0 if the MHO constraint is not binding outflow lt MHO or Storage Total Storage 1 if the MHO constraint is binding outflow MHO and Storage lt Total Storage 253 WEAP User Guide 0 if Storage lt Total Storage Z2 1 if Storage Total Storage Because the MHO constraint is not binding if Storage Total Storage Z1 and Z2 cannot both be 1 at the same time although they can both be 0 at the same time For the three cases above the values of Z1 and Z2 are as follows 1 Z1 0 Z2 0 2 Zl 1 Z2 0
370. inflow Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Return Flows lt Demand Site Name gt Tabs Loss from System Loss to Groundwater Gain from Groundwater 4 11 System Hydropower Demand To accommodate situations in which you want to prioritize reservoir releases to generate hydropower there are two methods for specifying hydropower energy demands in WEAP as individual energy demands for each reservoir or as an aggregate energy demand at the system level You can choose either method or even use both at the same time even setting different priorities for the system demand and the individual demands See Reservoir Hydropower for more information about individual reservoir hydropower demands If you specify a non zero System Hydropower Priority and System Hydropower Energy Demand WEAP will attempt to release water from Selected Reservoirs in order to meet that demand Depending on the priority this release requirement will be satisfied either before after or at the same time as other demands for water on the river You may change the priority over time or from one scenario to another See Demand Priority Supply Preferences and Allocation Order for more information See Hydropower Calculations for calculation algorithms Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Category Hydropower Tabs System Hydropower Priority System Hydropower Energy Demand Selected Reservoirs 4 12 Water Quality 4 12 1 Getting
371. inflow supply Entered on Data View Branch Demand Sites Category Water Use Tab Consumption 4 8 6 Pumping Pump Layer Groundwater layer or layers as defined in linked MODFLOW model from which to pump Specify layer 255 for a cell to have pumping come equally from all layers in that cell To have 48 Data withdrawals handled instead as negative recharge specify layer 0 If pump layer gt 0 WEAP will add cells to the well file if they are not already there Use the PumpLayer function to specify fractions to pump from several layers If blank will default to 0 negative recharge Note Pump Layer is only used when linked to MODFLOW Entered on Data View Branch Demand Sites Category Pumping Tab Pump Layer 4 8 7 Loss and Reuse Loss Rate Loss Rate includes distribution losses within a demand site and otherwise unaccounted for demands For example in municipal systems distribution losses could represent physical leaks unmetered water use in public parks and buildings clandestine connections water used for line flushing or water use for firefighting The effect of distribution losses is to increase the supply requirement by the factor 1 1 loss rate NB Do not include losses that are already accounted for as transmission link losses Also do not confuse these losses with Consumption Loss Rate increases supply requirements but is not lost from the system whereas Consumption is lost from the system and
372. ink Technical Details 8 1 2 Load MODFLOW Model Create a subdirectory within your WEAP area s subdirectory and copy the MODFLOW input files into it For example for the Weaping River Basin area you would create a directory C Program Files WEAP Weaping River Basin MODFLOW assuming WEAP was installed in C Program Files WEAP and copy the MODFLOW name file and all other package files into this MODFLOW directory It is best not to copy any MODFLOW results files any files in a subdirectory of a WEAP area will be included in WEAP s automatic version backup and MODFLOW result files can be very large On the menu choose Advanced MODFLOW Link Check the Link to MODFLOW check box and then type in or browse for the MODFLOW Name filename Typically the Name file has an extension of NAM or MEN After WEAP loads the MODFLOW name file and its packages it will display information about the MODFLOW model 275 WEAP User Guide Link to MODFLOW Groundwater Model M Link to MODFLOW MODFLOW Name File MODFLOW Zabadani min m View Edit Packages v Define Aquifers Choose shape file that has MODFLO W linkage information WEAP Time steps per year 12 Time step lengths Days 31 30 31 31 28 31 30 31 30 31 31 30 11 groundwater nodes 0 are linked to MODFLOW cells 10 demand sites 0 are linked to MODFLOW cells 31 land use branches 0 are linked to MODFLOW cells 22 river reaches 0 are linked to MODFLOW cells
373. ion estimates average soil water capacity saturation field capacity and wilt point using one of seven available pedotransfer functions PTF in order to determine the Soil Water Capacity for catchment branches in the Data View under Land Use This function can average over several soil profiles sampling sites and soil horizons layers As an alternative to using SoilProfiles you can enter soil properties directly or choose a texture class from the Soil Library These two options are also available on the drop down menu in the data grid PedotransferFunction Of the seven available pedotransfer functions one is based on texture class and the other six use particle size sand silt and clay optionally with data on bulk density or organic matter content The PTF names which include references to the original author and date used in the SoilProfiles function along with the parameters required by that function are 1 Texture class texture class from the Soil Library 2 Particle size Jabloun and Sahli 2006 silt and clay fraction sand is calculated as 100 silt clay so does not need to be entered 3 Particle size Bulk density Jabloun and Sahli 2006 silt clay and bulk density g cm 3 4 Particle size Organic matter Jabloun and Sahli 2006 silt clay and organic matter g kg 5 Particle size Bulk density Organic matter Jabloun and Sahli 2006 silt clay bulk density g cm 3 and
374. ions to reflect the branches and variables affected by the irrigation efficiency program The inherited expressions for all other branches stay the same You can define any number of levels of inheritance So for example you could make an irrigation efficiency scenario that inherits from the first with slightly revised assumptions This approach makes it very easy to edit and organize scenarios since a they can be created with a minimum of data entry and b common assumptions in families of scenarios can be edited by just editing the parent scenario The ability to establish scenario inheritance is demonstrated in Manage Scenarios When editing scenario data in WEAP s Data View the expression fields in data entry tables are color coded to show which expressions have been entered explicitly in the current scenario and which are inherited either from a parent scenario or from the data specified for Current Accounts Red text indicates a value entered explicitly in the current scenario while black text indicates an inherited value or data entered in Current Accounts 37 WEAP User Guide 4 4 Tree 4 4 1 Tree Overview The tree is a hierarchical outline used to organize and edit the main data structures in a WEAP analysis You can edit the tree structure underneath the branches for Demand Sites Key Assumptions and Other Assumptions by right clicking with the mouse on a tree branch or by using the Tree menu options and you also click on
375. ipt containing this PRINT WEAP CalledByScenario Name statement was called from an expression using the Call function this will get the WEAPScenario object for the scenario that made the call Read only CalledByTimeStep If the script containing this IF WEAP CalledByTimeStep 6 THEN statement was called from an expression using the Call function this will get the timestep number from 1 to NumTimeSteps for the timestep that made the call Read only CalledBy Variable If the script containing this PRINT WEAP CalledByVariable Name statement was called from an expression using the Call function this will get the WEAPVariable object for the variable that made the call Read only CalledByY ear If the script containing this F WEAP CalledByYear gt WEAP BaseYear statement was called from an expression using THEN the Call function this will get the year number between BaseYear and EndYear for the year that made the call Read only DataExpression BranchVariableName WEAP DataExpression Demand InheritIfNecessary Set or get the data Sites South City Annual Activity expression for the branch variable Because a Level Growth 3 blank expression will default to the expression 5p from the parent scenario use FALSE for the optional parameter InheritIfNecessary to prevent inheriting from the scenario NT WEAP DataExpression Demand Sites So
376. ist for every timestep Tip when reading data from a CSV file with ReadFromFile you can have it fill in missing values for you Missing values are denoted by a special value 9999 which is known as the MissingValue The Allow MissingValue checkbox will determine whether or not this user defined variable is allowed to have gaps Default Value or Expression Data variables will typically default to 0 but in some cases to another value e g Consumption defaults to 100 Demand Priority defaults to 1 You can also create variables that are calculated which will have a default expression that is not a constant For example to model population you might create two new variables Population Growth Rate and Population Population Growth Rate is data and will contain the annual growth rate whereas Population is calculated in the Scenario In this case the scope of Population Growth Rate is Scenarios Only with a default of 0 Population will appear in both Current Accounts and Scenarios but the default expressions will be different the default for the Current Accounts is 0 entered as data and for the Scenarios the default will be Growth Population Growth Rate Inthe case of a calculated variable it is a good idea to mark it as Read Only This will prevent anyone from overriding the calculation in the default expression 4 6 2 Built In Data Variables You may customize WEAP s built in variables such as Demand Site Annual Activity Le
377. ituent in water released from the river s reservoirs Leave blank if not modeling water quality in the river When using QUAL2K to model water quality in the river you do not need to enter reservoir outflow water quality In this case the outflow water quality will be calculated by QUAL2K Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources River lt River name gt Reservoirs lt reservoir name gt Category Water Quality Tabs lt Constituent Name gt Concentration Reservoir Filling Priority Determines the priority for filling of the reservoir This priority can change over time or from scenario to scenario Typically this priority is set to 99 the lowest possible priority so that it will fill only after all other demands have been satisfied If you had two reservoirs you could fill one before the other by setting its priority to 98 Note a reservoir can also have a different priority for generating hydropower see Reservoir Hydropower for details See Demand Priority Supply Preferences and Allocation Order for more information Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources River Category Reservoir Tab Priority 4 10 7 Other Supplies Other supplies represent non river supplies that have no storage capacity Examples include streams or other unconnected rivers inter basin transfers or other imports and desalination plants Since these sources have no carry over storage unused supply from one month
378. iver node reservoir run of river tributary diversion flow requirement withdrawal catchment inflow or return flow node Catchment Inflow flow nodes which represent runoff inflow from catchments You may actually have catchment inflows enter the river at any type of river node reservoir run of river tributary diversion flow requirement withdrawal catchment inflow or return flow node 4 10 9 Return Flows Return Flow Routing There is a distinction between wastewater that is routed to and directly reused by another demand site green transmission links and wastewater return flow that is routed to one or more wastewater treatment plants rivers groundwater nodes or other supply sources red return flow links These data in this section pertain to the latter red return flow links Even if the outflow from a demand site or wastewater treatment plant is being reused directly by another demand site there must still be at least one return flow link to carry away any wastewater that is not reused The Return Flow Routing specifies the fraction of demand site outflow water supplied to the demand site minus consumptive losses and minus reuse by other demand sites or wastewater treatment plant outflow inflow to the treatment plant minus any water lost in processing and minus reuse by other demand sites that is sent to each return flow destination The percentages should sum to 100 Note the routing fractions do not include any losses
379. knowledgements 377 Active in Current Accounts 22 24 43 Activity Level 44 46 194 Aggregate 164 Albedo 111 Algorithms 193 Allocation Order 25 And 187 Animate button 13 105 Annual Water Use 46 47 194 API308 309 320 321 323 330 332 334 335 337 Arccos 179 Arcsin 179 Arctan 180 ArcView GRID Files 16 ArcView Shapefiles 16 281 353 Area 15 16 25 341 344 ASCII file 164 371 Automation 308 Available Water Capacity 71 174 210 B Background Maps 1 16 Backup Area 341 Baseflow 83 Base Year 140 Basic Parameters 29 155 346 Best Management Practices 85 92 Between 180 BlockRate 140 BMP 85 92 Boundaries 16 25 344 Branches 38 39 44 Bucket Model51 53 54 55 57 60 76 79 110 111 195 196 198 Buffer Coefficient 86 92 Buffer Zone 86 92 C Calculation Algorithms 193 Call 141 Capture Zone 297 Catchment51 53 54 55 57 60 76 79 110 111 195 196 198 Ceiling 180 Changes 24 Chart Toolbar 122 Chart Type 122 Charts 120 122 Climate 29 53 57 96 346 COM Object 308 Combined Sewer Overflow 51 100 195 257 Compress Area 341 Confined layer 275 351 Connect Rivers 24 Conservation Zone 86 92 Constraints 236 237 238 239 240 241 Consumption 48 Contact Address 369 Cos 181 Cosh 181 Cost 101 102 118 140 269 Create Area 15 Create WEAP Node 22 Credits 377 CROPWAT 203 CSO 51 100 195 257 Current Accounts 1 2 4 10 33 35 36 145 343 Current Accounts Year 29 144 145
380. l 10 Q2 gt 0 C3 gt 0 04 gt 0 Q5 gt 0 06 gt 0 Q7 gt 0 Addl gt 50 Add2 gt 100 0 lt S lt 200 0 lt 2 lt 200 0 lt Cl lt 1 0 lt C2 lt 1 0 lt C3 lt 1 0 lt C4 lt 1 0 lt El lt 0 0001 0 lt E2 lt 0 0001 0 lt E3 lt 0 0001 0 lt E4 lt 0 0001 0 lt FC lt 1 Where Addl addition to reservoir I storage negative additions represent releases which cannot exceed the initial storage Add2 addition to reservoir 2 storage SI final storage in reservoir 1 246 Calculation Algorithms S2 final storage in reservoir 1 C1 DI coverage C2 D2 coverage C3 Coverage for demand to fill reservoir I to top of conservation TOC pool C4 Coverage for demand to fill reservoir 2 to top of conservation TOC pool El D1 epsilon E2 D2 epsilon E3 Res 1 TOC epsilon E4 Res 2 TOC epsilon FC Final Coverage Here is the solution QI 10 Q2 30 Q3 130 04 80 Q5 50 06 50 Q7 0 Addl 20 Add2 100 S1 30 S2 0 Cl C2 FC 1 C3 C4 0 El E2 E3 E4 0 Note that Reservoir 1 has storage of 30 while reservoir 2 has 0 This inequity will be rectified next For the second LP iteration to solve for equalizing the reservoir releases here is the LP formulation QI Addl Q2 02 Add2 Q3 03 04 05 Q5 Q6 07 04 80 C1 Q6 50 C2 S1 200 C3 247 WEAP User Guide S2 200 C4 S1 50 Addl S2 100
381. l Water Quality turned on and all WEAP rivers not linked to QUAL2K must have water quality modeling turned off When WEAP calculates it will read in the specified q2k data file add to it the data specified in WEAP headflows point and diffuse sources of water and pollution climate data write the new 28 Setting Up Your Analysis q2k file and run QUAL2K Because QUAL2K provides for more detailed water quality modeling than is available in WEAP you may want to take the q2k file created by WEAP and examine modify and run it yourself in the QUAL2K Excel interface To do so check the Save every q2k file created for each time step checkbox and specify Where to save each q2k file After WEAP calculates you will find a new q2k file in this directory for every scenario and time step e g for a monthly time step over 20 years for 4 scenarios there will be 960 q2k files created Each q2k file occupies about 20K of disk space You may then load any of these files yourself in QUAL2K and change data e g add diurnal variation to climate data and view results in the many graphs available in the QUAL2K Excel interface See QUAL2K Overview for more information about QUAL2K and Running QUAL2K in the Calculation Algorithms section for more information about the linkage from WEAP 3 4 4 Basic Parameters Monthly Variation of Demand The user can choose whether all the branches within a demand site will have the same monthly
382. l be the same each time a scenario is calculated for a given branch year and timestep Example Randominteger either 0 or 1 RandomlInteger 100 some integer between 0 and 100 e g 83 RandomlInteger 10 10 some integer between 10 and 10 e g 5 RandomInteger 0 100 5 some integer between 0 and 100 using a seed of 5 e g 15 This will produce the same sequence regardless in which branch or scenario it is used 185 WEAP User Guide Round Syntax Round Expression Description Round returns the nearest whole number to the expression If expression is exactly halfway between two whole numbers the result is always the even number Example Round 25 4 25 Round 25 5 26 Round 25 6 26 Round 26 5 26 Sin Syntax Sin Angle Description The sine of Angle where Angle is expressed in degrees not radians Example Sin 90 1 Sin 180 0 Sinh Syntax Sinh X Description The hyperbolic sine of X Sqr Syntax Sqr Expression Description The square of the expression equivalent to Expression Expression or expression 2 Example Sqr 3 9 Sqr 10 100 186 Expressions Sqrt Syntax Sqrt Expression Description The square root of the expression Example Sqrt 9 3 Sqrt 100 10 Tan Syntax Tan Angle Description The tangent of Angle where Angle is expressed in degrees not radians Example Tan 45 1 Tan 180 0 Tanh Syntax T
383. l cause the Google Earth kmz file to be larger Because the movie frames are raster images only the raster format is allowed When saving from the Scenario Explorer View WEAP will export every currently displayed chart customized for each relevant object If there are several charts for a given WEAP object type each will appear in the Google Earth note For example if both Supply Requirement and Unmet Demand are selected then WEAP will create separate charts for Supply Requirement and Unmet Demand for each Demand Site and attach them both to the each Demand Site Because each object must be clickable in Google Earth only the vector format is allowed To summarize here are the options for exporting to Google Earth Schematic View Schematic only no results choice of vector or raster format Results View Chart The current chart attached to every relevant WEAP object in the Tab notes for each object vector format Results View Map Animated movie of results raster format Tab Scenario Explorer The current charts attached to every relevant WEAP object in the View notes for each object vector format 5 3 5 Favorites You can save your favorite charts including all settings for the axes type of chart and formatting 125 WEAP User Guide using the Favorites menu This feature is similar to the bookmark favorites features found on popular Internet browsing software Later in the Scenario Explorer View you can
384. l days The number of events per month is specified by the Disaggregation Method Parameter the duration of each event is specified by the ClusterLength parameter These two parameters are required The values for each day of an event follow a curve of a normal or Gaussian distribution This defaults to a standard normal distribution variance 1 but you can specify a different variance by the optional ClusterVariance parameter In general the smaller the variance the steeper the curve midpoint will be higher and start and endpoints will be lower For example if the January rainfall was 30 mm the Disaggregation Method Parameter was 2 two rainstorms that month the ClusterLength was 5 each rainstorm lasts five days there would be a total of 15 mm of rain in each of the two rainstorms The standard normal distribution of 15 mm over 5 days would be 0 817mm 3 663mm 6 039mm 3 663mm 0 817mm The first storm would start on January 6 and last through January 10 the second storm would start on January 22 and last through January 26 Using the same parameters but changing the variance from the default of 1 0 to 0 5 the normal distribution of 15 mm over 5 days would be 0 155mm 3 113mm 8 463mm 3 113mm 0 155mm Notice that the peak of the storm on day 3 is higher than with variance 1 while the first and last days are lower You can use the ReadFromFile Wizard to explore the effect of different parameter values Handling Missing D
385. l land runoff and shallow interflow and changes in soil moisture This method allows for the characterization of land use and or soil type impacts to these processes Baseflow routing to the river and soil moisture changes are simulated in the lower soil layer Correspondingly the Soil Moisture Method requires more extensive soil and climate parameterization to simulate these processes Note that the deeper percolation within the catchment can also be transmitted directly to a groundwater node by creating a Runoff Infiltration Link from the catchment to the groundwater node The method essentially becomes a 1 layer soil moisture scheme if this is link is made See Groundwater Surface Water Interactions for more information MABIA Method FAO 56 Dual Kc Daily The MABIA Method is a daily simulation of transpiration evaporation irrigation requirements 195 WEAP User Guide and scheduling crop growth and yields and includes modules for estimating reference evapotranspiration and soil water capacity It was derived from the MABIA suite of software tools developed at the Institut National Agronomique de Tunisie by Dr Ali Sahli and Mohamed Jabloun For more information about MABIA and to download standalone versions of the software visit http mabia agrosoftware co The algorithms and descriptions contained here are for the combined MABIA WEAP calculation procedure The MABIA Method uses the dual Ke method as described in FAO I
386. l symbol varies from country to country it is a good practice to always include the DecimalSymbol directive in the CSV file so that WEAP can read the file regardless of the setting of the Windows Decimal Symbol character This is helpful if the dataset is shared between users in different countries Date Format for daily data By default WEAP will use the Windows system Short date format set in the Regional and Language Options Windows Control Panel for interpreting daily dates e g mm dd yyyy or dd mm yyyy However because you may want to share your WEAP area with someone in another country whose regional settings are different it is best practice to include in the file a line that specifies the date format used To do this place a DateFormat directive into the CSV file on a line at the top before the data values For example to specify mm dd yyyy as the date format include the following line at the top of the file DateFormat mm dd yyyy Some other examples DateFormat d m y DateFormat m d y DateFormat d m y DateFormat yyyy m d When specifying the date format you do not need to repeat the m d or y e g mm dd yyyy is equivalent to m d y The two separator characters must be the same e g m d y is fine but m d y is not For the date values in the CSV file single digit month and day numbers do not need to 169 WEAP User Guide have a leading zero but it is allowed e g 1 3 1990 or 01 0
387. l to edit both data and also units This can be particularly useful if you wish to change the scale or units of many branches at the same time e g if changing the currency unit for a whole study All you need to do is 1 export a variable from WEAP to Excel 2 change the units by copying and pasting ranges of cells in Excel then 3 re import the spreadsheet Note however that in WEAP scaling factors and units apply across Current Accounts and all scenarios Hence WEAP will only import changes to scaling factors and units specified for Current Accounts Any edits made to scaling factors and units for other scenarios will be ignored 3 Importing from Filtered Excel Spreadsheets By default WEAP s export option will 137 WEAP User Guide set up a spreadsheet that can be easily filtered to show only selected branches variables or scenarios You can use the auto filter buttons in the spreadsheet to selectively hide rows of the spreadsheet However when importing WEAP will import data from all rows of the spreadsheet whether they are visible or not 4 Resetting to Inherited Expressions To reset many expressions in a scenario to the ones used in the parent scenario first export the scenario to Excel then in the spreadsheet blank out the expressions you wish to reset but do not delete the row of the spreadsheet then import the sheet back into WEAP 5 How the Import option works In order to work correctly the import function needs
388. lable this time step then A will get 40 units 40 and B will get 20 units 40 Supply 60 Supply 200 A Demand 100 8B Demand 50 However in some cases some demand sites may have access to more water than others For example between the withdrawal points for Demands Sites A and B is a tributary inflow such that there is always enough water for B In this case Demand Site B should be able to withdraw its full requirement even though Demand Site A cannot In this case the WEAP LP must iterate The first time it solves both A and B will get 60 A gets all 60 units 60 flowing past its 239 WEAP User Guide withdrawal point and Demand Site B will gets 30 units 60 50 units that flowed in from the tributary The equity constraints ensure that both Demand Sites get the same percent coverage The LP indicates that there is slack see below in the coverage variable for B because it could get more water than it is getting as opposed to A which cannot get any more water Therefore the allocation to Demand Site A is fixed at 60 and the equity constraint Coverage Final Coveragea is deleted The LP runs again and this time Demand Site B will get its full demand of 50 satisfied 100 Determining Slack In the second example above Demand Site B was able to receive a higher percentage of its demand than Demand Site A due to the tributary inflow between the two withdrawal points for the two demand
389. lation Algorithms Objective function 0 6002 1 3 0 0001 1 3 0 0001 0 60013333 would yield a better value for the objective function and hence would have been the solution Therefore DS1 cannot get more than 0 6 while DS2 can get more than 0 6 Water Quality Constraints If maximum water quality concentrations on demand site inflow from supplies have been set then additional water quality constraints are created The basic relationship states that the weighted average mixed concentration from all supplies must not exceed the maximum allowed concentration QiC Q2C2 F Q1 Q2 SE sins lt Cinax Eqn 1 which can be transformed into Q 1 Ci Cmax Q2 1 C2 Cmax gt 0 Eqn 2 where Q is the flow into the demand site from source i C is the concentration of source i in the previous timestep and Cmax is the maximum allowed concentration Because the water quality calculations in the river are inherently non linear the concentrations used in the equation above must come from the previous time step Thus the 1 Ci Cmax terms are constants and this equation Eqn 2 is a suitable form for a LP constraint Example As an example consider a Demand Site that is connected to both surface water and groundwater sources The demand site has no treatment facilities and requires the concentration of BOD to be 3 mg l or less The concentrations of BOD in the previous time step are 10 mg l in the river
390. lative lengths from the schematic to estimate the reach lengths At a minimum you must enter the distance for the top of the first reach and the bottom of the last reach To change the distance marker unit go to the Rivers tab of the General Units screen Note this data is entered only for Current Accounts Flow Stage Width WEAP uses a flow stage width function to derive the velocity e g m s of a stream from its flow rate e g m43 s Using the FlowStageWidthCurve function you will enter data points relating flow to stage depth and width The FlowStageWidth wizard will facilitate data entry The wizard will calculate the corresponding velocity at each data point which is useful as an error check since the velocity should increase as the flow rate increases If the characteristics of a reach are similar to the reach above you can leave it blank and it will use the FlowStageWidthCurve from the reach above To change the stage and width unit go to the Rivers tab of the General Units screen Note this data is entered only for Current Accounts Note If you are using QUAL2K to calculate water quality you do not enter flow stage width data in WEAP but in QUAL2K Water Temperature If you have chosen to model BOD and DO but have chosen not to model river water temperature the method for the temperature water quality constituent is Temperature Data you will need to enter the water temperature for each reach WEAP will us
391. lay results 9 18 Overview Manager Use the Overview Manager accessed from the Scenario Explorer Toolbar to e Add delete and rename overviews and to e quickly select which favorite charts are to be included in an overview and the order in which they appear Use the selection box to select which overview you wish to manage and then click the check boxes next to the list of favorite charts to include or exclude charts When you click the close button the edited overviews will be displayed on screen Use the up and down arrows on the right side to re order how the favorites are displayed in the overview Note In addition to using the Overview Manager you can also select and order Overview charts directly from the Scenario Explorer screen Right click on a chart to get options See Scenario Explorer for details See Also Scenario Explorer View 365 10 Sample Data Set Weaping River Basin is the sample data set that is installed with WEAP The goal of the data set is to give the user the opportunity to explore some of WEAP s capabilities and to illustrate the problems and solutions that WEAP can help identify The Weaping River Basin is a river basin consisting of rivers aquifers reservoirs demand sites flow requirements wastewater treatment facilities and the links among them The data are compiled for a 11 year 2010 2020 monthly time series There are four scenarios presented in this data set Reference D
392. le a drip irrigation system with F 0 3 a of depletion amount method 100 and a depletion of 40 mm would require an average depth of irrigation of 40 0 3 12 mm For a 1 hectare plot of land this would be 1 ha 12 mm 120 m 3 of water When the 120 m 3 of water was applied to the 30 of the 1 hectare the crop would receive 120 m 3 30 1 ha 40mm If there are gaps in the irrigation dates between schedules there will be no irrigation during those periods There is no irrigation in the fallow periods before or after the crop season Note the irrigation amount is the amount available for evapotranspiration If the irrigation efficiency is less than 100 then the supply requirement for irrigation will be increased For example if the irrigation efficiency is 75 which means that 25 is lost to evaporation runoff or deep percolation and the irrigation amount is 100 of depletion and the depletion is 40mm then the amount applied will be 40 0 75 53 3 mm of which 40 mm will effectively reach the crop and be available for ET and 13 3 will evaporate runoff or percolate as specified by Loss to Groundwater and Loss to Runoff fractions entered as data Examples 153 WEAP User Guide IrrigationSchedule 1 Mar 1 Nov 25 of RAW 100 Depletion 100 This example has 1 irrigation schedule triggering irrigation when soil moisture depletion reaches 100 of RAW and will apply enough water erase 100 of the current so
393. le for each scenario This provides a quick way to see how each scenario differs from the others for the most important assumptions To explore the impact from changing the value of an assumption you can move the slider or change the selection from the drop down list to see how the results shown in the Results Section will change If the Auto Calculate checkbox is checked WEAP will calculate results for the affected scenario as soon as you change the value of an assumption in the grid If Auto Calculate is not checked WEAP will not recalculate until you click the Calculate Now button This 128 Results button is only active if any changes have been made If the value for a variable in scenario B inherits its value from scenario A then changing the value in scenario A will also make the same change in scenario B Scenario B inherits from A if B is a child of A and the expression in B is blank If you change the value in Scenario B by moving the slider then it will no longer inherit the value from A and a later change to the value in A will not affect the value in B Choosing scenarios to display including creating new scenarios The Data Section shows values for every existing scenario that is currently selected for display To create a new scenario right click on the scenario name that you want to be the parent of the new scenario and choose Create New Scenario You can rename or delete an existing scenario by right clicking on it and
394. le will be set in the Current Accounts as well as the scenarios and WEAP will check that the yield is safe in the Current Accounts as well as in the scenarios Click the Calculate button at the bottom to start the calculations The status bar at the bottom of the WEAP window will show the current status in terms of the scenario and iteration being calculated the value of the goal variable being tested and the maximum safe goal variable value found so far Once the wizard has iterated the chosen number of times for each scenario to find the maximum safe yield for each it will create a view in the Scenario Explorer showing the value of the goal variable in each scenario in the upper Data Section and the corresponding yield Supply Requirements and Instream Flow Requirements and the reservoir storage for each scenario in the lower Results Section Menu option Advanced Safe Yield Wizard 340 9 Supporting Screens 9 1 Manage Areas tall Manage Areas D Xx EE aA E Q g Create Delete Rename Emailto Backup to Restore from Zip Planning Size CowBattleRK 1965 1998 4 28 2005 4 16 46 PM JGS 20517 SacramentoV2_14Hist 1970 1980 5 1 2005 5 43 33 4M DNY 78751 P Weaping River Basin 1998 2008 5 2 2005 1 11 57 PM JGS 559 Description of Weaping River Basin sample data set for a fictional area called the eaping River Basin The User Guide refers to this data set when describing data entry screens and reports Itis worthwhile e
395. licensing information and other status information The layout of the rest of the screen will depend on which view is selected e Calculation Algorithms WEAP calculates a water and pollution mass balance for every node and link in the system on a monthly time step Water is dispatched to meet instream and consumptive requirements subject to demand priorities supply preferences mass balance and other constraints Introduction e Sample Data WEAP comes with a sample data set for a fictional area called the Weaping River Basin The User Guide refers to this data set when describing data entry screens and reports It is worthwhile exploring this data set as it illustrates most of the features of WEAP and the types of analysis that WEAP facilitates Essentially the area depicts a river basin with growing problems of water shortages groundwater depletion and environmental pressures These problems of the Reference Scenario are addressed in a series of scenarios employing a variety of both demand and supply oriented measures e Importing Data If you have a full sequence of annual or monthly data for example on streamflows or municipal demands the Read From File function allows you read this data from an ASCII data file e Additional Information on the hardware and software requirements for using WEAP and on how to license the system and obtain technical support is also available See also Background Overview WEAP Approach 2 W
396. licm PrecipAvailableForET icm ETActualicy Min ETpotentialic PrecipAvailableForET c IrrFracyc Supply c EF c 2 tsETActualtc 2 tsETpotential c As a result the actual yield can be calculated with the following equation ActualYieldic PotentialYieldic Max 0 1 YieldResponseFactoric 1 EF ic Yield c ActualYieldic Areatc MarketValuerc Yieldic MarketPricerc In the Irrigation Demands Only method runoff is not calculated In the Rainfall Runoff method runoff to both groundwater and surface water can be calculated with the following equations Runoffic Max 0 PrecipAvailableForET c ETpotential c Precipic 1 PrecipEffectiverc 1 IrrFracicy Supplyic RunoffToGWau by uc Runoffic Runoff ToGWFractionic RunoffToSurfaceWaterpu 2 uc Runoffic 1 RunofffoGWFractiontc Units and definitions for all variables above are Area HA Area of land cover Precip MM Precipitation PrecipEffective Percentage of precipitation that can be used for evapotranspiration PrecipAvailableForET MCM Precipitation available for evapotranspiration Kc crop coefficient ETreference MM Reference crop evapotranspiration ETpotential MCM Potential crop evapotranspiration PrecipShortfall MCM Evapotranspiration deficit if only precipitation is considered IrrFrac Percentage of supplied water available for ET i e irrigation efficiency SupplyRequir
397. lows to groundwater are a fraction entered as data see Supply and Resources River Reaches of upstream inflows to the reach ReachFlowToGroundwaterren ReachFlowToGroundwaterFractionrcn x UpstreamInflowrcn Evaporation is calculated as a fraction entered as data see Supply and Resources River Reaches of upstream inflow to the reach Evaporationren EvaporationFractionren x UpstreamInflowrcn Flooding is calculated as a fraction of streamflow that exceeds the River Flooding Threshold entered as data see Supply and Resources River Reaches RiverFloodingren RiverFloodingFractionren x UpstreamInflowrch RiverFloodingThresholdren if UpstreamInflow gt RiverFloodingThreshold 0 if UpstreamInflow lt RiverFloodingThreshold 228 Calculation Algorithms River Reservoir Flows A reservoir s Res storage in the first month m of the simulation is specified as data see Supply and Resources River Reservoir Storage BeginMonthStorageres m InitialStorageres for m 1 Thereafter it begins each month with the storage from the end of the previous month BeginMonthStorageresm EndMonthStorageresm 1 for m gt 1 This beginning storage level is adjusted for evaporation Since the evaporation rate is specified as a change in elevation see Supply and Resources River Reservoir Physical Net Evaporation the storage level must be converted from a volume to an elevation This is done by a simple linear interpretati
398. lue of 9999 to represent missing values when reading from a file and does not include them on charts or tables Note many WEAP calculations will not accept MissingValue and will cause an error For example if your climate data has gaps you must fill 157 WEAP User Guide these gaps in order to use the data for catchment calculations The gaps can be filled by one of the ReadFromFile methods above Interpolate Repeat Replace or you can edit the file yourself to fill the gaps One exception is the comparison of streamflow gauge data to calculated streamflow in this case missing values are fine although no comparison will be made for any timestep for which the gauge data is missing If you are aggregating daily values from a CSV file to weekly or monthly values using ReadFromFile s Sum or Average any weeks or months that have any missing daily values will be equal to MissingValue Any expression that includes a MissingValue 9999 will be equal to MissingValue e g Missing Value 12 will be MissingValue This could happen if you are reading values from a file such as river gauge values and some are missing If you were converting them from CFS to CMS by dividing by 35 315 previously WEAP would have incorrectly divided any MissingValues 9999 by 35 315 yielding 283 14 Also for any operation that totals or averages a group of numbers that includes at least one MissingValue the result will be the MissingValue For example
399. m on face 6 of all the cells in the subregion The cell ranges for every subregion are shown on the map color coded by subregion Use the dropdown box labeled Style on Map to change whether the cells are displayed with a solid color or with a pattern on the map on this screen You can also select the cells by clicking and dragging with the mouse on the map this method is used to choose the rows and columns to choose the layers you must use the keyboard For a typical backwards analysis particles are released at sinks such as well river or drain cells Click the Add Subregions for Well River and Drain Cells button to select which of these cells to add and the distribution for each cell Distribution for Each Cell You can release one or more particles per cell Locations of particles for each cell can be generated either as a 3 dimension array of particles inside the cell within cell or as a 2 dimension array around one or more of the six faces of the cell on faces If you choose within cell specify the number of particles within each cell along the layer row and column dimensions The number of particles within the cell is the product of these three numbers If you choose on faces select which faces on which you would like to place particles For each selected face Face 1 left face Face 2 right face Face 3 front face Face 4 back face Face 5 bottom face and Face 6 top face specify the other t
400. mand Management Cost Priority and Advanced while for reservoirs you will see buttons for Physical Operation Hydropower Water Quality Cost and Priority Click on one of these buttons to see the variables in that category For example Water Use has three variables Annual Activity Level Annual Water Use Rate and Monthly Variation There are wizards to help you construct the expressions see Expression Builder Yearly Time Series Wizard and Monthly Time Series Wizard There is a Help button next to the description of each variable that can be clicked on to retrieve more information about that variable Immediately above the data entry tables is a toolbar containing a selection box and the Manage Scenarios button Use the selection box to choose which data to edit Current Accounts or one of the Scenarios Click on Manage Scenarios to create rename or delete scenarios or to change their inheritance relationships 4 1 4 Data Entry Results Notes and Expression Elaboration The bottom right pane displays the data you entered in the top pane as either a chart or a table These let you quickly examine the values generated by the expressions you have entered above A toolbar on the right of the pane gives access to a range of options for formatting charts and tables e g picking chart type and stacking options colors 3D effects grids number of decimal places etc and for printing and copying charts a
401. matter W sten et al 1999 silt o clay o and sand bulk density g cm 3 and organic matter g kg The water content at saturation field capacity and wilting point are obtained by calculating the Van Genuchten model for h 0 100 and 1500 respectively Osat 6 Os 6 1 a O n m 6 Orc 6 A 6 1 a 100 n m Owe 6 A 6 1 a 1500 n m where 0 0 7919 0 001691 Cl 0 29619 BD 0 000001491 Si 2 0 0000821 OM 2 0 02427 Cl 0 01113 Si_ 0 01472 In Si 0 0000733 OM Cl 0 000619 BD Cl 0 001183 BD OM 0 0001664 Si 0 0 01 a exp 14 96 0 03135 Cl 0 0351 Si 0 646 0M 15 29 BD 0 192 4 671 BD 2 0 000781 C1 2 0 00687 OM 2 0 0449 0M_ 0 0663 Ln Si 0 1482 Ln OM 0 04546 BD Si 0 4852 BD OM 0 00673 Cl n exp 25 23 0 02195 Cl 0 0074 Si 0 194 0M 45 5 BD 7 24 BD 2 0 0003658 CI2 0 002885 OM 2 12 81 BD 0 1524 Si_ 0 01958 0M_ 0 2876 Ln Si 0 0709 Ln OM 44 6 Ln BD 0 02264 BD Cl 0 0896 BD OM 0 00718 Cl 1 m l l n Basal Crop Coefficient Ke The MABIA Method uses the dual K method as described in FAO Irrigation and Drainage Paper No 56 whereby the K value is divided into a basal crop coefficient Ko and a separate component Ke representing evaporation from the soil surface The basal crop coefficient 213 WEAP User Guide represents actual ET conditions
402. max and RHmin RE min RH e Tmin i00 e ae 100 2 ea 2 Using RHmax e gt ae lt r 3 Using RHmean In the absence of RHimax and RHmin RHmean can be used to estimate e4 RH mean g T ter Fis a T00 2 where RHmean is the mean relative humidity defined as the average between RH max and RH min 4 If Humidity data is not available An estimate of actual vapor pressure a can be obtained by assuming that dew point temperature Tew is near the daily minimum temperature Tmin then 17 27 Tynin ea e Tmin 0 611 exp 7 42373 min where ea actual vapor pressure kPa e Tmin Saturation vapor pressure at daily minimum temperature kPa e Tmax Saturation vapor pressure at daily maximum temperature kPa RHmax maximum relative humidity RHnmin minimum relative humidity Slope vapor pressure curve For the calculation of evapotranspiration by mean of various methods the slope of the relationship between saturation vapor pressure and temperature A is required The slope of the curve at a given temperature is given by 172 Taia a e Tmin 0 611 exp e min i where A slope of saturation vapor pressure curve at air temperature T kPa C 209 WEAP User Guide Tmean Mean air temperature C Soil Water Capacity The MABIA method requires data on water holding capacity at field capacity and wilt point for each catchment lan
403. me For example if you have an expression MonthlyValues Jan 10 Jul 40 that was created when the Water Year Start was January changing the Water Year Start to October will change the expression to Monthly Values Oct 10 Apr 40 Time Step Names In the grid on the right the user can change the title and abbreviation of the time steps If the Time Step Boundary is set to Set time step length manually the length can be set in the grid Menu Option General Years and Time Steps 3 4 2 Units Here you choose the units for data entry The units can be set for the following components Rivers Reservoirs Groundwater Other Supplies Land Use Wastewater Treatment and Monetary The exception is the Default Water Use Rate set on the Demand tab The Default Water Use Rate you set will be the default data entry unit but you will be able to change the units individually for each branch Also the system Discount Rate is entered on the Monetary tab Units Definition Regardless of the unit used for data entry you can view results in any units User defined units can be added by clicking on the Units Definition button Menu Option General Units 3 4 3 Water Quality Constituents Water Quality Constituents WEAP tracks water quality including pollution generation at demand sites waste removal at wastewater treatment plants effluent flows to surface and groundwater sources and water quality modeling in rivers On the water quality
404. mentPlantInflowre The treatment plant treats wastewater inflows removes a fraction of the pollution then returns the treated effluent to one or more receiving bodies of water Dest less any water lost in processing See Pollution Calculations for details on the generation treatment and flow of pollution amp stTPReturnLinkInflow7p pdes TreatmentPlantInflowrp TreatmentLossrp The amount consumed in processing which disappears from the system is assumed to be a fraction of the water received by the treatment plant This consumption fraction is entered as data Consumptionre TreatmentPlantInflowrp x TreatmentPlanConsumptionrp Of the inflow that is not consumed the remainder flows out of the treatment plant either to demand sites or catchments for reuse or to surface or groundwater TreatmentPlantOutflowrp TreatmentPlantInflowrp Consumptionrp Any demand sites or catchments directly reusing this outflow will take what they need The remainder is sent to the various return flow destinations These return flow routing fractions are entered as data see Supply and Resources Return Flows Routing TreatmentPlantReuseOutflowre TransLinkOutflowrp ps TreatmentPlantReturnFlowrp TreatmentPlantOutflow rp TreatmentPlantReuseOutflowrp 7 4 7 Wastewater Treatment Plant Return Link Flows The treatment plant return links transmit treated wastewater from treatment plants 7P to surface and groundwater Dest Outflow to
405. might represent a physical capacity while the of demand would model 81 WEAP User Guide quality criteria as mentioned above Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Transmission Links Category Linking Rules Tabs Supply Preference Maximum Flow Volume Maximum Flow Percent of Demand Transmission Link Losses Loss from System and Loss to Groundwater refer to the evaporative and leakage losses as water is carried by canals and or conduits to demand sites and catchments These loss rates are specified as a percentage of the flow passing through the link Loss from System indicates water that disappears from WEAP s accounts whereas Loss to Groundwater will flow into the groundwater node specified You may include fractions for both if for example there are both evaporative losses Loss from System as well as leakage losses that go to a groundwater node Loss to Groundwater NB Do not include losses that are already accounted for as demand site losses Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Transmission Links Category Losses Tabs Loss from System Loss to Groundwater 4 10 5 Groundwater Initial and Total Groundwater Storage Capacity The Storage Capacity represents the maximum theoretically accessible capacity of the aquifer while the Initial Storage is the amount of water initially stored there at the beginning of the first month of the Current Accounts Year Among other factors these d
406. month If some months are not specified their values will be calculated by interpolating the values before and after Example MonthlyValues Jan 10 Feb 15 Mar 17 Apr 20 May 21 Jun 22 Values are specified for each month Monthly Values Jan 10 July 40 Values are specified for two months the others are interpolated Jan 10 Feb 15 Mar 20 Apr 25 May 30 Jun 35 Jul 40 Aug 35 Sep 30 Oct 25 Nov 20 Dec 15 Monthly Values Jan 8 3333 The values do not change month to month so only need to be specified for one month You could also just enter the constant 8 3333 without the Monthly Values function Jan 8 3333 Feb 8 3333 Mar 8 3333 Apr 8 3333 May 8 3333 Jun 8 3333 Jul 8 3333 Aug 8 3333 Sep 8 3333 Oct 8 3333 Nov 8 3333 Dec 8 3333 Tip the WEAP Monthly Time Series Wizard makes it easy to enter these values MultiCropValues Syntax 159 WEAP User Guide MultiCropValues ValueForCrop1 ValueForCrop2 Description If you have any branches for which you have chosen multiple crops see Crop Scheduling Wizard you will need to use the MultiCropValues function to specify Potential Yield and Market Price Use the Potential Yield and Market Price Wizards to enter this data Examples Cabbage and onions are growing in rotation within each year on one piece of land with cabbage yielding 30 t ha and onions yielding 40 t ha Here is the expression for Poten
407. mpute three dimensional flow paths using output from steady state or transient groundwater flow simulations by MODFLOW the U S Geological Survey USGS finite difference groundwater flow model Its purpose is to evaluate advective transport through a model MODPATH uses a semi analytical particle tracking scheme that allows an analytical expression of the particle s flow path to be obtained within each finite difference grid cell Particle paths are 30 Setting Up Your Analysis computed by tracking particles from one cell to the next until the particle reaches a boundary an internal sink source or satisfies some other termination criterion The version of MODPATH that WEAP is designed to link to is MODPATH 5 0 For more information please see the Appendix on linking WEAP to MODPATH 31 4 Data 4 1 Data View In the Data View you build the model of your system entering the data structures data assumptions modeling relationships and documentation for the Current Accounts and for each scenario The screen is divided into four panes marked by red boxes in figure below WEAP Weaping River Basin Eel DER Area Edit View General Tree Help Key Assumptions Data for Reference 1999 2008 lt Manage Scenarios LL Data Report South City f Water Use _Loss and Reuse j Demand Management j Priority Advanced West City Industry North Ee emia eet Annual Water Use Rate Monthly Variation Consumption Indus
408. ms Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Local or River Reservoir Category Operation Tabs Top of Conservation Top of Buffer Top of Inactive Buffer Coefficient Hydropower Generation If the reservoir does not generate hydropower simply leave this entire section blank Hydropower will only be generated for flows up to the Maximum Turbine Flow Note you must enter a non zero value for maximum turbine flow in order to generate hydropower Tailwater Elevation is used to calculate the working water head on the turbine The power generated in a given month depends on the head available which is computed as the drop from the reservoir elevation as computed by WEAP using the Volume Elevation Curve and the storage volume at the beginning of the month to the tailwater elevation The Plant Factor 93 WEAP User Guide specifies the percentage of each month that the plant is running The plant Generating Efficiency defines the generator s overall operation effectiveness in converting the energy of the falling water into electricity Optionally to accommodate situations in which you want to prioritize reservoir releases to generate hydropower there are two methods for specifying hydropower energy demands in WEAP as individual energy demands for each reservoir or run of river hydropower or as an aggregate energy demand at the system level You can choose either method or even use both at the same time See Supply and R
409. mum rooting depth for crop m Zr max Maximum rooting depth for crop m RAW is estimated as RAW p TAW The calculation of K requires a daily water balance computation for the root zone Irrigation Irrigation is required when rainfall is insufficient to compensate for the water lost by evapotranspiration The primary objective of irrigation is to apply water at the right period and in the right amount By calculating the soil water balance of the root zone on a daily basis the timing and the depth of future irrigation can be planned To avoid crop water stress irrigation should be applied before or at the moment when the readily available soil water is depleted D lt RAW An irrigation schedule specifies the timing which day and amount depth of irrigation Each crop can have many different schedules for non overlapping periods of the crop season For example you may want to irrigate more frequently during the sensitive flowering and yield formation stages If a branch has more than one crop in rotation you can specify the irrigation schedules for all crops Use the Irrigation Scheduling Wizard to help you fill in the parameters for the IrrigationSchedule function There are various methods available to determine both the timing and amount of irrigation Irrigation Timing Trigger 220 Calculation Algorithms There are four methods for determining on which days irrigation will occur e Fixed Interval Irrigate
410. n move the headflow point from the first river onto a previously unused place along the second river A diversion node will appear connecting the two rivers To disconnect a diversion right click on it and choose Disconnect Headflow To have a river flow into a groundwater node move the endpoint from river onto the groundwater node This will cause all water flowing out of the last reach on the river to flow into the groundwater node Viewing Changes History A record of every change made to a WEAP area is logged in the text file Changes txt which is stored in the subdirectory for a WEAP area Each change is tagged with the date and time of the 24 Setting Up Your Analysis change as well as who made it 3 3 5 Schematic Options Set Area Boundaries On the Set Area Boundaries window you can change the geographical extent area boundaries of your study area The current boundaries are shown as a green rectangle click and drag on the large map to specify new boundaries If your area is small in relation to the world map you may need to zoom in so that you can choose your area accurately Hold down the control key while clicking and dragging on either the large map or the inset map to select the rough area to zoom into hold down the shift key while clicking and dragging to pan the map Rotating the mouse wheel will also zoom in or out Menu Option Schematic Set Area Boundaries Set WEAP Node and Label Size You may change
411. n Copy 4 to make a copy of a scenario with a different name and click on Rename to rename the scenario On the left side of the screen the Area s scenarios are listed in a hierarchical tree showing the main scenario inheritance structure Scenario inheritance describes how each scenario inherits the expressions from the scenarios above it in the hierarchy For more information refer to Scenario Inheritance Click on a scenario in the tree to edit it or to add a new scenario beneath it On the right of the screen you can edit a scenario s inheritance and description Use the is based on selection box to change the scenario s parent For those branch variable combinations in the scenario for which no expression has been explicitly defined a default expression is inherited from one of its ancestor scenarios First the parent is checked for an expression If none is found then the parent s parent is searched This continues until an expression is found either in an ancestor scenario or in the Current Accounts 343 WEAP User Guide To show or hide results for individual scenarios check or uncheck Show Results for Scenario for each scenario If this box is unchecked then WEAP will not calculate results for that scenario Click Show All to check all scenarios Show None to uncheck all In the example shown below there are four scenarios defined a Reference scenario and three variants fe W Manage Scenarios IF Add a
412. n Flow Node Flows Return flow nodes RFN are a point at which demand sites DS and treatment plants TP returns enter the river The downstream outflow from the return flow node equals the inflows from upstream plus demand site DS and treatment plant 7P return flows that come in at that point DownstreamOutflowrry UpstreamInflowrrn 25DSReturnFlowps ren TP TPReturnFlowrp RFN Tributary Inflow Node Flows A tributary inflow node TN is the point at which one or more rivers or diversions flow into another river or diversion The downstream outflow from the tributary inflow node equals the inflows from upstream of the node on the main river plus the outflow from the last reach Rch on the tributary DownstreamOutflowrn UpstreamInflowrn DownstreamOutflowrch 7 4 10 Groundwater Surface Water Interactions In many watersheds surface waters and groundwater are hydraulically connected A stream can 232 Calculation Algorithms contribute to groundwater recharge i e a losing stream or can gain water from the aquifer i e a gaining stream depending on the level of groundwater in the aquifer Groundwater levels respond to natural recharge from precipitation but can also be influenced by irrigation in the watershed where a portion of this water may recharge the aquifer rather than be taken up by the target crop Pumping of course can draw down groundwater levels Of the four options to simulate groundwater surface water
413. n a river using simple mixing and assuming conservative behavior or with first order decay and built in BOD temperature and DO models or by linking to QUAL2K To indicate whether simulation of water quality 89 WEAP User Guide parameters is desired go to the Data View and click on River under Supply and Resources Clicking on the Water Quality Category will access a window where you can select rivers for which you want to simulate water quality parameters For instance you may choose to model water quality only on the main river but not on its tributaries Here you can also enter data for BOD temperature and other water quality constituents determined by the user these data pertain to the headflow for a river If you choose not to model water quality in a river a concentration or temperature input here will be used as a value for the outflow of the river Model Water Quality If you want to model water quality in a river check off the box on the Model Water Quality tab In order to model water quality you will also need to enter data on headflow see lt Constituent gt Concentration below groundwater and other surface water inflow concentrations reservoir outflow concentrations reach lengths flow stage width relationships and temperature for the BOD model For example you may choose to model water quality in only the main stem river but not in its tributaries In this case check off Model Water Quality for only the
414. n be a convenient place for the user to store settings that apply to one area WEAP wide settings can also be saved see Setting and DeleteSetting AutoCale Set or get the Auto Calculation setting If AutoCalc is FALSE WEAP will not calculate any expressions in the Data View Read or write BaseYear Set or get the first year of the study period Read or write Branch BranchNameOrlID Get the WEAPBranch object for the specified branch name or ID Read only ID is the internal unique numeric ID of the branch Each branch in the tree has a unique ID It is not displayed in WEAP s normal interface but may be useful when automating WEAP Branches Get the collection of all visible branches in the tree Returns a WEAPBranches object Read only 310 NT WEAP AreasDirectory WEAP AreaSetting Custom hydrology model SWAT WEAP AreaSetting Model directory SWAT C Program Files SWAT F WEAP AreaSetting Custom hydrology model SWAT THEN END IE p G iSE ations VEAP AutoCalc FAI automatic calcul Turn off 2000 NT WEAP BaseYear WEAP BaseYear PR FAP Branch Demand Sites South City Variables Consumption ression 30 NT WEAP Branch 176 Name EXp PR Set xla CreateObject Excel App ication Visible true ScreenUpdating false lw
415. n be aggregated to match your timestep e g weekly or monthly or monthly data can be aggregated to annual using one of many aggregation methods Missing values either blanks or 9999 can be filled in using one of several missing value methods You may refer to files in any directory on your computer although it is best practice to place the files in the same directory as the WEAP area or in a subdirectory of the WEAP area directory so that the files will be included when the area is backed up or transferred to another computer In this case do not include the full directory path absolute reference just include the file name relative reference The ReadFromFile Wizard is the easiest way to construct a ReadFromFile expression and it helps you explore preprocess and visualize the time series data A text file can contain one or more columns of data for each year month or day The format of the WEAP expression is ReadFromFile FileName or ReadFromFile FileName DataColumnNumber or ReadFromFile FileName DataColumnNumber YearOffset or ReadFromFile FileName DataColumnNumber YearOffset Aggregation or Disaggregation Method Disaggregation Method Parameter or ReadFromFile FileName DataColumnNumber YearOffset Aggregation or Disaggregation Method Disaggregation Method Parameter Missing Value Method Missing Value Method Parameter ReadFromFile FileName DataColumnNumber YearOffset Aggregation or Disaggregation Method Disa
416. n be disaggregated into daily data using several different methods Interpolate Repeat Divide and Divide with Gaps See the section titled Disaggregating Annual Data to Monthly or Monthly Data to Daily under the ReadFromFile function for more information Precipitation The daily precipitation time series can either be read in from a file or entered in manually ETref Evapotranspiration from the reference surface the so called reference crop evapotranspiration or reference evapotranspiration denoted as ETo The reference surface is a hypothetical grass reference crop with an assumed crop height of 0 12 m a fixed surface resistance of 70 s m 1 and an albedo of 0 23 The reference surface closely resembles an extensive surface of green well watered grass of uniform height actively growing and completely shading the ground The fixed surface resistance of 70 s m 1 implies a moderately dry soil surface resulting from about a weekly irrigation frequency Leave blank to calculate ETref using the Penman Monteith equation as described above Min Temperature 65 WEAP User Guide Minimum daily temperature Max Temperature Maximum daily temperature Latitude Latitude of the climate measurement station Altitude Altitude of the climate measurement station Min Humidity Minimum daily relative humidity Used to calculate Ko If blank will default to 45 Also used if calculating ETref if blank will use maximum relative
417. n for each cell wW Add Subregions for Well River and Drain Cells Distribution for Each Cell M Demand Sites 5 Layers Rows Columns Total v DS1 5 IV 1 7 25 Within cell M 2 7 25 IV 3 7 25 Oh V Face 1 left IV 4 7 25 Iv 5 7 25 V Face 2 right Rivers 0 7 Unlinked River Cells 0 IV Face 3 front V Face 4 back Face 5 bottom Face 6 top Selected Cells 5 Particles per Cell 80 Particles A Add X Cancel For Well cells WEAP will try to guess which layers are pumped by examining the expression for Pump Layer for each demand site and catchment land use However in cases where the Pump Layer expression changes over time WEAP will just select all layers Therefore you should review the layers selected and decide which to include Even well or river cells from the original MODFLOW files that are not linked to WEAP groundwater nodes or river reaches will be listed and can be included for particle generation Click the Add button to create subregions for the selected cells If multiple cells are selected WEAP will try to group adjacent cells into rectangular subregions so that the total number of subregions created is minimized i e not one subregion for every cell Distribution for Each Cell You can release one or more particles per cell Locations of particles for each cell can be generated either as a 3 dimension array of particles inside the cell within cell
418. n in the following equation Eqn 3 259 WEAP User Guide Dissolved Oxygen and Biochemical Oxygen Demand First the oxygen saturation OS for each segment is estimated as a function of water temperature T OS 14 54 0 397 0 0177 Eqn 4 and an analytical solution of the classic Streeter Phelps model is used to compute oxygen concentrations from point source loads of BOD E n exp HL POD Ww Kos Oar exp ALENEN o 0s ka Eqn 5 where kg 0 4 ka 0 95 and k 0 4 are the decomposition the reaction and the re aeration rates respectively 1 day L is the reach length m U the velocity of the water in the reach is the oxygen concentration mg l at the top of the reach and is the concentration of the pollutant loading mg l at the top of the reach BOD removal is given as freon LiF BOD BODwexp 2 Eqn 6 The removal rate k gop is influenced by several factors including temperature settling velocity of the particles and water depth Chapra 1997 provides an expression for k gop as 1o mr 203 V H Eqn 7 where T is the water temperature in degrees Celsius H is the depth of the water and is the settling velocity In addition is defined at a reference temperature of 20 degrees Celsius as 0434 Kan 9 K pon E kin OSH 224m kay 0 3 H gt 24m Water Temperature Water temperature for a river node is computed using simple mixing a weighted average of the water t
419. n into the stream is calculated from a mass balance Ono Oe oe T Oo Eqn 1 C Where c is the new concentration mg l Qw is the flow of wastewater discharged m3 time Cw is the concentration of pollutant in the wastewater mg l Q is the flow of receiving water m3 time C is the concentration of pollutant in the receiving water mg l This is the simplest case of representing the spatial and temporal variation of pollution in a system One possible candidate that could be modeled as a conservative pollutant would be salinity Exponential First Order Decay The modeling of the in stream concentration below the point of discharge depends on the nature of the pollutant for example is the pollutant conservative and is settling a dominant process For a conservative pollutant with negligible settling the concentration can be determined simply from the equation above for co For pollutants assumed to follow first order decay the stream velocity and decay parameters must be estimated For a known cross sectional area A and flow rate Q the stream velocity U can be estimated as follows yal Eqn 2 Ac is calculated based on user entered data correlating stage to flow and width The concentration of the pollutant at some distance downstream L from the point of discharge is the concentration as calculated in equation above for co multiplied by a first order decay term based on the decay parameter k day as show
420. n that flows into a wastewater treatment plant TP is the sum of the flows from all connected demand site DS return flow links and catchment Catch runoff links TreatmentPlantPollInflowrp DSReturnLinkPollOutflowps rp p CatchmentRunoffLinkPollOutflowps re p Treatment can be specified by two different methods removal rate or outflow concentration Removal Rate Some fraction of the pollution will be removed by the plant entered as data see Water Quality Wastewater Treatment and the rest will flow out Note that if the plant s inflow exceeds its capacity not all of the inflow will be treated TreatmentPlantPollOutflowrp 1 RemovalRaterr p x FractionTreatedrp x TreatmentPlantPollInflowrp p Outflow Concentration The concentration of the outflow will be as specified in the outflow concentration data see Water Quality Wastewater Treatment Note that if the plant s inflow exceeds its capacity the treated effluent at the specified concentration will be mixed with the untreated overflow TreatmentPlantPollOutflowrp OutflowConcentrationrp x TreatmentPlantOutflowrp x FractionTreatedrp TreatmentPlantPollInflowrp x 1 FractionTreatedrp 7 6 4 Pollution Routing from Treatment Plants The pollution remaining in the treatment plant effluent is carried by the treatment plant return flow links to receiving bodies of water Flows from a given plant to multiple destinations are assumed to have approximately the sam
421. n the graph below such as a low streamflow or high unmet demand to instantly see the state of the system on the map above at that time period You can export these results to Google Earth see Export to Google Earth for details 5 3 3 Chart Table and Map Toolbar The toolbar is used to customize print and export the charts tables and maps displayed in WEAP It consists of the following buttons Chart Type selects the type of chart bar horizontal bar line step area area without vertical lines and pie Some restrictions apply to the types of charts you can choose In particular you can only pick line charts when the X Axis is time years or months and you can only pick area charts when values are summable Choosing pie when there are multiple items on the X Axis will produce multiple pies one for each X Axis item e g 122 Results month or year Stack Type is used in area bar and horizontal bar charts to pick how series are formatted The options are side by side stacked stacked to 100 and grouped behind This last option displays series behind one another in a 3D effect Note that stacking of charts is only available when it makes sense to stack the variable or dimension So for example a variable such as water use rate cannot be stacked and nor can values from different scenarios Change the color palette of the chart Choose Grayscale for shades of gray suitable for printing on a black and white printer
422. n the module level commands in the script i e those that are not inside a function or sub Each script has access to all of the objects in WEAP s API Leave one or more of the edit boxes blank if you do not want scripts to run during certain calculation events The names of the event scripts are saved along with the rest of your data for each area data set Thus a different set of scripts can be run for each area It is recommended that you store the actual scripts typically VBS or JS files in the current area folder so that they will be backed up and can be moved along with the rest of the area data The order in which the events occur within WEAP s calculations is indicated by the indentation of the text boxes on the Event Scripts screen and is as follows Before Calculation once before entire calculation Before Scenario for each scenario Before Year for each scenario year Before Month for each scenario year month Before Demand calculations 307 WEAP User Guide Before Supply calculations Before Cost calculations Before running MODFLOW Before Water Quality calculations After Month After Year After Scenario After Calculation once after entire calculation Menu option Advanced Scripting Events See also Scripting Script Editor Automating WEAP APT 8 4 Automating WEAP API 8 4 1 Automating WEAP API WEAP can act as a standard COM Automation Server meaning that other programs e g Exc
423. name You can subsequently edit the scale and units specified within the square brackets and WEAP will convert the values returned to the scale and units you specify Note however that you must specify a unit of the same class as the one specified for the referenced variable For example if the referenced variable is measured in a mass unit e g Tonne you may specify another mass unit e g kg but using a volume unit such as liters or any a unit of any other class will generate an error message You can specify units either using their long names e g Kilogram or using their abbreviations kg Refer to the General Units screen for a full list of available units The allowable scaling factors values are 1OE 2 Hundred 10E2 Thousand 10E3 Million 10E6 Billion 10E9 and Trillion 10E12 Note that you can reset an expression to use the default scaling factors those used in the referenced variable by simply deleting the contents of the square brackets Result Variables In addition to including references to data variables in your expression you can also include references to results from a previous timestep using the PrevTSValue function These are the values that are evaluated during WEAP s calculation routines When you reference them in Data View or in the Expression Builder WEAP will show the most recently calculated results for these variables Note however that following a calculation the value may change because of any
424. nanaeaatuasarasseasaeatspasioassbondeauioaty 131 Examples Of Expressions sssssssssssssessssesssivasasseasioesasssisavasaniessssavanvsasboasanesdatoasasbaipsoasaniesassnsapsnaazoasanapiotaszags 133 Expression Butldetssicsssssitsscasssesssssasssseasseassossasnsieivevatecasanasanncaetbeeasaeasinasanagietvasabioasinabanssautbsedtipasivassiosseiateans 134 WD PCFAtOrS st sefostss sasck S a e a S teeta ashe ease ta sitet telat ahaa tases chests 135 Reserved Wt cst iitsts ies Beas aati I AO REED AEG OEE RNA SO 135 Import Expressions from Exceliin ia i Sew E ine chen di anilingus 137 Export Expressions to Excel isisits tvsisssdavsiscnssvstssctvedecscasnsevacoesssondgivcaonsniatvsssnvsdansdasnsesacossdnendatbdsonsavotassets 138 UCTONS dormire ariera AEE AEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE E AEA REE 139 Calculation Algorithms wisi iisicaisssaesiesetoestesaisnadasscasadesssvaionochendassdaassniadavacuesdnssdans deeadvsatinsdvusians iire 193 Annual Demand and Monthly Supply Requirement Calculations cccesecescesesseeseeesseseseeseseeneees 194 Evapotranspiration Runoff Infiltration and Irrigation essesessesessesessessssessssesnsseensseensnees 195 Triflows and Outtlows Of Water aroser oroesi orie rro ar aE E EErEE GREINE TE E IES EEEE 223 Hydropower Calculati tis oseere eee eaoin Aa eaae aAA EEEE aE 255 Water Quality sinisisi aiii iniii iniii iia 256 Cost Calculations ssiri a heinera ar a iar a Ea n ra noira ainara pnia antip tania 269 Linking t6 MODFEOW visscscss
425. nce stress periods after the first which no longer exist CHOB Constant Head Flow Observation DROB Drain Observation DTOB Drain Return Observation GBOB General Head Boundary Observation HOB Head Observation OBS Observation Process RVOB River Observation STOB Streamflow Routing Observation LMT6 Link MT3DMS Not allowed ASP DAF DAFLOW surface water DAFG DAFLOW ground water DRT Drain Return LAK Lake EVT Evapotranspiration FHB Flow and Head Boundary PES Parameter Estimation SEN Sensitivity Process STR Streamflow Routing Because DRT EVT LAK and STR duplicate calculations done by WEAP allowing them would cause errors For details on how each package is linked to WEAP see MODFLOW Link Technical Details The following flow chart illustrates the flow of information between WEAP and MODFLOW 274 Advanced Topics WEAP MODFLOW Linkage Initial Procedure For each time step Calibrate Calculate WEAP MODFLOW for one time step Infiltration terate only if ET is very wrong Infiltration W level ae abstraction drawdown Calibrate ET losses irrigation river stage ateral flow non ag demands and return to GW W runoff SW GW in WEAP flow Calculate MODFLOW for one time step The following topics describe the steps required to link WEAP to MODFLOW Loading MODFLOW Model Linking MODFLOW Cells to WEAP Elements and Running the Models and View Results Also see MODFLOW L
426. nd Runoff Resistance Factor Used to control surface runoff response Related to factors such as leaf area index and land slope Runoff will tend to decrease with higher values of RRF range 0 1 to 10 S Scenario A self consistent storyline of how a future system might evolve over time in a particular socio economic setting for an assumed hydrologic sequence and under a particular set of policy and technology conditions Schematic A user created spatial layout that encompasses the physical features of the water supply and demand system The schematic is the starting point for all activities in WEAP from here you have one click access to all data and results Script WEAP can act as an COM Automation Server meaning that other programs e g Excel via VBA programming languages e g Visual Basic C or scripts e g Visual Basic Script VB script JavaScript Perl Python can control WEAP directly changing data values calculating results and exporting them to text files or Excel spreadsheets These scripts or programs would use WEAP s Application Programming Interface APJ to communicate and automate WEAP Sector A water using sector of society e g Agricultural Municipal or Industrial See Subsector Disaggregate Aggregate Sensitivity Changes that occur in a scenario because of different socio economic hydrologic or technology assumptions rather than because of different policies 383 WEAP User Guide Subs
427. nd WEAP BaseYear 1 Reference WEAP EndYear WEAP NumTimeSteps total unmet demand for entire study period RINT WEAP ResultValue Demand Sites West City Unmet Demand WEAP BaseYear 1 Reference WEAP EndYear WEAP NumTimeSteps Average average unmet demand for entire study period PR NT WEAP ResultValue Demand Sites West City Unmet Demand WEAP BaseYear 1 Reference WEAP EndYear WEAP NumTimeSteps Percentile 90 the 90th percentile value for unmet demand for entire study period NT WEAP ResultValue Cell Head 1 57y 20 2015 1 Reference 2019 12 Minimum The minimum Velocity MeterstSecond mis y Flow Cubic Meters per Second CMS Length Meter m Mass Kilogram kg Power Kilowatt kW Velocity Meters Second m s Volume Cubic Meter m 3 A few result variables have extra dimensions e g source water quality constituent or cost benefit type For these you can specify the dimension inside the square brackets after the unit If omitted WEAP will sum up the values across all items e g for costs it will add Capital Costs Operating Costs and Benefits Note WEAP Branch BranchName Variables Variable Name Value Year is equivalent to WEAP ResultValue BranchName VariableNam e Year although WEAP ResultValue lets y
428. nd Run the Models and View Results See also MODPATH Link Technical Details 9 15 Edit MODPATH Porosity From the MODPATH Link screen click the Porosity Data button to view or edit porosity data for each layer and cell Choose the layer to display using the drop down box at the top For each layer you can set the porosity to either be the same value for all rows and columns Constant porosity or set each row and column individually Set porosity for every cell 359 WEAP User Guide w Porosity Layer 1 Constant porosity 0 30 Set porosity for every cell Coli Col2 Col3 Col4 Col5 Col6 Col Col8 Col9 Col 10 Col1i Col 12 Col 13 Rowl 0 30 030 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 Row2 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 O30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 Row3 0 30 030 0 30 030 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 Row4 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 Row5 06 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 Row6 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 Row7 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 O30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 Row8 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 Row9 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 Row 10 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 O30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 0 30 gm gt Help J Save X cancel v
429. nd operating infrastructure in one or more scenarios If both costs and benefits are selected for display the sum of these is shown with costs assumed to be negative and benefits to be positive For example if benefits exceed costs the resulting sum displayed in the graph or table will be positive If results for all items are displayed the values will account for the costs and or benefits of all items and the system costs and or benefits described in the Entering System Costs and Benefits section Using the menus and checkbox arranged around the edge of the screen the user can choose how the data are presented The menu on the bottom of the screen determines the data type for the x axis Choices include model items simulation years scenarios and cost benefit types The menus at the top and right side of the screen can be used to further adjust the information in the graph or table Net Present Value Report This report represents the net present value of future expenditures for capital and operations costs net of any benefits The values presented in the report are the sums of the net present value calculation of the net costs for each of the future years modeled in the scenario As an example consider the Weaping River Basin area provided with WEAP and assume the current accounts year is 2010 the North Reservoir is built in 2015 for 100 million dollars and the financing is for 30 years at 4 interest The net present value is calculated as t
430. nd tables and exporting tables to Microsoft Excel The bottom pane also gives access to a notes screen a word processing tool in which you can enter documentation and references for each branch of the tree To edit the notes right click and select Edit to display the notes in a larger window which includes a basic set of word processing controls Notes can include formatting bold underline fonts etc and can also include standard Windows objects such as spreadsheets The Elaboration tab contains the Expression Elaboration Expression Elaboration is useful for helping you to understand and explain your analyses WITHOUT continually having to navigate from branch to branch in the tree It shows a list of branches and variables referenced by the current expression along with their data or expressions If any of those referenced branches themselves contain references to other branches they will also be shown Double clicking on any item in this list will make the display jump to the listed branch variable You can also right click 34 Data and choose Copy to copy the full list to the Windows clipboard You may resize each of these four panels by dragging the dividing bars between them A record of all changes made to data in the order the changes were made are recorded in the text file Changes txt stored in the subdirectory for a WEAP area Users enter their initials upon logging in when WEAP starts so that any changes can be catalogu
431. ne for more efficient ones Another example would be a tiered pricing strategy that charged more per unit water for higher usage rates thus encouraging individuals to reduce their consumption The benefits generated by this pricing strategy could be modeled using the BlockRate function However you would need to separately estimate the reduction in activity level or water use rate due to increased prices The disaggregated approach works well if your demand data is already disaggregated to the level of end uses or devices However most demand analyses will not be so disaggregated With the aggregated approach for DSM you estimate the fraction of total demand for a demand site that could be reduced by DSM programs and enter that fraction under DSM Savings For example if efficient washing machines and toilets consume 60 less water than traditional ones and those end uses account for 4 of overall water consumption for a demand site enter 2 4 for the DSM Savings If there are costs associated with these DSM programs enter the cost per unit of water saved on the DSM Cost tab Entered on Data View Branch Demand Sites Category Demand Management Tabs DSM Savings DSM Cost 4 8 5 Consumption Enter the consumptive losses for the demand site water that is lost to evaporation or treatment embodied in products or otherwise unaccounted for These amounts are lost from the system Consumption is entered as a fraction of the demand site
432. ne multiplied by this coefficient In other words the buffer coefficient is the fraction of the water in the buffer zone available each month 86 Data for release Thus a coefficient close to 1 0 will cause demands to be met more fully while rapidly emptying the buffer zone while a coefficient close to 0 will leave demands unmet while preserving the storage in the buffer zone Essentially the top of buffer should represent the volume at which releases are to be cut back and the buffer coefficient determines the amount of the cut back Note The buffer coefficient determines how much of the water that is in the buffer zone at the beginning of a timestep is available for release during that timestep However this doesn t restrict WEAP from releasing some or all of water that flows into the reservoir during the timestep Even if the buffer coefficient is 0 WEAP can still release any water that flows into the reservoir that timestep if needed to meet downstream or hydropower demands in this case the storage level will not decrease but it may not increase either See River Reservoir Flows for calculation algorithms Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Local or River Reservoir Category Operation Tabs Top of Conservation Top of Buffer Top of Inactive Buffer Coefficient Hydropower Generation If the reservoir does not generate hydropower simply leave this entire section blank Hydropower will only be generated
433. need to use the View menu to select the different views WEAP User Guide 2 3 Schematic View The Schematic View is the starting point for all activities in WEAP A central feature of WEAP is its easy to use drag and drop graphical interface used to describe and visualize the physical features of the water supply and demand system This spatial layout is called the schematic You can create edit and view it in the Schematic View GIS layers can be added to provide clarity and impact s The schematic also provides you with one click access to Vest your entire analysis Cit Right click on any element in the Main Schematic and choose the data variable to edit under West Aquifer Central Reservoir West Aquifer General Info View Results gt Initial Storage Maximum Withdrawal Edit Data or the Move Label hiya Rachie result table to view Delete Method under View Results BOD Concentration In the example at the West T55 Concentration right the user is WWTP Nitrogen Concentration South about to edit Storage Capacity data for the City Phosphorous Concentration groundwater node named West Aquifer South City WWTP 2 4 Data View In the Data View you build the model of your system entering the data structures data assumptions modeling relationships and documentation for the Current Accounts and for each scenario The screen is divided into four panes
434. ng information from the MODFLOW Basic BAS package WEAP will create columns in the attribute table for each layer in the MODFLOW model indicating which cells are active inactive or have constant head The column names are Is_Active lt N gt where lt N gt is the layer number e g Is_Activel Is_Active2 Active cells are marked with A constant head cells are marked with CH and inactive cells are blank You can choose one of these columns to display as the label on the Schematic View to get a quick idea of the MODFLOW model Note WEAP 281 WEAP User Guide can also display the cell types for each cell in the Results View W Well R Recharge D Drain V River H Constant Head F Flooded dry Dry Cells r W WEAP Tutorial Area Edit View Schematic General Advanced Help River 2 V gt Diversion V amp Reservoir Schematic E Groundwater 1 M Other Supply 1 Demand Site 2 VI Catchment 1 gt Runott Infiltration 2 vI Transmission Link 3 Wastewater Treatment Plant V Return Flow 3 v m Run of River Hydro Vi Flow Requirement Vi Streamflow Gauge A A A VILI MODFLOW Linkage A MIC Catchment M River v E Spring vI Farm v E Big City V I Big City Wellfield M E Artificial Recharge CH A A A CH CH Area Tutorial 2000 2010 monthly Schematic View Licensed to Stockholm Environment Institute A
435. ng option often provides an efficient means of delineating the source of recharge to localized points of discharge such as well fields or drains For a forward tracking analysis you may release particles at different times whereas for a backward tracking analysis particles are traced backwards in time from a single release time typically the last time step of the WEAP model 9 16 2 Criteria for stopping particles A particle terminates when it e reaches a cell face that is a boundary of the active grid e enters a cell with a strong sink from which there is no outflow to other cells or for backward tracking a strong source cell with no inflow from other cells e reaches an external boundary or internal sink source cell that captures the particle e enters a cell with a special zone code that is designated as a stopping point or 361 WEAP User Guide e is stranded in a dry cell If a special zone code is given MODPATH will terminate a particle if it enters a cell that has been assigned that zone code value This option can be used to map out the recharge area for a hydrogeologic unit by setting the zone code for the cells that contain that unit equal to the special zone code for terminating particles If you select this option you will need to edit the IBOUND array in the MODPATH Main file The zone code is an integer greater than one A weak sink is a model cell representing a well for example that does not discharge at a
436. ng scenarios are shown using indentation and lines in the layout of the scenarios in the Data Section For example in the Weaping River Basin the Reference scenario is the parent to the other three scenarios Supply Measures Demand Measures and Integrated Measures which are shown below and indented from Reference See also View Bar 129 6 Expressions 6 1 Expressions Overview WEAP borrows an approach made popular in spreadsheets the ability for users to enter data and construct models using mathematical expressions Expressions are standard mathematical formulae used to specify the values of variables in WEAP s Data View In the Current Accounts an expression defines the initial value for a given variable at a branch while in scenarios the expression defines how that variable changes over time from one year after the Current Accounts to the end of the study period Expressions can range from simple numeric values to complex mathematical formulae Each formula can optionally use WEAP s many built in functions as well as referencing the values of other branches both data and result variables Expressions can even create dynamic links to the values stored in an external Microsoft Excel spreadsheet WEAP provides a number of ways of editing expressions The most common are e Typing directly into the expression field in one of the data entry table s in WEAP s Data View e Using the Yearly Time Series Wizard a tool for ea
437. nil This will close WEAP without saving any changes Excel can also remind you what are the properties methods and classes in the WEAP API via its Intellisense technology Intellisense only works when editing a macro not in the Immediate Window On the left side of the Excel Visual Basic Editor double click on ThisWorkbook to open the code window Then on the menu choose Insert Procedure Give it a name Test and you can now start adding code to it On the first line type Dim W As After you type As and a space Excel should pop up a list from which to choose You can either scroll down to choose WEAP Application but it s easier to start typing After you type WE Excel should jump to that section of the list Press the down arrow once to highlight WEAPApplication then hit Enter to select it For this to work you must have already done the Tools References step mentioned above If Excel isn t showing this list hit Ctrl space to pop it up Now that Excel knows that W is of type WEAPApplication you can type W that s W followed by a period and a list will pop up of all the WEAP API properties and methods for the WEAPApplication class On the next line type W and choose ActiveArea from the list Excel will move to the next line but that line is not finished yet Go back up to the W ActiveArea line and type Weaping River Basin to finish it Another way that Excel can show the details of the API is in the Object Brow
438. nly LoadFavorite FavoriteName Load predefined WEAP LoadFavorite Groundwater report format which had been previously saved as a WEAP favorite Will switch to Results View if necessary calculating results as needed LoadOverview OverviewName Load previously saved WEAP overview Will switch to Scenario Explorer View if necessary calculating results as needed Tip Once an overview has been loaded you may use WEAP ExportResults to save all the tables to a CSV or Excel file LogCalculationErrors Get or set value if true log all calculation errors and warnings to 314 WEAP LogCalculationErrors Storage WEAP LoadOverview Default TRUE WEAP LogFile Calculation errors are those that appear on the Messages tab in the Results View Logfile Set or get the file to which errors and warnings are logged only if Verbose is 0 1 or 2 Note these errors and warning are not the same as calculation errors those that appear on the Messages tab in the Results View NumErrors Get or reset the number of errors this session from using API property and method calls NumTimeSteps Get the number of time steps in each year e g 12 Read only PrevTSCalcTS Integer Get the timestep of the previous calculation timestep Read only PrevTSCalcYear Integer Get the year of the previous calculation timestep Read only Print Number or text Prints a number or a text string Print statement
439. nning of the month plus demand site DS and treatment plant 7P return flows that come in at that point StorageForOperationres AdjustedBeginMonthStorageres 25DSReturnFlowps res TP TPReturnFlow rp res The amount available to be released from the reservoir is the full amount in the conservation and flood control zones and a fraction the buffer coefficient fraction is entered as data see Supply and Resources Local Reservoirs Operation of the amount in the buffer zone Each of these zones is given in terms of volume i e not elevation The water in the inactive zone is not available for release StorageAvailableForRelease res FloodControlAndConservationZoneStorage res BufferCoefficientres x BufferZoneStorage res Flood Control Zone Conservation Zone Total Storage Top of Conservation Top of Buffer Buffer Zone Top of Inactive Inactive Zone All of the water in the flood control and conservation zones is available for release and equals the amount above Top Of Buffer TOB and other reservoir zones levels are entered as data see Supply and Resources Local Reservoirs Operation FloodControlAndConservationZoneStorageres StorageForOperationres TopOfBufferZone res or zero if the level is below Top Of Buffer FloodControlAndConservationZoneStorage res 0 Buffer zone storage equals the total volume of the buffer zone if the level is above Top Of Buffer BufferZoneStorage
440. nodes displayed e g demand sites scenarios time period graph type unit gridlines color or background image See Charts Tables and Maps for more details Once you have customized a report you can save it as a favorite for later retrieval Up to 25 favorites can be displayed side by side by grouping them into an overview Using favorites and overviews you can easily assemble a customized set of reports that highlight the key results of your analysis In addition to its role as WEAP s main reporting tool the Results View is also important as the main place where you analyze your intermediate results to ensure that your data assumptions and models are valid and consistent The reports are grouped into three main categories Demand Supply and Resources and Environment 2 6 Scenario Explorer View The Scenario Explorer View is used to group together multiple Favorite charts and tables created earlier in the Results View into Overviews With Overviews you can simultaneously examine different important aspects of your system such as demands coverage flows storage levels environmental impacts and costs In addition to showing Results the Scenario Explorer View can display selected Data across many scenarios to help demonstrate the impact of various assumptions and policies on results These input values can be changed on the spot and WEAP will recalculate and update the results For details on choosing and con
441. nt over CROPWAT which use a single Kc method and hence does not separate evaporation and transpiration Plant Growth Model PGM The Plant Growth Model simulates plant growth water use and yield using a daily time step It was developed to provide a method for studying the impacts of altered atmospheric CO2 concentration temperature stress season length variability and water stress on plant water use and crop yields It requires specification of parameters that control the rate of plant development and water use The growth routines in the model are based on the approach taken in the SWAT and EPIC models allowing use of their databases for parameterization of the model Soil moisture hydraulics are simulated using a 13 layer model that represents the top 3 5 meters of the soil profile Outputs from the model include surface runoff deep percolation plant ET water and temperature stress biomass production and yield See also Simplified Coefficient Method Calculation Algorithms Soil Moisture Method Calculation Algorithms MABIA Method Calculation Algorithms Plant Growth Model Calculation Algorithms 52 Data 4 9 2 FAO Crop Requirements Method Land Use These parameters apply to the Simplified Coefficient Method For the Soil Moisture Method see Soil Moisture Land Use for the MABIA Method see MABIA Land Use for the Plant Growth Model Method see Plant Growth Model Method Land Use Area
442. nt runoff into the river or the confluence of streams or rivers not otherwise modeled You may specify this inflow using the Water Year Method the Read from File Method or with an expression See Specifying Inflow for details For groundwater interactions you must specify to which Groundwater Source each reach is connected If a reach is connected to a groundwater node for which you ve chosen to model the flows based on the level of the water table then you will need to enter the Reach Length the horizontal length of the interface between the reach and linked groundwater Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources River lt River Name gt Reaches Category Inflows Tabs Surface Water Inflow Groundwater Inflow Groundwater Outflow Evaporation Reach Length Climate Data Climate data is needed for each reach if you want WEAP to model water temperature The climate parameters include e Air Temperature the weighted mean of high and low temperature e Humidity relative humidity e Wind average wind speed in m s Default is 2 m s e Cloudiness Fraction fraction of daytime hours with no shade from clouds vegetation or topography 0 0 completely overcast or shaded 1 0 no clouds or shade Default is 1 no shade e Latitude in degrees If you are using QUAL2K to model water temperature the following climate parameters are required e Air Temperature the weighted mean of high and low temperature
443. ntAccounts Year ExpForecast Syntax ExpForecast Yearl Valuel Year2 Value2 YearN ValueN or ExpForecast XLRange Filename Rangename Description Exponential forecasting is used to estimate future values based on a time series of historical data The new values are predicted using linear regression to an exponential growth model Y m X c where the Y terms corresponds to the variable to be forecast and the X term is years Exponential forecasting is most useful in cases where certain values can be expected to grow at constant growth rates over the period in question e g population levels Use this function with caution You may need to first use a spreadsheet or some other package to test the statistical validity of the forecast i e test how well the regression fits the historical data Moreover bear in mind that future trends may be markedly different from historical ones particularly if structural or policy shifts in the economy are likely to have an impact on future trends Using the above two alternatives syntaxes the time series data required by the function can either be entered explicitly in WEAP as year value pairs or it can be specified as a range in an Excel spreadsheet Use the yearly time series wizard to input these values or to link to the Excel data In either case years do not need to be in any particular order but duplicate years are not allowed and must be in the range 1990 2200 When linkin
444. ntage of rainfall available for evapotranspiration The remainder is available for runoff See also Simplified Coefficient Method Calculation Algorithm Entered on Data View Branch Catchments Category Land Use Tab Area Kc Effective Precipitation Climate These parameters apply to the Simplified Coefficient Method For the Soil Moisture Method see Soil Moisture Climate for the MABIA Method see MABIA Climate for the Plant Growth Model Method see Plant Growth Model Method Climate Depending on the setting in General Basic Parameters the values for precipitation and ETref can either be entered once for each catchment and will apply to all the land use branches within that catchment or they will be entered separately for each branch within each catchment This second option might be necessary if there is a large variation in the elevation among different land uses within a catchment Alternatively the catchment could be divided into several different catchment nodes according to elevation so that the climate within each catchment did not vary by 53 WEAP User Guide land use Precipitation The monthly precipitation time series can either be read in from a file or entered in manually ETref The monthly reference evapotranspiration can either be read in from a file or entered in manually See also Simplified Coefficient Method Calculation Algorithm Entered on Data View Branch Catchments Cate
445. ntext of all other demands and supplies in the system The maximum withdrawals from an aquifer can be set see Supply and Resources Groundwater Maximum Withdrawal to model the monthly pumping capacity of the well or other characteristics of the aquifer that could limit withdrawals 88TransLinkInflowew ps MaximumGroundwaterWithdrawalcw 7 4 9 River River Headflow Headflow is defined as the flow into the first reach Rch of a river River and is entered as data see Supply and Resources River Headflow UpstreamInflowrcn RiverHeadflow river Reach Flows The inflow to a reach Rch from upstream other than the first reach is defined as the amount flowing downstream from the node Node immediately above the reach UpstreamInflowrcn DownstreamOutflowNode The flow out of a reach into the downstream node equals the flow into the reach from upstream plus surface water runoff and groundwater inflows to the reach minus evaporation and outflow to groundwater inflows from runoff and groundwater are entered directly see Supply and Resources River Reaches This downstream outflow from the reach will become the upstream inflow to the node immediately below the reach or the outflow from the river as a whole if there are no more nodes downstream of the reach DownstreamOutflowrcn UpstreamInflowren Surface WaterInflowrcn GroundwaterFlowToReachew rch ReachFlowToGroundwaterew rcn Evaporationrch RiverFloodingrcn Outf
446. ntributing to the system hydropower demand System Hydropower Demand The power generated by reservoirs and hydropower nodes System Hydropower Unmet Demand The energy demand specified as data for the system as a whole Note Reports related to hydropower demand will only be available if hydropower demand data has been entered Other Supply Inflows and Outflows A mass balance of all water entering and leaving a specified other supply source Inflows are represented as positive amounts outflows as negative amounts Transmission Link Flow The flow into each transmission link If there are losses in the transmission link this will be larger than the flow out of the transmission link to the demand site or catchment and is the best way to report the actual abstractions made Inflows and Outflows Includes amounts lost to evaporation and leakage Return Link Flow The flow through each return link Inflows and Outflows Includes amounts lost to evaporation and leakage Infiltration Runoff Link Flow Volume of flows from catchments to surface and groundwater 5 2 4 Catchment Results Overview of Catchment Results Catchment results cover all processes and variables related to the method chosen to simulate Catchments Simplified Coefficient Soil Moisture or MABIA Method Reports will not be 110 Results available unless catchments have been created in the schematic Simplified Coefficient Method Result
447. nts separately WEAP will include information in the shapefile s attribute table for each particle timestep such as distance traveled and velocity This information will be useful if you later want to display the shapefile in a GIS program such as ArcGIS and color code the line segments by these attributes File name fa Save as Jars Shapefile SHP shp X Be a Multiple lines per particle pathline one For each timestep For each particle Particle Pathlines C One line per particle pathline all particle timesteps on the same line The Scenario Explorer View can display multiple pathline results saved as Favorites for different Particle Generation and MODPATH Options or for different scenarios In this example favorites have been saved for the same variable but for different scenarios showing how the particle plume is strongly affected by pumping one scenario has pumping the other scenario does not Choose From Favorite to see both scenarios Click the Axis Scale button 301 WEAP User Guide on the right to use the same scales for the axes so that the different charts can be easily compared w WEAP Tutorial Area Edit View Explorer Advanced Help Defaut gt Manage Show Data Variables From Favorite Charts Table Schematic MAD PATH Particle Pathline i s Results b z wv uw A o EJ w T o in wo Oo WEAP 2 3161 Area Tutorial 2008 2027 monthly Scenario Explorer Vie
448. nts to be met Costs increase due to construction of a new reservoir 10 4 Integrated Measures The Integrated Measures Scenario combines measures from Demand Measures and Supply Measures Scenarios This scenario decreases demand and provides excellent supply coverage Combining Demand and Supply Scenarios increases groundwater storage and fulfills all flow requirements Costs increase due to demand efficiency measures and construction of new reservoir 367 11 Technical Support 11 1 Technical Support Limited technical support is provided at no charge to licensed users of the system Various options are available for obtaining support We request that you first make use of the WEAP technical support forum This site provides a moderated forum for users to request and receive technical support and to discuss WEAP related issues with other users You can get there from the WEAP Main Menu option Visit WEAP Technical Support Forum To request technical support by email go to the WEAP Main Menu option Help Send Email to WEAP Support You can describe your question or problem and WEAP will automatically attach information about your system and the WEAP error log You will also have the option to attach the most recently saved version of your area dataset to the email Finally before requesting help be sure to check to see if a more recent version of WEAP is available Use the Check on Internet for Updates on the Help menu to check fo
449. nts value of 100 in 2000 2001 105 00 2002 110 25 If the water use rate is growing annually by 3 but will start to decline at a rate of 1 per year once you implement water saving measures in 2012 the expression would be If Year lt 2012 Growth 3 Growth 1 See Also ExpForecast GrowthAs GrowthFrom Interp LinForecast LogisticForecast Smooth Step GrowthAs Syntax GrowthAs BranchName or GrowthAs BranchName Elasticity or Description Calculates a value in any given year using the previous value of the current branch and the rate of growth in another named branch This is equivalent to the formula Current Value t Current Value t 1 NamedBranchValue t NamedBranchValue t 1 In the second form of the function the calculated growth rate is adjusted to reflect an elasticity More precisely the change in the current dependent branch is related to the change in the named branch raised to the power of the elasticity This is a common approach in econometric modeling in which the growth in one variable is estimated as a function of the growth in another independent variable Current Value t Current Value t 1 NamedBranchValue t NamedBranchValue t 1 Elasticity Examples GrowthAs Household Rural GrowthAs GDP 1 In this example elasticity 1 the current branch grows at the same rate as the named branch 149 WEAP User Guide GDP When GDP doubles so does the current
450. nual Activity Level Annual Water Use Rate The Water Use Rate is the average annual water consumption per unit of activity WEAP displays the denominator person in the example below to emphasize that this is a rate per unit not the total amount of water used by all showers Annual Activity Level Rag WE MECHIRJ EG Monthly Variation Consumption Annual water use rate per unit of activity Single family 1998 1999 2008 Scale Unit Showers 62 62 GrowthAs Key Drivers T echnical Innovation 0 25 _ m 3 person 70 5 Growth4s Key Drivers T echnical Innovation 0 25 m3 person 44 1 m3 person 30 8 m 3 person Entered on Data View Branch Demand Sites Category Water Use Tab Annual Water Use Rate Monthly Variation In some demand sites such as industrial sites water use may remain constant throughout the year while other demands may vary considerably from month to month If the demand is constant throughout the year leave this line blank Otherwise enter the percentage of annual water used in each month The percentages will also be used to convert the annual pollution generated into monthly amounts The variation should reflect the weighted effects of all users within the demand site In estimating monthly variations for a demand site historical patterns can be reviewed If such records are unavailable the user can reference demand sites with similar properties The twelve monthly coefficients must sum
451. o access the wizard either right click on the data table or click on the down arrow on the right side of the expression box and choose Expression Builder from the menu The screen of the Expression Builder is divided into two resizable panes At the top are a set of tabs that are used to access the names of the mathematical logical and modeling functions built in to WEAP as well as to access the names of all branches in WEAP At the bottom of the screen is an editing box into which you can directly type to edit an expression or into which you can add an item from the top pane either by dragging and dropping or by double clicking on an item At the right of the editing box is a set of buttons that give quick access to the most common mathematical operators etc A toolbar at the top of the expression builder gives quick access to the most common editing options such as Cut H Copy E Paste amp etc When constructing an expression you can check whether the expression is valid by clicking on the Verify button Finally when you have finished with the expression click on Finish to put the expression back into the data entry table you came from or click on Cancel to abandon the edit There are two tabbed pages in the Expression Builder e Functions contain the list of functions built in to WEAP You can see a list of ALL functions or filter the list to show the modeling mathematical and logical functions On the right
452. o have one Set for calibrating snowpack in the mountains and another Set for calibrating runoff in the lowlands Each set comprises all the following information Parameters to Calibrate Observations to Calibrate to and Options The buttons to the right of the Calibration Set drop down list let you add delete or rename the Sets 8 5 2 Parameters to Calibrate Choose one or more parameters variables in your model to calibrate giving allowable ranges for each PEST will find the values for these parameters that give the best fit to the observations specified see below To add a parameter click the Add Parameter button To edit an existing parameter click the Edit Parameter button On the Parameter to Calibrate screen choose the Data View Branch and Variable you want to calibrate In each calibration iteration this variable will be given a single value for all years and timesteps For example if you were calibrating a catchment that used the Soil Moisture method you might want to calibrate the Root Zone Conductivity and Preferred Flow Direction variables If you had several land classes you might need to calibrate these variables for each land class Enter the Title and Description which will be displayed on the Scenario Explorer Overview that the PEST Calibration Wizard will create The Parameter Name Abbreviation for PEST File will be used as the name of the parameter in the PEST control file The name can be up to 12 characters lon
453. o one or more river nodes and zero or more groundwater nodes Runoff Fraction For catchments simulated with the Rainfall Runoff version of the Simplified Coefficient Method the Runoff Flow Routing specifies the fraction of runoff generated by the catchment that is sent to each runoff flow destination These flows must sum to 100 since they are a fraction of outflow For catchments that use the Soil Moisture MABIA or Plant Growth Model methods and have runoff to more than one surface water node or more than one groundwater node you will need to 76 Data specify the Surface Runoff Fraction or the Groundwater Infiltration Fraction to apportion the flow among the various destination The surface runoff shares and the groundwater infiltration shares must each sum to 100 Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Runoff and Infiltration Tab Runoff Fraction 4 10 Supply and Resources 4 10 1 Supply and Resources Overview Given the monthly supply requirement established from the definitions of the system Demand and the definitions of Hydrology the Supply and Resources section determines the amounts availability and allocation of supplies simulates monthly river flows including surface groundwater interactions and instream flow requirements hydropower generation and tracks reservoir and groundwater storage Supply and Resources include the following subsections e Transmission Links transmission links carry wa
454. o that it is still monthly MODPATH reserves file unit numbers between 80 99 for internal use Therefore do not use these numbers in your MODFLOW Name file MODPATH file comment lines start with The particle tracking algorithm used by MODPATH can be implemented for either steady state or transient flow fields However when used with a steady state MODFLOW model MODPATH will not consider any changes in pumping or recharge that occur after the first timestep Therefore a steady state model is a poor choice for one to link to WEAP 8 3 Scripting 8 3 1 Scripting A script is a simple computer program which uses Microsoft s Windows Script technology Scripts are text files written in one of the many different script languages that support Windows Script such as VBScript JScript JavaScript Perl Python Ruby and PHP VBScript and JScript come with Windows and are always available whereas other scripting languages must be installed by you on your computer before you can use them See below for links to free versions of these scripting languages Because scripts are text files they are easy to create and modify Scripts can be used with WEAP in two different ways 1 Internally to create more powerful expressions and functions for a WEAP model e g create a script to calculate reservoir water quality and Call the script from a WEAP expression 2 Externally to automate WEAP via its Application Programming Interface API
455. od of updating the software as it requires a much smaller download compared to a full download and re installation of the system WEAP will automatically check for a newer version on startup if there is an active Internet connection at the time NB the versions of WEAP available on the Internet work by default in evaluation mode i e with the Save feature disabled For those using this version the Register WEAP option can be used to enter a user name and registration code to fully unlock the software User names and registration codes are distributed by SEI to licensed users of the system Visit the WEAP web site for more information on licensing WEAP WEAP Structure 2 2 View Bar WEAP is structured as a set of five different views of your area These views are listed as graphical icons on the View Bar located on the left of the screen Click an icon in the View Bar to select one of the views For the Results and Scenario Explorer view WEAP will calculate scenarios before the view is displayed if any changes have been made to the system or the scenarios The Schematic View is the starting point for all activities in WEAP A central feature Pa of WEAP is its easy to use drag and drop graphical interface used to describe and visualize the physical features of the water supply and demand system This spatial layout is called the schematic You can create edit and view it in the Schematic View GIS layers can be adde
456. of decimal places displayed in a table Transpose transposes rows and columns in the table Choose the font for the table Stat View summary statistics in the last rows and columns of the table minimum maximum mean standard deviation SD and root mean square RMS Move forward to the next timestep for the chart or table This option is only available if the X axis is not years Move backwards to the previous timestep for the chart or table This option is only available if the X axis is not years Display results as labels turns on or off the display of results as labels on the map Size Display results as varying line widths and node sizes turns on or off the display of results on the map by resizing lines and nodes Display chart below map shows or hides the chart in the Map tab 5 3 4 Export to Google Earth WEAP can export the area schematic and results in Google Earth format kmz This provides a powerful and convenient way to package the results from a WEAP analysis to share with others everything is saved in one file that can be sent via email or posted on a web site for others to download and open in Google Earth Here are two examples from the Weaping River Basin click to open in Google Earth Results for each WEAP object Animated movie of results Google Earth is free and can be downloaded from http earth google com_ To export to Google Earth requires that the WEAP area uses the WGS84 lat lon or UTM GIS projecti
457. of the tab each function is fully documented with notes describing syntax and usage as well as examples of how to apply each function The modeling functions are the main functions used for defining and calculating variables in WEAP The mathematical functions are standard mathematical functions log exp max min etc Wherever possible the names and syntax of these functions are the same as equivalent functions in Microsoft Excel The logical functions are standard logical operators IF AND NOT OR LessThan etc used to construct conditional expressions that yield different results depending on the values of variables e Branches contain a tree outline listing all WEAP branches When you drag and drop a 134 Expressions branch to add it to the expression a pop up box will appear prompting you to pick a variable from the branch to which you wish to refer Data variables are listed first followed by result variables which all include calculated result from previous timestep after the result variable s name See also Data View Expressions Examples of Expressions Export to Excel Functions Import from Excel 6 4 Operators In addition to WEAP s built in library of functions you can also write your own functions in standard scripting languages such as VBScript and JavaScript These functions can be accessed from your expressions using the Call function The script editor lets you edit the default VBScript file functions t
458. om in so that you can verify that the cells are correctly labeled If they are not correct you must edit the shape file s attribute table dbf either within WEAP Map Layer window or outside of WEAP ArcView or Excel to enter the correct reach names in the format River name Reach name 357 WEAP User Guide Et WEAP Zabadani Area Edit View Schematic General Help T M PRiver 1 t MI gt Diversion 1 M amp Reservoir ME Groundwater 9 M Other Supply Demand Site 6 Catchment 3 gt Runoff Infiltration 18 Transmission Link 20 Wastewater Treatment Ple gt Retum Flow 4 M Run of River Hydro M Flow Requirement Results MC SubCatchments MO SC_LU_WeapRech Scenario Explorer Area Zabadani Schematic View Registered to Jack Sieber Stackholm Environment Institute 9 13 2 Filling in Attribute Table to Link MODFLOW Cells to WEAP Elements The shape file s associated attribute table has fields for row column and for linking various WEAP elements to each cell GW Catchment Land_Use DemandSite and RiverReach You will need to fill in this table specifying which cells are linked to which WEAP elements For example the name of the WEAP groundwater node in the Tutorial the node is named Groundwater must be entered in the table in the column labeled GW for each cell that corresponds to the WEAP groundwater node For the tutorial dataset row 1 columns 6 through
459. on LessThan Syntax LessThan Expression1 Expression2 Description Returns a value of 1 if parameter 1 is less than parameter 2 Otherwise returns a value of zero Note This function is included for backwards compatibility with earlier versions of WEAP In the latest versions of WEAP you can now use the standard less than operator lt directly in your expressions This helps to simplify your expressions and make them easier to understand Example LessThan 1 3 1 LessThan 3 1 0 LessThan 1 1 0 LessThanOrEqual Syntax LessThanOrEqual Expression1 Expression2 Description Returns a value of 1 if parameter 1 is less than or equal to parameter 2 Otherwise returns a value of zero Note This function is included for backwards compatibility with earlier versions of WEAP In the latest versions of WEAP you can now use the standard less than or equal to operator lt directly in your expressions This helps to simplify your expressions and make them easier to understand Example LessThanOrEqual 1 3 1 LessThanOrEqual 3 1 0 LessThanOrEqual 1 1 1 190 Expressions Not Syntax Not Expression Description Reverses the logic of the parameter Returns a 1 true if the parameter is zero false Returns a zero false if the parameter is non zero true Example Not 1 0 Not 1 0 Not 0 1 NotEqual Syntax NotEqual Expression1 Expression2 Description Returns a value of 1 i
460. on between adjacent points on the volume elevation curve specified as data see Supply and Resources River Reservoir Physical V olume Elevation Curve BeginMonthElevationres VolumeToElevation BeginMonthStorageres The elevation is reduced by the evaporation rate AdjustedBeginMonthElevationres BeginMonthElevationres EvaporationRate res Then the adjusted elevation is converted back to a volume AdjustedBeginMonthStorageres ElevationToVolume AdjustedBeginMonthElevationres A reservoir s operating rules determine how much water is available in a given month for release to satisfy demand instream flow and hydropower requirements and for flood control These rules operate on the available resource for the month This storage level for operation is the adjusted amount at the beginning of the month plus inflow from upstream and demand site DS and treatment plant 7P return flows that come in at that point StorageForOperationres AdjustedBeginMonthStorage res UpstreamInflowres DSDSReturnFlowps res TP TPReturnFlow7p res The amount available to be released from the reservoir is the full amount in the conservation and flood control zones and a fraction of the amount in the buffer zone the buffer coefficient fraction is entered as data see Supply and Resources River Reservoir Operation Each of these zones is given in terms of volume i e not elevation The water in the inactive zone is not available for release
461. on by a crop will automatically use the characteristics of the crop named Fallow in the Crop Library You do not need to add Fallow in the Crop Scheduling Wizard At the top of the wizard select the number of crops or cuttings per year For example if you had corn followed by winter wheat you would enter 2 if you had an initial alfalfa crop with two subsequent cuttings you would enter 3 Crop or Land Cover Choose the crop from the crop library Crop Season Length The season length from the Crop Library the sum of all four crop stages will be displayed for information Typical Planting Month 72 Data The typical planting month from the Crop Library will be displayed for information Planting Date Choose the day of the year on which the crop will be planted For a subsequent cutting or harvest typically the Planting Date would be the day after the previous crop s End Date End Date The Planting Date plus the season length determine the last day of the crop and will be displayed for information Multiple crops or cuttings must not overlap dates For perennial crops and land covers choose the first day of the water year as the planting date and make sure that the end date is the last day of the water year If not edit that crop in the Crop Library so that the stage lengths add up to 365 days See also MABIA Calculation Algorithms Entered on Data View Branch Catchments Category Land Use Tab Crops
462. on in all years or by using a function such as Interp or LoanPayment to calculate the value The system variables can be used to enter costs and benefits not directly associated with an individual item in the model to enter sunk costs or if you choose not to disaggregate costs Note that these values are represented as fixed costs or benefits they do not vary with the flows that are calculated during a simulation To enter costs that do vary with flows data must be input at the level of the individual item These system wide variables include e Capital Costs e Operations and Management costs e Benefit Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Tabs Capital Costs O and M Costs Benefit 4 13 3 Entering Item Costs and Benefits Costs For each individual item such as demand nodes transmission links treatment plants and reservoirs costs can be entered as capital fixed operation and variable operation costs These variables can be accessed by right clicking on an item in the Schematic View The dropdown menu provides a list of all the variables associated with the item These variables can also be accessed by navigating through the Data View screen to the item of interest then clicking on the Cost tab Cost variables include e Capital Costs the principal of the loan in dollars Capital costs represent the investment in project construction and are often financed WEAP provides the LoanPayment function for calcul
463. on is calculated by multiplying the overall level of activity by a water use rate Activity Levels are used in WEAP s Demand analysis as a measure of social and economic activity Annual Activity Level Annual Water Use Rate Monthly Variation Consumption Annual level of activity driving demand such as agricultural area population using water for domestic purposes or industrial output 1998 1999 2008 Unit Help A Demand Site 3 75 Growth 3 Milion person 42 Interp 2020 50 Percent share of people 90 Interp 2020 98 Percent saturation of people 99 98 v Percent saturation of people 75 Interp 2020 85 Percent saturation of people 80 Interp 2020 90 Percent saturation _of people i Activity levels for one of the hierarchical levels are typically described in absolute terms in this case the number of people in South City is 3 75 million in the Current Accounts while the other levels are described in proportionate i e percentage share or percentage saturation terms In the example shown above 42 of the population lives in single family households in 2010 and of these 90 have showers Notice that at the top level the user chooses an absolute unit for the activity level person At lower levels WEAP keeps track of the units and hence knows that the 46 Data percentage number entered at the second level is the share of people In general WEAP le
464. on these uses as well as effects of changing prices on quantities of water demanded In addition priorities for allocating water for particular demands or from Introduction particular sources may be specified by the user 1 3 4 Environmental Effects WEAP scenario analyses can take into account the requirements for aquatic ecosystems They also can provide a summary of the pollution pressure different water uses impose on the overall system Pollution is tracked from generation through treatment and outflow into surface and underground bodies of water Concentrations of water quality constituents are modeled in rivers 1 3 5 Ease of Use An intuitive graphical interface provides a simple yet powerful means for constructing viewing and modifying the system and its data The main functions loading data calculating and reviewing results are handled through an interactive screen structure that prompts the user catches errors and provides on screen guidance The expandable and adaptable data structures of WEAP accommodate the evolving needs of water analysts as better information becomes available and planning issues change In addition WEAP allows users to develop their own set of variables and equations to further refine and or adapt the analysis to local constraints and conditions 1 3 6 Urban Water Management One of the strengths of WEAP is that it is adaptable to whatever data is available to describe a water resources system That is
465. once for each catchment and will apply to all the land use branches within that catchment or they will be entered separately for each branch within each catchment This second option might be necessary if there is a large variation in the elevation among different land uses within a catchment Alternatively the catchment could be divided into several different catchment nodes according to elevation so that the climate within each catchment did not vary by land use Precipitation The monthly precipitation time series can either be read in from a file or entered in manually Temperature The weighted mean of high and low temperature on a monthly basis 57 WEAP User Guide Humidity The average monthly relative humidity Wind The average monthly wind speed Cloudiness Fraction Fraction of daytime hours with no clouds 0 0 completely overcast 1 0 no clouds If blank will default to 1 no clouds Latitude The latitude in degrees Initial Snow The initial value for snow accumulation at the beginning of the first month of the simulation Melting Point Liquid water threshold for snow melt defaults to 5 degrees Celsius Freezing Point Solid water threshold for snow accumulation defaults to 5 degrees Celsius Snow Accumulation Gauge Historic data of snow accumulation snowpack to be used in calibration Measured in melt water equivalent MWE depth For calibrating see the Snow Accumulation
466. onduction of heat to the air and the removal of heat from the river due to evaporation The terms f u and g u are wind functions and D is the vapor pressure deficit The temperature Ti is solved for the downstream node with a fourth order Runge Kutta and is the boundary condition temperature for the next reach after mixing of any other inflows into the downstream node is considered QUAL2K QUAL2K Overview Surface water quality can be modeled using the US EPA model QUAL2K version 2 07 QUAL2K developed by Dr Steve Chapra and his grad students at Tufts University provides for much more detailed water quality modeling than WEAP including diurnal simulations and modeling of nitrogen phosphorous sedimentation algae pH and pathogens QUAL2K consists of an Excel workbook QUAL2K xls that provides the front end to the model and a Fortran executable Q2KFortran2_04 exe that runs the calculations You may use the workbook to create and edit QUAL2K datasets saved in files with the extension q2k run the model and view the results in tables and graphs The full details of QUAL2K and its use are beyond the scope of this document Refer to the QUAL2K User Guide Q2KDocv2_04 pdf for full details of the model and Excel interface In order to link QUAL2K to WEAP you will first need to prepare and calibrate a QUAL2K file outside of WEAP using the QUAL2K interface an Excel spreadsheet provided in the WEAP directory Because QUAL2K is so
467. only To access MODFLOW cell results the cell s layer row and column is given instead of the BranchName ResultValue MODFLOWVariableName layer row column Year TimeStepNumber Scenario Year2 TimeStep2 FunctionType Percentile Value PR You can specify which scale or unit to report e g Billion Cubic Meters Acre Feet If not specified the result will be written in the default unit for that unit class Unit crass Defaut Unit Area Square Meter m 2 T obenneon Gram Liter g 1 Currency USDollar ds f Ercry Gigajoule GJ IF Not WEAP Registered THEN PRINT Because WEAP is not registered you cannot use the API PR NT WEAP ResultValue Demand Sites South City Reliability Reliability is for the entire study period so doesn t have a year or time step parameter PR NT WEAP ResultValue Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir Storage Volume Billion Cubic Meter 2010 7 PR NT WEAP ResultValue Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir Storage Volume Million 2017 7 Reference PR NT WEAP ResultValue Demand Sites West City Unmet Demand Cubic Feet 2015 1 Reference 2015 WEAP NumTimeSteps total unmet demand for 2015 NT WEAP ResultValue Demand Sites West City Unmet Dema
468. ons If using the UTM projection you will need to Save As specify the UTM zone 1 60 and FileType Google Earth kmz hemisphere north orn south on the Save File name c Weaping River Basin Results kma El As screen V Open in Google Earth http earth qoogle com When saving to Google Earth a f ve representation of thel V Animate over time Jan 2010 x to Dec 2020 schematic will be displayed in Google V Indude Area Note __ Edit Earth georeferenced p Level of Detail Size 1500 x 808 124 Results so that it appears in the correct position over the Google Earth satellite maps In the Schematic View menu Schematic Save Schematic to File a schematic can be saved to Google Earth either in vector or raster format Vector format will create individual clickable Google Earth elements for each WEAP object e g Rivers Demand Sites Reservoirs Groundwater Nodes each of which can include any notes you ve entered in the Notes View If you uncheck Vector Format a single graphic image will be exported to Google Earth using the level of detail you choose The raster image will have a white background and show the same spatial extent as is currently shown in the Schematic window If you are zoomed in it will only show the zoomed in portion of the Schematic Additionally you can choose whether or not to include the note describing the entire area click the Edit
469. ons to add and delete subregions Release Times In the case of forward tracking analyses particles also can be assigned a release time which allows particles to be released into the flow system over a range of times rather than simply as a single instantaneous release Using Initial Time Final Time and Interval choose the times in which particles for this subregion will be released These options are not available for backward tracking Cell Range Specify the extent of the subregion by specifying the Minimum and Maximum Layer Row and Column Each release time specified above will release particles into the same block of cells MODFLOW occasionally refers to these three dimensions by the letters I J K with row being the I axis column the J axis and layer the K axis and sometimes by the letters X Y Z with row being the Y axis column the X axis and layer the Z axis elevation When shown as three 362 Supporting Screens numbers together such as 1 13 24 the order is Layer Row Column The total number of cells will be the product of the number of layers rows and columns For example if particles will be released in 2 layers 4 rows and 12 columns the total number of cells will be 2 4 12 96 As a special case when Minimum and Maximum Layer 0 particles are placed in the first active layer for each areal cell location within the subregion Particles can be draped over the water table surface by placing the
470. ontents 1 1 Back 2a 01e aa OANEI EE E E EEE 1 1 2 OVERVIEW AEE E E A 1 1 3 The WEAR Approach siiin tniii eaen ipanaa ierann ia aro ia a an Taaa Era anaE aani 2 1 4 Getting Started sninn nni i a ii 4 Main Menusa EIE aE a E a i ia 7 View Baie n a a a a a a Sak a n a STi 9 SCHEMATIC VieWpin tipna E a E SHEN 10 Data a on anan an RO ROOT OA ROO OOT O OON 10 Results VIEW aa nia iE O EE ERR RARA EA T 13 Scenario Exploret VieW ivswssiscsctssiacscasesecacessssadavvesonssvetossctvedacvevendevstvevsnsndgivdssnsavatvssstvsdarvevendesacaesdnundanbdeondavors 13 Notes Vie Wises i citec thes ob cde EEA EEE EAE OEE OR OEEO EE EONA Mae 13 3 1 Setting Up Your Analysis viscsisssissscseasssetsesssvsdsneceassasadessstvadorsssandesadoescavadanssvansesacosssnvadarsdsenspvotuessnusdensdeanansses 15 3 2 Greating an ATEA cist icsectessitacactssctssstsnsavanaeschsaubsveacnsnsarasechsnvarbsasnsavanbenstsnnbabeasnsnsarasactsnsbsbstsndavartsvetsnsbebstensasats 15 3 3 SCHEMA Ce ssricessdcsicesdscsteccdsiatessbecudscabesatecabe A A S 16 3 4 General Atea Parameters sansoira risi ar A AEE EE abs aeds ke erts cobs aca geet REESE 26 3 5 Advance daneen aar a a a aaa r a a a a a a a a selnareees 30 4 1 Data VEW Essa rE ea ecrases vssssrseasssesseudecsrsseirwsseisews sueraoes ateseisenstsersodersraserecases ASE EEr E e 33 4 2 GUPTEN EEA CCOUNTS oseane a a a a a E E E 35 4 3 SCENAS Lier cake tee E E E Er E E E este cee tissue Ta a S Ea E REE TE ESE 35 4 4 Tree panipi oria pn atn
471. op can extract from the root zone without suffering water stress The depletion factor normally varies from 0 30 for shallow rooted plants at high rates of ET gt 8 mm d 1 to 0 70 for deep rooted plants at low rates of ET lt 3 mm d 1 A value of 0 50 is commonly used for many crops Yield Response Factor Ky The response of yield to water supply is quantified by the yield response factor Ky which relates relative yield decrease 1 Ya Ym to relative evapotranspiration deficit 1 ETa ETm where Ya Ym ET and ETm represent actual and maximum yields and evapotranspiration Hence the Ky values for most crops are derived on the assumption that the relationship between relative yield Ya Ym and relative evapotranspiration ET ET is linear and is valid for water deficits of up to about 50 or 1 ET ET 0 5 The higher the yield response factor the greater the decrease in yield for a given evapotranspiration deficit The yield response will vary according to the individual growth periods in which it occurs these 70 Data growth periods ordered from least to most sensitive to evapotranspiration deficit are ripening vegetative yield formation and flowering Although these growth periods do not exactly correspond to the four crop growth stages initial crop development mid season and late season for the sake of simplicity they are considered the same If you do not have data on Ky for individual growth periods enter
472. opower Priority Energy Demand Reservoir Water Quality WEAP does not model water quality in lakes or reservoirs due to uncertainties in vertical and longitudinal stratification and other processes Therefore if you are modeling water quality in a river except if using QUAL2K you must enter as data the concentrations of each constituent in water released from the river s reservoirs Leave blank if not modeling water quality in the river When using QUAL2K to model water quality in the river you do not need to enter reservoir outflow water quality In this case the outflow water quality will be calculated by QUAL2K Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources River lt River name gt Reservoirs lt reservoir name gt Category Water Quality Tabs lt Constituent Name gt Concentration Reservoir Filling Priority Determines the priority for filling of the reservoir This priority can change over time or from scenario to scenario Typically this priority is set to 99 the lowest possible priority so that it will fill only after all other demands have been satisfied If you had two reservoirs you could fill one before the other by setting its priority to 98 Note a reservoir can also have a different priority for generating hydropower see Reservoir Hydropower for details See Demand Priority Supply Preferences and Allocation Order for more information Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Ri
473. opower energy generated by all contributing hydropower plants H will equal or exceed the system hydropower energy demand times the system hydropower energy coverage H EnergyGeneratedy gt SystemHydropowerEnergyRequirementp x Coveragep which can be rewritten as HK EnergyGeneratedy SystemHydropowerEnergyRequirementp x Coveragep gt 0 Because WEAP tries to satisfy all demands with the same priority equally in terms of percentage of demand additional constraints are added to the LP Each coverage variable is set equal to a new variable that represents the final coverage Coveragerina In this way all the coverages being solved for must be equal Coverage Final Coveragep Coverage Final Coveragep2 Hydropower Constraints For individual reservoirs with If a demand and priority for hydropower energy has been set for an WEAP will calculate the supply requirement volume of water through the turbines necessary to generate the energy demand In order to limit the flow through the hydropower turbines to the maximum turbine flow two new LP variables are created for each reservoir and run of river hydropower that either have individual hydropower priorities and demands or that contribute to a system hydropower energy demand representing the flow through the turbine and the flow that bypasses the turbine A constraint is added which equates these two variables with the total release from the reservoir or run of river hydropower
474. opy any MODFLOW results files any files in a subdirectory of a WEAP area will be included in WEAP s automatic version backup and MODFLOW result files can be very large 351 WEAP User Guide On the menu choose Advanced MODFLOW Link Check the Link to MODFLOW check box and then type in or browse for the MODFLOW Name filename Typically the Name file has an extension of NAM or MFN After WEAP loads the MODFLOW name file and its packages it will display information about the MODFLOW model Link to MODFLOW Groundwater Model v Link to MODFLOW MODFLOW Name File MODFLOW Zabadani mfn View Edit Packages Define Aquifers Choose shape file that has MODFLOW linkage information WEAP Time steps per year 12 Time step lengths Days 31 30 31 31 28 31 30 31 30 31 31 30 11 groundwater nodes 0 are linked to MODFLOW cells 10 demand sites 0 are linked to MODFLOW cells 31 land use branches 0 are linked to MODFLOW cells 22 river reaches 0 are linked to MODFLOW cells MODFLOW linkage file Not Specified MODFLOW 124 rows 74 columns 3 layers 27 528 total cells 10 515 active cells 17 013 inactive cells 0 constant head cells Row width 199 0825605591 4 Meter Column width 199 97127950653 Meter Cell area 39 811 Meter 2 Area of all active cells 139 536 834 Meter 2 WARNING Active cells linked to WEAP groundwater node None are linked Active cells linked to WEAP Demand Sites 0 Active cells linked
475. or for backward tracking a strong source cell with no inflow from other cells e reaches an external boundary or internal sink source cell that captures the particle e enters a cell with a special zone code that is designated as a stopping point or 293 WEAP User Guide e is stranded in a dry cell If a special zone code is given MODPATH will terminate a particle if it enters a cell that has been assigned that zone code value This option can be used to map out the recharge area for a hydrogeologic unit by setting the zone code for the cells that contain that unit equal to the special zone code for terminating particles If you select this option you will need to edit the IBOUND array in the MODPATH Main file The zone code is an integer greater than one A weak sink is a model cell representing a well for example that does not discharge at a sufficiently large rate to capture all of the flow entering the cell thus some of the flow leaves the cell across one or more of the cell faces Because of this limitation of model discretization flow paths to weak sink cells cannot be uniquely defined as it is impossible to know whether a specific water particle discharges to the sink or passes through the cell For cells with weak sinks an arbitrary decision must be made by the user about whether to stop particles MODPATH provides three options which apply for backward tracking as well as forward tracking e particles pass through cells
476. or each water quality constituent The comparison is made between the gauge data and the simulated results at the river node immediately above the gauge Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources River Streamflow Gauges Category Inflows and Outflows Water Quality Tab Streamflow Data lt Constituent gt Concentration Data Reservoirs River Reservoir Overview River reservoirs provide storage of river water provide a source of water for demand sites and 90 Data downstream requirements and generate hydropower The reservoir simulation in WEAP takes into account net evaporation on the reservoir priorities of downstream requirements and for hydropower energy demands and the reservoir s operating rules Physical Reservoir Initial and Total Storage Capacity The Storage Capacity represents the total capacity of the reservoir while the Initial Storage is the amount of water initially stored there at the beginning of the first month of the Current Accounts year WEAP maintains a mass balance of monthly inflows and outflows in order to track the monthly storage volume Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Local or River Reservoir Category Physical Tabs Initial Storage Current Accounts only Storage Capacity Reservoir Volume Elevation Curve In order to calculate the amount of evaporation and or the amount of energy production from hydropower WEAP must have a function to convert between volum
477. or local reservoirs evaporation and overflow are lumped together Evaporation The volume of net evaporation for each month Refills For each reservoir a value of 0 means that the reservoir did NOT refill completely after its lowest point a value of 1 means that it did refill Some algorithms for determining reservoir safe yield mandate that the reservoir must refill completely after its lowest point in order to be considered a safe yield Hydropower Generation The power generated by reservoirs and hydropower nodes Hydropower Turbine Flow Actual flow through turbines Any flow exceeding the maximum turbine flow will bypass the turbines Hydropower Demand Energy The energy demand specified as data for each reservoir and run of river hydropower node Hydropower Demand Flow The equivalent flow required to produce the hydropower 109 WEAP User Guide energy demand Hydropower Unmet Demand How much of the hydropower energy demand that was not met Hydropower Coverage The percentage of the hydropower energy demand that was met Hydropower Reliability The percent of the timesteps in which a reservoir s hydropower energy demand was fully satisfied For example if a reservoir has unmet hydropower energy demands in 18 months out of a 10 year scenario the reliability would be 10 12 18 10 12 85 System Hydropower Generation The total power generated by all reservoirs and hydropower nodes which are co
478. organic matter g kg 6 Particle size Bulk density Organic matter Vereecken et al 1989 silt clay bulk density g cm 3 and organic matter g kg 7 Particle size Bulk density Organic matter W6sten et al 1999 silt clay bulk density g cm 3 and organic matter g kg NumProfiles The number of soil profiles sampling sites included PiNumLayers The number of horizons layers in profile i PiHjThickness The thickness in meters of profile i horizon j PiHjCoarseFragments Fraction of profile i horizon j that is coarse fragments Coarse fragments rock cannot hold any moisture therefore the higher the fraction of coarse fragments the lower the water holding capacity PiHjParm_k PTF parameter k for profile i horizon j Each PTF has its own parameters described above Note The MABIA Method will NOT use rooting depth to determine which soil horizons are in contact with the roots Instead the average soil water properties will be used regardless of root depth References Jabloun M and Sahli A Development and comparative analysis of pedotransfer functions for predicting characteristic soil water content for Tunisian soil Tunisia Japan Symposium on Society Science and Technology proceeding 7th Edition 2006 pp 170 178 Vereecken H Maes J Feyen J Darius P Estimating the soil moisture retention characteristic from texture bulk density and carbon content Soil Science 148 19
479. orites Help Chart Table Messages MODFLOW Cell Head Meter Schematic Year 2005 Month March 7 S cenario Reference 7 Layer 1 Results to Map wv MODFLOW Cell Head Catchment Precipitation Demand Site Coverage _ Groundwater Storage LC Infiltration Runoff Flow C Inflows to Area Land Class Inflows and Out Net Cost Return Flow Return Flow Rc Return Link Flow _ Streamflow r l Streamflow Relative to Gau Scenario Hn Explorer wv gt River 4 V gt Diversion 1 Vl amp Reservoir vE Groundwater 17 Other Supp S TMODFLOW Cell Head X T Meten fow a Column 3 ie aooo Eee 1 Catchment 11 1 500 VI gt Runoft Infiltration 22 M 1 450 v 1 400 E Oct Jan Apr Jul Oct Jan Apr Jul Y 0 2004 2005 2005 2005 2005 2006 2006 2005 w Q mej 0 Area Zabadani Results View Licensed to Jack Sieber Stockholm Environment Institute Even though the map only shows results for one timestep the elevations associated with each color e g green 1600 1640 meters do not change as you view other timesteps This makes it easy to see how head changes over time Attributes W Well R Recharge D Drain V River H Constant Head F Flooded dry Dry Cells for each cell can be displayed turn on or off using their checkboxes lower right Note Pumping that is represented as negative recharge appears as a Well cell W A flooded cell i
480. ort sisssssssssssssessssassevasassasssiessssatassaassvanasiatvacaniesatnanapaniesaseatissesvavapanbesvbranapsabansagapsasadpanissniasoans 369 11 2 Hardware and Software Requirements esss ssessesisesssrtesssstttessssteeessstteessnreresssnritennntrrensnrrrensrrreessrrreesrtet 369 113 WEAP Updatesisisssssassisssssssisssasasieasstesssesaseatisiesssvacasbataaeasastebssvasbasesaasassosabannaeasietvboatiavansnsanasbebaasdtbginhabeies 370 MOEA SECH OMS n na nana a a a n Nna 371 T223 PPS OY eatea aa r a ETTR E Ea Ea E a a E 372 e E anit EE E E E EEES 372 P2Ar Data Secho Srinat A A A N R A A E e AOR 373 12 5 NUMERIC Fotateensniriii o a AA A A AT E O AA A A N A EA AR 374 12 6 Data D eE S E AS 374 i PS E Bo mire nt E AE E va E A TB 374 1A E Hema 2 EE E ESE S E 374 TBS E Eo o E E E EA 377 ABQ D Ee I EEEE EAA AAAA EEEE 377 139 Fundir ar Aee a E e a ar a E a a e a 377 T34 Translations ena n r oa anar eroaa are r BES RSA RR eS 378 iii 1 Introduction 1 1 Background Many regions are facing formidable freshwater management challenges Allocation of limited water resources environmental quality and policies for sustainable water use are issues of increasing concern Conventional supply oriented simulation models are not always adequate Over the last decade an integrated approach to water development has emerged which places water supply projects in the context of demand side issues as well as issues of water quality and ecosystem preser
481. otal ETActual is less than total ETPotential for the season from Planting Date to Harvest Date Planting Date and Harvest Date are used ONLY to calculate yield reduction due to water stress NOT for irrigation or other calculations If Harvest Date is blank will default to end of water year timestep Num Timesteps See also Simplified Coefficient Method Calculation Algorithm or Soil Moisture Method Calculation Algorithm Entered on Data View Branch Catchments Category Yield Tab Potential Yield Yield Response Factor Market Price 4 9 3 Soil Moisture Method Land Use These parameters apply to the Soil Moisture method For the Simplified Coefficient Method see Simplified Coefficient Method Land Use for the MABIA Method see MABIA Land Use for the Plant Growth Model Method see Plant Growth Model Method Land Use Area Land area for land cover class within branch or basin catchment Ke 55 WEAP User Guide The crop coefficient relative to the reference crop for a land class type Root Zone Water Capacity The effective water holding capacity of the top layer of soil represented in mm top bucket Deep Water Capacity Effective water holding capacity of lower deep soil layer bottom bucket represented in mm This is given as a single value for the catchment and does not vary by land class type This is ignored if the demand site has a return flow link to a groundwater node Deep
482. ou choose the scale and unit to report SaveArea Save all changes to current area NOTE If you close WEAP without calling SaveArea the changes will not be saved SaveSchematic Filename jpg Width ImageQuality Save schematic to a JPEG jpg graphic file SaveSchematic Filename png Width Save schematic to a PNG png graphic file SaveSchematic Filename kmz Width ImageQuality IsVector IncludeAreaNotes e I RINT W PR PR PR CALL CALL CALL Advanced Topics groundwater head elevation of cell layer 1 row 57 column 30 in the period 2015 2019 in scenario Reference as calculated by a linked MODFLOW model NT WEAP ResultValue Demand Sites South City Pollution Generation kg WQ Constituent BOD 2010 generated by South City BOD 7 EFAP ResultValue Supply and Resources River Weaping River Returns Return Flow from South City Pollution Loads kg Source South City WQ Constituent BOD 2010 7 BOD that flows into the Weaping River return flow node from South City There is also inflow from South City WWTP but it won t be included NT WEAP ResultValue Demand Sites Agriculture West Supply Delivered m 3 Source West Aquifer 2010 7 Supply delivered to Agriculture West from West Aquifer NT WEAP ResultValue Demand Sites Agriculture West Supply Delivered m
483. ou entered e g Monthly Values Jan 5 Feb 5 Mar 10 To access the wizard either right click on the data table or click on the down arrow on the right side of the expression box and choose Monthly Time Series Wizard from the menu W WEAP Weaping River Basin oe es Key Assumptions Area Edit View General Tree Help D Data for Current Accounts 1998 amp Manage Scenarios LL Data Report Drivers Price of Water These are user defined variables that can be referenced elsewhere in your m Technical Innovation Built Environment Expansion Monthly Variation Key Assumption Municipal Monthly Variation N24 Agricultural Municipal 0 alues A share Industry Agricultural z share Elasticity Industry 1 Monthly Time Series Wizard hare Demand Sites South City West Citu Key Assumptions monthly 20 M Municipal 3 15 4 Agricultural E f M Industry X 10 2 amp Area Weaping River Basin 1998 2008 Data View eei to Jack Sieber Stockholm Environment Institute 350 Supporting Screens 9 10 Expression Builder The Expression Builder is a general purpose tool that helps you construct WEAP s expressions by dragging and dropping the functions and WEAP Branches into an editing box To access the wizard either right click on the data table or click on
484. ous is 2 and EndOfPreviousTS Interval is 5 then results are returned from the interval from 2 time steps previous to 5 time steps previous a total of 4 time steps If omitted the function will default to just the one time step specified by TimeStepsPrevious FunctionToCompute Operation to execute on results Sum Average Min Max Median CV Percentile The function can be specified either by its name or by its numerical code 0 for Sum 1 for Average 2 for Minimum 3 for Maximum 9 for Median 8 for CV coefficient of variation and 7 for percentile If omitted the operation will be Sum If any of the previous timestep values are the MissingValue 9999 then the operation sum average will also equal the MissingValue Percentile Value Only used if FunctionToCompute is Percentile Values range from 0 to 100 If omitted 0 will be used MODFLOWVariableName layer row column To access MODFLOW results for individual cells replace Branch VariableName with MODFLOWVariableName layer row column Examples If PrevTS Value gt 15 PrevTSValue 2 PrevTSValue 1 This example looks at the previous value of the current branch variable If it is greater than 15 then reduce by half Otherwise increase by 1 PrevTSValue Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir Storage Volume This example calculates Central Reservoir s storage from the previous month PrevTSValue Supply and Resources River
485. outh City Variables Item Consumption Name PRINT WEAP Branch Demand Sites South City Variables Consumption Name Note the Item property is the default property and therefore is usually omitted Thus the first two examples above are equivalent as are the third and fourth examples 332 Advanced Topics WEAP Variable Properties and Methods Example using VB script Expression InheritIfNecessary Set or get the data expression for the variable Because a blank expression will default to the expression from the parent scenario use FALSE for the optional parameter InheritIfNecessary to prevent inheriting from the scenario V Expression PR V W INT V Expression IF V Expression FALSE KAP Grow Branch Demand Sites S City Variables Annual Acti we don t have to specify bran every time th 3 THEN active scenario V Expression Growth 3 END IE IsReadOnly Is this variable locked for editing If so the default FOR EACH V in WEAP Branch Dema value or expression will be used Read only City Variables R ELSE R INT V Name INT V Name IF V IsReadOnly T H W EN is read is not ri N PR IsResultVariable Is this a result variable vs a data variable Read NT W EAP Branch only City Variabl This is false PR
486. ove ground storage falls to this height WEAP will irrigate with enough water to bring the level up to the Target Depth If the level is between the Minimum Depth and the Target Depth no irrigation will be applied Will default to 0 If blank Set equal to Target Depth to cause irrigation to be applied each month to maintain the level at exactly the target level The Minimum Depth is analogous to the Lower Threshold variable for irrigation Target Depth is analogous to the Upper Threshold variable For an unmanaged wetland enter 0 for Minimum and Target Depth so that no irrigation will be applied For floodplains these will typically both be 0 Release Requirement When modeling surface water storage on a land class either for rice cultivation or a managed wetland the Release Requirement is the amount of water to be released in the timestep to be replaced with new supply This is typically used to maintain proper water temperature for rice The release requirement for the timestep will never exceed the amount of surface storage at the beginning of the timestep For example if the release requirement for August is 100 mm but the amount of water at the beginning of August is only 75 mm then the release requirement will be reduced to 75 mm Therefore all of the water will be released and replaced by new supply Fraction Flooding Received Land use branch s share of flood flow from river to this catchment Allows for multiple land use branche
487. ovided as a courtesy to those users that are using the older versions of WEAP that support data input by ASCII files These data may come from a historical record or they may be outputs from some other model such as a physically based hydrologic model A single ASCII file is meant to be a consistent set of data both spatially and temporally You may have many different ASCII import files but each WEAP scenario can reference only one For example if you were investigating the sensitivity to climate change you could have a different file for each of your climate scenarios You may include in these files data for years and supplies not included in a particular WEAP area Thus you could use one set of data files for several different WEAP areas which might include different sets of rivers and supplies Or you can easily run the WEAP calculations using different historical time periods to test a scenario s sensitivity to a particular hydrological sequence WEAP will ignore any data extraneous to its current analysis In this way the file can comprise a master database of historic flow data that you will use for all your analyses The files should be named with the extension FLO and placed in the subdirectory corresponding to the WEAP area e g WEAP Areas Weaping River Basin Then in the Hydrology Read from File branch select this file in the drop down box The ASCII file is divided into six sections Section Name Description
488. p you may need to zoom in so that you can choose your area accurately Hold down the control key while clicking and dragging on either the large map or the inset map to select the rough area to zoom into hold down the shift key while clicking and dragging to pan the map Rotating the mouse wheel will also zoom in or out Menu Option Schematic Set Area Boundaries 3 3 1 Schematic The Schematic View is the starting point for all activities in WEAP A central feature of WEAP is its easy to use drag and drop graphical interface used to describe and visualize the physical features of the water supply and demand system This spatial layout is called the schematic You can create edit and view it in the Schematic View GIS layers can be added to add clarity and impact 3 3 2 Screen Layout WEAP Legend The legend shown in the upper left corner of the Schematic View lists the symbols used to represent each type of WEAP component The checkbox next to each symbol can be used to hide or show all elements of that type on the schematic To create a new element simply click on its symbol in the legend and drag to the schematic on the right Background Maps You may display GIS layers as overlays or backgrounds on your WEAP Schematic These background maps are listed on the left side of the Schematic View below the legend The checkbox next to each layer can be used to hide or show it on the schematic To hide all maps at once right click on
489. p yield on the other can be quantified In the FAO 56 approach the response of yield to water supply is quantified by the yield response factor Ky which relates the relative yield decrease 1 Y Ym to relative evapotranspiration deficit 1 ETa ET Hence the Ky values for most crops are derived on the assumption that the relationship between relative yield Y Ym and relative evapotranspiration ET ET is linear and is valid for water deficits of up to about 50 or 1 ETJET 0 5 In field conditions water deficit of a given magnitude expressed in the ratio of actual crop evapotranspiration ETa to potential crop evapotranspiration ET may either occur continuously over the total growing period of the crop or it may occur during any stage of the individual growth periods FAO Irrigation and Drainage Paper No 33 empirically derived yield response factors Ky for individual growth stages i e establishment vegetative flowering yield formation or ripening period as well as for the total growing period These factors are yield response factors for water stress in specified physiological growth stage i and over the total growing period of crops and are given by 1 5 l where Ya actual yield corresponding to ETa kg ha Ym maximum theoretical yield corresponding to ET kg ha ET actual crop evapotranspiration ET potential crop evapotranspiration K yield response factor to water stress which
490. pace ellipses are shown in place of data for months 4 11 Sample historical data file for 1950 59 All flows are in cubic meters per second OPTIONS Unit CMS FirstYear 1950 GROUNDWATER West Aquifer 1950 8 606448 7 03752 21 57701 3 302112 1951 2 659248 7 360368 4 820064 4 77192 1952 11 20906 14 1515 8 38272 11 22038 L9O3 fe 9201004 dt 92838 105636997 auer 13 91928 1954 9 116208 11 15242 10 50389 5 22504 1955 4 684128 9 413568 5 468592 5 32416 374 1956 3 981792 3 86568 4 664304 1957 8 173152 9 484368 11 54606 1958 7 402848 5 151408 4 075248 1959 5 669664 5 641344 8 532816 HEADF LOW Blue River 1950 17 22706 10 33397 41 10081 1951 2 982096 17 88408 8 844336 1952 16 66632 38 58034 11 5489 1953 13 7437 20 48669 19 41619 1954 15 88469 15 91584 17 83027 1955 6 68352 21 81206 7 921104 1956 5 06928 6 105792 8 207136 1957 20 75856 10 43592 16 96085 1958 10 50955 9 184176 4 910688 1959 5 740464 6 842112 11 5489 REACH Blue River Below Industry East With 1950 3 205824 1 948416 7 765344 1951 555072 3 188832 1 52361 657 os 1952 2 928288 6 366336 1 945584 1953 2 319408 3 460704 3 726912 1954 2 829168 3 007584
491. pacity averaged over all profiles FC average field capacity for profile p WP wilt point averaged over all profiles WP average wilt point for profile p NumProfiles number of profiles to average If there are multiple horizons layers in a profile the average field capacity and wilt point for the profile is the weighted average over the horizons in each bucket two bucket method or all horizons one bucket method The weighting is by horizon thickness NumHorizons NumHorizons _ apn FCpn _x P zpn WPpn F Cp umH orizonsy WP i umHorizonsy Lanza Zp h i Zp h where FC average field capacity for profile p FC field capacity of horizon h in profile p WP average wilt point for profile p WP wilt point of horizon h in profile p NumHorizons number of horizons in profile p Zp n thickness of horizon h in profile p Coarse fragments 210 Calculation Algorithms The presence of coarse fragments e g rocks will reduce the water hold capacity of the soil FC pn FCpn 1 CFpn WP ph WPpn 1 CFpn where FCn field capacity of horizon h in profile p corrected for coarse fragments FC field capacity of horizon h in profile p WP wilt point of horizon h in profile p corrected for coarse fragments WP wilt point of horizon h in profile p CF coarse fragment fraction of horizon h in profile p Estimation of horizon properties using pedotransfer functions Field capacit
492. perLimitUnit_1 Rate_2 RateDenomUnit_2 UpperLimit_2 UpperLimitUnit_2 Rate_N RateDenomUnit_N Description Tiered water pricing policies are often touted as a means of promoting demand management Water conservation practices are motivated by increasing unit costs on higher usage of water The BlockRate function allows for the approximation of revenues generated by such a block rate pricing structure There is no limit to the number of blocks Customers The number of customers included in the demand site Note the block rate is calculated for the average customer use actual rates will differ slightly because some customers will use more than the average and some will use less and the block rate structure is inherently non linear WEAP will take the total water used by the demand site and divide by the number of customers to derive the average usage per customer The block rates will be applied to this average usage to get the average cost per customer This average cost will then be multiplied by the number of customers to get the total customer cost TimestepsPerBillingPeriod The length of the billing period in timesteps E g for quarterly billing and a monthly timestep enter 3 WEAP will calculate the cost for each timestep by dividing the block sizes by this number of timesteps For example instead of one bill every 3 140 Expressions months there will be a bill every month but each will be approximately 1 3 of the quar
493. peratingCost 271 047 65 226 666 67 497 714 32 AnnualNetCost MonthlyNetCost 12 497 714 32 12 5 972 571 80 Net Present Value NPV Assuming a base year of 2005 a time horizon of 30 years a discount rate of 3 and a constant demand and supply NPV AnnualNetCostzo0s 1 3 7 AnnualNetCostx006 1 3 70 209 4 AnnualNetCost2034 1 3 034 200 NPV 5 972 571 80 1 03 5 972 571 80 1 03 5 972 571 80 1 03 120 576 994 57 Average Cost of Water AverageCost 497 714 32 60 8295 24 per unit of water supplied to demand site 271 8 Advanced Topics 8 1 Linking to MODFLOW 8 1 1 Linking to MODFLOW Note linking WEAP to MODFLOW is an advanced feature For situations where the built in WEAP groundwater model is not sufficiently complex there is the option to link a WEAP model to a MODFLOW model MODFLOW is a three dimensional finite difference groundwater modeling platform created by the U S Geological Survey USGS When properly linked data and results flow back and forth between WEAP and MODFLOW for each calculation timestep With this tight coupling between the models it is possible to study how changes in local groundwater levels affect the overall system e g groundwater stream interactions pumping problems due to drawdown lateral groundwater recharge and vice versa e g infiltration and abstraction However be advised that building and calibrating a
494. pt reference guide Free versions of Python Perl PHP and Ruby 8 3 2 Script Editor The script editor is used to edit interactively debug and run scripts that automate WEAP and connect it with other Windows programs using standard COM Automation Server programming techniques The script editor uses Microsoft s Windows Script technology which directly supports scripts written in VBScript and JScript JavaScript VBScript and JScript come with Windows and are always available whereas other scripting languages such Perl Python Ruby and PHP must be installed by you on your computer before you can use them in WEAP The script editor is divided into three panes e At the top left is the edit pane where you edit your scripts Use the Open button to open a script to be edited You can open scripts stored in the current area folder Area scripts or in the common _SCRIPTS folder Shared scripts The area script named Functions vbs is a special script that can be called using Call without specifying the name Use the Save or Save As buttons to save the script Use the Clear button to delete the current script The editor also supports standard editing options such as cut copy paste undo find Ctrl F and find again F3 Use the Run Script button or press Ctrl Enter to run the script The script editor supports integrated debugging Syntax or run time errors in the script will cause the script to stop running The typ
495. py button will create a new texture class as a copy of the highlighted type You can export all the texture classes to a comma separated value CSV file which can be edited in Excel or a text editor You can import texture classes from a CSV file new texture classes can be added in this way or data for existing texture classes can be updated When reading in from the file WEAP will match the texture class name to determine if the imported data represents a new texture class or changes to an existing texture class The format for the CSV file to import must be the same format as is created when exporting the same columns of data in the same order Each WEAP area dataset has its own copy of the Soil Library Therefore changes made to the library in one area will not affect the library of another area You can use import and export to move values from one area s library to another The following columns of information exist for each texture class Soil Type The name of the texture class Saturation 71 WEAP User Guide Fully saturated water equivalent to effective porosity of the soil where all the pore spaces are filled with water Saturated soil quickly drains until it reaches field capacity Field Capacity Field capacity is defined as the amount of soil moisture or water content held in soil after excess water has drained away and the rate of downward movement has materially decreased Irrigation or precipitation in ex
496. r wastewater treatment plants to their destinations For each return flow link enter the decrease of each pollutant while flowing through the link If no change enter 0 or leave blank Entered on Data View Branch Water Quality Pollutant Decrease in Return Flows Tabs lt Constituent Name gt Decrease 4 12 3 Wastewater Treatment In WEAP a wastewater treatment plant accepts wastewater from demand sites and treats it to remove pollutants The treated effluent can be reused directly by other demand sites green transmission links or routed to rivers aquifers and other supplies red return flow links You may also model combined sewer overflow CSO of stormwater To do this use a catchment to model stormwater runoff and route the catchment s runoff to the wastewater treatment plant Enter a daily capacity for the plant In timesteps where the combined runoff and wastewater inflow to the treatment plant exceeds its capacity the excess will overflow causing untreated wastewater mixed with stormwater to flow through the wastewater return flow links Daily Capacity Enter the maximum daily processing capacity of the treatment plant or leave blank for no capacity limitation Flows exceeding this limit will not be treated flowing untreated through the wastewater return flow links Consumption Enter the consumptive losses for the treatment plant water that is lost to evaporation or treatment 100 Data or otherwise unaccounted
497. r a newer version over the Internet and then install it onto your PC Note that this is the preferred method of updating the software as it requires a much smaller download compared to a full download and installation of the system The full set of technical support options are as follows e Technical Support Forum http www weap21 org forum e WEAP Web Site http www weap 21 org e Email info weap21 org 11 2 Hardware and Software Requirements WEAP runs on all versions of Microsoft Windows from Windows XP to Windows 10 with a minimum of 256 MB of RAM and 100 MB of free hard disk space 4 GB of RAM is recommended especially for larger models To install WEAP you must run the installer with Administrator privileges right click on the installer and choose Run as Administrator Your computer screen should be set to a minimum resolution of 1024x768 but preferably even higher e g 1920x1024 to maximize the presentation of data and results An Internet connection is not required but is useful for tasks such as emailing data sets and receiving automatic updates to the software WEAP can interact with MODFLOW MODPATH QUAL2K and PEST all of which are installed with WEAP WEAP can also communicate with Microsoft Excel Word and PowerPoint if installed but they are not required Note WEAP is designed as a single user system It is not intended as a multi user system and we do not recommend running it from
498. r for the area e g FOR EACH Area IN WEAP Areas C Program Files WEAP21 Weaping River PRINT Area Directory Basin Read Only NEXT Name Get the name of the area Read PRINT WEAP Areas 1 Name only Open Make this area the active area VEAP Areas Weaping River Basin Open Note This is equivalent to WEAP ActiveArea Weaping River Basin Save Save all changes to the area This VEAP ActiveArea Save only works if the area is the active area Note This is equivalent to WEAP SaveArea 8 4 4 WEAPScenario and WEAPScenarios API Classes The WEAPScenario class represents a single WEAP scenario whereas WEAPScenarios is the collection of all scenarios in the active area including Current Accounts The WEAPScenarios collection is a property of the WEAPApplication class e g WEAP Scenarios You can get access to a WEAPScenario in three different ways 1 WEAPApplication Scenarios ScenarioName or Index specifying either the name of the scenario or a number from 1 to WEAPApplication Scenarios Count e g WEAP Scenarios Current Accounts or WEAP Scenarios 1 2 WEAPApplication ActiveScenario e g WEAP ActiveScenario 3 Iterate through the collection of scenarios e g For Each Scenario in WEAP Scenarios WEAPScenarios Properties and Example using VB script Methods Add NewScenarioName WEAP Scenarios Add Larger ParentScenarioName or Index Create a reservoir Supply Measures new scenario as a
499. r on the Schematic Now that you have added this shape file as a background layer and specified the MODFLOW name file you are ready to link MODFLOW and WEAP On the Link to MODFLOW Groundwater Model screen click the Choose shape file that has MODFLOW linkage information button WEAP will try to guess which shape file layer contains the linkage information by looking for a polygon layer with the number of features equal to the number of MODFLOW rows times the number of MODFLOW columns Note that it should include every MODFLOW cell including inactive cells If it finds this layer it will further try to guess which fields based on their names contain information for MODFLOW rows and columns and WEAP groundwater river reach catchment land use branch demand sites and pumping layers based on the names of the fields in the shape files attribute table dbf If WEAP does not guess the correct shape file choose it yourself by clicking on Background Shape File with MODFLOW Linkage Information In addition to the option here to create a new GIS layer see next topic you can also choose Add existing shape file as new map layer Once you had chosen or created a shape file WEAP will display its contents in the grid below If WEAP does not correctly guess any or all of the fields choose them yourself For the choice of Demand Site fields you may choose more than one field This would be necessary in cases where multiple demand sites wi
500. r operating rules are altered What if groundwater is more fully exploited What if water conservation is introduced What if ecosystem requirements are tightened What if new sources of water pollution are added What if a water recycling program is implemented What if a more efficient irrigation technique is implemented What if the mix of agricultural crops changes What if climate change alters the hydrology Scenarios in WEAP encompass any factor that can change over time including those factors that may change because of particular policy interventions and those that reflect different socio economic assumptions Sensitivity analyses may also be done by varying uncertain factors through their range of plausible values and comparing the results 4 3 2 Manage Scenarios Use the Manage Scenarios screen to create delete organize and set the properties of the scenarios in an Area The tool bar at the top of the Scenario Manager lets you add copy delete and rename scenarios 35 WEAP User Guide Click on Add to add a new scenario immediately under the current scenario Click on Delete to delete a scenario Bear in mind that deleting a scenario will also delete all data associated with that scenario Click on Copy to make a copy of a scenario with a different name and click on Rename to rename the scenario On the left side of the screen the Area s scenarios are listed in a hierarchical tree showing the main scenario inheri
501. r or drain to define a capture area it is generally best to place particles on the cell faces rather than distribute them internally within the cell For example 16 particles on each of the faces 1 4 Total Particles Released The total number of particles released in each subregion is Number of Releases Number of Cells per Release Number of Particles per Cell The total for all subregions is shown at the bottom of the window Note the more particles you have defined the longer it will take for MODPATH to run and for WEAP to display results 8 2 4 Add Subregions for Well River and Drain Cells For a typical backwards analysis particles are released at sinks such as well river or drain cells On this screen you can choose in which of those cells particles should be released and the distribution for each cell 295 WEAP User Guide wW Add Subregions for Well River and Drain Cells Distribution for Each Cell W Demand Sites 5 Rows Columns Total 3 7 DS1 65 Vv He 25 C Within cell ira iF 2 7 25 i M 3 7 25 Gn faces Face 1 left 4 iF 4 7 25 W 5 7 25 Face 2 right 4 J Rivers 0 7 Unlinked River Cells 0 Face 3 front Face 4 back Face 5 bottom 4 E I Face 6 top Selected Cells 5 Particles per Cell 80 Particles A Add X Cancel For Well cells WEAP will try to guess which layers are pumped by examining the expression for Pump Layer for each demand site and catc
502. r river reservoirs all water released downstream is sent through the turbines but water pumped from the reservoir to satisfy direct reservoir withdrawals is not sent through the turbines Releasey DownstreamOutflowg For local reservoirs all linked demand sites are assumed to be downstream of the reservoir so all reservoir releases are sent through the turbines Releasey 88TransLinkInflowy ps ExtraOutflowForHydropowerRequirement For run of river hydropower nodes the release is equal to the downstream outflow from the node Releasey DownstreamOutflowy The volume of water that passes through the turbines is bounded by the maximum turbine flow entered as data see Supply and Resources Reservoir Hydropower Note that if there is too much water extra water is assumed to be released through spillways that do not generate electricity VolumeThroughTurbiney Min Releasex MaxTurbineFlowsz The gigajoules GJ of energy produced in a month EnergyFullMonthGJy VolumeThroughTurbiney x HydroGenerationFactory is a function of the mass of water 1000 kg m 3 through the turbines multiplied by the drop in elevation the plant factor fraction of time on line the generating efficiency and a conversion factor 9 806 kN m is the specific weight of water and from joules to gigajoules The plant factor and efficiency are entered as data see Supply and Resources Reservoir Hydropower HydroGenerationFactory 1000 kg m
503. rain Cells button to select which of these cells to add and the distribution for each cell Distribution for Each Cell You can release one or more particles per cell Locations of particles for each cell can be generated either as a 3 dimension array of particles inside the cell within cell or as a 2 dimension array around one or more of the six faces of the cell on faces If you choose within cell specify the number of particles within each cell along the layer row and column dimensions The number of particles within the cell is the product of these three numbers If you choose on faces select which faces on which you would like to place particles For each selected face Face 1 left face Face 2 right face Face 3 front face Face 4 back face Face 5 bottom face and Face 6 top face specify the other two dimensions of particles For example for Face 1 a 2x3 array 2 layers 3 rows would place 6 particles on the left face of each cell in the subregion If you want to use the same distribution in all subregions you can copy the Distribution from the selected subregion to the others by clicking the Copy Distribution button For example if you want to analyze the capture zones from several non contiguous well cells define a subregion for each well cell specify the distribution for one subregion then copy this distribution to the other subregions If you are backtracking from a cell with a well rive
504. ranchValue t 1 NamedBranchValue t 1 Elasticity Simplifying 0 75 2 Elasticity Take the log base 2 of each side Elasticity log2 0 75 0 415 Therefore the expression to use for the water intensity would be GrowthAs Key Assumptions Price of Water 0 415 In modeling demand in addition to looking at the price elasticity of demand demand decreases as price increases you might also want to explore the income elasticity of demand demand increases as income or GDP increases For more information on elasticities consult a basic economics textbook See Also ExpForecast Growth GrowthFrom Interp LinForecast LogisticForecast Smooth Step 150 Expressions GrowthFrom Syntax GrowthFrom GrowthRate StartYear Start Value Description Calculates a value in any given year using a growth rate from the StartValue in the StartYear The StartYear can be any year past present or future Example GrowthFrom 5 1990 100 2000 162 89 2002 171 03 GrowthFrom 5 2010 100 2001 61 39 2002 64 46 See Also ExpForecast Growth GrowthAs Interp LinForecast LogisticForecast Smooth Step Interp Syntax Interp Yearl Valuel Year2 Value2 YearN ValueN GrowthRate or Interp ExcelFilename ExcelRangeName GrowthRate Description Calculates a value in any given year by linear interpolation of a time series of year value pairs Using the above two alternatives syntaxes year
505. rature Relative humidity Depending on the availability of data different equations are used The following are the data requirements in decreasing order of preference i Minimum and maximum daily relative humidity OR ii Maximum daily relative humidity OR iii Average daily relative humidity OR iv If humidity data is not available and estimate can be obtained by assuming that the dew point temperature is the same as the daily minimum temperature c Solar radiation Depending on the availability of data different equations are used The following are the data requirements in decreasing order of preference 1 Enter solar radiation data directly OR ii Hours of sunshine per day OR iii Cloudiness fraction OR iv If neither sunshine hours nor cloudiness fraction are available solar radiation can be estimated using the Hargreaves formula based on minimum and maximum daily temperature and an adjustment coefficient Krs d Wind speed An adjustment can be made if the wind speed measurement height is known e Latitude and altitude of the climate measurement station Depending on the setting in General Basic Parameters the values for climate data can either be entered once for each catchment and will apply to all the land use branches within that catchment or they will be entered separately for each branch within each catchment This second option might be necessary if there is a large variation in the elevation among
506. rd If you have soil profile data in a CSV file or Excel spreadsheet you can read those in without having to retype the data For a CSV file click the Import button and browse to find the CSV file To bring in the data from the Excel spreadsheet copy the data from Excel onto the Windows clipboard and click the Paste Special button In both of these cases WEAP will read in the rows and columns of data from CSV file or Windows clipboard and display it in a new window along with its best guess as to which variable each column represents The data should be arranged so that each horizon of each layer is on its own row and each column represents a different variable e g profile number horizon number texture class thickness etc If you are having problems getting the correct format for import click the Copy to Excel button to see what a suitable structure would look like Here is an example of the import structure for soil profile data if using the Particle Size pedotransfer function The columns for sand saturation field capacity wilt point and available 73 WEAP User Guide water capacity are not required for import because they will be calculated by WEAP Profile Horizon Thickness m Coarse Clay Silt Fra o a fh fo a a If you do not have soil profile data already entered into a file you can enter it into the wizard First choose the pedotransfer function to use in estimating soil water capacit
507. re Syntax DaysBefore Description The number of days in the water year preceding the current month This depends on the Water Year Start as specified in the General Years and Time Steps screen Example DaysBefore Evaluated in January 2001 0 assuming the water year starts in January Evaluated in January 2001 92 assuming the water year starts in October See Also Days JulianDaysBefore TotalDaysBefore Seconds Month TS Year Timesteps PrevYear BaseYear CAY CurrentAccounts Year EndYear 146 Expressions ElevationToVolume Syntax ElevationToVolume Elevation or ElevationToVolume Reservoir Elevation Description Converts a reservoir elevation to a reservoir volume using the Reservoir Volume Elevation Curve If the reservoir parameter is not included then the current reservoir will be used A typical use would be to specify reservoir operating zones such as top of conservation using elevation instead of volume units Note the elevation given must be in the unit specified for reservoir elevation and the resulting volume will be in the unit specified for reservoir volume see General Area Parameters Units Examples Your data for the top of conservation pool is in meters not cubic meters Because you are referring to the volume elevation curve from a variable top of conservation from the same reservoir you can omit the reservoir parameter Here is the expression to put into the top of conse
508. re Method Irrigation or Simplified Coefficient Method Irrigation or whether each land use branch can pump from a different layer or set of layers Menu Option General Basic Parameters 3 5 Advanced 3 5 1 MODFLOW Link Note linking WEAP to MODFLOW is an advanced feature For situations where the built in WEAP groundwater model is not sufficiently complex there is the option to link a WEAP model to a MODFLOW model MODFLOW is a three dimensional finite difference groundwater model created by the U S Geological Survey USGS When properly linked data and results flow back and forth between WEAP and MODFLOW for each calculation timestep With this tight coupling between the models it is possible to study how changes in local groundwater levels affect the overall system e g groundwater stream interactions pumping problems due to drawdown lateral groundwater recharge and vice versa e g infiltration and abstraction However be advised that building and calibrating a MODFLOW model is not a trivial task and the linkage to WEAP requires creating a GIS shape file to connect the WEAP elements to the MODFLOW cells The version of MODFLOW that WEAP is designed to link to is MODFLOW 2000 For more information please see the Appendix on linking WEAP to MODFLOW 3 5 2 MODPATH Link Note linking WEAP to MODPATH is an advanced feature MODPATH is a groundwater particle tracking post processing package that was developed to co
509. rea Tutorial 2000 2010 monthly Schematic View Licensed to Stockholm Environment Institute 9 13 Link MODFLOW Cells to WEAP Elements Each active MODFLOW cell is linked to one and only one WEAP groundwater node For a given row and column every layer will be linked to the same groundwater node The linkage is established by a GIS shape file shp that relates MODFLOW cells by row and column number with WEAP groundwater nodes by name The polygon shape file has one rectangular feature for each MODFLOW cell row column and must be loaded as a background layer on the Schematic For example for a MODFLOW model with 20 rows 40 columns and 3 layers there would be 800 features in the shape file The attribute table for the shape file must have fields for row number column number and WEAP groundwater node name Other optional fields are described below This shape file will also be used to display MODFLOW results in WEAP In its most simple mode you can have all withdrawals from and returns to a groundwater node be distributed evenly from to all linked cells For example the water pumped by a demand site from a groundwater node could come evenly from all cells linked to the groundwater node Similarly all return flow to the groundwater node could be spread evenly to all linked cells If cells areas are not uniform then water will be spread proportionally to area Inactive cells would not be linked to a WEAP groundwater node
510. rence 4 9 5 Linking Catchments to Rivers and Groundwater Catchment Runoff to Rivers Catchment Runoff can be directed to a river by dragging the Runoff Infiltration symbol from the legend in the Schematic view dropping it on a catchment then dragging to anywhere along the river If the Catchment Runoff is to be Headflow to the river the symbol can be placed anywhere above the first node of the river and the dialog box that appears will ask you if the Catchment Runoff is to represent Headflow See River Headflow for additional details Note that if you select a Catchment as a headflow source for a river then under the Headflow variable tab for that river it will be set locked to Inflow from Catchment Catchments can contribute runoff to one or more river nodes and zero or more groundwater nodes Catchment Runoff to Groundwater Catchment Runoff can be directed to a groundwater node by dragging the Runoff Infiltration symbol from the legend in the Schematic view dropping it on a catchment then dragging to a groundwater node A groundwater node can receive inflow from more than one Catchment as well as return flows from demand sites If using the Soil Moisture two bucket method to calculate Catchment Runoff and Catchment Runoff is directed to a groundwater node from that Catchment the Soil Moisture method becomes a one bucket representation see Overview of Catchment Calculation Methods Catchments can contribute runoff t
511. res TopOfBufferZone res TopOfInactiveZone res or the amount above Top Of Inactive if the level is below Top of Buffer BufferZoneStorageres StorageForOperationres TopOfInactiveZone res or zero if the level is below Top Of Inactive BufferZoneStorageres 0 235 WEAP User Guide WEAP will release only as much of the storage available for release as is needed to satisfy demand and hydropower requirements in the context of releases from other reservoirs and withdrawals from rivers and other sources Note because a local reservoir is not on a river any water released to satisfy a hydropower energy demand will disappear from the system OutflowRes 88TransLinkInflowRes DS ExtraOutflowForHydropowerRequirement where Outflowres S storageAvailableForRelease pes The storage at the end of the month is the storage for operation minus the outflow EndMonthStorageres StorageForOperationres Outflowres The change in storage is the difference between the storage at the beginning and the end of the month This is an increase if the ending storage is larger than the beginning a decrease if the reverse is true IncreaseInStorageres EndMonthStorage res BeginMonthStorage res Other Supply Flows Other supplies OS have no storage capacity The full amount of the monthly inflow entered as data see Supply and Resources Other Supply Inflow is available for withdrawal by demand sites What is not withdrawn is assumed to flow out
512. rface runoff irrigation interflow evapotranspiration increase or decrease in soil moisture increase or decrease in surface storage and base flow 111 WEAP User Guide Precipitation The volume or depth of precipitation that fell on each branch in the catchment not counting additions from snow melt Snow Depth MWE The accumulated depth of snow pack in the catchment snow depth is the same for all land classes within a catchment in melt water equivalent MWE depth Snow Gauge Historical observations for accumulated depth of snow pack in the catchment if entered in the Snow Accumulation Gauge data variable The accumulated depth of snow pack in the catchment Depending on the setting of snow depth is the same for all land classes within a catchment Snow Depth vs Gauge A side by side graph of Snow Depth results and Snow Gauge data in melt water equivalent MWE depth Flooded Depth For land classes with ponding or flooding such as rice paddies the depth of water on the surface of the land class Flooded Area For land classes with ponding or flooding such as rice paddies the area that is flooded Flooded Volume For land classes with ponding or flooding such as rice paddies the volume of water on the surface of the land class Effective Precipitation for ET including snowmelt The monthly precipitation that is available for evapotranspiration precipitation minus snow accumulation or plus snow melt Area
513. rid Region is planted on September 25 CurrentAccounts Year Syntax CurrentAccounts Year or CAY Description The Current Accounts year as a numeric value as specified in the General Years and Time Steps screen Example Year CurrentAccounts Year Evaluated for a Current Accounts year of 1995 2000 5 0 2020 25 0 See Also Days DaysBefore JulianDaysBefore TotalDaysBefore Seconds Month TS Year PrevYear BaseYear CAY EndYear CurrentAccountsValue Syntax CurrentAccountsValue or CurrentAccountsValue BranchName Description Calculates the Current Accounts value of either the current branch or of another branch referred to as a parameter to the function Examples 145 WEAP User Guide 10 CurrentAccountsValue for a Current Accounts value of 100 Evaluated in any year 110 10 CurrentAccountsV alue Households Urban for branch Household Urban with a Current Accounts value of 1000 Evaluated in any year 1010 Days Syntax Days Description The number of days in the current month as specified in the General Years and Time Steps screen Example Days Evaluated in January 2000 31 Evaluated in February 2000 28 if leap days are turned off Evaluated in February 2000 29 if leap days are turned on See Also DaysBefore JulianDaysBefore TotalDaysBefore Seconds Month TS Year Timesteps PrevYear Base Year CAY CurrentAccounts Year EndYear DaysBefo
514. roundwater20 30 82 83 227 232 273 275 276 282 351 354 371 Groundwater particles 290 297 359 Groundwater quality 30 Growth 149 151 Growth Rate 347 GrowthAs 149 GrowthFrom 151 H Hardware Requirements 369 Hargreaves 64 Headflow 88 371 Hide All WEAP Objects 25 History 377 HTML Help 369 Hydraulic 85 91 Hydraulic Conductivity 83 232 Hydrology 78 164 Hydropower 87 93 95 99 231 255 I Ice 111 198 If 189 Importing Data 137 347 Infiltration51 53 54 55 57 60 76 79 110 111 195 196 198 Infiltration Pond 85 92 Inflow 78 79 83 84 88 223 224 371 Initial Storage 82 84 91 Inset Schematic 17 Install 369 Instream Flow Requirement 95 231 Int 182 Interflow51 53 54 55 57 60 76 79 110 111 195 196 198 Internet Explorer 369 Interp 151 347 Introduction 1 Irrigation5 1 53 54 55 57 60 76 79 110 111 195 196 198 IsBlank 189 J Javascript 308 JulianDaysBefore 154 Index K Key Assumptions 40 105 L Label Size 25 347 Last Year 29 155 346 Leap Year 26 164 Legend 16 LessThan 190 LessThanOrEqual 190 Linear Program 236 237 239 240 LinForecast 155 347 Linking Rules 21 80 Linking WEAP Areas 88 Ln 182 Log 183 Logarithm 182 183 LogisticForecast 156 347 LogN 183 Loss 49 82 85 92 95 99 LP 236 237 239 240 M MABIA6O 63 64 67 71 72 73 74 75 115 144 152 159 174 203 210 213 216 219 220 222 Main Menu 7 Manage Areas 34
515. rrigation and Drainage Paper No 56 Spanish version of FAO 56 whereby the Kc value is divided into a basal crop coefficient Ko and a separate component Ke representing evaporation from the soil surface The basal crop coefficient represents actual ET conditions when the soil surface is dry but sufficient root zone moisture is present to support full transpiration In this way MABIA is an improvement over CROPWAT which use a single Kc method and hence does not separate evaporation and transpiration Plant Growth Model PGM The Plant Growth Model simulates plant growth water use and yield using a daily time step It was developed to provide a method for studying the impacts of altered atmospheric CO2 concentration temperature stress season length variability and water stress on plant water use and crop yields It requires specification of parameters that control the rate of plant development and water use The growth routines in the model are based on the approach taken in the SWAT and EPIC models allowing use of their databases for parameterization of the model Soil moisture hydraulics are simulated using a 13 layer model that represents the top 3 5 meters of the soil profile Outputs from the model include surface runoff deep percolation plant ET water and temperature stress biomass production and yield See also Simplified Coefficient Method Calculation Algorithms Soil Moisture Method Calculation Algorithms
516. rs as well as the following additional characters _ All branch names must begin with an alphabetic character See also Expressions 6 6 Import Expressions from Excel Use this option in conjunction with the Export to Excel option to import large amounts of data into WEAP from a previously saved Excel template spreadsheet Each row of the spreadsheet refers to the data associated with one branch variable scenario combination Before using this option you must have created and opened a spreadsheet in Excel containing the data you wish to import This spreadsheet must be strictly formatted with the names of branches scenarios and variables as the rows of the spreadsheet The only practical way to create such a spreadsheet is to first use the Export to Excel option Once you have exported this template you can use standard Excel functions fill copy paste and making equations to link to other cells to fill in the expressions with the correct values When you import the text from the Excel cell for every expression in the worksheet will overwrite the corresponding expression in WEAP WEAP will not create a link to the Excel worksheet Tips 1 Which Sheet is Imported WEAP always imports from the current open Excel spreadsheet 2 Importing Scaling Factors and Units When importing data WEAP will also import and update the scale and units associated with key assumptions and demand annual activity levels Thus you can use Exce
517. running scripts inside WEAP e g using the Call function in an expression from the menu Advanced Scripting Run or from the script editor because an object named WEAP is automatically added to the internal scripting environment WEAPApplication Properties and Methods Example using VB script ActiveArea Set or get the active WEAP area WEAP ActiveArea Weaping River i e dataset Read or write Basin Note This is equivalent to WEAP Areas Weaping River Basin Open PRINT WEAP ActiveArea Name ActiveScenario Set or get the active scenario WEAP ActiveScenario Current Read or write Accounts set it using the scenario s name EAP ActiveScenario WEAP Scenarios Current Accounts or set it by getting a scenario object Note This is equivalent to WEAP Scenarios Current Accounts Activate PRINT WEAP ActiveScenario Name Areas Get the collection of all WEAP areas See WEAP Areas Weaping River Basin Open WEAPAreas for details Read only PRINT WEAP Areas 1 Name 309 WEAP User Guide AreasDirectory Gets the full path of the folder in which WEAP areas are stored typically under My Documents Read only AreaSetting Key Section Set or get a text value associated with a key text Value is stored in file area ini in the area subdirectory If Section is not specified will look in section User The area ini file ca
518. rvation data variable than includes the elevation data from 20 30 m ElevationToVolume MonthlyValues Jan 20 Feb 20 Mar 20 Apr 30 May 30 Jun 28 Jul 25 Aug 22 Sep 20 Oct 20 Nov 20 Dec 20 You want to model a water conservation program that starts reducing demand by 15 when the reservoir elevation drops below a critical level 20 m Here is the expression for Demand Sites South City DSM Reduction If ElevationToVolume Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir 20 lt PrevTSValue Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir Storage Volume Million m 43 15 0 Note for this example it would actually be easier to get the result value for elevation directly no need to convert elevation to volume using PrevI S Value Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir Storage Elevation EndYear Syntax EndYear Description The last year of the analysis as a numeric value as specified in the General Years and Time Steps screen Synonymous with LastYear Example EndYear Year Evaluated for an last year of 2020 2000 20 0 147 WEAP User Guide 2018 2 0 Interp BaseYear 100 EndYear 200 Will do a linear interpolation between 100 and 200 over the entire study period See Also Days DaysBefore JulianDaysBefore TotalDaysBefore Seconds Month TS Year Timesteps PrevYear Base Year CAY Curre
519. ry Keb Curves for Forage Crops Many crops grown for forage or hay receive multiple harvests during the growing season Each harvest essentially terminates a sub growing season and associated K curve and initiates a new sub growing season and associated K curve The resulting Ke curve for the entire growing season is the aggregation of a series of Ka curves associated with each sub cycle The climatic correction of Keb values Keb mia and Keb ena The Ke mia and Keb ena values are typical values expected under a standard climatic condition defined in FAO 56 as a sub humid climate having average daytime minimum relative humidity RHmin 45 and having calm to moderate wind speeds averaging 2 m s For specific adjustment in climates where RHmin and uz are larger or smaller than the standard values the Ke mid AS Well as Keb ena Values are adjusted as h 0 3 Key Kev iw 0 04 uz 2 0 004 HR min 45 2 where Ko the corrected value for Keb mia Or Keb ena Ko qib value for Keb mia Or Keb ena taken from Crop Library uz wind speed measured at 2 m height m s RHmin minimum relative humidity max Maximum plant height m Note RHmin is used rather than RHmean because it is easier to approximate RHmin from Tmax where relative humidity data are unavailable Plant Height 215 WEAP User Guide Plant height can be estimated as follows an h Keb mid ne where i day n
520. s 5 3 1 Charts and Tables Three tabs at the top of the Results View let you switch among Chart Table and Map Charts and tables contain the same basic information while maps contain a subset Maps are discussed in more details below You can change any of the selection boxes at any time but typically you will follow these steps to create a new report 1 First use the selection box at the top of the screen the chart of table title to choose a particular report such as Monthly Supply Requirement Groundwater Storage or Streamflow 2 Next use the selection boxes attached to the chart s X axis or at the bottom of the table and the chart or table legend to pick the data dimensions you want to see on each axis of the chart or in the columns of the table Different categories of results will have different data dimensions For example the Supply Delivered report has the following dimensions years demand sites sources and scenarios so you can therefore create a chart or table that has any two of these dimensions on the X axis or in the table columns and legend of the chart or table Examples of charts and tables you can create include demand site by year for one or more sources and a given scenario source by year for one or more demand sites and a given scenario demand site by source for a given year and scenario demand site by scenario for one or more sources and a given year Some restrictions do apply When picking
521. s Irrigation Return Flow Fraction to Surface Water The average fraction of irrigation water supplied that flows to surface water Irrigation Return Flow Fraction to Groundwater The average fraction of irrigation water supplied that flows to groundwater See also MABIA Calculation Algorithms 5 2 5 Water Quality Results Water Quality results cover pollution generation by demand sites pollution loads at receptors wastewater treatment and surface water quality River Water Quality Concentrations of water quality constituents at all river nodes and reaches Link Water Quality Concentrations of water quality constituents in transmission links return flow links and infiltration runoff links For return links this is the concentration taking into account any decay of the constituent Outflow Water Quality by Source Concentrations of water quality constituents on outflow from nodes other than river nodes Inflow Water Quality Mixed Concentrations of water quality constituents on inflow to demand sites wastewater treatment plants and catchments mixed if multiple sources Demand Site Pollution Generation Pollution generated by each demand site If you have disaggregated by demand branches below the demand site level you may disaggregate the results as well Pollution Loads at Receptors Pollutant loads carried by return flow links from demand sites and wastewater treatments sources into rivers groundwat
522. s The following reports are available for catchments using the Simplified Coefficient Method Runoff from Precipitation The amount of runoff from the catchment derived from precipitation Observed Precipitation The amount of rainfall that actually fell on the catchment area Infiltration Runoff Flow Volume of flows from catchments to surface and groundwater ETPotential The amount of water that would be consumed by evapotranspiration in the catchment if no water limitations exist ET Actual including irrigation The actual amount of water consumed by evapotranspiration in the catchment including water supplied by irrigation ET Shortfall The amount of water that was needed but was not available from precipitation and irrigation for evapotranspiration in the catchment Total Yield The total yield from crops cultivated in the catchment Total Market Value The total yield multiplied by the market price for the crops See also Simplified Coefficient Method Calculation Algorithm Soil Moisture Method Results Most reports can be displayed in either volume e g m3 flow e g CMS or depth e g mm units Depth units are derived by dividing the water volume by the area of each catchment or land class Land Class Inflows and Outflows A detailed breakdown of inflows to and outflows from catchments and their sub land classes including precipitation snow melt snow accumulation ice melt ice accumulation su
523. s one in which the water table elevation head value in the uppermost active cell exceeds the elevation of the ground surface By default WEAP will automatically choose a rainbow of colors to span the entire range of values If you would like to focus on a smaller range you can set the range yourself manually You may also change the number of colors used Click the rainbow icon to the right of the chart or map to make changes 284 Advanced Topics Meter tt E 2133 to 2200 BBR 2067 to 2133 E 2000 to 2067 E 1933 to 2000 iw Legend Colors Number of Colors 3 M Set Range Automatically Minimum 1 100 Maximum 1 200 F 1267 to 1333 In addition to cell head you can also look at the following results from MODFLOW Recharge Pumping Leakage to River Drain flow Flow Right Face flow from the column to the right higher column number Flow Front Face flow from the row below higher row number Flow Lower Face flow from layer below higher layer number Constant Head Flow Pump Head Pump Head at Sub Branches if linked to Demand Site sub branches and Number of Dry Cells For each of these you can see either the total volume per cell or the depth in each cell volume divided by cell area For recharge positive values represent inflow into the cell whereas for pumping drain flow and leakage to river positive values represent outflow from the cell For models with more than one layer you can see the groundw
524. s and Benefits In addition to itemized costs and Benefits overall uncategorized system capital and operating costs and benefits can be entered as a whole 7 7 4 Net Cost Net cost is the total cost net of any benefit NetCost SystemCost CoStttem SystemBenefit Benefittrem 7 7 5 Net Present Value NPV The net present value of future expenditures for capital and operations costs net of any benefits The NPV is the sum of the net present value calculation of the net costs for each of the future years modeled in the scenario NPV is the future stream of benefits and costs converted into equivalent values today This is done by discounting future benefits and costs using an appropriate discount rate and subtracting the sum total of discounted benefits from the sum total of discounted costs The discount rate is specified under the menu option General Units Monetary 269 WEAP User Guide NPV NetCosStyear 1 DiscountRate 85 7 7 6 Average Cost of Water The average cost of water is the net total cost per unit of water delivered to all demand site AverageCost NetCost DemandSiteInflowps 7 7 7 Example Supply 60 A Demand 100 B Treatment Costs are incurred for transmission of supply and treatment of wastewater Demand Site A has a demand of 100 units of which only 60 is satisfied from the river Of the 60 units of supply half are consumed by the demand site The other half are
525. s are sent to the APIPrint txt file This file is automatically monitored and displayed in WEAP s Script Editor PrintToFile FileName Number or text Append Prints a number or a text string to a named text file The value of the optional parameter Append will determine what WEAP will do if the file already exists if Append is TRUE or not specified WEAP will add the number or text to the end of the existing file Otherwise the file will be cleared before writing the number or text to it ProgramDirectory Gets the full path of the folder in which WEAP is installed Read only ProgramStarted Determine if WEAP has finished starting up Can be used to make sure WEAP is loaded before continuing in the script Read only Advanced Topics WEAP Logfile WEAP Directory WEAPErrors txt F WEAP NumErrors gt 0 THEN PRINT WEAP NumErrors Errors PRINT WEAP NumTimeSteps Note This is equivalent to WEAP Timesteps Count PRINT WEAP BranchVariable Demand Sites South City Supplied Value WEAP PrevTSCa lcYear WEAP PrevTSCalcTSs PRINT WEAP BranchVariable Demand Sites South City Supplied Value WEAP PrevTSCa 1lcYear WEAP PrevTSCalcTS WEAP Print The current calculation year is amp WEAP CalcYear WEAP PrintToFile C Results txt Results from scenario WEAP ActiveScenario Name TRUE
526. s each receiving some of the flooding If catchment is connected to multiple river reaches same fraction will partition the flood inflow from all Leave blank zero if land use is not a floodplain See River Reach Inflows and Outflows for information about linking the catchment to a river reach Flood Return Fraction of water above Maximum Depth that flows out of branch in one time step Volume Area Elevation Curve Relationship among Volume Surface Area and Elevation as defined by the topography VSE curves determine extent area and depth elevation of flooded area given the volume of floodwater in catchment Leave blank if ground is level no slope which will mean that any amount of flooding will flood the entire area of the branch to an equal depth Initial Surface Depth Initial value for surface depth at beginning of simulation Note Ponding can exist only when the root zone is saturated This corresponds to z 1 in the Soil Moisture Method calculations meaning that the soil water balance for the top bucket is 100 The Soil Moisture Method calculates fluxes out of the root zone due to evapotranspiration interflow and deep percolation which will occur at their maximum rates when z 1 As water leaves the top bucket ponded water will enter the soil to take its place causing the depth of water above ground to decrease In addition any water released because of 59 WEAP User Guide the release requirement will
527. s per second while contractual limitations might be entered as million cubic meters per month or per year If the time scale is year then the demand site s monthly variation will be used to distribute the allotment monthly Maximum Flow of Demand You can also restrict the monthly flow along a transmission link by a percentage of the demand site s total monthly supply requirement For instance you might only know that a demand site got 20 of its yearly flow from one source and 80 from another In this case set the supply preferences for the sources to 1 and 2 respectively then set the Maximum Flow of Demand for the preference 1 source to be its observed share either 20 or 80 and leave the preference 2 source unlimited In general you would choose the source more likely to experience shortages as the preference 1 source in which cases the preference 2 source would meet the shortfall Another example for restricting flow as a percentage of demand would be for quality considerations Perhaps one source is cheaper than another but of inferior quality You could estimate the maximum fraction of the poorer quality water you could use and still meet your water quality criteria In this case the cheaper source would have a higher preference than the more expensive one and you would set its Maximum Flow of Demand accordingly In some cases you might have restrictions both on Volume and of Demand For example the volume constraint
528. s radiation formula Only needed if neither sunshine hours nor cloudiness fraction are available Typical range is 0 16 0 19 See also MABIA Calculation Algorithms Entered on Data View Branch Catchments Category Climate Tabs Precipitation ETref Min Temperature Max Temperature Latitude Min Humidity Max Humidity Average Humidity Wind Wind speed measurement Height Altitude Sunshine Hours Cloudiness Fraction Solar Radiation Krs Yield These parameters apply to the MABIA Method For the Simplified Coefficient Method see Simplified Coefficient Method Yield Potential Yield The maximum potential yield assuming an optimal supply of water Actual yields will be lower if the plant undergoes stress due to insufficient water i e depletion falling below the Readily Available Water threshold See MABIJA Calculation Algorithms for details on the yield reduction calculation If the branch has multiple crops use the MultiCropValues function to specify the potential yield for each crop The Potential Yield Wizard can help build the MultiCrop Values expression Market Price The market price of the crops If the branch has multiple crops use the MultiCropValues function to specify the market price for each crop The Potential Yield Wizard can help build the MultiCrop Values expression See also MABIA Calculation Algorithms Entered on Data View Branch Catchments Category Yield Tab Potential
529. s solute transport and parameter estimation In order to link a MODFLOW model to a WEAP model you will first need to prepare and calibrate a MODFLOW model outside of WEAP Because MODFLOW is so detailed preparation of an initial MODFLOW model will entail significant effort There are various software packages both free and commercial that can help you create a MODFLOW model e MODFLOW GUI USGS _ http water usgs gov nrp gwsoftware mfgui4 modflow gui html e Processing Modflow http www pmwin net e Groundwater Modeling System GMS http en wikipedia org wiki GMS_ software e Visual MODFLOW http en wikipedia org wiki Visual MODFLOW The ground water flow equation is solved using the finite difference approximation The flow region is subdivided into blocks in which the medium properties are assumed to be uniform In 273 WEAP User Guide plan view the blocks are made from a grid of mutually perpendicular lines that may be variably spaced Model layers can have varying thickness A flow equation is written for each block called a cell Several solvers are provided for solving the resulting matrix problem the user can choose the best solver for the particular problem Flow rate and cumulative volume balances from each type of inflow and outflow are computed for each time step For more information about MODFLOW see the USGS MODFLOW 2000 home page Online Guide to MODFLOW or the MODFLOW User Guide A MO
530. s taken from the few fraction of the surface layer The amount of transpiration extracted from the few fraction of the evaporating soil layer is generally a small fraction of total transpiration and is generally ignored Te 0 DPej is not to be confused with deep percolation from the root zone to the second bucket Effective Precipitation Many factors influence how much precipitation can infiltrate the soil and be available for evapotranspiration so called effective precipitation including rainfall rate terrain slope and soil type and compaction Any precipitation which is not available for ET will become surface runoff RO Min MIR P 1 EP where MIR maximum infiltration rate water depth that can infiltrate over a 24 hour period mm day EP effective precipitation rate P and RO precipitation and precipitation runoff from the soil surface on day i mm Potential and Actual Crop Evapotranspiration ET and ETa Potential Crop Evapotranspiration ETc The potential crop evapotranspiration under standard field conditions is calculated as follows ET Ke Ke ET ref Actual Crop evapotranspiration ETa Precipitation and irrigation amounts are often not sufficient to supply the full ET requirement In these situations soil water content in the root zone is reduced to levels too low to permit plant roots to extract the full ET amount Under these conditions water stress is said to occur and
531. s to select the Goal Variable that you want to maximize along with its bounds minimum and maximum values and an initial value to try This variable should be linked to water demand such that increasing the value of the variable will increase demand For example the variable could represent the population or any other activity level 339 WEAP User Guide such as units of production or land area under cultivation or it could be an absolute volume of water demand When WEAP varies this value to find the maximum safe yield it will have a single value for all years and timesteps If it is population for example each iteration of the Safe Yield calculation will set the population to some value for all years of each scenario Rather than model a rising population over time the idea here is to find the maximum population that can be supported by the water system modeled Next select the Demand Sites and Flow Requirements that you want to ensure have 100 reliability You must select at least one demand site or flow requirement Next select one or more Reservoirs that must refill at least once after their lowest point The lowest point may correspond to the drought of record The requirement about refilling after the lowest point ensures that there is not an unsustainable trend in reservoir use that would eventually drain the reservoir If instead you want to track the reservoir storage but not require that they refill uncheck the Require re
532. se Times Add Subregion Delete Subregion Copy Distribution Add Subregions for Well River and Drain Cells Style on Map Solid Subregion Release Times Cell Range L R C Distribution Jan 2008 Dec 2027 every 6 months 1 10 21 1 19 21 Within cell 1x1x1 Jan 2008 Dec 2012 every 2 months 1 2 21 1 4 21 Within cell 1x1x1 Jan 2008 Dec 2012 every 2 months 1 6 21 1 8 21 Within cell 1x1x1 Subregion 1 Click and drag to define the Cell Range Release Times Distribution for Each Cell Initial Time Jan 2008 Layers Rows Columns Total Final Time Dec 2027 Within cell Interval 6 month Onfaces M Releases Cell Range no Row 10 i9 Column a Ei 5 Cells per Release Particles per Cell r r Min Max Total ic r r Q Subregion 1 1 10 21 1 19 21 Help 580 Particles in 3 Subregions A Save X Cancel 9 16 1 Direction of particle tracking computation MODPATH provides the option of tracking particles forward in the direction of groundwater flow or backward toward points of recharge Backward tracking is accomplished by multiplying all velocity components by 1 Once the sign of the velocity components has been changed computations are carried out in exactly the same way as for forward tracking For backward tracking particles terminate at points of recharge rather than points of discharge The backward tracki
533. ser On the menu choose View Object Browser In the top left of this window change from lt All Libraries gt to WEAP Now you should see all the classes listed on the left Click on a class and its properties and methods will be listed on the right Click on the property or method on the right and information about it will be displayed below For example click on WEAPApplication on the left then ResultValue on the right Below you should see all the parameters that ResultValue needs including which are optional 336 Advanced Topics 8 4 10 API Example Here is an example using VB script Save the following lines as a text file e g test vbs then double click on the text file in Windows Explorer to run it Run WEAP as a COM Automation Server Do a sensitivity analysis on the Supply Measures scenario to the population growth rate of South City Vary the population growth for South City from 0 to 5 saving groundwater storage results for each run in c GWn csv Set WEAP CreateObject WEAP WEAPApplication VEAP Verbose 1 0 no dialogs 1 errors only 2 questions and errors 3 warnings questions and errors 4 all dialogs VEAP Logfile WEAP Directory WeapErrors txt log all errors and warnings to this text file VEAP ActiveArea Weaping River Basin VEAP ActiveScenario Supply Measures FOR GrowthRate 0 to 5 VEAP Branch Demand Sites South City
534. servoirs to refill at least once after their lowest point checkbox Finally choose one or more Scenarios to evaluate For each scenario selected the Wizard will find the maximum value of the goal variable that has 100 reliability and reservoirs refilling The Iterations setting dictates how many calculation iterations will be made for each scenario in searching for the maximum safe yield The Safe Yield Wizard uses a binary search algorithm to find the maximum safe yield within the bounds given for the goal variable For example if the bounds were 0 and 16 with an initial value of 8 and the maximum safe yield corresponded to a value of 10 23 here is the sequence of guesses that would be tested 8 16 12 10 11 10 5 10 25 10 125 10 1875 10 21875 10 234375 Each guess divides by half the distance to the maximum safe yield If a guess results in reliability less than 100 or a reservoir that does not refill the next guess will be lower Conversely if reliability 100 and the reservoirs refill then the next guess will be higher Therefore the greater the number of guesses the more precise the answer but also the longer the time to calculate Keep in mind that the WEAP model of your system has many different uncertainties and inaccuracies so a precision for the goal variable of 1 or 2 is probably sufficient This can be achieved in 6 iterations If the Include Current Accounts box is checked then the value for the goal variab
535. ses where different sets of water supply and demand data are stored managed and analyzed To begin your analysis you will first create a new area To do so choose Area Create Area from the Main Menu When creating a new area you can begin with a copy of an existing area or start fresh with a blank area If starting from a blank area you will be prompted to Set Area Boundaries You may specify a password to protect an area When specifying a password use the radio buttons to indicate whether the password is required to open the area or whether it is required only to save changes to the area When no password is specified the area can be freely opened and changed Note Do not rely on this password to protect proprietary or sensitive information WEAP does not encrypt the data files which means that anyone who knows how to read a Paradox database file can read the information Finally enter a brief description of the new area You can edit this description later in the Manage Areas screen Another way to create an area as a copy of an existing area is from the Main Menu Area Save AS 15 WEAP User Guide See also Manage Areas 3 2 2 Set Area Boundaries On the Set Area Boundaries window you can change the geographical extent area boundaries of your study area The current boundaries are shown as a green rectangle click and drag on the large map to specify new boundaries If your area is small in relation to the world ma
536. sily entering time series functions such as Interpolation Step and Smooth Curve functions or the Monthly Time Series Wizard e Using the Expression Builder tool a tool for creating expressions by dragging and dropping functions and WEAP data and result variables 6 1 1 Color Coding of Expressions When editing scenario data in WEAP s Data View expressions are color coded to show which expressions have been entered explicitly and which are inherited from another scenario Red text indicates a value entered explicitly whereas black text indicates an inherited value To reset an expression back to its inherited default highlight the expression and press the Delete key For more information see Scenario Inheritance If no data has been entered yet for an expression either for the current scenario or any of its parent scenarios or Current Accounts a default value will be shown in light gray For most variables the default value is 0 although there are a few exceptions such as Demand Site Consumption which defaults to 100 6 1 2 Referencing Variables in Expressions e Data Variables In an expression the values of other branches variables are referenced by typing the branch name followed by a colon followed by the variable name For example the value of the consumption variable in the Demand Sites West City branch of the Weaping River Basin dataset would be referenced by typing Demand Sites West City Consumption Note E
537. sion W Wastewater Treatment Plant Treats wastewater from demand sites to remove pollutants then returns treated effluent to one or more river nodes or local supply sources Water Quality A term used to describe the chemical physical and biological characteristics of water usually in respect to its suitability for a particular purpose Water Use Rate The average water consumption of some device or end use per unit of activity See Activity Level Water Year Method A simplified means for projecting inflows in the future Enter Current Accounts inflow data then define the fluctuations of each water year type from the norm and specify the sequence of water year types in the future See Water Year Type Inflow Water Year Type A water year type characterizes the hydrological conditions over the period of one year The five types that WEAP uses Normal Very Wet Wet Dry and Very Dry divide the years into five broad categories based on relative amounts of surface water inflows See Water Year Method Watershed See Catchment Withdrawal Node Point where any number of demand sites receive water directly from a river 384 Glossary Z Zone Reservoir storage is divided into four zones or pools These include from top to bottom the flood control zone conservation zone buffer zone and inactive zone The conservation and buffer pools together constitute the reservoir s active storage 385 Index A Abs 179 Ac
538. site budget file CBF MODPATH creates this file from flow data in the MODFLOW BUDGET file for use in backward tracking analysis Time series file TIME SERIES This is the main MODPATH results file which lists the location for each particle in the LOCATIONS file at each time in the TIME file in the simulation WEAP display the 3 D vector pathlines from the results in this text file Response The Response file tells MODPATH which Name file and which options to use in the run WEAP creates it based on the currently loaded Options Set There are some response file options on which WEAP does not give the user a choice They are listed along with the choice made by WEAP STOP COMPUTING PATHS AT A SPECIFIED VALUE OF TRACKING TIME No SELECT THE OUTPUT MODE i 1 ENDPOINTS K 2 PATHLINE 3 TIME SERIES 3 DO YOU WANT TO COMPUTE VOLUMETRIC BUDGETS FOR ALL CELLS No DO YOU WANT TO CHECK DATA CELL BY CELL No SUMMARIZE NAL STATUS OF PARTICLES IN SUMMARY PTH FILE This is the LIST file Yes Hy Notes MODPATH uses advective transport to plot the particle paths It does not model diffusion or dispersion of particles If the contrast in hydraulic conductivity between adjacent cells changes too abruptly MODPAT
539. sites In order for WEAP to determine which coverages are constrained from going higher due to unavailability of supply e g 60 for Demand Site A and which can get more water e g 100 for Demand Site B a new variable epsilon is defined for each demand site and added to the coverage constraints Coverage Final Coverageps Epsilonps Coverage Final Coverageps2 Epsilonps2 The epsilons are also added to the objective function but with a negative sign so that they are minimized Maximize Coverage Fina k Epsilonps k Epsilonps2 The values for each epsilon must be between 0 and 0 0001 The value for k is chosen to insure that the values for the epsilons will never overwhelm the value for Coveragerina The value chosen is 1 n 1 where n the number of demand sites The effect of the epsilons is to determine which demand sites are supply limited and which are not In the second example above here are the values of the variables after the first iteration of the LP Coverageps 0 6 Epsilonps 0 0001 Coverageps2 0 6001 Epsilonps2 0 Coverage rina 0 6001 Objective function 0 6001 1 3 0 0001 1 3 0 0 60006666 Because Epsilonps 0 we know that DS1 cannot get any more water than 0 6 Assume DS1 could get more than 0 6 say 0 6001 In that case the following values Coverageps 0 6001 Epsilonps 0 0001 Coverageps2 0 6001 Epsilonps2 0 0001 Coverage Fina 0 6002 240 Calcu
540. soil drying will be observed to occur below the Ze depth A fixed value of 0 08 m is used in the MABIA method The readily evaporable water REW which is the maximum depth of water that can be evaporated from the topsoil layer without restriction is defined as REW 3 121 TEW 22 896 Ze The K coefficient is calculated as 1 0 for Dai REW By TEW Dgi 1 TEW REW j for De i 1 gt REW where D j 1 cumulative depletion from the soil surface layer at the end of day i 1 the previous day mm TEW total evaporable water mm REW readily evaporable water mm Evaporation from the soil beneath the crop canopy occurring at a slower rate is assumed included in the basal Ka coefficient Exposed and wetted soil fraction few _fi f min fow min y where fw fraction of the surface wetted by irrigation and or precipitation 217 WEAP User Guide f fraction of soil surface effectively covered by vegetation fy defines the potential spatial extent of evaporation Common values for fy are listed in lookup tables When the soil surface is completely wetted as by precipitation or sprinkler irrigation few is set equal to 1 f For irrigation systems where only a fraction of the ground surface fw is wetted few is limited to fy Both 1 f and fw for numerical stability have limits of 0 01 1 In the case of drip irrigation Allen et al 1998 suggest that where the majority of soil we
541. son depending on changes in vegetation cover and physiology During the initial period shortly after planting of annuals or prior to the initiation of new leaves for perennials the value of Ka is often small Only three values for Ko are required to describe and construct the crop coefficient curve those during the initial stage the mid season stage and at the end of the late season stage A typical curve is illustrated below 69 WEAP User Guide 120 cb mid cb 1 00 0 80 0 60 0 40 0 20 as crop initial development i 0 00 time of season days Many crops grown for forage or hay receive multiple harvests during the growing season Each harvest essentially terminates a sub growing season and associated Ke curve and initiates a new sub growing season and associated K curve The resulting Ke curve for the entire growing season is the aggregation of a series of K curves associated with each sub cycle To handle this situation the crop library has different entries for the first cutting and subsequent cuttings Search for alfalfa in the crop library to see an example Specify multiple crops in the Crop Scheduling Wizard for a particular branch where the first crop chosen is that for the first cutting and the second and third crop is for the crop specifying the subsequent cutting s parameters Depletion Factor The depletion factor is the fraction of total available water TAW that a cr
542. specified as a range in an Excel spreadsheet Use the yearly time series wizard to input these values or to link to the Excel data In either case years do not need to be in any particular order but duplicate years are not allowed and must be in the range 1990 2200 When linking to a range in Excel you must specify the directory and filename of a valid Excel worksheet or spreadsheet an XLS or XLW file followed by a valid Excel range A range can be either a valid named range e g Import or a range address e g Sheet A1 B5 The Excel range must contain pairs of years and values in its cells arranged into 2 columns Use the WEAP Yearly Time series Wizard to select a worksheet to choose among the valid named ranges in the worksheet and to preview the data that will be imported NB The result of this function will be overridden by any value calculated for the Current Accounts In some cases this may lead to a marked jump from the Current Accounts value to the succeeding year s value This may reflect the fact that the Current Accounts year you have chosen is not a good match of the long term trends in your scenario or it may reflect a poor fit between the regression and the historical data Tip Use the Yearly Time Series Wizard to enter the data for this function See Also ExpForecast Growth GrowthAs GrowthFrom Interp LinForecast Smooth Step MissingValue Syntax MissingValue Description Internally WEAP uses a va
543. ssions e Daily Columns Date Precipitation mm Mean Temperature C The ReadFromFile and FDCShift Wizards will display information from the Columns directive List separator WEAP assumes that the values in the CSV file will be separated by the Windows List Separator character set in the Regional and Language Options Windows Control Panel However you can override this setting by placing a ListSeparator directive into the CSV file on a line before any data values You may not use as the list separator because this denotes a comment line For example to specify comma as the separator include the following line at the top of the file ListSeparator Because the list separator varies from country to country it is a good practice to always include the ListSeparator directive in the CSV file so that WEAP can read the file regardless of the setting of the Windows List Separator character This is helpful if the dataset is shared between users in different countries Decimal Symbol WEAP assumes that the numbers in the CSV file will use the Windows Decimal Symbol character set in the Regional and Language Options Windows Control Panel However you can override this setting by placing a DecimalSymbol directive into the CSV file on a line before any data values For example to specify period as the symbol include the following line at the top of the file DecimalSymbol Because the decima
544. sssseseassedissesssteassssadsinassndaionsasseseassedssvasastedsasoedsieasasaganssaudedeassedudvesandv nasdeasioans 273 Linking to MODPATH wssssessssesssssssosesassieassessseeasoseassneasebeanaseaiosaanssoeagseanascasosnannneananoanavoasosvaasnogapsasnanagaaivags 290 SCH Pin ess ssesstcastechssieasdessscesesoavassedssvdsssazsetedsapseisdedsapuadedvandededssecssnasiodedusbsedsdeduavasiesaasasdeassuasdeanindadeszenasdedsasats 305 Automating WEAR AP h ara en E aaea EEE TEET a ET TRE RN 308 PEST Calibration iine ce este its E O AE EEE 337 Safe Yield Wizard ai ainena A EREEREER EAEE EROE EN 339 MANADE ANCAS ao ae ETER T E UO oe able ist A 341 Manage Scenari OS tia telssectales citings etsies acters vaelessaibvacaseeeusvactetaaes AA cobesaiaetseatnndthe a stvbets 343 Set Area Bovindaries wis cssscaisssssessesssecsessassseevessesssassssavesasssvvassvosusssnsevaasosvansvaaisvanvesasssvaaassesissaniesans stunabvacasnaty 344 Water Quality Constituents savvaiscssisessessseasivasscnsavasaessseavsvassonsevevaas sheave vasvensevasoassseasavasbonsevasoas sheen veauensennsoase 344 NAICS sic E E E E E ocetestusetioes sites 345 Basic Patarmictersi n iieri eon ha a a aa Tia ae i E E EEN 346 Set WEAP Node and Label Size sisssssssesssssssssossorsesssossorsssssossssossesossasaniosasssnossssassnsanassassssatissessssasigsasageass 347 Yearly Timie Seties Wizard isscscssssssssssssisssstssssissessscssivasssssdesossassessinsssessdesagsssseasinaasevedeavsasasedsivsabesauanseanieass 34
545. stem Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Groundwater Category Water Quality Tab lt Constituent gt Concentration Temperature Groundwater Surface Water Interactions In many watersheds surface waters and groundwater are hydraulically connected A stream can contribute to groundwater recharge a losing stream or can gain water from the aquifer a gaining stream depending on the level of groundwater in the aquifer Groundwater levels respond to natural recharge from precipitation but can also be influenced by irrigation in the watershed where a portion of this water may recharge the aquifer rather than be taken up by the target crop To simulate groundwater interactions with surface waters there are four options 1 Specify directly the amount of groundwater inflow to a particular river or reach 2 Have WEAP model these interactions groundwater wedge connected to river 3 Have WEAP model these interactions deep soil layer of Soil Moisture method catchment 4 Link WEAP to MODFLOW To select option 1 or option 2 go to particular groundwater node in the Data view under the Groundwater branch of Supply and Resources and click on the Method tab For option 3 create one or more catchment nodes with infiltration links to the groundwater node and enter data for the deep soil layer If you are linking WEAP to MODFLOW you should leave all surface water groundwater interaction variables blank
546. sufficiently large rate to capture all of the flow entering the cell thus some of the flow leaves the cell across one or more of the cell faces Because of this limitation of model discretization flow paths to weak sink cells cannot be uniquely defined as it is impossible to know whether a specific water particle discharges to the sink or passes through the cell For cells with weak sinks an arbitrary decision must be made by the user about whether to stop particles MODPATH provides three options which apply for backward tracking as well as forward tracking e particles pass through cells with weak sinks e particles are stopped when they enter cells with weak sinks e particles are stopped when they enter cells where discharge to sinks is larger than a specified fraction of the total inflow to the cell For this last option enter a fraction between 0 and 1 9 16 3 Particle Name Format These options determine the name shown in the chart legend in the Results View for each particle pathline As you change the options an example of how the name will appear is shown below the checkboxes e g Particle 1 9 16 4 Particle starting locations and release times Starting locations for particles can be generated in one or more rectangular blocks of cells Each subregion represents one rectangular block of cells you must have at least one subregion although it can contain as few as one cell Use the Add Subregion and Delete Subregion butt
547. surface water Where multiple reservoirs with the same demand priority exist WEAP will try to fill them up to same level as a of the top of conservation pool just as it will try to satisfy demand sites to the same percentage of their demand Example 1 Supply 10 Resi Storage 50 Res2 Storage 100 D1 Demand 80 D2 Demand 50 In the first example the river headflow is insufficient to meet the two demands Therefore the reservoirs will need to release water to satisfy the demands Both reservoirs have a top of conservation pool TOC of 200 although their initial storages are different 50 and 100 as shown Both reservoirs have the same demand priority 99 Therefore after allocating water the goal will be to have both reservoirs finish with the same fraction of the top of conservation pool filled Since the demand is 130 and the available water is 160 there will be 30 remaining after allocating to the demand sites This 30 is split evenly between the two reservoirs each will have 15 WEAP will solve first for the allocations to the demand sites and second to fill up the reservoirs Here is the LP formulation for the first QI Addl Q2 Q2 Add2 Q3 03 04 05 Q5 06 07 245 WEAP User Guide 04 80 CI Q6 50 C2 S1 200 C3 S2 200 C4 S1 50 Addl S2 100 Add2 CI El gt FC C2 E2 gt FC Obj fn FC 0 2 El 0 2 E2 0 2 E3 0 2 E4 Upper and lower bounds Q
548. t the same sequence for two or more branches or scenarios you can use the Seed parameter Using the same seed in two different functions will yield the same sequence Note The seed value is not the first value in the sequence Examples Random some value between 0 and 1 e g 0 407 Random 100 some value between 0 and 100 e g 83 12 Random 10 10 some value between 10 and 10 e g 4 74 Random 0 100 5 some value between 0 and 100 using a seed of 5 e g 15 7 This will produce the same sequence regardless in which branch or scenario it is used RandomDistribution Syntax RandomDistribution Mean StandardDeviation Description Generates random numbers with a Gaussian distribution about the mean different for each timestep This is useful for simulating data with sampling errors and expected deviations from the mean Example RandomDistribution 100 20 Random distribution of values whose mean is 100 and standard deviation is 20 Randominteger Syntax RandomInteger RandomInteger UpperBound RandomInteger LowerBound UpperBound Description Returns a different random integer between LowerBound and UpperBound for each timestep If not specified the lower and upper bounds default to 0 and 1 The value is a integer to get random real numbers use the Random function The value returned is a random but repeatable value for any given branch scenario year and month This means that the numbers wil
549. t 80 data year The function can include sa any number of year value pairs Ae which need to be entered in 50 ascending chronological order A Notice that the value parameters in Be this function can themselves be 408 specified as mathematical functions RRR a a er aed Step Similar to the Interpolation function Step 2000 300 2005 500 2020 700 except that it calculates discrete ma changes between specified pairs of e50 data years and values s00 550 E s00 a 450 400 350 300 2000 2005 2010 2015 2020 2025 203 Years Remainder Calculates remaining value in one Remainder 100 branch by subtracting values of all other neighboring branches from the function parameter This function is useful for share branches for 133 WEAP User Guide jexample where you want to specify some branches as changing percentage share and have one branch account for the remaining share Branch and Any WEAP variable can be Weaping River Headflow 0 25 Variable calculated as a function of another References variable with some restrictions GrowthAs Calculates a value in any given year GrowthAs Drivers Income 1 1 based on its previous year s value jand the rate of growth in another named branch raised to the power of an elasticity 6 3 Expression Builder The Expression Builder is a general purpose tool that helps you construct WEAP s expressions by dragging and dropping the functions and WEAP Branches into an editing box T
550. t Excel Options on the toolbar let you select the type of chart type of stacking and formatting options such as 3D effects log scales grid lines and the number of decimal places reported in numeric values For charts that show results for just one year i e the X axis dimension is not time the animate button will play a movie showing the results for each year Note that when more than twenty items appear on a chart the legend uses patterns to differentiate the items Lastly click on the Stats button on the Toolbar to see the minimum maximum average standard deviation and root mean square for tabulated data Use the mouse wheel to zoom in or out of a point on a chart Hold down Shift key while wheeling to zoom only vertically hold down Alt key while wheeling to zoom only horizontally Saving Favorite Charts If you want to save a particular chart with all your formatting choices for later retrieval you can save it as a favorite See Favorites for details Combining favorites to form overviews in the Scenario Explorer View are a powerful way to get an overall perspective of your system See Scenario Explorer for details 5 3 2 Maps Results are shown on the map both as numeric labels and by varying the thickness of lines or size of nodes On the toolbar to the right of the map click on the symbol to turn on or off the 121 WEAP User Guide numeric labels click on Size to turn on or off the display of results as
551. t of water users that share a physical distribution system that are all within a defined region or that share an important withdrawal supply point You also must 18 Setting Up Your Analysis decide whether to lump demands together into aggregate demand sites e g counties or to separate key water uses into individual demand sites The level of aggregation generally is determined by the level of detail of water use data available Demand data may not be available for individual sites but may only be available for a larger unit such as a city or county In addition to data your definition of demand sites may also depend on the level of detail desired for your analysis When defining demand sites it is useful to inventory the actual physical infrastructure such as pumping stations withdrawal facilities wastewater treatment plants and well fields You should think carefully about the configuration of the entire demand and supply system including the links between supplies and demands You should also take into consideration the details of the water accounting picture you wish to present any key water uses and any key supply sources and river points that need to be tracked described and evaluated You might want to define demand sites according to the following groupings e major cities or counties e individual user which manages a surface or groundwater withdrawal point such as an industrial facility e irrigation districts e deman
552. t useful when you expect data to change gradually for example when modeling the gradual penetration of some common device such as refrigerators or vehicles The step function is most useful for specifying lumpy changes to your system such as the construction of new transmission links The last three functions allow you to specify historic data values i e values before the Current Accounts The different functions are then used to extrapolate data forward to calculate future values Extrapolations are based on linear exponential or logistic least squares curve fits Use these functions with care The onus is on you to ensure that the projections are reasonable both in terms of how a well the estimated curve fits the historical data and b how policies and other structural factors may change in the future In other words be sure to consider how well you can identify past trends but also if it is reasonable to expect these past trends to continue into the future WEAP helps you with task a by providing various statistics describing the curve fit the R value the standard error and the number of observations If you need to do a more detailed analysis we suggest you use the data analysis features built in to Microsoft Excel and then link your results to your WEAP analysis see below 9 8 2 Page 2 Data Source On page 2 you select the source of the data for the expression Select whether you want to enter the data directly i e
553. t uses crop coefficients to calculate the potential evapotranspiration in the catchment then determines any irrigation demand that may be required to fulfill that portion of the evapotranspiration requirement that rainfall cannot meet It does not simulate runoff or infiltration processes or track changes in soil moisture Rainfall Runoff Method Simplified Coefficient Method The Rainfall Runoff method also determines evapotranspiration for irrigated and rainfed crops using crop coefficients the same as in the Irrigation Demands Only method The remainder of rainfall not consumed by evapotranspiration is simulated as runoff to a river or can be proportioned among runoff to a river and flow to groundwater via runoff infiltration links 51 WEAP User Guide Rainfall Runoff Method Soil Moisture Method The Soil Moisture method is more complex representing the catchment with two soil layers as well as the potential for snow accumulation In the upper soil layer it simulates evapotranspiration considering rainfall and irrigation on agricultural and non agricultural land runoff and shallow interflow and changes in soil moisture This method allows for the characterization of land use and or soil type impacts to these processes Baseflow routing to the river and soil moisture changes are simulated in the lower soil layer Correspondingly the Soil Moisture Method requires more extensive soil and climate parameterization to simulate these proc
554. ta Sections The other five sections contain monthly flow data for river headflow river reach inflow local reservoir inflow groundwater and other supply inflow Enter the section name in square brackets to define a section i e HEADFLOW REACH RESERVOIR GROUNDWATER AND OTHER To specify the flows for a particular element first give its name on a line by itself The name must match exactly the name given in the WEAP schematic except for differences in upper or lower case Because the name is used to match the Schematic element to its data all supply elements in the Schematic must have unique names Note the name of an element is not its Schematic label but its name as specified on General Info for the node On the lines following the name enter the monthly inflows to this element one year per line Each line of data must contain thirteen pieces of data the year followed by data for each of the twelve months The years must be listed in increasing order although there may be gaps in the years During calculations the flows for the Current Accounts Year will be taken from the data year specified with the First Year option or the Current Account year if not specified Inflows for each subsequent year will be taken from the next sequential year in the data file If there is no data for the next year WEAP will cycle back to the first year of the contiguous block of yearly data which might be before the First Year In this wa
555. tance structure Scenario inheritance describes how each scenario inherits the expressions from the scenarios above it in the hierarchy For more information refer to Scenario Inheritance Click on a scenario in the tree to edit it or to add a new scenario beneath it On the right of the screen you can edit a scenario s inheritance and description Use the is based on selection box to change the scenario s parent For those branch variable combinations in the scenario for which no expression has been explicitly defined a default expression is inherited from one of its ancestor scenarios First the parent is checked for an expression If none is found then the parent s parent is searched This continues until an expression is found either in an ancestor scenario or in the Current Accounts To show or hide results for individual scenarios check or uncheck Show Results for Scenario for each scenario If this box is unchecked then WEAP will not calculate results for that scenario Click Show All to check all scenarios Show None to uncheck all In the example shown below there are four scenarios defined a Reference scenario and three variants W Manage Scenarios tF Add E Copy Delete Rename Current Accounts 1998 Integrated Measures is based on Reference 1999 2008 Reference Supply Measures 1999 2008 Demand Measures 1999 2008 Scenario Description Integrated Measures 1999
556. tax and usage as well as examples of how to apply each function The modeling functions are the main functions used for defining and calculating variables in WEAP The mathematical functions are standard mathematical functions log exp max min etc Wherever possible the names and syntax of these functions are the same as equivalent functions in Microsoft Excel The logical functions are standard logical operators IF AND NOT OR LessThan etc used to construct conditional expressions that yield different results depending on the values of variables e Branches contain a tree outline listing all WEAP branches When you drag and drop a branch to add it to the expression a pop up box will appear prompting you to pick a variable from the branch to which you wish to refer Data variables are listed first followed by result variables which all include calculated result from previous timestep after the result variable s name See also Data View Expressions Examples of Expressions Export to Excel Functions Import from Excel 9 11 Load MODFLOW Model Create a subdirectory within your WEAP area s subdirectory and copy the MODFLOW input files into it For example for the Weaping River Basin area you would create a directory C Program Files WEAP Weaping River Basin MODFLOW assuming WEAP was installed in C Program Files WEAP and copy the MODFLOW name file and all other package files into this MODFLOW directory It is best not to c
557. tchment You can choose to calibrate all Years and Months or a subset of either 338 Advanced Topics 8 5 4 Options Choose one or more Scenarios to Calibrate PEST will run once for each selected scenario If you uncheck Modify parameters in Current Accounts also then PEST will only modify the parameters in the selected scenarios If checked the parameters will be modified in both Current Accounts and Scenarios If you choose Normalize observation data PEST will use the reciprocal of each observation value as its weight For example if the observations were 10 30 and 25 the weights would be 1 10 1 30 and 1 25 This weighting will ensure that the larger values such as flood flows in the river do not outweigh of the smaller values such as low flows Also this option is essential when simultaneously calibrating different types of observations e g streamflow and reservoir storage because the two types are not comparable different units or could be many orders of magnitude different If you are unsure about this option you should try it both ways and compare the calibrations You can choose to have WEAP build the PEST input files and then run PEST automatically or just build the files but not run PEST This second option would allow you to edit the PEST control file directly in order to set advanced options before running PEST The PEST control files that WEAP creates will be placed into a subdirectory named PEST of the are
558. te Use this option to create a new Area data set The new area can either be blank or a copy of an existing Area 341 WEAP User Guide e XDelete Use this option to delete the highlighted area NB deleted areas are permanently deleted from your hard disk and unless previously backed up cannot be restored e Rename Use this option to change the name of the highlighted area and the subdirectory in which it is stored e Email to Use this option to send the highlighted area as an email attachment WEAP will automatically archive the data set into a single zip file and then attach the file to an email message Since the results files can occupy a large amount of space you will have the option of including or excluding them from the zip file Note this feature requires that you have a MAPI compliant email system installed on your PC such as Microsoft Outlook or Mozilla Thunderbird E Backup to Use this option to make a backup copy of the highlighted area The area will first be archived into a single zip file You can backup to any drive or folder on your PC or on a local area network Restore from Use this option to restore a previously backed up data set or to load an area sent to you by another person You will be prompted to select the name of a zip file WEAP will check the zip file to ensure that it is a valid WEAP Area data set Tip You can also restore a file from an FTP site just enter the FTP site in the Fil
559. ted with that activity level e g an annual volume used per person Monthly variation can then be described either with some user defined expression or variation weighted by days in each month If you want the monthly variation to differ by branches within a demand site WEAP can accommodate this just go to the main menu at the top of the schematic select General Basic Parameters to indicate this option Losses reuse and efficiency are accounted for separately Water demand is calculated by multiplying the overall level of activity by a water use rate Activity Levels are used in WEAP s Demand analysis as a measure of social and economic activity Note Agricultural irrigation demands can either be calculated using activity levels and water use rates as described above or by simulating catchment processes such as evapotranspiration runoff infiltration and irrigation demands See Overview of Catchment Calculation Methods for more information Entered on Data View Branch Demand Sites Category Advanced Tabs Methods Monthly Demand Option Monthly Demand Specify the demand for each month typically using the ReadFromFile function Entered on Data View Branch Demand Sites Category Water Use Tab Monthly Demand Annual Demand with Monthly Variation Option Annual Activity Levels The annual demand represents the amount of water required by each demand Losses reuse and efficiency are accounted for separately Water consumpti
560. ter from local and river supplies to demand sites subject to losses and physical capacity contractual and other constraints e Rivers and Diversions surface inflows to rivers properties and operation of reservoirs and run of river hydropower facilities instream flow requirements surface water groundwater interaction and streamflow gauges e Groundwater aquifer properties storage and natural recharge e Local Reservoirs reservoirs not on a river e Other Supplies e g surface sources that are not modeled in your WEAP application such as inter basin transfers or desalination e Return Flows wastewater from demand sites can be routed to one or more wastewater treatment plants rivers groundwater nodes or other supply sources treated effluent from wastewater treatment plants can be routed to one or more rivers groundwater nodes or other supply sources 4 10 2 Getting Started The following types of data are often useful e Streamflow gage records and their locations e Estimates of streamflow for ungaged locations calculated using gage records drainage area or other parameters e Reservoir storage levels volume elevation relationships net monthly evaporation rates operating rules for fish and wildlife recreation hydropower navigation water supply and other conservation purposes e Groundwater recharge rates gains from and losses to rivers e Instream flow requirements for recreation water quality fish and wildlife
561. ter quality modeling by checking the Enable water quality modeling checkbox You may then define up to 20 constituents to track in your application Set the scale and load unit as appropriate for entering the annual production of the pollutant by the demand site per unit of activity Set the concentration unit appropriate for entering data on concentrations of constituents in demand site 344 Supporting Screens outflows and in headflows reservoir outflows and groundwater outflows For each constituent specify which method WEAP should use to calculate surface water quality concentrations in the Calculate By column Conservative There is no decay of this constituent the instream concentration will be computed using simple mixing and weighted average of the concentration from all inflows First Order Decay This constituent decays following an exponential decay function Enter the daily decay rate here BOD WEAP will use its built in BOD model to simulate the changes in the biochemical oxygen demand BOD in the river In order to model BOD you will need to include temperature as one of your water quality constituents with unit Celsius and either enter as data the temperature of water in the river for each reach or model it in WEAP DO WEAP will use its built in DO model to simulate the changes in dissolved oxygen DO in the river Because the DO model uses BOD as an input you will also need to simulate BOD For temperature
562. ter quality of headflow Air Temperature Dew Point Temperature Wind Speed Cloud Cover Shade Point Sources inflow rates and water quality from demand sites wastewater treatment plants tributaries only if that tributary is not also modeled in QUAL2K and net decreases in reservoir storage and outflow rates from demand site withdrawals diversions reservoir evaporation and net increases in reservoir storage Diffuse Sources inflow rates and water quality from groundwater and surface water not tributaries and outflow rates to groundwater and evaporation After running the QUAL2K calculations WEAP will read the following results listed by worksheet name 264 Temperature Output mean water temperature Calculation Algorithms e WQ Output all other water quality constituents Water Quality Example Calculations This example illustrates how WEAP calculates instream water quality The section of the river modeled is 100 km with a water temperature throughout of 15 C The river headflow of 500 units contains initial concentrations of BOD BODmn 5 mg l DO DOw 8 mg l Salt 2 mg l and TSS 20 mg l Ac Demand 100 1 Salt is a conservative Trextraant Plant constituent so it will not decay TSS follow first order decay with a decay rate of 0 25 day The demand site withdraws 100 units consumes 50 and returns 50 50 units to the wastewater treatment plant with the following concentrations BOD 20 mg l
563. ter recharge unless constrained by Maximum Percolation Rate the remainder goes to surface runoff Especially useful in karstic areas Initial Bucket 1 Depletion Initial value of soil moisture depletion Zero depletion corresponds to field capacity The maximum depletion is the available water capacity as specified under Soil Water Capacity above Initial Bucket 2 Depletion Initial value of soil moisture depletion for the lower of two buckets Zero depletion corresponds to field capacity The maximum depletion is the available water capacity as specified under Soil Water Capacity above Only used If using two buckets for the MABIA water balance calculation See also MABIA Calculation Algorithms Entered on Data View Branch Catchments Category Land Use Tabs Area Crops Soil Water Capacity Surface Layer Thickness Total Soil Thickness Maximum Infiltration Rate Maximum Percolation Rate Effective Precipitation Direct Recharge to GW Initial Depletion Irrigation These parameters apply to the MABIA Method For the Simplified Coefficient Method see Simplified Coefficient Method Irrigation for the Soil Moisture Method see Soil Moisture Irrigation for the Plant Growth Model Method see Plant Growth Model Method Irrigation Irrigation is required when rainfall is insufficient to compensate for the water lost by evapotranspiration The primary objective of irrigation is to apply water at the right perio
564. ter the river at any type of river node reservoir run of river tributary diversion flow requirement withdrawal or return flow node e Streamflow gauges which are placed on river reaches and represent points where actual streamflow measurements have been acquired and can be used as points of comparison to simulated flows in the river Streamflow data is typically added using the ReadFromFile function In results look at Supply and Resources River Streamflow Relative to Gauge to view the report comparing actual and simulated streamflow Groundwater Groundwater nodes can have natural inflow infiltration from Catchments demand site and wastewater treatment plant returns inflows from transmission and return flow link leakage river interactions and storage capability between months A groundwater supply node can be linked to any number of demand sites The user must assign a preference to each link to order withdrawals Demand site and wastewater treatment plant return flows can be returned to groundwater sources Non River Supplies A local reservoir source can have predetermined monthly inflows receive runoff from catchments and demand site and wastewater treatment plant returns can have storage capability between months and hydropower generation capability In contrast to river reservoir nodes they are managed independently of any river system Other sources have predetermined water quantities available on a monthly basis b
565. terly bill The following four parameters are repeated for each block except for the final block which includes only the first two parameters because it has no upper limit Rate_i The cost of water for block i either a unit cost or a flat rate See RateDenomUnit_i RateDenomUnit_i The denominator unit for Rate_i e g gallons or cubic meters or flat to indicate a fixed cost regardless of usage within this block A flat rate or base rate is often charged for the first block UpperLimit_i The upper limit water volume for this block This parameter is not included for the last block because it has no upper limit UpperLimitUnit_i The unit for the upper limit water volume This parameter is not included for the last block because it has no upper limit Example The 100 000 households in South City are billed every 6 months using the following block structure Base charge of 29 20 per bill includes up to 20 000 gallons 20 000 gt 30 000 gallons at 1 40 1000 gallons 30 000 50 000 gallons at 1 65 1000 gallons 50 000 70 000 gallons at 1 90 1000 gallons 70 000 90 000 gallons at 2 25 1000 gallons Over 90 000 gallons at 2 60 1000 gallons The following expression should be entered in the Variable Benefit data tab for South City BlockRate 100000 6 29 20 flat 20000 gal 0 00140 gal 30000 gal 0 00165 gal 50000 gal 0 00190 gal 70000 gal 0 00225 gal 90000 gal 0 00260 gal Note that
566. th City WEAPVariables collection of all Variables for a single Branch e g all variables for Demand Sites South City WEAP Version a named version of the active area WEAP Versions collection of all Versions in the active area 308 Advanced Topics Each class is discussed below followed by tips on exploring the API and an example WEAP has its own built in script editor that can be used to edit interactively debug and run scripts that automate WEAP using its API WEAP uses Microsoft s Windows Script aka ActiveScript technology which directly supports scripts written in VBScript and JScript JavaScript VBScript and JScript come with Windows and are always available whereas other scripting languages such Perl Python Ruby and PHP must be installed by you on your computer before you can use them in WEAP Some other web based resources you may find useful Windows Script Information VBScript tutorial VBScript reference guide JScript reference guide Free versions of Python Perl PHP and Ruby 8 4 2 WEAPApplication API Class The WEAPApplication class contains top level properties and methods including access to all other classes Note in the following examples a reference to WEAP as in WEAP ActiveArea assumes that there is an object named WEAP of class WEAPApplication This can be created in VBScript by SET WEAP CreateObject WEAP WEAPApplication However this is not necessary when
567. that initially WEAP does not know how to link the MODFLOW model to the WEAP model as can be seen in the screen above e g WARNING Active cells linked to WEAP groundwater node None are linked If the MODFLOW model includes confined layers you can group one or more layers into distinct aquifers for reporting purposes For example suppose that layer 2 in a 3 layer model has a confining bed below it In this case you would define two aquifers in WEAP aquifer 1 containing layers 1 and 2 and aquifer 2 containing layer 3 Click the Define Aquifers button see above to specify how many aquifers exist and which layers correspond to which aquifers This option is not available if the model has only one layer 352 Supporting Screens 9 12 Create MODFLOW Linkage Shape File On the MODFLOW Link screen click the Choose shape file that has MODFLOW linkage information button On the next window for Background Shape File with MODFLOW Linkage Information choose lt Create New Shape File gt The following window will appear i Create Shape File for MODFLOW Linkage File Name MODFLOW Linkage shp Rows 20 Columns 20 Row Height 1 000 Column Width 1 000 x Origin 285 957 17345853 Springs Y Origin 1 164 957 1734542 Eternal Rotation 0 v4 Create x Cancel Help WEAP automatically fills in the number of rows and columns and the row height and column width which it read from the MODFLOW discretization file DI
568. thdrew or returned water to the same cells As discussed above only the Cell Row Cell Column and Groundwater Name fields are required depending on your model 355 WEAP User Guide w Choose shape file that has MODFLOW linkage information Background Shape File with MODFLOW Linkage Information linkage shp X MODFLOW Cell Row Field ROW X Catchment Name Field CATCHMENT X MODFLOW Cell Column Field COL v Land Use Name Field LAND_CLASS X Groundwater Name Field GW_NODE X Demand Sites Name Fields DEMANDSITE River Reach Name Field RIVERREACH X Guess Groundwater Linkages Guess Demand Site Linkages Guess River Point Linkages Guess Drain Cell Linkages pow ee ae GW NODE DEMANDSITE CATCHMENT LAND_CLASS DRAIN RIVERREACH ns groundwater catchment Forest groundwater catchment Forest groundwater catchment Forest groundwater catchment Forest groundwater catchment groundwater catchment groundwater catchment groundwater Artificial Recharge catchment groundwater catchment aroundwater catchment on non MN Ae why Be a Uv 9 13 1 Automatically Linking Groundwater Nodes Demand Sites River and Drain Cells As a convenience WEAP can try to guess which MODFLOW cells the WEAP groundwater nodes demand sites and river reaches are linked to based on proximity on the Schematic Click the Guess Groundwater Linkages button for WEAP to assign the closest WEAP groundwater node to
569. the changes are made to the original Main file Discretization DIS WEAP creates a new Discretization file by combining all the individual MODFLOW Discretization files from the scenario run into one Discretization file that includes all WEAP time steps each WEAP time step is a MODFLOW stress period Starting locations file LOCATIONS WEAP creates this file of starting particles locations and release times from the currently loaded Options Set This file does not vary by scenario so there is only one temporary Main file for all scenarios Time data file TIME This file specifies the values of tracking time at which output is required for the time series results So that results are available for each WEAP time step WEAP creates this file by listing every time step in the simulation This file does not vary by scenario so there is only one temporary Time file for all scenarios Summary output file LIST The summary output file with detailed information about the MODPATH run It is shown to the user only if there is a problem and the TIME SERIES file is not created Head HEAD Binary Head file created by MODFLOW for all stress periods Cell to cell flow BUDGET Cell to cell flow file ccf created by MODFLOW for all stress periods Endpoint ENDPOINT The Endpoint file is created by MODPATH as a result It is not used by WEAP but is required to be in the Name file 303 WEAP User Guide Compo
570. the WEAP node For inflows QUAL2K needs to know the concentration of each constituent in the inflow for outflows the concentration is irrelevant See Reservoirs and QUAL 2K for details on how reservoirs are handled Diffuse Sources Diffuse sources correspond to inflows to and outflows from river reaches including inflows from groundwater and surface water not tributaries and outflows to groundwater and evaporation The upstream and downstream boundaries of a QUAL2K diffuse source are the upstream and downstream distance markers of the corresponding WEAP reach For inflows QUAL2K needs to know the concentration of each constituent in the inflow for outflows the concentration is irrelevant Reservoirs and QUAL2K No attempt is made in either WEAP or QUAL2K to model water quality in reservoirs and lakes due to uncertainties in vertical and longitudinal stratification and other complex processes Additionally QUAL2K does not allow for operable reservoirs whose storage can vary over time It does include sharp crested weirs but these are simple structures that are not operated For these reasons when modeling water quality on a river with a reservoir you might want to consider modeling it in two sections above the reservoir and below the reservoir Because QUAL2K does not consider reservoir storage and its effects on water quality outflow concentrations are calculated simply as the weighted average of the inflows in a single time st
571. the catchment inflow node to the top of the river Runoff infiltration links can also link one groundwater node to another in order to model subsurface flow from one to the other Return Flow Links Water that is not consumed at a demand site can be directed to one or more demand sites wastewater treatment plants surface or groundwater nodes Return flows are specified as a percentage of outflow Wastewater treatment plant return flow can be directed to one or more demand sites river nodes or local supply sources Like demand site return flows they are specified as a percentage of outflow Wastewater Treatment Plants Wastewater treatment plants receive water from demand sites remove pollutants and then return treated effluent to one or more demand sites river nodes or local supply sources A wastewater treatment plant can receive wastewater from multiple demand sites Priorities for Water Allocation Two user defined priority systems are used to determine allocations from supplies to demand sites and catchments for irrigation for instream flow requirements and for filling reservoirs and generating hydropower Competing demand sites and catchments reservoir filling and hydropower generation and flow requirements are allocated water according to their demand priorities The demand priority is attached to the demand site catchment reservoir priority for filling or hydropower or flow requirement and can be changed by right cli
572. the distance the water falls this required volume will vary as the reservoir elevation varies each month Depending on the hydropower priority this release requirement will be satisfied either before after or at the same time as other demands for water on the river If the hydropower priority is zero WEAP will not release water solely to generate hydropower You may change the priority over time or from one scenario to another Note Water drawn from river reservoirs directly via transmission links does not pass through the turbines nor generate electricity If you want to generate hydropower attach the transmission link to the river immediately below the reservoir It is the opposite for local reservoirs not on a river flows through transmission links from a local reservoir do pass through hydropower turbines and do generate hydropower See Hydropower Calculations for calculation algorithms 87 WEAP User Guide Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources Local or River Reservoir Category Hydropower Tabs Max Turbine Flow Tailwater Elevation Plant Factor Generating Efficiency Hydropower Priority Energy Demand Reservoir Water Quality WEAP does not model water quality in lakes or reservoirs due to uncertainties in vertical and longitudinal stratification and other processes Therefore if you are modeling water quality in a river except if using QUAL2K you must enter as data the concentrations of each const
573. the size of the WEAP symbols and labels These options are available either from the General menu or by right clicking on the WEAP Legend The dialog has a slider bar to make the nodes or labels either larger or smaller Menu Option Schematic Set WEAP Node Size or Set WEAP Node Label Size Priority Views You may view demand priorities for demand sites flow requirements and reservoirs supply preferences for transmission links or allocation orders for transmission links and flow requirements on the schematic See Priorities for Water Allocation for more information Menu Option Schematic Change Priority View Show or Hide by Element Type In some cases you may wish to temporarily hide certain types of objects from display such as all demand sites or wastewater treatment plants Uncheck the box on the WEAP legend next to the type you want to hide When a node type is hidden all links to or from those nodes are also hidden For example if Demand Sites are hidden then all transmission links to and return flow links from any demand site are also hidden If a river or diversion is hidden all nodes on the river or diversion are also hidden along with all links to or from the river nodes You may hide all objects types at once choose the Hide All WEAP Objects option from the Schematic menu or from the right click menu on the WEAP legend Once some or all WEAP objects are hidden an option to Show All WEAP Objects will be available S
574. thing calculated internally in a model 380 Glossary Exogenous A value explicitly specified i e not calculated internally by the model Expression A mathematical formula used to specify how the values of a variable changes over time F Favorite A result chart saved by the user complete with all formatting for later retrieval or inclusion in an Overview See Overview Flow Duration Curve A graph of flow in which the flows have been sorted from highest to lowest values Also called an Exceedance graph because the x axis shows the percentage to time that a given value is exceeded Flow Requirement Minimum instream flow required at a point on a river or diversion to meet water quality fish amp wildlife navigation recreation downstream or other requirements G GIS Geographic Information System WEAP allows you to load GIS maps in standard Arc View Shape and Grid format as background layers for the Schematic H Head Hydropower is generated when water falls from a height into a turbine This height is called the head or head difference Also refers to the elevation of the groundwater table Hydrology The time series of monthly inflows to the system specified using either the Water Year Method or the Read from File Method See Inflow Water Year Method Read from File I Infiltration precipitation or other sources of water such as excess irrigation that percolates into and through the soil or inflo
575. tial Yields MultiCropValues 30 40 Parent Syntax Parent Parent BranchName Parent VariableName Parent BranchName VariableName Description The current value of the specified variable in the parent branch of named branch Both BranchName and VariableName are optional parameters so that when used without any parameters the function returns the value of the current variable in the parent branch of the current branch Tip Because the simple form of this function points not to a named branch but to a relative branch address the parent it can be safely used in cases where you want to write a model for a particular set of subsectoral branches and then copy branches for use elsewhere in the tree See also the TotalChildren function PrevTSValue Syntax PrevTSValue or PrevTS Value Branch VariableName or PrevTS Value Branch VariableName Scale Unit or PrevTS Value Branch VariableName Scale Unit Dimension Item or PrevTS Value Branch VariableName Scale Unit Dimension Item TimeStepsPrevious or PrevTSValue Branch VariableName Scale Unit Dimension Item TimeStepsPrevious EndOfPreviousTS Interval or PrevTSValue Branch VariableName Scale Unit Dimension Item TimeStepsPrevious EndOfPreviousTS Interval FunctionToCompute or PrevTSValue Branch VariableName Scale Unit Dimension Item TimeStepsPrevious EndOfPreviousTS Interval FunctionToCompute PercentileValue or PrevTS Value MODFLOWVari
576. tic and return you to the Choose shape file that has MODFLOW linkage information window Tip Using information from the MODFLOW Basic BAS package WEAP will create columns in the attribute table for each layer in the MODFLOW model indicating which cells are active inactive or have constant head The column names are Is_Active lt N gt where lt N gt is the layer number e g Is_Activel Is_Active2 Active cells are marked with A constant head cells are marked with CH and inactive cells are blank You can choose one of these columns to display as the label on the Schematic View to get a quick idea of the MODFLOW model Note WEAP can also display the cell types for each cell in the Results View W Well R Recharge D Drain 353 WEAP User Guide V River H Constant Head F Flooded dry Dry Cells r W WEAP Tutorial B Area Edit View Schematic General Advanced Help 2 Spee Hee d M gt Diversion 6 v A Reservoir S VIE Groundwater 1 V Other Supply 1 Demand Site 2 VI Catchment 1 gt Runotf Infitration 2 Transmission Link 3 Wastewater Treatment Plant V Return Flow 3 V Run of River Hydro Y Flow Requirement vi Streamflow Gauge MC MODFLOW Linkage MIC Catchment Bi River vI Spring Fam vE Big City MIE Big City wellfield M E Artificial Recharge CH CH A
577. tion The bottom right pane displays the data you entered in the top pane as either a chart or a table These let you quickly examine the values generated by the expressions you have entered above A toolbar on the right of the pane gives access to a range of options for formatting charts and tables e g picking chart type and stacking options colors 3D effects grids number of decimal places etc and for printing and copying charts and tables and exporting tables to Microsoft Excel The bottom pane also gives access to a notes screen a word processing tool in which you can enter documentation and references for each branch of the tree To edit the notes right click and select Edit to display the notes in a larger window which includes a basic set of word processing controls Notes can include formatting bold underline fonts etc and can also include standard Windows objects such as spreadsheets The Elaboration tab contains the Expression Elaboration Expression Elaboration is useful for helping you to understand and explain your analyses WITHOUT continually having to navigate from branch to branch in the tree It shows a list of branches and variables referenced by the current expression along with their data or expressions If any of those referenced branches themselves contain references to other branches they will also be shown Double clicking on any item in this list will make the display jump to the listed branch variable You
578. tion techniques Industrial end uses might include processing cooling and sanitary amenities e Device For example sprinkler drip or flooding irrigation in agricultural sectors or showers toilets and washing for domestic sectors You can organize the demand tree along the lines of the available data For example under the agricultural sector the irrigation area for each crop can be identified at the subsector level One level down the percentage of each irrigation technique in each crop may be assigned at the end use level Another equally valid way to organize the agriculture sector would be to identify irrigation districts at the subsector level and the crops grown within the irrigation districts at the end use level 4 8 4 Methods for Calculating Demands Overview of Demand Calculation Methods Several options exist to input and calculate demand within WEAP For a particular demand site branch within the Data Tree you can click on the Advanced button at the top of the Data Entry window to select among the following options 1 Monthly Demand this option allows you to input month by month demand values for the demand site or you may use the ReadFromFile function to read in monthly demands from a file 2 Annual Demand with Monthly Variation this option allows you to express demands on an 45 WEAP User Guide annual level It requires you to input an activity level e g number of people and a water use rate associa
579. tion works in combination with Export inherited expressions as explained next Export inherited expressions This option lets you either export all data or only data that is not inherited i e is explicitly entered for a given scenario For example in Weaping River Basin the consumption rate for South City is 25 This value is entered in the Current Accounts and every scenario inherits this value Therefore if you were exporting expressions from the Reference scenario the expression for Demand Sites South City Consumption would be 25 only if Export inherited expressions was checked If it was not checked since the expression is blank in the Reference scenario the row would be exported only if Export rows for blank expressions was checked See Scenario Inheritance for more information Autofilter in Excel Finally WEAP can optionally set up Excel s auto filtering feature to help you quickly sort through and filter the resulting spreadsheet If you don t want Excel to auto filter the resulting spreadsheet uncheck the Autofilter checkbox Once you have set these options click OK to export to Excel or Cancel to abort the export operation Menu Option Edit Export to Excel 6 8 Functions 6 8 1 Functions WEAP borrows an approach made popular in spreadsheets the ability for users to enter data and construct models using mathematical expressions Expressions are standard mathematical formulae used to specify the values o
580. to WEAP Land Use Branches None are linked Confining beds 0 Aquifers 2 The 3 layers are grouped into 2 aquifers Time unit Day Length unit Meter Stress periods 15 NOTE Only one stress period will be used Stress period length 31 Days Time steps per stress period 31 Well cells defined in Well file 2abadani_22tm wel 0 Recharge file name Zabadani_22tm rch x V Save every MODFLOW input and output file created for each time step required to view cell results Help lt S Close Make sure to check the box at the bottom Save every MODFLOW input and output file created so that the results will be available to view in WEAP Because a complete set of new input files are created and kept for each timestep and scenario you will be able to run them yourself in MODFLOW outside of WEAP if you want to examine the results in more detail or to make slight changes to the inputs Note that any changes you make directly to these temporary input files will be lost the next time WEAP does its calculations so you are advised to save them in another directory if you want to preserve them The temporary filenames all start with MF to distinguish them from other files The name file lists the other files that contain data for the various aspects of the MODFLOW model such as recharge pumping or river interactions These files are called packages Use the View Edit Packages button to view or edit the text file packages Note
581. to one hundred percent If demand does not vary all months are assumed to use the same amount according to the number of days in the month For example the default annual share for January is 31 365 8 49 whereas February is 47 WEAP User Guide 28 365 7 67 Depending on the setting in Basic Parameters either the monthly variation is the same for all branches underneath a demand site or each branch within a demand site can have a different monthly variation Annual water demands are the requirements for final water services in industry agriculture domestic and other purposes WEAP allows for three adjustments demand site losses and reuse and transmission link losses to reflect more accurately the actual supply requirement needed to meet the demand for water services Entered on Data View Branch Demand Sites Category Water Use Tab Monthly Variation Demand Management If you want to model the effects of various demand side management DSM strategies for reducing demand you can use either a disaggregated or aggregated approach The disaggregate approach would make changes to the water use rates on individual branches For example to model a program to promote efficient washing machines you would either decrease the water use rate for washing machines if there was only one branch for washing machines or increase the share of efficient washing machines if there were two branches one for traditional washing machines and o
582. to radians is given by Sa 60 T Ten Latasg The inverse relative distance Earth Sun d and the solar declination are given by d 1 0 033 033 cos zz amp 0 409 si g 1 39 0 sin 365 where J number of the day in the year between 1 1 January and 365 or 366 31 December The sunset hour angle s is given by arccos tan g tan 6 Daylight hours The daylight hours N are given by N 24 0 1 Psychrometric constant The psychrometric constant y is given by Cp P _ 0 665 10 3P d E where y psychrometric constant kPa C P atmospheric pressure kPa A latent heat of vaporization 2 45 MJ kg Cp specific heat at constant pressure 1 013 10 3 MJ kg C e ratio molecular weight of water vapor dry air 0 622 The value of the latent heat varies as a function of temperature However because varies only slightly over normal temperature ranges a single value of 2 45 MJ kg is used This value corresponds to an air temperature of about 20 C Atmospheric pressure The atmospheric pressure P is the pressure exerted by the weight of the earth s atmosphere 207 WEAP User Guide eae amp o Bi 293 where P atmospheric pressure kPa z elevation above sea level m Mean Daily air temperature Tmean Tmax Tmin 2 where Tmean Mean daily air temperature C Tmin Minimum daily air temperature C Tmax
583. together Favorite charts created earlier in the Results view into Overviews for simultaneous display With Overviews you can get a birds eye perspective on different important aspects of your system such as demands coverage flows storage levels environmental impacts and costs You can create multiple Overviews each of which can display up to 25 different Favorites In addition to showing Results the Scenario Explorer View can display selected Data across many scenarios to help demonstrate the impact of various assumptions and policies on results These input values can be changed on the spot and WEAP will recalculate and update the results The Notes _View_is a simple word processing tool with which you can enter documentation and references for each branch of the tree To edit the notes either type directly into the Notes Window or select Edit to display a larger window with additional word processing features Notes can include formatting bold underline fonts etc and can also include standard Windows objects such as spreadsheets Use the Print and Print All buttons to print one or all of the notes or the Word buttons to export one or all of the notes to Microsoft Word We highly recommend extensive use of notes to document each scenario Tip If you are working on a low resolution screen we suggest that you hide the View Bar to make more space on the screen Use the menu option View View Bar to do this You will then
584. tom left When you click on an element it will be highlighted in the tree above and its data will be displayed in the data entry tables to the 33 WEAP User Guide right Conversely when you click on a branch in the tree the associated element on the Schematic will flash briefly Move the zoom bar below the schematic to zoom in or out Alternatively hold down the Ctrl key and click and drag to define a region to zoom in to Hold down the Shift key and click and drag on the schematic to pan When the mouse cursor is positioned over the inset schematic rotating the mouse wheel will zoom in or out ctrl mouse wheel will zoom in and out faster If you have two or more monitors you can undock the inset map to another monitor This can be especially useful for very large models In the Data View go to the Edit menu and choose Undock Inset Map 4 1 3 Data Entry Tables The data entry tables on the top right are used to enter expressions that define Current Accounts and Scenario values of variables Each data variable appears on its own tab related variables are grouped into categories selected via buttons Above the data entry tables is a set of buttons giving access to the different variable categories associated with each branch The buttons and tabs you see will vary depending on what part of the data set you are working on For example when editing demand sites you will see buttons giving access to Water Use Loss and Reuse De
585. toric patterns then you should probably select the Water Year Method For example you could use the Water Year Method to test the system under historic or hypothetical drought conditions Hydrologic fluctuations are entered as variations from a Normal Water Year the Current Accounts year is not necessarily a Normal water year The Water Year Method requires data for defining standard types of water years Water Year Definition as well as defining the sequence of those years for a given set of scenarios Water Year Sequence A water year type characterizes the hydrological conditions over the period of one year The five types that WEAP uses Normal Very Wet Wet Dry and Very Dry divide the years into five broad categories based on relative amounts of surface water inflows Water Year Definition To define each non Normal water year type Very Dry Dry Wet Very Wet specify how much more or less water flows into the system in that year relative to a Normal water year For example if a Wet year has 25 more inflow than a Normal year enter 1 25 for the Wet year Typically you would derive these fractions from a statistical analysis of historical flows First you would group the years into five bins quintiles then compute how they vary from the norm perhaps by month Note the Current Accounts year is not necessarily a Normal water year You may specify a single variation fraction for an entire water year type or you ma
586. tructure underneath the top level branches Key Assumptions and Other Assumptions and under each demand site under the top level branch Demand Sites is edited directly from the tree much like the tree in Windows Explorer You can rename branches by clicking once on them and typing and you can expand and collapse the outline by clicking on the symbols to the left of each branch icon Additional options to edit the tree are accessed by right clicking on the tree and selecting an option from the pop up menu that appears or by using Tree menu Add is used to add a new branch as a child of the highlighted branch Rename allows you to rename a branch Alternatively you may click on the branch wait a second then click again to be put into edit mode You cannot rename Key Assumptions but you can rename Other Assumptions Delete is used to delete the current highlighted branch and all branches underneath it You will be asked to confirm the operation before the branch is deleted but bear in mind that a delete cannot be undone Note however that you can exit WEAP without saving your data set to restore it to its status prior to the previous Save operation Sort by Name all levels below orders all branches alphabetically at all levels below the selected branch Sort by Name just one level below orders only the one level of branch that is below the selected branch For example to order the list of demand sites alphabetically but leav
587. try East Agriculture North Annual level of activity driving demand such as agricultural area Agriculture West population using water for domestic purposes or industrial output es Demand Site 1999 2008 i u it ii Growth 3 Million person ao aoe Growth 2 5 Million person Other Assumptions Industry North Interp 2020 400 Million GrowthAs Key Drivers GDP 0 25 Schematic Results Agriculture North i Growth4s Key Drivers Built Environment Expan Thousand ha Scenario Explorer Chat Table Notes Annual Activity Level M Bi West city BB South city 4 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Million person Nm a Area Weaping River Basin Data View Registered to Jack Sieber Tellus Institute 4 1 1 Tree On the top left a hierarchical tree is used to create and organize data structures under six major categories Key Assumptions Demand Sites Hydrology Supply and Resources Environment and Other Assumptions The tree is also used to select the data to be edited which is shown on the right of the screen For example clicking on the Demand Sites tree branch on the left of the screen will display the data for all demand sites on the right of the screen Note that when you click on a tree branch the associated object in the schematic will flash on the map See Tree Overview for more information 4 1 2 Inset Schematic A small schematic of your area is located on the bot
588. ts you choose the numerator units for activity levels while automatically displaying the denominator unit When selecting an activity level unit you can choose from any of the standard units WEAP multiplies activity levels down each chain of branches to get a total activity See Calculation Algorithms for details For example the total number of single family dwellers in South City with showers in 2010 3 75 million people 42 90 1 42 million people Multiply this value by the water use rate per person per shower per year to get the total annual demand for South City single family showers All values can be altered for future years in scenarios This allows the planner to capture the combined effects of separate changes at many levels such as for example the growth in the total population shown above at the rate set in the Key Assumption variable Population Growth Rate the change in household structure the growing penetration of washing machines from 75 to 85 and the market share of less efficient vs more efficient washing machines To project these data you first use the Manage Scenarios option to create one or more scenarios Then in the Data View you override the default constant expressions entered in Current Accounts for each branch with new expressions that describe how each value changes over time See Expressions for more information Entered on Data View Branch Demand Sites Category Water Use Tab An
589. ts exist you will be asked if you want to include them in the version These previous versions are placed in the _backup folder and named with the area name and the backup date and time For example a version of Weaping River Basin from 2 30 PM on March 2 2009 would be named Weaping River Basin_2005_03_02_14_30_00 zip As versions accumulate WEAP will selectively and automatically delete some of the previous versions saved trying to balance the need to keep several previous versions with the reality of limited hard disk space WEAP will keep more versions from the recent past on the theory that 342 Supporting Screens you may realize that a recent change you made was a mistake and want to go back to a previous version Several versions will be preserved from the previous 24 hours then one per day for the last seven days then one per week for the last month then one per month for the last year then one per year before that Note WEAP will never automatically delete a version for which you have given a comment You may treat these versions as milestones For example once you have finished entering and calibrating the Current Accounts for an area you may create a version with the comment Current Accounts complete As another example suppose you had just finished a study using WEAP and written a paper You might want to create a milestone version with the comment Data set corresponding to March 2013 paper Versions for the highlighte
590. tted by irrigation is beneath the crop canopy and is shaded fy be reduced to about one half to one third of that given in lookup tables Their general recommendation for drip irrigation is to multiply fw by 1 2 3 fc Soil fraction covered by vegetation fc The value for f ranges between 0 and 0 99 for numerical stability and is generally determined by visual observation For purposes of estimating few fc can be estimated from Ke as 1 0 5R f Kep Ke min c max Ke min where Ke min the minimum K for dry bare soil with no ground cover h plant height during the current day m The difference Ke Ke min is limited to gt 0 01 for numerical stability The value for fe will change daily as K changes Ke min ordinarily has the same value as Ke ini used for annual crops under nearly bare soil conditions 1 e Ke min 0 15 However Ke min is set to 0 or nearly zero under conditions with large time periods between wetting events for example in applications with natural vegetation in deserts The value for fe decreases during the late season period in proportion to Ke to account for local transport of sensible heat from senescing leaves to the soil surface Fraction Wetted fw If the most recent wetting event is irrigation fw fy in which is entered as data If the most recent wetting event is precipitation fw 1 Water Balance of the Soil Surface Layer Estimation of K requires a daily water balance for
591. tween WEAP and MODFLOW for each calculation timestep The following description provides details of exactly what information is passed between WEAP and MODFLOW and how the process happens WEAP reads information from the MODFLOW packages before calculations begin along with the linkage information that links MODFLOW cells to WEAP objects Thereafter at each calculation timestep WEAP will write out a new set of MODFLOW package files run MODFLOW then read the results from the MODFLOW output files If you select the option to save all MODFLOW input and output files the new MODFLOW package files created will be named with MF as a prefix and a suffix unique for each scenario year and timestep For example if the original Recharge filename is Zabadani rch the new Recharge file written for the Current Accounts scenario number 1 for March 2000 would be IMF Zabadani_SO1_2000_03 rch This allows you to inspect or modify the input files and rerun MODFLOW yourself outside of WEAP This could be an aid in debugging However keep in mind that all these files will be deleted and recreated the next time WEAP calculates results A MODFLOW model consists of many different packages most of which are optional However not all packages are used or allowed by WEAP e Used by WEAP BAS6 Basic BCF6 Block Centered Flow CHD Constant Head DIS Discretization DRN Drain HUF2 Hydrogeologic Unit Flow LPF Layer Property Flow NAM Name OC
592. type it in or whether you want to link to the values in an external Excel spreadsheet Supporting Screens 9 8 3 Page 3 Data Entry Depending on your choice on page 2 in page 3 you either enter the data used by the function or select an Excel spreadsheet and range from which to extract the data for the selected time series function e When entering data directly use the Add and Delete buttons to add or delete new year value pairs or click and drag data points on the adjoining graph to enter values graphically For the Interpolation function an additional data field is shown allowing you to specify a percentage growth rate which is applied after the last specified data year By default this value is zero In other words by default values are not extrapolated past the last interpolation data year The data you entered will be shown as the points on the adjoining chart while the line drawn on the chart will reflect the projection method you chose on page one e When linking to a Microsoft Excel sheet first enter the name of the worksheet file XLS or XLW or use button to browse your PC and local area network for the file Next enter the range name from which the data will be extracted or click the button attached to the field to select from the named ranges in the worksheet Ranges can be specified either as names or as Excel range formulae e g Sheet1 A1 B16 NB ranges must contain only two columns of data The first
593. ual pollution generated is converted to monthly values using the Monthly Variation entered under Annual Water Use Using the second method enter the concentration of each constituent in the demand site return flow or catchment runoff WEAP will multiply this concentration by the volume of wastewater return flow or runoff to calculate the volume of pollution generated Do not enter the pollution activity level or intensity For both the intensity and concentration methods you may enter the data at any level of disaggregation For example for a city you might enter the kg BOD per person per year at the top demand site level of the tree whereas the pollution generated from agricultural lands might be disaggregated by crop type or irrigation method and thus data entered at a level below the 50 Data catchment branch To edit the list of water quality constituents go to the menu option General Water Quality Constituents Entered on Data View Branch Demand Sites and Catchments Category Water Quality Tabs lt Constituent Name gt Intensity lt Constituent Name gt Concentration 4 8 10 Priority The Priority is the demand site s priority for supply relative to all other demands in the system 1 is highest priority and 99 is lowest Priority can vary over time or by scenario See Demand Priority Supply Preferences and Allocation Order for more information Note if there is a transmission link carrying wastewater
594. ude or the rotation angle of the cells Therefore you will need to enter this information yourself If you know the values for latitude longitude and rotation you can enter the numbers directly If you do not know the values you can click on the map to set the origin lower left corner You will see a purple box on the map that indicates the area of all the cells As long as you hold down the left mouse key the purple box will move with the mouse release when the box is correctly positioned You can zoom in on the map using the zoom slider below the inset map on the left the mouse wheel or control click and drag on the map to help achieve greater precision in placement of the area The File Name box contains the filename for the new shape file Either use the default filename MODFLOW Linkage shp or enter another name Shape files always have a shp extension Click the Create button to create it After the shape file has been created WEAP will display it and allow you to customize its appearance on the schematic You will also need to fill in values in the shape file s attribute table for each linked cell see Filling in Attribute Table to Link MODFLOW Cells to WEAP Elements above for information After customizing its appearance and possibly editing the attribute table click the OK button WEAP will add this layer to your Schematic and return you to the Choose shape file that has MODFLOW linkage information window Tip Usi
595. umDepth 0 if SurfaceStorage gt MinimumDepth RiverFloodInflow river flood inflow to subcatchment from previous timestep MinimumDepth MaximumDepth TargetDepth and ReleaseRequirement are data variables see Flooding for more information You may enter an optional Volume Surface Area Elevation VSE curve to specify the flooded area and volume at different depths This is optional if you do not enter a VSE curve the subcatchment s area will be assumed to be level which will mean that any amount of flooding will flood the entire area of the subcatchment to an equal depth Glaciers The optional glacier module can track the accumulation and melt of ice on the land surface To turn on the glacier module for a catchment go to Category Advanced Tab Model Glaciers See Soil Moisture Method Glaciers for details on the glacier data variables All branches in a catchment will have the same ice and snow depth if climate data are entered at the catchment level The depth of ice increases or decrease because of old snow transforming into ice or existing ice melting Snow which has not melted after twelve months transforms into ice Ice will melt only if there is no snow covering it and the temperature is above a threshold IceMelt RNet GlacierRadiationCoeff If SnowDepth 0 and T gt Ticemett NumDays LambdaFusion Pw 1 1 0 If SnowDepth gt 0 or Ti lt Tieemert SnowIntolce Snow 1
596. umber within the growing season 1 length of the growing season h height of the crop on day i m Koi crop coefficient on day 1 Ko mia corrected value of the Ke mia hmax maximum crop height m Evaporation Coefficient Ke The MABIA method adopts the dual K method where the K value is divided into a basal crop coefficient K and a separate component Ke representing evaporation from the soil surface that is not under the crop canopy When the soil surface layer is wet following rain or irrigation Ke is at some maximum rate where Ko Ke is limited by a maximum value Ke max and when the soil surface layer is dry Ke is small and can approach zero K K max Key A min jj j a max where Ke max the maximum value of K following rain or irrigation K a dimensionless evaporation reduction coefficient defined later and is dependent on the cumulative depth of water depleted evaporated and few the fraction of the soil that is both exposed to solar radiation and that is wetted The evaporation rate is restricted by the estimated amount of energy available at the exposed soil fraction i e Ke cannot exceed few Ke max The calculation procedure consists in determining e The upper limit Ke max e The soil evaporation reduction coefficient K and e The exposed and wetted soil fraction few Upper limit Ke max ny O38 1 2 0 04 uz 2 0 004 RHmin 45 Ke 0
597. ume of snow melt water equivalent from previous timestep This amount is subtracted from precipitation to get Effective Precipitation for ET Decrease in Snow Melt Net decrease in volume of snow snow water equivalent from previous timestep This amount is added to precipitation to get Effective Precipitation for ET Increase in Ice Addition this timestep of new ice melt water equivalent from 12 month old snow becoming ice Only for catchments that model glaciers Decrease in Ice Melt Melting of ice as runoff or infiltration melt water equivalent Only for catchments that model glaciers Snow Converted to Ice Volume of snow that transforms into ice after twelve months snow turns into ice Only for catchments that model glaciers Glacier Depth Depth of glacier ice average Only for catchments that model glaciers Glacier Volume Volume of glacier ice Only for catchments that model glaciers Glacier Area Area of glacier ice Only for catchments that model glaciers 114 Results See also Soil Moisture Method Calculation Algorithm MABIA Method Results The following reports are available for catchments using the MABIA Method The most important reports are Land Class Inflows and Outflows Depletion and Available Water ET Actual and Potential Precipitation and Irrigation and Crop Yield Because the MABIA Method operates on a daily timestep most reports are daily Land Class Inflows and Outflows
598. un its daily simulation this time using only the reduced amount of irrigation to determine actual evaporation transpiration irrigation requirements runoff and infiltration The steps in the MABIA calculations are as follows 1 Reference Evapotranspiration ETref Soil Water Capacity Basal Crop Coefficient Ke Evaporation Coefficient Ke Potential and Actual Crop Evapotranspiration ET Water Balance of the Root Zone Irrigation Yield Ban we PS wp Reference Evapotranspiration ETref Reference crop evapotranspiration or reference evapotranspiration denoted as ETo or ETref is the estimation of the evapotranspiration from the reference surface The reference surface is a hypothetical grass reference crop with an assumed crop height of 0 12 m a fixed surface 203 WEAP User Guide resistance of 70 s m and an albedo of 0 23 The reference surface closely resembles an extensive surface of green well watered grass of uniform height actively growing and completely shading the ground The fixed surface resistance of 70 s m implies a moderately dry soil surface resulting from about a weekly irrigation frequency For ETref you have two options 1 Enter ETref directly some climate stations provide derived ETref as data OR 2 Calculate it using the Penman Monteith equation This approach has its own data requirements with various options Penman Monteith requires Minimum and maximum daily tempe
599. upply and Resource calculations in WEAP are driven by the levels of final demand calculated in the demand analysis WEAP provides a lot of flexibility in how you structure your data These can range from highly disaggregated end use oriented structures to highly aggregate analyses Typically a structure would consist of sectors including households industry and agriculture each of which might be broken down into different subsectors end uses and water using devices You can adapt the structure of the data to your purposes based on the availability of data the types of analyses you want to conduct and your unit preferences Note also that you can create different levels of disaggregation in each demand site and sector In each case demand calculations are based on a disaggregated accounting for various measures of social and economic activity number of households hectares of irrigated agriculture industrial and commercial value added etc In the simplest cases these activity levels are multiplied by the water use rates of each activity water use per unit of activity Each activity level and water use rate can be individually projected into the future using a variety of techniques ranging from applying simple exponential growth rates and interpolation functions to using sophisticated modeling techniques that take advantage of WEAP s powerful built in modeling capabilities More advanced approaches can incorporate hydrologic processes to det
600. use an expression for the minor rivers inflows perhaps a fraction of the flow in the main river In this way you could replicate the actual historical variation of the main river on the smaller rivers Catchment Runoff and Infiltration Catchment Runoff can be directed to rivers and groundwater nodes using a Runoff Infiltration Link These flows can be specified directly for the Rainfall Runoff method or WEAP can 79 WEAP User Guide simulate using the Soil Moisture MABIA or Plant Growth Model methods the amounts of runoff soil moisture and baseflow groundwater inflow if a Runoff Infiltration Link is created between the catchment and a groundwater node generated by the catchment See Overview of Catchment Simulation Methods for details Read from File Method Note The Read from File Method is primarily of use for datasets created in older versions of WEAP If you are creating a new text file for import into WEAP use the ReadFromFile function instead If you have monthly data on inflows to some or all of your rivers and local supplies the Read From File Method allows you to model the system using this sequence of inflows The required file formats for these data files are given in ASCII Data File Format for Monthly Inflows You can export gaged inflow data from many conventional hydrologic databases into ASCII files and then edit these files into the required format USGS has extensive streamflow data for the United States a
601. used in other packages and the numeric code to use for no flow cells e g 999 WEAP writes the initial cell heads to a new binary file for use in the first WEAP timestep as the initial head for the simulation and changes the BAS file to refer to this EXTERNAL file Thereafter the head results from one WEAP timestep will be used in the next timestep as the initial heads and the BAS file will be changed to refer to the newly created head file The XSECTION tag is not allowed 287 WEAP User Guide Well WEL The Well package is used to simulate a specified flux to individual cells and specified in units of volume time Values greater than 0 represent flux into the cell recharge values less than 0 represent flux out of the cell pumping WEAP reads from the Well package the number and location of well cells to which it adds any other cells that are linked to land use or demand site pumping in WEAP but not already included in the Well file You may choose to model some or all pumping such as pumping for irrigation as negative recharge specify 0 as the Pump Layer in the Recharge package instead of as pumping in the Well package Conversely you may choose to model recharge as negative pumping in the Well package instead of as recharge in the Recharge package When writing the pumping flows in the new Well file for each WEAP timestep cells that are linked to land use or demand site pumping will have pumping rates calculated by WEAP
602. useful e a specific future hydrologic occurrence such as a 3 year drought in which 3 Very Dry years occur sequentially e climate change scenarios Entered on Data View Branch Hydrology Water Year Method Tab Sequence Expressions Inflows can be specified with a mathematical expression Typical expressions include constants e g groundwater recharge that doesn t vary over time a specified value for each month this is usually how the Current Accounts inflow data is specified when you are using the Water Year Method to project future inflows using the Monthly Time Series Wizard can be helpful in establishing these data or some other relationship e g the headflow for an ungaged stream could be modeled as some fraction of the headflow in another river for which good data exists You may also use the ReadFromFile function to read in data from a text file not to be confused with the obsolete Read from File Method which uses a different ASCII file format WEAP allows you to mix these methods using the Read From File method for some sources e g one or two rivers for which you have historical streamflow data the Water Year Method for others and expressions for the rest For example the natural recharge for an aquifer might be relatively constant over time so you would enter a constant for this value As another example you could use the Read From File method for the headflow and surface inflow of a major river then
603. ut with no storage capability between months e g streams or other unconnected rivers inter basin transfers or other imports and desalination plants Local reservoirs and other sources can be linked to any number of demand sites The user must assign a preference to each link to order withdrawals Demand site and wastewater treatment 20 Setting Up Your Analysis plant return flows can be returned to local reservoir sources but since other sources do not have storage capability WEAP does not capture the water returned to them Transmission Links Transmission links deliver water from surface water reservoir nodes and withdrawal nodes groundwater and other supplies to satisfy final demand at demand sites In addition transmission links can deliver wastewater outflows from demand sites and wastewater treatment plants to other demand sites for reuse WEAP uses two user defined systems to determine the water allocation along each transmission link in each month as described in Priorities for Water Allocation Runoff infiltration Links Runoff infiltration links carry runoff and infiltration from catchments to rivers reservoirs and groundwater nodes Catchment runoff and infiltration is water from precipitation snow and ice melt irrigation and soil moisture storage that is not consumed by evapotranspiration or losses to increased soil moisture Catchment Runoff can also be designated as the headflow to a river To do this move
604. utflow includes consumption and losses Every flow from one point to another is represented by a variable in the LP For example assume Demand Site A draws from Supplies B and C and returns water to those same supplies as well as consuming some of the water The mass balance equation would be Inflowg a Inflowc a Outflowa p Outflowa c Consumptionas 0 Where InflowB A is the inflow from supply B to demand site A The LP constraint would be a row in the LP matrix with coefficients of 1 for the inflow variables and 1 for the outflow variables The entire row would be set equal to 0 As another example if there were losses in transmission link D which transmits supply from supply B to demand site A the mass balance equation for the transmission link would be Inflows Outflowp a Lossesp 0 And the first example would be rewritten as Inflow a4 Inflowca Outflowa g Outflowa c Consumption 0 Coverage Variables and Constraints A new LP variable is created for each demand demand site instream flow requirement or hydropower demand which will equal its coverage percent of demand satisfied The coverage for demand D cannot exceed 100 Coveragep lt 100 The inflow to a demand site DS from all its transmission links Src will equal its supply requirement times its coverage Srce Inflowsrc ps SupplyRequirementps x Coverageps which can be rewritten as Sre Inflowsrc ps SupplyRequirementps x Co
605. uth City Annual Activity Level F WEAP DataExpression Demand Sites South City Annual Activity Level FALSE THEN check if blank in active scenario WEAP DataExpression Demand Sites South City Annual Activity Level Growth 3 END IE 312 W DeleteAreaSetting Key Section Delete a text value associated with a key text previously saved by WEAP AreaSetting from file area ini in the area subdirectory If Section is not specified will look in section User The area ini file can be a convenient place for the user to store settings that apply to one area WEAP wide settings can also be saved see Setting and DeleteSetting W DeleteResults Delete all results files for the active area This might speed up calculations if the results file contain previously calculated results from many scenarios but you only want to look at results for one or a few scenarios DeleteSetting Key Section Delete a text value W associated with a key text previously saved by WEAP Setting from file weap ini in the WEAP main directory If Section is not specified will look in section User The weap ini file can be a convenient place for the user to store settings that apply to all of WEAP Area specific settings can also be saved see AreaSetting and DeleteAreaSetting Advanced Topics EAP DeleteAreaSetting Custom hydrology model FAP DeleteResults
606. utomatically Use the Scale selection box to change the scale thousand million billion for the chart or table data Normally WEAP will automatically select the scale so that numbers on the chart or table are not too large or too small If you override the automatic scale it will stay fixed until you change the unit or go to another result variable When viewing cost results an additional Costs selection box appears letting you choose either real i e constant value costs or discounted costs When viewing the results charts with time along the x axis or the table with time dictating the column content click the Monthly Average checkbox to see the average for each month Furthermore you can sum monthly results to see annual totals just check the Annual Total box in the chart subtitle units of years must be selected for the x axis Additionally when the x axis is time you can see an exceedance graph in which the values are sorted in descending order Check the checkbox Percent of time exceeded below the X axis to turn on the exceedance graph This will tell you what fraction of the time a particular value was exceeded An exceedance graph for streamflow is often called a flow duration curve Finally you can use the Toolbar on the right of the screen or right click on a chart to customize the appearance of the chart or the table to copy results to the Windows clipboard and to print or export results to Microsof
607. vYearValue Syntax PrevYearValue or Prev YearValue Branch VariableName Description Calculates the previous year s value of either the current branch and variable or of another branch or variable referred to as a parameter to the function This function is not available when entering Current Accounts Examples 10 Prev YearValue Evaluated for a value of 100 in 2000 2001 110 2002 120 2003 130 163 WEAP User Guide 0 3 PrevYearValue Demand Sites West City Will return 30 of the previous year value for Demand Sites West City Note PrevTS Value Branch VariableName 12 is equivalent to PrevYearValue Branch VariableName However annual variables such as Annual Activity Level cannot use PrevTSValue PumpLayer Syntax PumpLayer Layer_1 LayerFraction_1 Layer_2 LayerFraction_2 Layer_N LayerFraction_N Description Note PumpLayer is only used when linking to MODFLOW When a demand site catchment or land use branch pumps water from more than one MODFLOW layer the PumpLayer function allows you to specify how much should be pumped from each layer Additionally the fractions can differ by scenario or change over time For each layer pumped include 2 parameters to the PumpLayer function that give the layer number and the fraction pumped from that layer These fractions are used for every MODFLOW row column cell that the demand site catchment or land use branch is linked to Layer_i The number
608. vailable for download from the Web at http water usgs gov For ungaged locations you will have to calculate streamflow estimates prior to entering them into WEAP The monthly inflow data is not restricted to historical values Your detailed projected monthly surface water assumptions can be based on historical data or on projections from some external model or a mixture of both For example you might want to modify historical flows to account for projected changes due to climate change Or you could use outputs from a climate model to project future inflows You can choose different time intervals from the historical data files to simulate the system over various historical time periods For instance if your study period is twenty years and you have sixty years of historical data WEAP allows you to easily select any of the forty one different twenty year periods from the historical data to explore the effects of various sequences of hydrologic conditions Refer to ASCII Data File Format for Monthly Inflows for details Entered on Data View Branch Hydrology Read from File 4 10 4 Transmission Links Linking Rules Transmission links carry water from local and river supplies as well as wastewater from demand sites and wastewater treatment plants to demand sites subject to losses and physical capacity contractual and other constraints A transmission link is also required to bring water to satisfy irrigation requirements in Catc
609. value pairs can either be entered explicitly or linked to a range in an Excel spreadsheet Use the WEAP Yearly Time series Wizard to input these values or specify the Excel data In either case years do not need to be in any particular order but duplicate years are not allowed and must be in the range 1990 2200 The final optional parameter to the function is a growth rate that is applied after the last specified year If no growth rate is specified zero growth is assumed i e values are not extrapolated When linking to a range in Excel you specify the full path name of a valid Excel worksheet or spreadsheet an XLS or XLW file followed by a valid Excel range A range can be either a valid named range e g Import or a range address e g Sheetl A1 B5 The Excel range must contain pairs of years and values in its cells arranged into 2 columns Use the Yearly Time series Wizard to select a worksheet to choose among the valid named ranges in the worksheet and to preview the data that will be imported Example Interp 2000 10 0 2010 16 0 2020 30 0 2 2000 10 0 2005 13 0 2020 30 0 151 WEAP User Guide 2021 30 6 Tips e Use the Yearly Time Series Wizard to enter the data for this function e You may also import many data expressions at once from Excel See Export to Excel Import from Excel for details See Also ExpForecast Growth GrowthAs GrowthFrom LinForecast LogisticForecast Smooth Step
610. values required by WEAP to implement the BOD and DO modeling one can choose from either of two methods Temperature Modeled in WEAP WEAP will calculate water temperature for each river reach based on climate data air temperature humidity wind and latitude input in the Data view under the Climate tab for the reach Temperature Data the user specifies the water temperature for each reach If this option is selected and temperature for a particular reach is left blank WEAP will assign to that reach the temperature of the immediate upstream reach Water temperature is needed by the BOD model Modeled in QUAL2K Link to the US EPA water quality model QUAL2K and let it model water quality for some or all water quality constituents See below for details Menu Option General Water Quality Constituents Here you choose the units for data entry The units can be set for the following components Rivers Reservoirs Groundwater Other Supplies Land Use Wastewater Treatment and Monetary The exception is the Default Water Use Rate set on the Demand tab The Default Water Use Rate you set will be the default data entry unit but you will be able to change the units individually for each branch Also the system Discount Rate is entered on the Monetary tab 9 5 1 Units Definition Regardless of the unit used for data entry you can view results in any units User defined units can be added by clicking on the Units Definition button M
611. variation in demand or whether each branch can have a different monthly variation Climate Data Separately the user can choose whether all land use branches within a catchment will have the same climate data Soil Moisture Method Climate Simplified Coefficient Method Climate or MABIA Climate or whether each branch can have different climate data This second option might be necessary if there is a large variation in the elevation among different land uses within a catchment Alternatively the catchment could be divided into several different catchment nodes according to elevation so that the climate within each catchment did not vary by land use Snow Melt in the Catchment Soil Moisture Method Before December 2010 WEAP incorrectly used the Latent Heat of Vaporization 2260 kJ kg at 100 C instead of the Latent Heat of Fusion 334 kJ kg for calculating snow melt in the soil moisture method Although we recommend that you use Latent Heat of Fusion if you have a previously calibrated model that used Latent Heat of Vaporization you might want to use that setting instead NOTE Only models with a timestep smaller than monthly use latent heat in the snow melt model Monthly models do not use it MABIA Water Balance Method If your model includes any catchments that use the MABIA catchment method you can choose whether to use one or two vertically stratified buckets compartments to compute the water balance The top bucket is
612. varying thickness of lines or size of nodes You may increase or decrease the precision for the numeric labels using the buttons on the toolbar on the right Another button will copy the map with results to the Windows clipboard Tip Results displayed for links transmission links return flow links and runoff nfiltration links may not always be placed for easy reading However you can reposition where the results appear on the Schematic View right click on each link and choose Move Label A sample number 000 will appear move the mouse to the place you would like the result value to appear then click the left mouse button to save the position When you next view results on the map they will use this new position Unfortunately you cannot reposition where river reach results appear A map displays results for just one snapshot in time To get a better sense for how the results vary over time you can display the corresponding chart below the map To show or hide the chart click on the chart icon just below the Size button on the toolbar The current time slice mapped will be marked with a black vertical line on the chart Click anywhere on the chart to see that particular time mapped above In addition there is a slider bar below the map which ranges from the first timestep to the last timestep these will be years if Annual Total is checked Click and drag the slider to quickly change from one time period to another You can also
613. vation The Water Evaluation and Planning System WEAP aims to incorporate these values into a practical tool for water resources planning WEAP is distinguished by its integrated approach to simulating water systems and by its policy orientation WEAP places the demand side of the equation water use patterns equipment efficiencies re use prices hydropower energy demand and allocation on an equal footing with the supply side streamflow groundwater reservoirs and water transfers WEAP is a laboratory for examining alternative water development and management strategies WEAP is comprehensive straightforward and easy to use and attempts to assist rather than substitute for the skilled planner As a database WEAP provides a system for maintaining water demand and supply information As a forecasting tool WEAP simulates water demand supply flows and storage and pollution generation treatment and discharge As a policy analysis tool WEAP evaluates a full range of water development and management options and takes account of multiple and competing uses of water systems See also Overview WEAP Approach Getting Started Operating on the basic principle of water balance accounting WEAP is applicable to municipal and agricultural systems single subbasins or complex river systems Moreover WEAP can address a wide range of issues e g sectoral demand analyses water conservation water rights and allocation priorities groundwater an
614. ve any reservoirs therefore the Reservoirs branch underneath Blue River will not be visible Name Get the name of the branch Read PRINT WEAP Branch Demand only Sites Children 2 Name NodeAbove For river nodes or reaches gets List all river reaches downstream of a the WEAPBranch for the river node above reservoir TypeID 16 is a reach TypeID 325 WEAP User Guide this node or reach The NodeAbove the first node or reach on a connected diversion is the diversion node on the main river For transmission links return flow links or catchment runoff links gets the WEAPBranch for the source node Returns an empty branch Branch NodeAbove ID 0 if branch is not a river node river reach transmission link return flow link or catchment runoff link or is the first node or reach on the river Read only NodeBelow For river nodes or reaches gets the WEAPBranch for the river node below this node or reach The NodeBelow the last node or reach on a river or diversion is the tributary inflow node on the downstream river For transmission links return flow links or catchment runoff links gets the WEAPBranch for the destination node Returns an empty branch Branch NodeBelow ID 0 if branch is not a river node river reach transmission link return flow link or catchment runoff link or is already the last node or reach on the river Read only 326 FOR FO FOR
615. vel or Consumption to some extent You are allowed to edit right click on the variable and choose Edit a variable s Unit Category Minimum and Maximum Values and Default Value or Expression Changing the default expression can be especially useful if you have created your own model using user defined variables and you want to link a built in WEAP variable to the result from a user defined variable You may not change the name comment or scope You are not allowed to change the unit here if the unit is chosen on the main menu General Units screen e g Reservoir storage volume or independently for each branch e g Demand Site Annual Activity Level 42 Data Although you are not allowed to delete a built in variable you may hide it Right click on the variable and choose Hide To unhide previously hidden variables right click and choose Unhide and then choose the variable to show or All Variables to unhide all previously hidden variables Hiding unused variables can be a useful way to simplify a model s appearance perhaps for display to stakeholders Note variables can still be used in calculations even when hidden e g if you enter 50 for a demand site s consumption and then hide the Consumption variable WEAP will still use the hidden value of 50 in determining how much water is consumed by the demand site Therefore to prevent confusion it is best not to hide variables which currently hold data 4 6 3 Data Variables Report
616. ver Category Reservoir Tab Priority 94 Data Run of River Hydropower Hydropower will only be generated for flows up to the Maximum Turbine Flow Note you must enter a non zero value for maximum turbine flow in order to generate hydropower The Fixed Head defines the working water head on the turbine the distance the water falls The Plant Factor specifies the percentage of each month that the plant is running The plant Generating Efficiency defines the generator s overall operation effectiveness in converting the energy of the falling water into electricity Optionally to accommodate situations in which you want to prioritize reservoir releases to generate hydropower there are two methods for specifying hydropower energy demands in WEAP as individual energy demands for each reservoir or run of river hydropower or as an aggregate energy demand at the system level You can choose either method or even use both at the same time See Supply and Resources System Hydropower Demand for more information about system level aggregate energy demands Individual energy demands If you specify a non zero Hydropower Priority and Energy Demand WEAP will convert the energy demand into an equivalent volume of water that must flow through the hydropower plant that month to satisfy that demand Depending on the hydropower priority this flow requirement will be satisfied either before after or at the same time as other demands for water on the ri
617. ver If the hydropower priority is zero WEAP will not release water from upstream reservoirs solely to generate hydropower at this run of river plant You may change the priority over time or from one scenario to another See Demand Priority Supply Preferences and Allocation Order for more information See Hydropower Calculations for calculation algorithms Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources River lt River Name gt Run of River Hydro Tabs Max Turbine Flow Plant Factor Generating Efficiency Fixed Head Hydropower Priority Energy Demand Minimum Flow Requirement A Minimum Flow Requirement defines the minimum monthly flow required along a river to meet water quality fish amp wildlife navigation recreation downstream or other requirements Depending on its demand priority a flow requirement will be satisfied either before after or at the same time as other demands on the river The Priority is the flow requirement s priority for supply relative to all other demands in the system 1 is highest priority and 99 is lowest Priority can vary over time or by scenario See Demand Priority Supply Preferences and Allocation Order for more information Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources River lt River Name gt Flow Requirements Tab Minimum Flow Requirement Reaches Inflows and Outflows These include inflows to and outflows from river reaches due to evaporation flooding sur
618. verageps 0 Whereas demand sites cannot receive more water than their supply requirement instream flow requirements IFR and hydropower requirements H can be exceeded by actual flows Therefore the equation is written as an inequality Flowirr gt SupplyRequirementirr x Coverageirr VolumeThroughTurbiney gt SupplyRequirementy x Coveragen which can be rewritten as 237 WEAP User Guide Flow1rr SupplyRequirementirr x Coverageirr gt 0 VolumeThroughTurbinen SupplyRequirementy x Coveragen gt 0 The LP constraint would be a row in the LP matrix with coefficients of 1 for the flow variables inflow to demand sites streamflow at the instream flow requirement node or turbine flow and 1 times the supply requirement as the coefficient for the coverage variable The entire row would be set equal to 0 demand sites or greater than or equal to 0 instream flow and hydropower requirements For example if Demand Site A had a requirement of 100 units but in solving the LP was allocated only 30 the coverage would be 30 30 100 x 30 If a system hydropower priority and energy demand has been set WEAP will create LP variables and constraints for each reservoir or run of river hydropower contributing to the system hydropower demand representing the hydropower energy generated at each hydropower plant H EnergyGeneratedy VolumeThroughTurbiney x HydroGenerationFactorn For the coverage constraint the system hydr
619. version identified by comment or index PRINT WEAP Versions 1 Date from 1 to Versions Count If more than one version has the same comment then the latest version is chosen Read only Note the Item property is the default property and therefore is usually omitted Thus the two examples above are equivalent WEAP Version Properties and Methods Example using VB script Comment Set or get the comment associated with WEAP Versions 1 Comment the version The comment can be blank Finished Referenc Scenario PRINT WEAP Versions 1 Comment Date Get the date the version was saved Read PRINT WEAP Versions 1 Date only Filename Get the filename including path of the PRINT version Read only WEAP Versions 1 Filename Name Get the full name both date and comment FOR Each Version in of the version Read only WEAP Versions PRINT Version Name END IE Revert Revert to this version of the active area VEAP Versions Finished Use with caution when you revert to a version it Reference will overwrite everything in the active area so that Scenario Revert the area will be just as it was when the version was originally saved 8 4 9 Exploring the API Microsoft Excel provides a wonderful environment for exploring the WEAP API using its Visual Basic Editor In Excel first create a new blank workbook then go to Tools Macros Visual B
620. vs Gauge report or use the PEST Calibration Wizard See also Soil Moisture Method Calculation Algorithm Entered on Data View Branch Catchments Category Climate Tabs Precipitation Temperature Humidity Wind Melting Point Freezing Point Latitude Initial Snow Flooding These parameters apply to the Soil Moisture method For the MABIA Method see MABIA Flooding These variables are used to model flooding for rice cultivation managed or unmanaged wetlands and river flooding onto a floodplain Maximum Depth The maximum depth of water above ground For rice cultivation or managed wetlands this is typically the height of the dike that contains the water Once the water reaches this height any additional water will run off subject to the Flood Return Fraction below This height may vary from one timestep to the next For example if the rice fields are flooded in May and drained in September using a dike 150 mm high the following expression would be used MonthlyValues Apr 0 May 150 Aug 150 Sep 0 In this case any remaining above ground storage from the 58 Data end of August would become surface runoff in September For floodplains this is the maximum depth of water that will pool on the land surface as defined by the topography see Volume Area Elevation Curve below Minimum Depth Target Depth Minimum Depth is the minimum required depth for healthy plant growth When the level of ab
621. w OtherSWInflowPollutionToReachren pm OtherSWInflowToReachreh x OtherSWInflowPollutionConcentrationreh pm 7 6 8 Pollutant Loads The pollutant load to a river node or reach is the sum of all the pollution from all connected demand site return flow links catchment runoff links treatment plant return flow links groundwater inflows headflows upstream inflows and other surface water inflows WEAP assumes complete mixing of all inflows PollutionLoddnoaep 25DSReturnLinkPollOutflowps Node p GtchCatchmentRunoffLinkPollOutflowps Nodep TP TPReturnLinkPollOutflowre Node p 2sGWPollutionFlowGwNodep HeadflowPollutionpiverp OtherSWInflowPollutionToReachrenp UpstreamInflowPollutionToReachrch p 7 6 9 Surface Water Quality Modeling Water Quality Modeling Overview WEAP can model the concentration of water quality constituents in a river using simple mixing first order decay and built in temperature BOD and DO models or by linking to QUAL2K 258 Calculation Algorithms Note that water quality in reservoirs and groundwater is not modeled by WEAP but the user can specify the water quality of outflows from them into river reaches demand sites and catchments Simple Mixing Starting with the simplest assumptions that the effects of diffusion and dispersion are negligible relative to the effects of advection the stream may be represented as a plug flow system The initial concentration of a pollutant at the point of injectio
622. w In this case you might want to highlight the result by having it appear in the Results View among the built in result variables instead of with all the other data variables under the results category Input Data To do this check Result Variable and choose the results category under which it should appear e g Demand Reservoir Groundwater 41 WEAP User Guide Scope The Scope section determines where and how the variable will appear Choose between Monthly or Annual Select whether the variable will appear in both Current Accounts and Scenarios Current Accounts Only or Scenarios Only Finally for variables under Demand Sites and Catchments whether the variable appears at the Top Level Only the Demand Site level the Lowest Level Only or at All Levels For comparison Annual Activity Level appears at All Levels Annual Water Use Rate appears at the Lowest Level Only and Monthly Variation appears at the Top Level Only Values The Values section determines how to constrain the values of the variable You can specify Minimum or Maximum limits for values of the variable or leave them blank if there are no limits If it makes sense to sum the values across the branches e g Land Area can be summed but not Consumption check Sum Across Branches Most variables do not allow gaps in the data where some timesteps have values but others are missing For example air temperature data for the soil moisture catchment method must ex
623. w Licensed to Stockholm Environment Institute 8 2 7 MODPATH Link Technical Details Just as it does when running MODFLOW WEAP creates temporary MODPATH files for each scenario it calculates The temporary filenames all start with MP to distinguish them from other files Each of these is described below For files that appear in the Name file the file type is given in all caps in parentheses e g MAIN Unless otherwise noted a different file is created for each scenario The input files are created by WEAP or MODFLOW the output files are created by MODPATH Name The only file from the original Name file that will be listed in the new Name file is the Main file All others are discarded or replaced WEAP adds each of the following files DIS LOCATIONS TIME LIST HEAD BINARY BUDGET ENDPOINT CBF and TIME SERIES 302 Advanced Topics WEAP links the Options Set to the Name file it has the same filename as the Name file but with a file extension of mpo Therefore each Name file can have a different group of Options Sets Main MAIN A new Main file is created from the original Main file but the only change made is for a transient analysis in which values for BeginPeriod BeginStep EndPeriod EndStep are changed according to the Options Set for when the particles are released This file does not vary by scenario so there is only one temporary Main file for all scenarios Note if the user edits Porosity Data
624. w of groundwater into return flow links Inflow Flows into the WEAP system Groundwater recharge River Headflow and Inflow to River Reaches Local Reservoirs and Other Local Supplies See Hydrology K Key Assumptions Independent user defined variables used to drive the calculations in your analyses See Tree L Local Supply Supply sources not connected or not modeled as connected to a river i e Groundwater Local Reservoirs and Other Local Supplies M Main Stem The principal course of a river or stream 381 WEAP User Guide MODFLOW A three dimensional finite difference groundwater flow model created by the U S Geological Survey USGS N Net present value NPV The future stream of benefits and costs converted into equivalent values today This is done by assigning monetary values to benefits and costs discounting future benefits and costs using an appropriate discount rate and subtracting the sum total of discounted costs from the sum total of discounted benefits Nonpoint Source A pollution source that cannot be defined as originating from discrete points such as pipe discharge Areas of fertilizer and pesticide applications atmospheric deposition manure and natural inputs from plants and trees are types of nonpoint source pollution Normal Water Year Type A water year type that represents an average hydrological conditions Note the Current Accounts Year is not necessarily a Normal Water Year Type
625. will decrease the return flow of the amount supplied Reuse Rate Reuse Rate accounts for water recycling or reuse This adjustment refers to processes by which water is used in more than one application before discharge For example irrigation water may be routed for reuse in more than one field In industry water may be recycled for multiple uses The effect of reuse is to reduce the supply requirement by the factor 1 reuse rate NB This internal reuse should not be confused with the direct reuse by one demand site of wastewater from another demand site See Return Flow Routing for more information on this non internal reuse The internal reuse happens within one demand site Taking all these factors into account and DSM Savings MonthlySupplyRequirement MonthlyDemand x 1 ReuseRate x 1 DSMSavings 1 LossRate Entered on Data View Branch Demand Sites Category Loss and Reuse Tabs Loss Rate Reuse Rate 4 8 8 Demand Management If you want to model the effects of various demand side management DSM strategies for reducing demand you can use either a disaggregated or aggregated approach The disaggregate approach would make changes to the water use rates on individual branches For example to model a program to promote efficient washing machines you would either decrease the water use rate for washing machines if there was only one branch for washing machines or increase the share of efficient washing ma
626. wn in the Results View calculating if necessary 8 4 7 WEAPVariable and WEAPVariables API Classes The WEAPVariable class represents a Variable for a single Branch e g Consumption for Branch Demand Sites South City whereas WEAPVariables is a collection of all Variables for a given Branch e g all variables for Demand Sites South City A WEAPVariables collection comes from the Variables property of a WEAPBranch 1 WEAPBranch Variables e g WEAP Branch Demand Sites South City Variables You can get access to a WEAPVariable from the Variables collection 1 WEAPVariables VariableName or Index specifying either the name of the variable or a number from 1 to WEAPVariables Count e g WEAP Branch Demand Sites South City Variables Consumption or WEAP Branch Demand Sites South City Variables 1 WEAP Variables Properties Example using VB script and Methods Count Get the number of FOR i 1 to WEAP Branch Demand variables in the collection Read Sites South City Variables Count only PRINT WEAP Branch Demand Sites South City Variables i Name NEXT Item Index Get the variable PRINT WEAP Branch Demand Sites South identified by name or number City Variables Item 2 Name from 1 to Count PRINT WEAP Branch Demand Sites South City Variables 2 Name PRINT WEAP Branch Demand Sites S
627. wo dimensions of particles For example for Face 1 a 2x3 array 2 layers 3 rows would place 6 particles on the left face of each cell in the subregion If you want to use the same distribution in all subregions you can copy the Distribution from the selected subregion to the others by clicking the Copy Distribution button For example if you want to analyze the capture zones from several non contiguous well cells define a subregion for each well cell specify the distribution for one subregion then copy this distribution to the other subregions If you are backtracking from a cell with a well river or drain to define a capture area it is generally best to place particles on the cell faces rather than distribute them internally within the cell For example 16 particles on each of the faces 1 4 Total Particles Released The total number of particles released in each subregion is Number of Releases Number of Cells per Release Number of Particles per Cell The total for all subregions is shown at the bottom of the window Note the more particles you have defined the longer it will take for MODPATH to run and for WEAP to display results 363 WEAP User Guide 9 17 Add Subregions for Well River and Drain leg E gt For a typical backwards analysis particles are released at sinks such as well river or drain cells On this screen you can choose in which of those cells particles should be released and the distributio
628. xploring this data set as it illustrates mnst of the features nfiAtFAP and the Previous Versions of Weaping River Basin x Revet E Comment XDelete XX Delete All 5 13 11 Final Version 0 3 MB 2 May 2005 09 35 0 3 MB 7 April 2005 08 53 0 3 MB 3 versions occupy 0 9 MB of disk space zw oe Use the Manage Areas screen to create delete and organize the data sets Areas on your computer The Manage Area screen is divided into four panes The table in the top pane shows the areas installed on your computer along with various details about each area planning period when and by whom it was last changed directory size and whether it is currently zipped You may click on the column titles to sort the table by that column The title for the currently sorted column will be red For example click on Area to order the areas alphabetically click on Last Changed to sort chronologically with the most recent areas at the bottom click on Directory Size to sort by file size with the areas occupying the most disk space at the bottom The lower three panes display information for the area currently highlighted in the table the area s Schematic on the left an overall description of the area in the upper right which can be edited and the list of previous versions of the area in the lower right more on this below 9 1 1 Toolbar The toolbar at the top gives access to a variety of options for managing areas e Crea
629. xpressions are not case sensitive You can enter variable and function names in any combination of upper and lower case letters When you have finished entering the formula WEAP will put the names in a standard format capitalizing the names When referencing branches that are immediate siblings or parents 131 WEAP User Guide of the current branch you need only specify the last part of the branch name e g South City When referencing more distant branches include the full path name e g Supply and Resources River Weaping River Reservoirs Central Reservoir Storage Capacity When referencing a different variable at the same branch you need not enter the branch name Similarly when referencing the same variable at a different branch you need not enter the variable name When you specify a reference to another variable in an expression WEAP will automatically append the scale and units of the referenced variable to the expression text using square brackets written immediately following the variable name For example if you enter a branch variable reference to an Activity Level variable with a scale and units of Million Person as West City Annual Activity Level WEAP will change this to read West City Annual Activity Level Million Person Thus the general syntax of branch variable references is Branch Variable Scale Unit Notice that some variables will have no scaling factor and thus the square bracket will simply contain the unit
630. xt which is stored in the current area folder Thus you can have different functions specified in different areas See Scripting for more information 6 5 Reserved Words The following words are reserved for use in WEAP s expressions and cannot be included as part of a WEAP branch or variable name Abs And Arccos Arcsin Arctan Base Year Between Billion BlockRate Call CAY Ceiling Cos Cosh CropLibrary CurrentAccounts Year CurrentAccountsValue Days DaysBefore ElevationToVolume End Year Equal Exp ExpForecast False Floor Frac GreaterThan 135 WEAP User Guide 136 GreaterThanOrEqual Growth GrowthAs GrowthFrom Hundred If Int Interp IrrigationSchedule IsBlank January or Jan or any month name JulianDaysBefore LastYear LessThan LessThanOrEqual LinForecast Ln LoanPayment Log LogN Logl0 LogisticForecast Max Million Min Mod Month Monthly Values MultiCrop Values Not NotEqual Or Parent Pi PrevTS Value Prev Year Prev YearValue PumpLayer Random RandomDistribution RandomiInteger ReadFromFile Remainder Round Seconds Sin Sinh Smooth SoilLibrary SoilProfiles Sqr Expressions Sqrt Step Tan Tanh Thousand TotalChildren TS Trillion True Trunc VolumeElevation Water YearMethod Water YearSequence Year In addition branch names are limited to no more than 50 characters and may only contain alphabetic and numeric characte
631. xture Class Description This function is used in conjunction with the MABIA Method for catchment hydrology and crop water requirements The SoilLibrary function is used to choose a texture class from the Soil Library in order to determine the Soil Water Capacity for catchment branches in the Data View under Land Use Use the Select from Soil Library option in the drop down menu in the data grid As an alternative to choosing from the Soil Library you can enter soil properties directly or use the Soil Profiles Wizard These two options are also available on the drop down menu in the data grid Example SoilLibrary Clay loam Use the texture class named Clay loam from the Soil Library SoilProfiles Syntax SoilProfiles PedotransferFunction NumProfiles P1iNumLayers P1H1Thickness P1H1CoarseFragments P1H1Parml P1H1Parm2 Plh2Thickness Plh2CoarseFragments P1H2Parm1 Description This function is used in conjunction with the MABIA Method for catchment hydrology and crop water requirements Use the Soil Profiles Wizard available on the drop down menu in the data grid to build this function Because direct measurement of a soil s water holding capacity including saturation field capacity 174 Expressions and wilt point can be costly and time consuming pedotransfer functions were developed to translate more easily obtainable data into these water holding capacity values The SoilProfiles funct
632. y Next indicate how many profiles sampling sites you have and for each profile how many horizons layers you have data for Horizons should be ordered from shallow to deep The pedotransfer function you chose will determine which other data variables are required Note that the Total Soil Thickness is shown and can be edited here For each profile and horizon WEAP will calculate and display the saturation field capacity wilt point and available water capacity and the weighted average across all profiles and horizons will be shown at the bottom on the row labeled Average These average values are what will be used for calculating soil moisture by the MABIA Method only if you are not using two buckets for the MABIA water balance calculation If using two buckets WEAP will calculate the soil water capacity separately for the top and bottom bucket based on the horizons that fall within each bucket The size of the buckets changes as the rooting depth changes Some data values will lead to numerical instability and will result in error being shown instead of calculated values For example each of the particle sizes clay silt and sand cannot be too close to 0 The average total thickness for all profiles entered into the Soil Profiles Wizard must be greater than or equal to the Total Soil Thickness Because water cannot penetrate a layer of consolidated rock if you choose Consolidate Rock as the texture class for a horizon WEAP
633. y you can use a subset of historical data as a cycle For example if the time horizon is 2000 to 2020 the First Year is 1930 and there is historical data for years 1925 through 1934 the sequence of historical data used will be 1930 373 WEAP User Guide 1931 1932 1933 1934 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 12 5 Numeric Format Numbers can be entered in either floating point or fixed point notation or a mixture of the two Floating point format is as follows lt mantissa gt E lt exponent gt with no spaces before or after the E The following numbers are all equivalent 3421 032 3 421032E 3 0 3421032E 4 3421032E 3 12 6 Data Delimiters Numbers can be separated by commas tabs or spaces Names of rivers and nodes can be enclosed in quotes or not although you must use quotes if a name itself includes a comma Tip It may be convenient to collect and format your data in Excel then export them as tab delimited or comma separated value CSV files WEAP will be able to read these exported files without any further reformatting 12 7 Comments Any line that begins with a semicolon will be treated as a comment line and ignored Comments can be very useful for documenting your historical data Blank lines are also ignored and can be used to enhance readability 12 8 Example The following example comes from the file HIST FLO in Weaping River Basin To save s
634. y and wilt point for each horizon in each profile are estimated using pedotransfer functions The pedotransfer functions are commonly categorized into class and continuous PTFs based on the parameters to use in estimating the water content The class PTFs are defined based on the soil texture class to which the soil sample belongs while the continuous PTFs predict the soil properties as a continuous function of one or more measured variables This latter type of pedotransfer function can be used either to predict the soil water content at a special point of the water retention curve or to predict the parameters of an hydraulic model The most widely used is the Van Genuchten hydraulic model 8 6 O h 6 taran an where 0 and 0 are the residual and saturated water content respectively h is the matric potential kPa for Saturation point h 0 kPa Field Capacity h 100 kPa and Wilting Point h 1500 kPa a is the scaling parameter n is the curve shape factor m is an empirical constant which can be related to n by m 1 I n Six continuous pedotransfer functions are available in the MABIA method They were chosen to accommodate varying data availability in terms of which of the following were available particle size fractions dry bulk density and organic matter content 1 Particle size Jabloun and Sahli 2006 silt clay and sand fraction 2 Particle size Bulk density Jabloun
635. y are adjusted so that each will have the same fraction of their conservation zone filled For example the conservation zone in a downstream reservoir will not be drained while an upstream reservoir remains full Instead each reservoir s conservation zone would be drained halfway If however you would like to drain reservoir A before reservoir B set reservoir A s priority lower than B s priority Outflowres DownstreamOutflowres O95TransLinkInflowres ps where Outflowres S storageAvailableForReleasepes In addition WEAP will not release more from the reservoir than its maximum hydraulic outflow if this data value is set Outflowres MaximumHydraulicOutflowres 230 Calculation Algorithms However this constraint is not binding if the reservoir is completely full In this case it can overtop the reservoir with no maximum flow constraint The storage at the end of the month is the storage for operation minus the outflow EndMonthStorageres StorageForOperationres Outflowres The change in storage is the difference between the storage at the beginning and the end of the month This is an increase if the ending storage is larger than the beginning a decrease if the reverse is true IncreaseInStorageRes EndMonthStorageRes BeginMonthStorageRes Also see the Linear Program LP Formulation for Reservoirs Run of River Hydropower Flows A run of river hydropower facility ROR generates hydropower from a fixed h
636. y specify a different fraction for each month Your data might show for example that the winter months of a Dry year average 50 of a Normal winter while the summer months are closer to 75 of Normal summer inflows 78 Data A simple way to explore sensitivity to climate change would be to define two scenarios The first would use the Water Year Method to reproduce the observed variation in hydrology from the historical record The second scenario would use the first as a starting point but alter each water year type according to predicted effects of climate change e g wetter winters and dryer summers Entered on Data View Branch Hydrology Water Year Method Tab Definitions applies to scenarios only not to the Current Accounts Water Year Sequence Once you have given definitions for each water year type Water Year Definition specify the sequence of water year types Very Dry Dry Normal Wet Very Wet in your study The defined sequence of water year types will set inflow values for future years by applying the appropriate fluctuation coefficients to the Current Accounts inflows Note the Current Accounts year is not necessarily a Normal water year When using the Water Year Method your assignment of water year types can be based upon a variety of considerations e past hydrologic patterns for a simplified historical analysis a frequency analysis of an annual inflow record at a representative river point may be
637. y that it has the correct years and units Do this linkage for each scenario in B If the timestep in A is smaller than in B e g A is daily and B is monthly WEAP will automatically aggregate the A results for use by B Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources River lt River Name gt Category Inflows and Outflows Tab Inflow Maximum Diversion Diversion nodes withdraw water from a river or another diversion and this diverted flow becomes the headflow for a diversion A diversion is modeled in WEAP as a separate river complete with river nodes demands and return flows Typically a diversion is an artificial conduit such as a canal or pipeline WEAP will divert only as much water into the diversion as is needed to satisfy demands for water on the diversion instream flow requirements reservoir filling or withdrawals for demand sites unless Fraction Diverted is set The Maximum Diversion represents the maximum amount that can be diverted due to physical capacity contractual or other constraints However this maximum constraint only applies to the amount diverted into a diversion if the diversion has other inflows downstream it can exceed this maximum You may not enter data for both Maximum Diversion and Fraction Diverted Entered on Data View Branch Supply and Resources River lt Diversion Name gt Tab Maximum Diversion Water Quality WEAP can model the concentration of water quality constituents i
638. ydrogeologic Unit Flow HUF2 and Layer Property Flow LPF One and only one of these packages may be used The only information that WEAP needs from these files is the numeric code for dry cells e g 888 The only change made is to specify the new CCF file that cell by cell flow terms will be written to Constant Head CHD WEAP does not read from or write to the Constant Head package but its presence indicates that WEAP should read constant head results from the CCF file which will be added to the WEAP groundwater mass balance results Output Control OC WEAP ignores the original Output Control package if it exists and instead creates a new Output Control file specifying that head and budget results should be saved for the final MODFLOW timestep and the file unit to which they are saved General Notes on Packages Parameter are handled in all packages but will not be written to the new package files This is because time varying parameters and multiple stress periods are fundamentally opposed to the WEAP MODFLOW linkage approach which is that MODFLOW will be run for one stress period then the results will go back to WEAP which will write new MODFLOW input files and 289 WEAP User Guide then run MODFLOW for the next stress period All MODFLOW format options are supported FREE and FIXED formats as well as CONSTANT INTERNAL EXTERNAL LOCAT fixed and OPEN CLOSE 8 2 Linking to MODPATH 8 2 1 Linking to MOD
639. yers 3 rows would place 6 particles on the left face of each cell in the subregion When backtracking from a cell to define a capture area it is generally best to place particles on the cell faces rather than distribute them internally within the cell For example 16 particles on each of the faces 1 4 The same distribution will apply to all cells added If you want to use different distributions for 296 Advanced Topics different cells first add the cells with the first distribution then come back and add the cells with the other distribution Total Particles Released The total number of particles released in each subregion is Number of Cells Number of Particles per Cell and is shown at the bottom of the window Note the more particles you have defined the longer it will take for MODPATH to run and for WEAP to display results 8 2 5 Edit MODPATH Porosity From the MODPATH Link screen click the Porosity Data button to view or edit porosity data for each layer and cell Choose the layer to display using the drop down box at the top For each layer you can set the porosity to either be the same value for all rows and columns Constant porosity or set each row and column individually Set porosity for every cell w Porosity Layer 1 X Constant porosity 0 30 C Set porosity for every cell Col1 Col2 Col3 Col4 Col5 Col6 Col Col8 Col9 Col10 Col 11 Col 12 Col 13 0 30 030 030 O30 O3
640. yment for 10 million dollars financed over 20 years at 6 interest The annual payment 871 845 is divided by the number of timesteps in a year before appearing in the financial reports LogisticForecast Syntax LogisticForecast Yearl Valuel Year2 Value2 YearN ValueN or 156 Expressions LogisticForecast XLRange Filename Rangename Description Logistic forecasting is used to estimate future values based on a time series of historical data The new values are predicted using an approximate fit of a logistic function by linear regression A logistic function takes the general form where the Y terms corresponds to the variable to be forecast and the X term is years A B a b are constants and e is the base of the natural logarithm 2 718 amp ldots A logistic forecast is most appropriate when a variable is expected to show an S shaped curve over time This makes it useful for forecasting shares populations and other variables that are expected to grow slowly at first then rapidly and finally more slowly approaching some final value the B term in the above equation Use this function with caution You may need to first use some other package to test the statistical validity of the forecast i e test how well the regression fits the historical data Using the above two alternatives syntaxes the time series data required by the function can either be entered explicitly in WEAP as year value pairs or they can be
641. ysBefore JulianDaysBefore Seconds Month TS Year Timesteps PrevYear BaseYear CAY CurrentAccounts Year EndYear 177 WEAP User Guide TS Syntax Month or M or TS Description The number of the current month where the first month in the Water Year is 1 and the last month is 12 as specified in the General Years and Time Steps screen Synonymous with Month Available whether the timestep is monthly or not Example TS Evaluated in January 1 assuming the water year starts in January Evaluated in January 4 assuming the water year starts in October See Also Timesteps Days DaysBefore JulianDaysBefore TotalDaysBefore Seconds Month Year PrevYear Base Year CAY CurrentAccounts Year EndYear VolumeToElevation Syntax VolumeToElevation Volume or VolumeToElevation Reservoir Volume Description Converts a reservoir volume to a reservoir elevation using the Reservoir Volume Elevation Curve If the reservoir parameter is not included then the current reservoir will be used Note the volume given must be in the unit specified for reservoir volume and the resulting elevation will be in the unit specified for reservoir elevation see General Area Parameters Units Examples You want to model a water conservation program that starts reducing demand by 15 when the reservoir elevation drops below a critical level 20 m Here is the expression for Demand Sites South City DSM Reduction

WEAP User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents